Use these links to rapidly review the document
Table of Contents
Nevro Corp. Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 27, 2014.

Registration No. 333-199156

 

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549



AMENDMENT NO. 3
TO
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933



Nevro Corp.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  3841
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  56-2568057
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

4040 Campbell Avenue
Menlo Park, CA 94025
(650) 251-0005

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including
area code, of Registrant's principal executive offices)



Michael DeMane
Chief Executive Officer
Nevro Corp.
4040 Campbell Avenue
Menlo Park, CA 94025
(650) 251-0005
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)



Copies to:

Michael W. Hall, Esq.
Anthony J. Richmond, Esq.
Brian J. Cuneo, Esq.
Latham & Watkins LLP
140 Scott Drive
Menlo Park, CA 94025
Telephone: (650) 328-4600
Facsimile: (650) 463-2600

 

Andrew H. Galligan
Vice President of Finance,
Chief Financial Officer
Nevro Corp.
4040 Campbell Avenue
Menlo Park, CA 94025
Telephone: (650) 251-0005
Facsimile: (650) 251-9415

 

Alan F. Denenberg, Esq.
Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP
1600 El Camino Real
Menlo Park, CA 94025
Telephone: (650) 752-2000
Facsimile: (650) 752-2111



Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:
As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

           If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.     o

           If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

           If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

           If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

           Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer  o   Accelerated filer  o   Non-accelerated filer  ý
(Do not check if a
smaller reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company  o

            The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

               
 
Title of each class of securities
to be registered

  Amount to be
registered (1)

  Proposed maximum
aggregate offering
price per share (2)

  Proposed maximum
aggregate offering
price (2)

  Amount of
registration fee (3)

 

Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share

  7,187,500   $17.00   $122,187,500   $14,199

 

(1)
Includes additional shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase.
(2)
Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the amount of the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(3)
A registration fee of $13,363 was previously paid in connection with the initial filing of this registration statement. The amount paid in connection with this filing for the aggregate registration fee of $14,199 is offset by the $13,363 previously paid.

   


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Subject to completion, dated October 27, 2014

6,250,000 Shares



LOGO

Common Stock
$          per share



This is the initial public offering of shares of common stock of Nevro Corp.

We are offering 6,250,000 shares of our common stock. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Our common stock has been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "NVRO." We expect that the initial public offering price will be between $15.00 and $17.00 per share.

We are an emerging growth company under the federal securities laws and will be subject to reduced public company reporting requirements for this prospectus and future filings.

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 11.

 
  Per Share   Total  

Initial public offering price

  $     $    

Underwriting discounts and commissions (1)

  $     $    

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

  $     $    

(1)
See "Underwriting" for additional disclosure regarding underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.

We have granted the underwriters the right to purchase up to 937,500 additional shares of common stock. The underwriters can exercise this right at any time within 30 days after the date of this prospectus.

Certain of our existing institutional investors, including investors affiliated with certain of our directors, have indicated an interest in purchasing an aggregate of up to approximately $25 million in shares of our common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price and on the same terms as the other purchasers in this offering. However, because indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase, these investors may determine to purchase fewer shares than they indicate an interest in purchasing or not to purchase any shares in this offering. It is also possible that these investors could indicate an interest in purchasing more shares of our common stock. In addition, the underwriters could determine to sell fewer shares to any of these investors than the investors indicate an interest in purchasing or not to sell any shares to these investors.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York, New York on or about                  , 2014.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

J.P. Morgan   Morgan Stanley

Leerink Partners

 

JMP Securities

            , 2014


Table of Contents


Table of Contents

 
  Page

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

  1

RISK FACTORS

  11

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

  50

MARKET, INDUSTRY AND OTHER DATA

  52

USE OF PROCEEDS

  53

DIVIDEND POLICY

  53

CAPITALIZATION

  54

DILUTION

  57

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

  59

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

  61

BUSINESS

  79

 
  Page

MANAGEMENT

  114

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

  125

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

  141

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

  144

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

  149

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

  154

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

  157

UNDERWRITING

  161

LEGAL MATTERS

  167

EXPERTS

  167

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

  167

GLOSSARY

  168

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

  F-1

        Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses we may authorize to be delivered or made available to you. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. We and the underwriters are offering to sell shares of common stock and seeking offers to buy shares of common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date on the front of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of shares of our common stock.

         Until                        , 2014 (the 25 th  day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers' obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

        Nevro™, Senza®, HF10™ and our logo are some of our trademarks used in this prospectus. This prospectus also includes trademarks, tradenames and service marks that are the property of other organizations. Solely for convenience, our trademarks and tradenames referred to in this prospectus appear without the ® and ™ symbol, but those references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights, or the right of the applicable licensor to these trademarks and tradenames.

        For a glossary of key industry and clinical terms used in the Business section of this prospectus please see page 168.

i


Table of Contents

 


PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

         This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information that you should consider in making your investment decision. Before deciding to invest in our common stock, you should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the sections of this prospectus entitled "Risk Factors" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements and related notes contained elsewhere in this prospectus. Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this prospectus to the "company," "Nevro," "we," "us" and "our" refer to Nevro Corp. and its consolidated subsidiaries.

Overview

        We are a medical device company that has developed and commercialized an innovative neuromodulation platform for the treatment of chronic pain. Our Senza® system is the only spinal cord stimulation, or SCS, system that delivers our proprietary HF10™ therapy. Our SENZA-RCT U.S. pivotal study met its primary and secondary endpoints, and our post-hoc statistical analysis supports the superiority of HF10 therapy over traditional SCS therapies for treating both leg and back pain. While SCS therapy is indicated and reimbursed for treating back and leg pain, it has limited efficacy in treating back pain and is used primarily for treating leg pain, limiting its market adoption. In our pivotal study, HF10 therapy was demonstrated to provide significant and sustained back pain relief in addition to leg pain relief. Additionally, HF10 therapy was demonstrated to provide pain relief without paresthesia, a constant tingling sensation that is the basis of traditional SCS therapy. HF10 therapy is also designed to reduce variability in the operating procedure, providing meaningful benefits to both patients and physicians. We believe we are positioned to transform and grow the approximately $1.5 billion existing global SCS market under current reimbursement by treating back pain in addition to leg pain and by eliminating paresthesia.

        In June 2014, we submitted our premarket approval, or PMA, application to the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, for our Senza SCS system, or Senza. We are preparing to commercially launch in the United States by early 2016 if approved by the FDA, however there can be no assurance that we will receive FDA approval within this timeframe or at all. Outside of the United States, Senza is indicated for the treatment of chronic intractable pain of the trunk and limbs, is reimbursed under existing SCS codes, and has been commercially available in certain European markets since November 2010 and in Australia since August 2011. We hold 49 issued patents globally and over 100 pending patent applications in the United States and international jurisdictions. Our revenue has increased from $18.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $23.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, with a net loss of $19.0 million and $26.0 million in these periods, respectively. We have a history of significant net losses and we expect to continue to incur losses for the foreseeable future. Due to market penetration in Europe and Australia, we expect that our future revenue growth, if any, will be largely from sales in the U.S. market, if we receive FDA approval for Senza.

        We believe we have built competitive advantages through our proprietary technology, clinical evidence base, strong track record of execution including over 2,500 patients implanted with Senza, and proven management team with substantial experience in the neuromodulation field. With what we believe are compelling efficacy data for both leg and back pain compared to traditional SCS therapy, we aim to secure U.S. FDA approval, drive adoption of Senza in the U.S. market, which represents the largest opportunity in SCS, and expand patient access to HF10 therapy by investing in the development of Senza for new indications.

SENZA-RCT Pivotal Study

        To support FDA approval of Senza, in March 2014, we completed our SENZA-RCT pivotal study, which was the first prospective randomized controlled pivotal study in the history of SCS and the first

 

1


Table of Contents

to directly demonstrate comparative effectiveness between SCS therapies. The SENZA-RCT study was designed as a non-inferiority trial to show that HF10 therapy is not inferior to that of traditional commercially available SCS therapy. Although the statistical analysis plan filed with the FDA did not include a superiority analysis to show that one therapy was comparatively more effective than the other, we performed a post-hoc superiority analysis of the clinical results. We believe the results of the study support the safety and effectiveness of Senza and HF10 therapy.

        Key highlights of our SENZA-RCT pivotal study are as follows:

    The SENZA-RCT study results demonstrated the non-inferiority of HF10 therapy to traditional SCS therapy on all primary and secondary endpoints. Additionally, our post-hoc statistical analysis supports the superiority of HF10 therapy over traditional SCS therapy in all primary and secondary endpoints.

    HF10 therapy was nearly twice as successful in treating back pain as traditional SCS therapy, with 84.3% of patients receiving HF10 therapy, as compared to 43.8% of patients receiving traditional SCS therapy, reporting 50% or more pain relief at three months, results that were statistically superior based on our post-hoc analysis.

    HF10 therapy was 1.5 times as successful in treating leg pain as traditional SCS therapy, with 83.1% of patients receiving HF10 therapy, as compared to 55.5% of patients receiving traditional SCS therapy, reporting 50% or more pain relief at three months, results that were statistically superior based on our post-hoc analysis.

    HF10 therapy provided a 69.2% reduction in back pain as measured by the Visual Analog Scale, or VAS, versus 44.2% for traditional SCS therapy, at three months, results that were statistically superior based on our post-hoc analysis.

    HF10 therapy provided a 72.8% reduction in leg pain as measured by VAS, versus 51.5% for traditional SCS therapy, at three months, results that were statistically superior based on our post-hoc analysis.

    Our post-hoc statistical analysis supports superior efficacy of HF10 therapy for both back and leg pain at each measurement throughout the 12-month study.

    Patients receiving HF10 therapy did not report paresthesia or uncomfortable stimulation at three months. In comparison, 46.5% of patients receiving traditional SCS therapy reported uncomfortable stimulation at three months.

    Based on our post-hoc analysis, two-thirds of HF10 therapy patients had a VAS pain score of less than or equal to 2.5 on a scale of 0 to 10 for back pain at three months (which we define as achieving remitter status), twice the number of traditional SCS therapy patients, results that were statistically superior.

    Based on our post-hoc analysis, three-fourths of HF10 therapy patients had a VAS pain score of less than or equal to 2.5 on a scale of 0 to 10 for leg pain at three months, twice the number of traditional SCS therapy patients, results that were statistically superior.

    Safety outcomes were consistent across the control and test groups.

        The outcomes for HF10 therapy in our pivotal study are consistent with the outcomes from our European clinical study, the two year results of which have been published in the Pain Medicine journal of the American Academy of Pain Medicine.

 

2


Table of Contents

Market Overview

        Chronic pain has been defined by the International Association for the Study of Pain (IASP) as pain that lasts longer than the time required for tissues to heal, which is often defined to be three months. About 1.5 billion people suffer from chronic pain worldwide, including approximately 100 million Americans. Back pain is the most common manifestation of chronic pain, with an estimated 84 million patients in the United States experiencing chronic back pain. In terms of impact, the annual cost of back pain in the United States is estimated to be $34 billion for treatment, with another $100 billion in lost productivity.

Existing Treatments for Chronic Pain and Limitations

        Patients who present with chronic pain are typically placed on a treatment progression plan. Initial medical management typically includes behavioral modification, exercise, physical therapy, and over-the-counter analgesics and non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs. When early stage medical management is not sufficient for the treatment of chronic leg and back pain, patients may progress to interventional techniques including steroid injections or nerve blocks. Patients who do not respond to these more conservative treatments are considered candidates for more advanced therapies.

Spine Surgery

        Spine surgery is a common invasive surgical procedure for the treatment of pain and typically precedes traditional SCS therapy. Despite the possibility of surgical complications, recent data suggests that over 500,000 spinal procedures are performed in the United States every year. Failed Back Surgery Syndrome is a common outcome of spine surgery where chronic back and/or leg pain continues to persist and affects an estimated 10% to 40% of patients receiving spine surgery.

Oral Opioids

        Oral opioids are prescription pain medications that suppress the patient's acute perception of pain but lack clinical evidence supporting their long term use to treat chronic pain, including back pain. Oral opioids can significantly compromise the patient's quality of life, and are also known to present a high risk of addiction.

Traditional Spinal Cord Stimulation

        SCS is a type of neuromodulation technology that utilizes an implantable pacemaker-like device to deliver electrical impulses to the spinal cord. Traditional SCS therapy is a long-established pain treatment that utilizes low frequency stimulation, typically between 40 Hz and 60 Hz (therapeutic pulses per second), to induce paresthesia that overlaps the distribution of pain with the intent of masking pain perception. Paresthesia is often considered unpleasant or uncomfortable, sometimes causes a shocking or jolting sensation with changes in posture and is a continuous reminder of the patient's chronic condition. The electrical pulses are delivered by small electrodes on leads that are placed near the spinal cord and are connected to a compact, battery-powered generator implanted under the skin. Traditional SCS therapy is considered to be a minimally invasive, reversible therapy that may provide greater long-term benefits over more invasive surgical approaches or opioids.

        The adoption of SCS to date has been driven primarily by the treatment of patients whose worst pain is in their legs and for whom other treatment approaches have failed. The global market for traditional SCS therapy is projected to grow to approximately $1.8 billion in 2017, with the United States comprising approximately 80% of this global market. The addressable market in the United States for potential SCS candidates is estimated to be 1 million patients. We believe that due to factors such as an aging population and an increasing number of failed back surgeries, the number of candidates for SCS will continue to grow. Despite the sizeable potential market, only approximately

 

3


Table of Contents

40,000 SCS systems are implanted each year in the United States, representing less than 10% of the addressable U.S. market. According to 2012 IMS data, there are approximately 4,400 facilities in the United States where SCS systems are implanted by a variety of physicians, including neurosurgeons, physiatrists, interventional pain specialists and orthopedic spine surgeons. However, only approximately half of chronic pain patients are considered candidates for traditional SCS therapy. We believe that broader utilization of traditional SCS therapy has been restrained by the lack of prospective randomized clinical evidence supporting SCS broadly and, in particular, demonstrating an ability to treat back pain. We believe there is an additional opportunity for an SCS therapy that effectively treats back pain that is approximately the size of the existing global SCS market.

Limitations of Traditional SCS Therapy

    Limited clinical evidence:   To date, we believe there are only two published prospective randomized SCS studies that provide long-term (one year or longer) data, both of which focused on leg pain. Neither of these studies was done to support initial regulatory approval of an SCS system.

    Lack of evidence supporting efficacy in back pain:   We believe predominant back pain is more difficult to treat with traditional SCS therapy than leg pain due to the reduced ability to achieve and maintain pain coverage in the back. We are not aware of a prospective, randomized clinical trial supporting the efficacy of traditional SCS therapy in treating back pain. As a result, back pain patients are usually not recommended for treatment with traditional SCS therapy.

    Paresthesia:   Traditional SCS therapy relies on paresthesia to mask pain with a constant tingling sensation. Paresthesia is often considered unpleasant or uncomfortable and is a continuous reminder of the patient's chronic condition. Medtronic, a current leader in neuromodulation, released a survey showing that 71% of patients with implantable neuromodulators experienced discomfort when changing position.

    Paresthesia mapping:   A crucial part of the traditional SCS procedure is called paresthesia mapping. This mapping process requires a patient to be sedated for the lead placement, then awakened and repeatedly questioned in order to assess paresthesia coverage over the patient's area of pain and reposition and reprogram the leads to redirect the paresthesia. This process creates variability in the procedure and a complicated anesthesia management process, impacting the physician's schedule and patient comfort.

Our Solution

        Our HF10 therapy is designed to overcome many of the limitations of traditional SCS therapy, offering benefits to patients, physicians and hospitals. Compared to traditional SCS therapy, HF10 therapy delivers spinal cord stimulation at a lower amplitude and a higher frequency waveform of 10,000 Hz (therapeutic pulses per second). We believe the advantages of our proprietary HF10 therapy over traditional SCS include:

    Compelling efficacy data for both leg and back pain.   We believe that the results of our pivotal clinical trial provide compelling efficacy data in leg and back pain that may enable us to gain significant market share in the approximately $1.5 billion existing global SCS market, which is primarily based on treating leg pain. In addition, we believe our efficacy data in back pain will allow us to expand the SCS market under current reimbursement by meeting demand from back pain patients.

    Strong global clinical evidence.   We believe the strength of our clinical evidence base supporting HF10 therapy differentiates it from traditional SCS therapies and we expect it to drive adoption among patients, providers and payors through increased referrals and utilization.

 

4


Table of Contents

    Paresthesia free pain relief for patients.   By eliminating paresthesia, HF10 therapy removes a major barrier for many patients who would otherwise benefit from SCS.

    Anatomical lead placement for physicians.   Since HF10 therapy relies on anatomical lead placement, or placing the stimulation leads in a specific reference location in the body, it removes the cumbersome process of paresthesia mapping that is required by traditional SCS therapy, thereby reducing variability in the operating procedure and offering a meaningful benefit to both physicians and hospitals.

    Ability to treat a broader group of chronic pain patients.   We are currently investigating the use of HF10 therapy to treat pre-spinal surgery patients, chronic intractable neck and upper extremity pain and refractory chronic migraine.

Our Growth Strategy

        Our mission is to be the neuromodulation leader in the treatment of chronic pain by developing innovative, evidence-based solutions. To accomplish this objective we intend to:

    Secure FDA approval for Senza in the United States

    Communicate what we believe is the compelling clinical efficacy of HF10 therapy to patients, physicians and payors globally

    Drive adoption of HF10 therapy through a world-class sales and marketing organization

    Expand the existing SCS market by treating back pain

    Develop HF10 therapy for use in other chronic pain indications

    Invest in research and development to drive innovation

    Scale our business to achieve cost and production efficiencies

Risks Associated With Our Business

        Our business is subject to numerous risks, as more fully described in the section entitled "Risk Factors" immediately following this prospectus summary. These risks include, among others:

    We have a history of significant losses. If we do not achieve and sustain profitability, our financial condition could suffer.

    If we fail to obtain or maintain FDA approval to market and sell Senza, or if such approval is delayed, we will be unable to commercially distribute and market Senza in the United States.

    We are substantially dependent on the FDA's approval of Senza, as well as market acceptance in the United States for our HF10 therapy, and our failure to receive FDA approval of Senza or the failure of our HF10 therapy to gain such market acceptance will negatively impact our business.

    If we are unable to protect, enforce and maintain our intellectual property, our business will be negatively affected.

    We must educate physicians on the safe and effective use of our HF10 therapy and demonstrate its merits compared to the SCS systems of our competitors.

    We face significant competition from larger, well established companies with substantially greater resources and who have a long history of competing in the SCS market, which we believe will intensify if we receive FDA approval and enter the U.S. market.

 

5


Table of Contents

Corporate Information

        We were incorporated in March 2006 as a Minnesota corporation under the name NBI Development, Inc. and in October 2006 reincorporated in Delaware. In June 2007, we changed our corporate name to Nevro Corp. Our principal executive offices are located at 4040 Campbell Avenue, Menlo Park, California 94025, and our telephone number is (650) 251-0005. Our website address is www.nevro.com. The information on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not part of this prospectus. We have included our website address as an inactive textual reference only.

        We are an "emerging growth company," as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) December 31, 2019 (the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of our initial public offering), (2) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.0 billion, (3) the last day of the fiscal year in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30 th , and (4) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period. We refer to the Jumpstart Our Business Startup Act of 2012 herein as the "JOBS Act," and references herein to "emerging growth company" shall have the meaning associated with it in the JOBS Act.

 

6


Table of Contents

 


The Offering

Common stock we are offering

  6,250,000 shares

Common stock to be outstanding after the offering

 

22,793,131 shares

Option to purchase additional shares

 

937,500 shares

Use of proceeds

 

We estimate that the net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $89.5 million, or approximately $103.5 million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, at an assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We currently expect to use the net proceeds from this offering to continue funding our activities related to seeking U.S. regulatory approval and preparing for the commercial launch of Senza in the United States, and for working capital and general corporate purposes, including research and development. See "Use of Proceeds" on page 53 for a more complete description of the intended use of proceeds from this offering.

Risk factors

 

See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 11 and other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors that you should consider carefully before deciding to invest in our common stock.

Symbol on the New York Stock Exchange

 

"NVRO"

        The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 16,543,131 shares of common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2014, and excludes the following:

    2,796,374 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options as of June 30, 2014 having a weighted-average exercise price of $3.03 per share;

    20,833 shares of common stock issuable pursuant to a license agreement upon the earlier of (1) FDA approval of our PMA for Senza or (2) the consummation of this offering;

    318,911 shares of common stock reserved for issuance pursuant to future awards under our 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended, as of June 30, 2014, which will become available for issuance under our 2014 Equity Incentive Award Plan upon the pricing of this offering;

    1,854,166 shares of common stock reserved for issuance pursuant to future awards under our 2014 Equity Incentive Award Plan, from which we will grant option awards exercisable for approximately 200,625 shares of our common stock (based on the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page to this prospectus) to certain of our executive officers and directors upon the pricing of this offering with an exercise price equal to the initial public offering price, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of our common stock

 

7


Table of Contents

      reserved for future issuance under this plan, which will become effective upon the pricing of this offering; and

    196,666 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under this plan.

        Unless otherwise indicated, the number of shares of our common stock described above reflects and assumes the following:

    a 1-for-24 reverse stock split of our capital stock to be effected prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part;

    the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock and redeemable convertible preferred stock pursuant to a stockholder vote under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation into an aggregate of 15,208,048 shares of common stock prior to the consummation of this offering;

    the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will occur prior to the consummation of this offering; and

    no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares.

        We refer to our Series A, Series B redeemable and Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock collectively as "convertible preferred stock" in this prospectus.

Indications of Interest

        Certain of our existing institutional investors, including investors affiliated with certain of our directors, have indicated an interest in purchasing an aggregate of up to approximately $25 million in shares of our common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price. Any such purchases, if completed, would be made on the same terms as the shares that are sold to the public generally and not pursuant to any pre-existing contractual rights or obligations. However, because indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase, these investors may determine to purchase fewer shares than they indicate an interest in purchasing or not to purchase any shares in this offering. It is also possible that these investors could indicate an interest in purchasing more shares of our common stock. In addition, the underwriters could determine to sell fewer shares to any of these investors than the investors indicate an interest in purchasing or not to sell any shares to these investors.

 

8


Table of Contents

 


Summary Consolidated Financial Data

        The following tables present summary consolidated financial data for our business. We derived the following consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 from our audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the following statements of operations data for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014 and the balance sheet data as of June 30, 2014 from our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read this data together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and the information under the captions "Selected Consolidated Financial Data" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations." Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our future results.

 
  Years Ended December 31,   Six Months Ended June 30,  
 
  2012   2013   2013   2014  
 
  (in thousands, except share and per share data)
 

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

                         

Revenue:

 
$

18,150
 
$

23,500
 
$

11,106
 
$

14,190
 

Cost of revenue

    7,527     9,473     4,451     5,521  
                   

Gross profit

    10,623     14,027     6,655     8,669  
                   

Operating expenses:

                         

Research and development

    15,659     20,345     11,121     9,846  

Sales, general, and administrative          

    14,094     18,833     8,788     13,525  
                   

Total operating expenses

    29,753     39,178     19,909     23,371  
                   

Loss from operations

    (19,130 )   (25,151 )   (13,254 )   (14,702 )

Interest income

    139     153     71     72  

Other income (expense), net

    186     (654 )   (927 )   382  
                   

Loss before income taxes

    (18,805 )   (25,652 )   (14,110 )   (14,248 )

Income taxes

    (162 )   (362 )   (148 )   (237 )
                   

Net loss

  $ (18,967 ) $ (26,014 ) $ (14,258 ) $ (14,485 )
                   
                   

Net loss attributable to common stockholders per share, basic and diluted (1)

  $ (38.59 ) $ (29.84 ) $ (17.91 ) $ (13.17 )
                   
                   

Weighted-average number of common shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share (1)

    494,066     876,932     800,124     1,106,303  
                   
                   

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited) (1)           

        $ (1.69 )       $ (0.89 )
                       
                       

Pro forma weighted-average number of common shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share (unaudited) (1)

          15,512,479           16,314,351  
                       
                       

(1)
See Notes 2 and 9 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the calculations of our basic and diluted net loss per common share, pro forma net loss per common share and the weighted-average number of shares used in the computation of the per share amounts.

 

9


Table of Contents

        The table below presents our balance sheet data as of June 30, 2014:

    on an actual basis;

    on a pro forma basis to give effect to:

    the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock and redeemable convertible preferred stock pursuant to a stockholder vote under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation into an aggregate of 15,208,048 shares of common stock prior to the consummation of this offering; and

    the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will occur prior to the consummation of this offering; and

    on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give further effect to the sale of 6,250,000 shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 
  As of June 30, 2014 (1)  
 
  Actual   Pro Forma   Pro Forma As
Adjusted (2) (3)
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

                   

Cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments

 
$

41,616
 
$

41,616
 
$

131,116
 

Working capital

    53,713     53,713     143,213  

Total assets

    62,904     62,904     152,404  

Convertible preferred stock

    47,217          

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

    106,105          

Accumulated deficit

    (105,722 )   (105,722 )   (105,722 )

Total stockholders' (deficit) equity

    (98,910 )   54,412     143,912  

(1)
The information in the table above excludes any funds that we expect to receive pursuant to our term loan agreement with Capital Royalty Partners and its affiliates that we entered into on October 24, 2014, which we refer to as our credit facility. We submitted a notice to make the first draw in a principal amount of $20.0 million on October 24, 2014, and we expect to receive the funds on or about December 12, 2014, net of closing fees of $0.5 million. For additional information relating to our credit facility, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity, Capital Resources and Plan of Operations—Credit Facility."

(2)
Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share would increase or decrease, respectively, the amount of cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments, working capital, total assets and total stockholders' equity by $5.8 million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. An increase or decrease of 1,000,000 in the number of shares we are offering would increase or decrease, respectively, the amount of cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments, working capital, total assets and stockholders' equity by approximately $14.9 million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price per share, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same. The pro forma as adjusted information is illustrative only, and we will adjust this information based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

(3)
We are obligated to issue 20,833 shares of our common stock to the Mayo Foundation upon the consummation of this offering pursuant to a license agreement. Based on the assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, total stockholders' equity and total capitalization would increase by approximately $0.3 million after giving effect to such issuance. For additional information, see "Business—Intellectual Property—The Mayo License."

 

10


Table of Contents


RISK FACTORS

         Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below, as well as the other information in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," before deciding whether to invest in our common stock. The occurrence of any of the events or developments described below could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects. In such an event, the market price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also impair our business operations.

Risks Related to our Business

We have a history of significant losses. If we do not achieve and sustain profitability, our financial condition could suffer.

        We have experienced significant net losses, and we expect to continue to incur losses for the foreseeable future. We expect to continue to incur losses as we seek U.S. regulatory approval of Senza, build our U.S. commercial sales force and initiate our commercial launch in the United States, as well as continue to investigate the use of our HF10 therapy to treat other chronic pain conditions. We incurred net losses of $19.0 million and $26.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively, and a net loss of $14.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014. As of June 30, 2014, our accumulated deficit was $105.7 million. Our prior losses, combined with expected future losses, have had and will continue to have, for the foreseeable future, an adverse effect on our stockholders' deficit and working capital. If our revenue grows more slowly than we anticipate, or if our operating expenses are higher than we expect, we may not be able to achieve profitability and our financial condition could suffer. Even if we achieve profitability in the future, we may not be able to sustain profitability in subsequent periods.

If we fail to obtain or maintain U.S. Food and Drug Administration approval to market and sell Senza, or if such approval is delayed, we will be unable to commercially distribute and market Senza in the United States

        The process of seeking regulatory approval to market a medical device is expensive and time consuming. There can be no assurance that approval will be granted. Although the Senza SCS system is CE marked for sale in the European Economic Area, or EEA, and approved for sale in Australia, we have not received regulatory approval to commercialize Senza in the United States. If we are not successful in obtaining timely approval of Senza from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, we may never be able to generate significant revenue and may be forced to cease operations. We are currently seeking FDA premarket approval, or PMA, of Senza for the treatment of chronic intractable pain of the trunk and/or limbs, including but not limited to unilateral or bilateral pain associated with failed back surgery syndrome and intractable low back pain and leg pain. The PMA process requires an applicant to demonstrate the safety and effectiveness of the device based, in part, on extensive data, including, but not limited to, technical, preclinical, clinical trial, manufacturing and labeling data. The FDA can delay, limit or deny approval of a device for many reasons, including:

11


Table of Contents

        Obtaining approval from the FDA could result in unexpected and significant costs for us and consume management's time and other resources. The FDA could ask us to supplement our submissions, collect additional non-clinical data, conduct additional clinical trials or engage in other time-consuming actions, or it could simply deny our application. In addition, if approved, we will be required to obtain FDA approval prior to making any modification to the device, and the FDA may revoke the approval or impose other restrictions if post-market data demonstrates safety issues or lack of effectiveness. If we are unable to obtain and maintain the necessary regulatory approvals, our financial condition may be adversely affected, and our ability to grow domestically and internationally would likely be limited. Additionally, even if approved, Senza may not be approved for the indications that are necessary or desirable for successful commercialization or profitability.

We are substantially dependent on the FDA's approval of Senza, as well as market acceptance in the United States for our HF10 therapy, and our failure to receive FDA approval of Senza or the failure of our HF10 therapy to gain such market acceptance would negatively impact our business.

        Since our inception, we have devoted substantially all of our efforts to the development and commercialization of Senza and HF10 therapy for the treatment of chronic leg and back pain. From inception through June 30, 2014, our total revenue was $63.5 million and was derived entirely from sales of Senza in Europe and Australia, and we expect our revenue to be derived entirely from such sales of Senza for the foreseeable future. We have not yet received approval from the FDA to market and sell Senza in the United States. However, we have incurred and will in the future incur significant costs, including costs to build our sales force, in anticipation of PMA approval. If we are unable to obtain approval from the FDA to market and sell Senza in the United States and then to achieve significant market acceptance in the United States, our results of operations will be adversely affected as the United States is expected to be the principal market for this product. Further, because we have incurred costs prospectively in advance of PMA approval, we would be unable to recoup these costs if Senza is not approved by the FDA. Because we do not have any other products currently in development, if we are unsuccessful in commercializing Senza or are unable to market Senza as a result of a quality problem, failure to maintain or obtain regulatory approvals, unexpected or serious complications or other unforeseen negative effects related to our HF10 therapy or the other factors discussed in these risk factors, we would lose our only source of revenue, and our business will be materially adversely affected.

We may in the future become involved in lawsuits to protect or enforce our intellectual property, which could be expensive and time consuming, and ultimately unsuccessful, and could result in the diversion of significant resources, thereby hindering our ability to effectively commercialize our existing or future products. If we are unable to obtain, maintain, protect, and enforce our intellectual property, our business will be negatively affected.

        The market for medical devices is subject to rapid technological change and frequent litigation regarding patent and other intellectual property rights. It is possible that our patents or licenses may not withstand challenges made by others or protect our rights adequately.

        Our success depends in large part on our ability to secure effective patent protection for our products and processes in the United States and internationally. We have filed and intend to continue to file patent applications for various aspects of our technology and trademark applications to protect our brand and business. We seek to obtain and maintain patents and other intellectual property rights to restrict the ability of others to market products or services that misappropriate our technology and/or infringe our intellectual property to compete with our products.

        However, we face the risks that:

12


Table of Contents

13


Table of Contents

        For additional information regarding risks related to our intellectual property, see "Risks Related to Intellectual Property."

We must demonstrate to physicians the merits of our HF10 therapy compared to those of our competitors.

        Physicians play a significant role in determining the course of a patient's treatment and, as a result, the type of product that will be used to treat a patient. As a result, our success depends, in large part, on effectively marketing our HF10 therapy to physicians. In order for us to sell Senza, we must successfully demonstrate to physicians the merits of our HF10 therapy compared to our competitors' SCS systems for use in treating patients with chronic leg and back pain. Acceptance of our HF10 therapy depends on educating physicians as to the distinctive characteristics, perceived benefits, safety, ease of use and cost-effectiveness of Senza as compared to our competitors' SCS systems, and communicating to physicians the proper application of our HF10 therapy. If we are not successful in convincing physicians of the merits of our HF10 therapy or educating them on the use of Senza, they may not use Senza and we may be unable to increase our sales, sustain our growth or achieve profitability.

        In addition, we believe support of our products by physicians is essential for market acceptance and adoption. If we do not receive support from physicians or long-term data does not show the benefits of using our HF10 therapy, physicians may not use Senza. In such circumstances, our results of operations would be materially adversely affected.

14


Table of Contents

If we are unable to educate physicians on the safe and effective use of our HF10 therapy and Senza, we may be unable to achieve our expected growth.

        An important part of our sales process includes the education of physicians on the safe and effective use of our HF10 therapy and Senza, particularly because Senza and high frequency neuromodulation treatment is relatively new as compared to existing low frequency traditional SCS systems. In addition, we will need to spend substantial time educating physicians using traditional SCS systems on the value of our HF10 therapy as demonstrated by our pivotal U.S. clinical data. Physicians typically need to perform several procedures to become comfortable using HF10 therapy and Senza. If a physician experiences difficulties during an initial procedure or otherwise, that physician may be less likely to continue to use our product or to recommend it to other physicians. It is critical to the success of our commercialization efforts to educate physicians on the proper use of Senza, and to provide them with adequate product support during clinical procedures. It is important for our growth that these physicians advocate for the benefits of our products in the broader marketplace. If physicians misuse or ineffectively use our products, it could result in unsatisfactory patient outcomes, patient injuries, negative publicity or lawsuits against us, any of which could have an adverse effect on our business.

If our competitors are better able to develop and market neuromodulation products that are safer, more effective, less costly, easier to use or otherwise more attractive than Senza, our business will be adversely impacted.

        The medical device industry is highly competitive and subject to technological change. Our success depends, in part, upon our ability to establish a competitive position in the neuromodulation market by securing broad market acceptance of our HF10 therapy and Senza for the treatment of chronic pain conditions. Any product we develop that achieves regulatory clearance or approval will have to compete for market acceptance and market share. We believe that the primary competitive factors in the neuromodulation market are demonstrated clinical effectiveness, product safety, reliability and durability, ease of use, product support and service, minimal side effects and salesforce experience and relationships. We face significant competition in the United States and internationally, which we believe will intensify if we enter the U.S. market. For example, our major competitors, Medtronic, Inc., Boston Scientific Corporation and St. Jude Medical, Inc., each has approved neuromodulation systems in at least the United States, Europe, and Australia and have been established for several years. In addition, we understand that St. Jude Medical is working on a U.S. pivotal study for its burst stimulation technology, intended for chronic pain relief with minimal paresthesia, and that Boston Scientific has made public its commencement of recruiting patients for a randomized clinical trial of a high-frequency SCS therapy. In addition to these major competitors, we may also face competition from other emerging competitors and smaller companies with active neuromodulation system development programs that may emerge in the future. Many of the companies developing or marketing competing products enjoy several advantages over us, including:

15


Table of Contents

        Our competitors may develop and patent processes or products earlier than us, obtain patents that may apply to us at any time, obtain regulatory clearance or approvals for competing products more rapidly than us or develop more effective or less expensive products or technologies that render our technology or products obsolete or less competitive. We also face fierce competition in recruiting and retaining qualified sales, scientific, and management personnel, establishing clinical trial sites and enrolling patients in clinical studies. If our competitors are more successful than us in these matters, our business may be harmed.

We only recently began commercializing Senza in the EEA and Australia and we may never achieve market acceptance.

        Senza has been CE marked since 2010, enabling us to commercialize it throughout the EEA, which is comprised of the 28 Member States of the European Union, or EU, plus Norway, Liechtenstein and Iceland. It was also approved by the Australia Therapeutic Goods Administration, or TGA, in 2011. Senza has not yet been approved by the FDA. As a result, we have a limited history of commercializing our product and no history of selling Senza in the United States. We have limited experience engaging in commercial activities and limited established relationships with physicians and hospitals as well as third-party suppliers on whom we depend for the manufacture of our product. We may be unable to gain broader market acceptance in the countries in which we have already begun to commercialize Senza, or, if approved by the FDA, successfully commercialize it in the United States for a number of reasons, including:

        Moreover, physicians and hospitals may not perceive the benefits of our products and may be unwilling to change from the SCS devices they are currently using. Communicating the benefits of Senza and HF10 therapy to these physicians and hospitals requires a significant commitment by our marketing team and sales organization. Physicians and hospitals may be slow to change their practices because of perceived risks arising from the use of new products. Physicians may not recommend or use Senza until there is more long-term commercial experience to convince them to alter their existing treatment methods, or until they receive additional recommendations from other physicians that our

16


Table of Contents

product is effective. We cannot predict when, if ever, physicians and hospitals may adopt use of our product. If we are unable to educate physicians and hospitals about the advantages of our HF10 therapy and Senza, do not achieve significantly greater market acceptance of our product, do not gain momentum in our sales activities, or fail to significantly grow our market share, we will not be able to grow our revenue and our business and financial condition will be adversely affected.

Our competitors are large, well-established companies with substantially greater resources than us and have a long history of competing in the SCS market.

        Our current and potential competitors are publicly traded, or are divisions of publicly-traded, major medical device companies that have substantially greater financial, technical, sales and marketing resources than we do. The existing global SCS market is estimated to be approximately $1.5 billion in 2014, with the United States comprising approximately 80% of the market. Given the size of the existing and potential market in the United States, we expect that as we prepare to initiate our commercial launch and launch in the United States our competitors will take aggressive action to protect their current market position. For example, in 2012, one of our principal competitors, Boston Scientific Corporation, made a number of allegations regarding the SENZA-RCT U.S. pivotal study, including that we had introduced bias into the study. We will face significant competition in establishing our market share in the United States and may encounter unforeseen obstacles and competitive challenges in the United States.

        In addition, we face a particular challenge overcoming the long-standing practices by some physicians of using the neuromodulation products of our larger, more established competitors. Physicians who have completed many successful implants using the neuromodulation products made by these competitors may be reluctant to try new products from a source with which they are less familiar. If these physicians do not try and subsequently adopt our product, then our revenue growth will slow or decline.

        Further, a number of our competitors are currently conducting, or we anticipate will be conducting, clinical trials to demonstrate the results of their SCS systems. The results of these trials may be equivalent to, or potentially better than, the results of our pivotal U.S. trial.

If we fail to develop and retain an effective direct sales force in the United States, our business could suffer.

        In order to commercialize Senza in the United States, if approved by the FDA, we must build a substantial direct sales force. As we initiate our commercial launch and increase our marketing efforts, we will need to retain, grow and develop our direct sales personnel. We intend to make a significant investment in recruiting and training sales representatives in advance of PMA approval. There is significant competition for sales personnel experienced in relevant medical device sales. Once hired, the training process is lengthy because it requires significant education for new sales representatives to achieve the level of clinical competency with our products expected by physicians. Upon completion of the training, our sales representatives typically require lead time in the field to grow their network of accounts and achieve the productivity levels we expect them to reach in any individual territory. Furthermore, the use of our products often requires or benefits from direct support from us. If we are unable to attract, motivate, develop and retain a sufficient number of qualified sales personnel, and if our sales representatives do not achieve the productivity levels we expect them to reach, our revenue will not grow at the rate we expect and our financial performance will suffer. Also, to the extent we hire personnel from our competitors, we may have to wait until applicable non-competition provisions have expired before deploying such personnel in restricted territories or incur costs to relocate personnel outside of such territories, and we have been in the past, and may be subject to future allegations that these new hires have been improperly solicited, or that they have divulged to us proprietary or other confidential information of their former employers. Any of these risks may adversely affect our business.

17


Table of Contents

Our success depends on physicians' use of our HF10 therapy to treat chronic back pain.

        Our success is dependent on physicians' acceptance and use of our HF10 therapy to treat chronic back pain. We believe a significant limitation of current neuromodulation systems is the limited evidence supporting efficacy of traditional SCS for treating chronic back pain. Senza utilizes high-frequency stimulation technology capable of delivering waveform of up to 10,000 Hz for spinal cord stimulation that has been shown to be effective in the treatment of both leg and back pain. However, we may face challenges convincing physicians, many of whom have extensive experience with competitors' SCS products and established relationships with other companies, to appreciate the benefits of HF10 therapy and, in particular, its ability to treat back pain as well as leg pain, and adopt it for treatment of their patients. If Senza is unable to gain acceptance by physicians for the treatment of back pain, our potential to expand the existing neuromodulation market will be significantly limited and our revenue potential will be negatively impacted.

Traditional SCS has been available for over 40 years, while Senza has only been commercially available since 2010 and, as a result, we have a limited track record compared to our competitors.

        Traditional SCS has been commercialized since 1967, while we only began commercializing Senza internationally in 2010. Because we have a limited commercial track record compared to our competitors and Senza has been implanted in patients for less than five years, physicians may be slower to adopt or recommend Senza. Further, while we believe our international commercial experience and our European two year study and U.S. pivotal study support the safety and effectiveness of our HF10 therapy, future studies or patient experience over a longer period of time may indicate that treatment with our HF10 therapy does not achieve non-inferiority status as compared to treatment with competitive products or that our HF10 therapy causes unexpected or serious complications or other unforeseen negative effects. Such results would likely slow the adoption of Senza and significantly reduce our sales, which would harm our business and adversely affect our results of operations. Furthermore, if patients with traditional SCS implantations were to experience unexpected or serious complications or other unforeseen effects, the market for Senza may be adversely affected, even if such effects are not applicable to Senza.

Our past results in the international markets in which we commercialize Senza should not be relied upon as an indication of our future performance in those markets or, if approved for sale, in the United States

        Our revenue has increased from $18.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $23.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 on the basis of our sales of Senza in Europe and Australia; however, we do not expect to continue this rate of revenue growth in these international markets. Due to our current penetration in these markets, we expect to grow less rapidly in the future than we have in the past in these markets.

        In addition, the characteristics of these markets differ significantly from the U.S. market, including as a result of differences in payor systems and patient treatment regimens. As a result of the differences in these markets, you should not compare our financial results in the international market to any potential future results in the U.S. market nor should you rely on our past results as an indication of our future performance.

Our international operations subject us to certain operating risks, which could adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition.

        Sales of Senza outside the United States represented all of our revenue from Senza sales in the year ended December 31, 2013 and the six months ended June 30, 2014. In 2010 we began selling Senza in the EEA through distributors and, in August 2011, we began selling Senza in Australia through our own sales force and distributors. As of June 30, 2014, we sell Senza directly in Austria, Switzerland, United Kingdom, Sweden, Australia, Belgium, Luxembourg and Germany and through

18


Table of Contents

distributors and agents located in the Netherlands, Spain, Italy, Slovakia, Turkey, Kuwait and Ireland. The sale and shipment of Senza across international borders, as well as the purchase of components from international sources, subject us to U.S. and foreign governmental trade, import and export, and customs regulations and laws.

        Compliance with these regulations and laws is costly and exposes us to penalties for non-compliance. Other laws and regulations that can significantly impact us include various anti-bribery laws, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, as well as export controls laws. Any failure to comply with applicable legal and regulatory obligations could impact us in a variety of ways that include, but are not limited to, significant criminal, civil and administrative penalties, including imprisonment of individuals, fines and penalties, denial of export privileges, seizure of shipments, restrictions on certain business activities and exclusion or debarment from government contracting.

        Our international operations expose us and our distributors to risks inherent in operating in foreign jurisdictions. These risks include:

        If we experience any of these risks, our sales in non-U.S. jurisdictions may be harmed and our results of operations would suffer.

19


Table of Contents

We are dependent upon third-party manufacturers and suppliers, in some cases sole- or single-source suppliers, making us vulnerable to supply shortages and problems and price fluctuations, which could harm our business.

        We rely on a limited number of suppliers who manufacture and assemble certain components of Senza.

        Our suppliers may encounter problems during manufacturing for a variety of reasons, including, for example, failure to follow specific protocols and procedures, failure to comply with applicable legal and regulatory requirements, equipment malfunction and environmental factors, failure to properly conduct their own business affairs, and infringement of third-party intellectual property rights, any of which could delay or impede their ability to meet our requirements. Our reliance on these third-party suppliers also subjects us to other risks that could harm our business, including:

        If Senza is approved for sale in the United States, we may not be able to quickly establish additional or alternative suppliers if necessary, in part because we may need to undertake additional activities to establish such suppliers as required by the regulatory approval process. Any interruption or delay in obtaining products from our third-party suppliers, or our inability to obtain products from qualified alternate sources at acceptable prices in a timely manner, could impair our ability to meet the demand of our customers and cause them to switch to competing products. Given our reliance on certain single-source suppliers, we are especially susceptible to supply shortages because we do not have alternate suppliers currently available.

20


Table of Contents

We rely upon third-party, single-source, and in certain cases sole-source, suppliers for many of the components and materials used in Senza, and for critical manufacturing and packaging services, and the loss of any of these suppliers could harm our business.

        A number of the critical components used in Senza are supplied to us from single-source, or in certain cases sole-source, suppliers, including our leads and lead extenders, neurostimulator components, telemetry modules, batteries, and packaging services. Our ability to supply Senza commercially depends, in part, on our ability to obtain a supply of these components that has been manufactured in accordance with regulatory requirements and in sufficient quantities for commercialization and clinical testing. We have not entered into manufacturing, supply or quality agreements with all of our single-source and sole-source suppliers, some of which supply components critical to our products. We are not certain that our single-source or sole-source suppliers will be able to meet our demand for their products and services, either because of the nature of our agreements with those suppliers, or our limited experience with those suppliers, or due to our relative importance as a customer to those suppliers. It may be difficult for us to assess their ability to timely meet our demand in the future based on past performance. While our suppliers have generally met our demand for their products on a timely basis in the past, they may subordinate our needs in the future to their other customers.

        Establishing additional or replacement suppliers for the components or processes used in Senza, if required, may not be accomplished quickly. If we are able to find a replacement supplier, such replacement supplier would need to be qualified and may require additional regulatory authority approval, which could result in further delay. While we seek to maintain adequate inventory of the single-source or sole-source components and materials used in our products, any interruption or delay in the supply of components or materials, or our inability to obtain components or materials from alternate sources at acceptable prices in a timely manner, could impair our ability to meet the demand of our customers and cause them to cancel orders.

        If our third-party suppliers fail to deliver the required commercial quantities of materials, or the level of services we require, on a timely basis and at commercially reasonable prices, and we are unable to find one or more replacement suppliers capable of production at a substantially equivalent cost in substantially equivalent volumes and quality and on a timely basis, the continued commercialization of Senza would be impeded, delayed, limited or prevented, which could harm our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

Our ability to achieve profitability will depend, in part, on our ability to reduce the per unit manufacturing cost of Senza.

        Currently, the gross profit generated from the sale of Senza is not sufficient to cover our operating expenses. To achieve our operating and strategic goals, we need to, among other things, reduce the per unit manufacturing cost of Senza. This cannot be achieved without increasing the volume of components that we purchase in order to take advantage of volume based pricing discounts, improve manufacturing efficiency or increase our volume to leverage manufacturing overhead costs. If we are unable to improve manufacturing efficiency and reduce manufacturing overhead costs per unit, our ability to achieve profitability will be severely constrained. Any increase in manufacturing volumes is dependent upon a corresponding increase in sales. The occurrence of one or more factors that negatively impact the manufacturing or sales of Senza or reduce our manufacturing efficiency may prevent us from achieving our desired reduction in manufacturing costs, which would negatively affect our operating results and may prevent us from attaining profitability.

We may not be able to establish or strengthen our brand.

        We believe that establishing and strengthening the Nevro and Senza brands is critical to achieving widespread acceptance of HF10 therapy, particularly because of the highly competitive nature of the

21


Table of Contents

market for SCS products. Promoting and positioning our brand will depend largely on the success of our marketing efforts and our ability to provide physicians with a reliable product for successful treatment of chronic leg and back pain. Given the established nature of our competitors, and our lack of commercialization in the United States, it is likely that our future marketing efforts will require us to incur significant additional expenses. These brand promotion activities may not yield increased sales and, even if they do, any sales increases may not offset the expenses we incur to promote our brand. If we fail to successfully promote and maintain our brand, or if we incur substantial expenses in an unsuccessful attempt to promote and maintain our brand, our HF10 therapy may not be accepted by physicians, which would adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We rely in part on a small group of third-party distributors to effectively distribute our products outside the United States.

        We depend in part on medical device distributors for the marketing and selling of our products in certain territories in Europe and Australia. We depend on these distributors' efforts to market our products, yet we are unable to control their efforts completely. These distributors typically sell a variety of other, non-competing products that may limit the resources they dedicate to selling Senza. In addition, we are unable to ensure that our distributors comply with all applicable laws regarding the sale of our products. If our distributors fail to effectively market and sell Senza, in full compliance with applicable laws, our operating results and business may suffer. Recruiting and retaining qualified third-party distributors and training them in our technology and product offering requires significant time and resources. To develop and expand our distribution, we must continue to scale and improve our processes and procedures that support our distributors. Further, if our relationship with a successful distributor terminates, we may be unable to replace that distributor without disruption to our business. If we fail to maintain positive relationships with our distributors, fail to develop new relationships with other distributors, including in new markets, fail to manage, train or incentivize existing distributors effectively, or fail to provide distributors with competitive products on attractive terms, or if these distributors are not successful in their sales efforts, our revenue may decrease and our operating results, reputation and business may be harmed.

If third-party payors do not provide adequate coverage and reimbursement for the use of Senza, our revenue will be negatively impacted.

        Our success in marketing Senza depends and will depend in large part on whether U.S. and international government health administrative authorities, private health insurers and other organizations adequately cover and reimburse customers for the cost of our products.

        In the United States, we expect to derive nearly all our sales from sales of Senza to hospitals and outpatient surgery centers who typically bill various third-party payors, including Medicare, Medicaid, private commercial insurance companies, health maintenance organizations and other healthcare-related organizations, to cover all or a portion of the costs and fees associated with Senza and bill patients for any applicable deductibles or co-payments. Access to adequate coverage and reimbursement for SCS procedures using Senza (and our other products in development) by third-party payors is essential to the acceptance of our products by our customers.

        Because there is generally no separate reimbursement for medical devices and other supplies used in such procedures, including Senza and our HF10 therapy, and because we believe that SCS procedures using Senza, if approved, would be adequately described by existing CPT, HCPCS II and ICD-9-CM codes for the implantation of spinal cord stimulators and related leads performed in various sites of care, some of our target customers may be unwilling to adopt Senza over more established or lower cost therapeutic alternatives already available or subsequently become available. Further, any decline in the amount payors are willing to reimburse our customers for SCS procedures using Senza could make it difficult for new customers to adopt Senza and could create additional pricing pressure for us, which could adversely affect our ability to invest in and grow our business.

22


Table of Contents

        Third-party payors, whether foreign or domestic, or governmental or commercial, are developing increasingly sophisticated methods of controlling healthcare costs. In addition, in the United States, no uniform policy of coverage and reimbursement for medical device products and services exists among third-party payors. Therefore, coverage and reimbursement for medical device products and services can differ significantly from payor to payor. In addition, payors continually review new technologies for possible coverage and can, without notice, deny coverage for these new products and procedures. As a result, the coverage determination process is often a time-consuming and costly process that will require us to provide scientific and clinical support for the use of our products to each payor separately, with no assurance that coverage and adequate reimbursement will be obtained, or maintained if obtained.

        Reimbursement systems in international markets vary significantly by country and by region within some countries, and reimbursement approvals must be obtained on a country-by-country basis. In many international markets, a product must be approved for reimbursement before it can be approved for sale in that country. Further, many international markets have government-managed healthcare systems that control reimbursement for new devices and procedures. For example, the governmental healthcare system in France has not yet approved reimbursement of Senza. In most markets there are private insurance systems as well as government-managed systems. If sufficient coverage and reimbursement is not available for our current or future products, in either the United States or internationally, the demand for our products and our revenues will be adversely affected.

If we fail to receive access to hospital facilities, our sales may decrease.

        In the United States, in order for physicians to use Senza, we expect that the hospital facilities where these physicians treat patients will typically require us to enter into purchasing contracts. This process can be lengthy and time-consuming and require extensive negotiations and management time. In the EU, from time to time certain institutions require us to engage in a contract bidding process in the event that such institutions are considering making purchase commitments that exceed specified cost thresholds, which vary by jurisdiction. These processes are only open at certain periods of time, and we may not be successful in the bidding process. If we do not receive access to hospital facilities via these contracting processes or otherwise, or if we are unable to secure contracts or tender successful bids, our sales may decrease and our operating results may be harmed. Furthermore, we may expend significant effort in these time-consuming processes and still may not obtain a purchase contract from such hospitals.

If we fail to properly manage our anticipated growth, our business could suffer.

        We have been growing rapidly in recent periods and have a relatively short history of operating as a commercial company. We intend to continue to grow and may experience periods of rapid growth and expansion, which could place a significant additional strain on our limited personnel, information technology systems and other resources. In particular, the hiring of our direct sales force in the United States requires significant management, financial and other supporting resources. Any failure by us to manage our growth effectively could have an adverse effect on our ability to achieve our development and commercialization goals.

        To achieve our revenue goals, we must successfully increase manufacturing output to meet expected customer demand. In the future, we may experience difficulties with manufacturing yields, quality control, component supply and shortages of qualified personnel, among other problems. These problems could result in delays in product availability and increases in expenses. Any such delay or increased expense could adversely affect our ability to generate our revenue.

        Future growth will also impose significant added responsibilities on management, including the need to identify, recruit, train and integrate additional employees. In addition, rapid and significant growth will place a strain on our administrative and operational infrastructure.

23


Table of Contents

        In order to manage our operations and growth we will need to continue to improve our operational and management controls, reporting and information technology systems and financial internal control procedures. If we are unable to manage our growth effectively, it may be difficult for us to execute our business strategy and our operating results and business could suffer.

If clinical studies for future indications do not produce results necessary to support regulatory clearance or approval in the United States or elsewhere, we will be unable to commercialize our products for these indications.

        We are currently conducting clinical trials for Senza to explore the potential for HF10 therapy to treat other chronic pain indications, including pre-spinal surgery patients, chronic intractable neck and upper extremity pain and refractory chronic migraine. We will likely need to conduct additional clinical studies in the future to support approval for these new indications. Clinical testing takes many years, is expensive and carries uncertain outcomes. The initiation and completion of any of these studies may be prevented, delayed, or halted for numerous reasons, including, but not limited to, the following:

        Clinical failure can occur at any stage of the testing. Our clinical studies may produce negative or inconclusive results, and we may decide, or regulators may require us, to conduct additional clinical or non-clinical studies in addition to those we have planned. Our failure to adequately demonstrate the safety and effectiveness of any of our devices would prevent receipt of regulatory clearance or approval and, ultimately, the commercialization of that device or indication for use.

24


Table of Contents

        We could also encounter delays if the FDA concludes that our financial relationships with investigators results in a perceived or actual conflict of interest that may have affected the interpretation of a study, the integrity of the data generated at the applicable clinical trial site or the utility of the clinical trial itself. Principal investigators for our clinical trials may serve as scientific advisors or consultants to us from time to time and receive cash compensation and/or stock options in connection with such services. If these relationships and any related compensation to or ownership interest by the clinical investigator carrying out the study result in perceived or actual conflicts of interest, or if the FDA concludes that the financial relationship may have affected interpretation of the study, the integrity of the data generated at the applicable clinical trial site may be questioned and the utility of the clinical trial itself may be jeopardized, which could result in the delay or rejection of our PMA by the FDA. Any such delay or rejection could prevent us from commercializing any of our products currently in development.

        Even if our products are approved in the United States, Australia and the EEA, comparable regulatory authorities of additional foreign countries must also approve the manufacturing and marketing of our products in those countries. Approval procedures vary among jurisdictions and can involve requirements and administrative review periods different from, and greater than, those in the United States, Australia or the EEA, including additional preclinical studies or clinical trials. Any of these occurrences may harm our business, financial condition and prospects significantly.

We may face product liability claims that could result in costly litigation and significant liabilities.

        Manufacturing and marketing of Senza, and clinical testing of our HF10 therapy, may expose us to product liability and other tort claims. Although we have, and intend to maintain, liability insurance, the coverage limits of our insurance policies may not be adequate and one or more successful claims brought against us may have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. For example, the U.S. Supreme Court recently declined to hear an appeal where the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit ruled that the 1976 Medical Device Amendments to the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act did not preempt state laws in a product liability case involving a medical device company. If other courts in the United States adopt similar rulings, we may be subject to increased litigation risk in connection with our products. Product liability claims could negatively affect our reputation, continued product sales, and our ability to obtain and maintain regulatory approval for our products.

If we fail to retain our key executives or recruit and hire new employees, our operations and financial results may be adversely effected while we attract other highly qualified personnel.

        Our future success depends, in part, on our ability to continue to retain our executive officers and other key employees and recruit and hire new employees. All of our executive officers and other employees are at-will employees, and therefore may terminate employment with us at any time with no advance notice. The replacement of any of our key personnel likely would involve significant time and costs, may significantly delay or prevent the achievement of our business objectives and may harm our business.

        In addition, many of our employees have become or will soon become vested in a substantial amount of stock or number of stock options. Our employees may be more likely to leave us if the shares they own or the shares underlying their vested options have significantly appreciated in value relative to the original purchase prices of the shares or the exercise prices of the options, or if the exercise prices of the options that they hold are significantly below the market price of our common stock. Further, our employees' ability to exercise those options and sell their stock in a public market after the closing of this offering may result in a higher than normal turnover rate.

        Our future success also depends on our ability to retain executive officers and other key employees and attract new key employees. Many executive officers and employees in the neuromodulation and medical device industry are subject to strict non-compete or confidentiality agreements with their

25


Table of Contents

employers, including our main competitors Medtronic, Inc., Boston Scientific Corp., and St. Jude Medical, Inc. In addition, some of our existing and future employees are or may be subject to confidentiality agreements with previous employers. Our competitors may allege breaches of and seek to enforce such non-compete agreements or initiate litigation based on such confidentiality agreements. Such litigation, whether or not meritorious, may impede our ability to attract or use executive officers and other key employees who have been employed by our competitors and may result in intellectual property claims against us. Boston Scientific Corp., for example, has initiated a lawsuit against one of our employees alleging that the employee cannot work for us without inevitably disclosing Boston Scientific's proprietary information. Although we are not a party to this lawsuit, it has impeded our ability to utilize this employee. It is likely that we will experience similar aggressive tactics by our competitors as they seek to protect their market position, particularly as we prepare to enter the U.S. market.

Our credit facility contains restrictions that limit our flexibility in operating our business.

        In October 2014, we entered into a term loan agreement with Capital Royalty Partners and certain of its affiliates, which we refer to as our credit facility. Subject to certain conditions, we have access to borrow up to $50.0 million principal amount of senior secured term loan financing in up to three draws on or before September 30, 2015 under the credit facility. Our credit facility also contains various covenants that limit our ability to engage in specified types of transactions. Subject to limited exceptions, these covenants limit our ability to, among other things:

        In addition, our credit facility contains certain financial covenants, including certain minimum pre-specified liquidity and revenue requirements. In particular, we are required to maintain a minimum of $5.0 million of cash and certain cash equivalents, and we must achieve minimum revenue of $20.0 million in 2014, $25.0 million in 2015, $30.0 million in 2016, $40.0 million in 2017, $50.0 million in 2018 and $70.0 million in 2019. The covenants in our credit facility may limit our ability to take certain actions and, in the event that we breach one or more covenants, our lenders may choose to declare an event of default and require that we immediately repay all amounts outstanding, terminate the commitment to extend further credit and foreclose on the collateral granted to it to collateralize such indebtedness, which includes our intellectual property. In addition, if we fail to meet the required covenants, we will not have access to the additional tranches under the credit facility.

Failure to protect our information technology infrastructure against cyber-based attacks, network security breaches, service interruptions, or data corruption could significantly disrupt our operations and adversely affect our business and operating results.

        We rely on information technology and telephone networks and systems, including the Internet, to process and transmit sensitive electronic information and to manage or support a variety of business processes and activities, including sales, billing, marketing, procurement and supply chain, manufacturing, and distribution. We use enterprise information technology systems to record, process, and summarize financial information and results of operations for internal reporting purposes and to comply with regulatory, financial reporting, legal, and tax requirements. Our information technology

26


Table of Contents

systems, some of which are managed by third-parties, may be susceptible to damage, disruptions, or shutdowns due to computer viruses, attacks by computer hackers, failures during the process of upgrading or replacing software, databases or components thereof, power outages, hardware failures, telecommunication failures, user errors, or catastrophic events. Despite the precautionary measures we have taken to prevent breakdowns in our information technology and telephone systems, if our systems suffer severe damage, disruption, or shutdown and we are unable to effectively resolve the issues in a timely manner, our business and operating results may suffer.

Risks Related to Intellectual Property

We may in the future become involved in lawsuits to defend ourselves against intellectual property disputes, which could be expensive and time consuming, and ultimately unsuccessful, and could result in the diversion of significant resources, and hinder our ability to commercialize our existing or future products.

        Our success depends in part on not infringing the patents or violating the other proprietary rights of others. Intellectual property disputes can be costly to defend and may cause our business, operating results and financial condition to suffer. Significant litigation regarding patent rights occurs in the medical industry. Whether merited or not, it is possible that U.S. and foreign patents and pending patent applications controlled by third parties may be alleged to cover our products. We may also face allegations that our employees have misappropriated the intellectual property rights of their former employers or other third parties. Our competitors in both the United States and abroad, many of which have substantially greater resources and have made substantial investments in patent portfolios and competing technologies, may have applied for or obtained or may in the future apply for and obtain, patents that will prevent, limit, or otherwise interfere with our ability to make, use, sell, and/or export our products. For example, our major competitors, Medtronic, Inc., Boston Scientific Corp., and St. Jude Medical, Inc., each have significant patent portfolios covering systems, sub-systems, methods, and manufacturing processes. These competitors may have one or more patents for which they can threaten and/or initiate patent infringement actions against us and/or any of our third-party suppliers. Our ability to defend ourselves and/or our third-party suppliers may be limited by our financial and human resources, the availability of reasonable defenses, and the ultimate acceptance of our defenses by the courts or juries. Further, if such patents are successfully asserted against us, this may result in an adverse impact on our business, including injunctions, damages, and/or attorneys' fees. From time to time and in the ordinary course of business, we may develop noninfringement and/or invalidity positions with respect to third-party patents, which may or not be ultimately adjudicated as successful by a judge or jury if such patents were asserted against us.

        We may receive in the future, particularly as a public company, communications from patent holders, including non-practicing entities, alleging infringement of patents or other intellectual property rights or misappropriation of trade secrets, or offering licenses to such intellectual property. Any claims that we assert against perceived infringers could also provoke these parties to assert counterclaims against us alleging that we infringe their intellectual property rights. At any given time, we may be involved as either a plaintiff or a defendant in a number of patent infringement actions, the outcomes of which may not be known for prolonged periods of time.

        The large number of patents, the rapid rate of new patent applications and issuances, the complexities of the technologies involved and the uncertainty of litigation significantly increase the risks related to any patent litigation. Any potential intellectual property litigation also could force us to do one or more of the following:

27


Table of Contents

        From time to time, we may be subject to legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of business with respect to intellectual property. Even if resolved in our favor, litigation or other legal proceedings relating to intellectual property claims may cause us to incur significant expenses, and could distract our technical and management personnel from their normal responsibilities. In addition, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments, and if securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a material adverse effect on the price of our common stock. Finally, any uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of any litigation could have a material adverse effect on our ability to raise the funds necessary to continue our operations.

        If any of the foregoing occurs, we may have to withdraw existing products from the market or may be unable to commercialize one or more of our products, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Any litigation or claim against us, even those without merit, may cause us to incur substantial costs, and could place a significant strain on our financial resources, divert the attention of management from our core business and harm our reputation. Further, as the number of participants in the neuromodulation industry grows, the possibility of intellectual property infringement claims against us increases.

        In addition, we may indemnify our customers, suppliers and international distributors against claims relating to the infringement of the intellectual property rights of third parties relating to our products, methods, and/or manufacturing processes. Third parties may assert infringement claims against our customers, suppliers, or distributors. These claims may require us to initiate or defend protracted and costly litigation on behalf of our customers, suppliers or distributors, regardless of the merits of these claims. If any of these claims succeed, we may be forced to pay damages on behalf of our customers, suppliers, or distributors or may be required to obtain licenses for the products they use. If we cannot obtain all necessary licenses on commercially reasonable terms, our customers may be forced to stop using our products, or our suppliers may be forced to stop providing us with products.

        Similarly, interference or derivation proceedings provoked by third parties or brought by the USPTO or any foreign patent authority may be necessary to determine the priority of inventions or other matters of inventorship with respect to our patents or patent applications. We may also become involved in other proceedings, such as re-examination or opposition proceedings, before the USPTO or its foreign counterparts relating to our intellectual property or the intellectual property rights of others. An unfavorable outcome in any such proceedings could require us to cease using the related technology or to attempt to license rights to it from the prevailing party, or could cause us to lose valuable intellectual property rights. Our business could be harmed if the prevailing party does not offer us a

28


Table of Contents

license on commercially reasonable terms, if any license is offered at all. Litigation or other proceedings may fail and, even if successful, may result in substantial costs and distract our management and other employees. We may also become involved in disputes with others regarding the ownership of intellectual property rights. For example, we jointly develop intellectual property with certain parties, and disagreements may therefore arise as to the ownership of the intellectual property developed pursuant to these relationships. If we are unable to resolve these disputes, we could lose valuable intellectual property rights.

Changes in patent law could diminish the value of patents in general, thereby impairing our ability to protect our existing and future products.

        Recent patent reform legislation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our issued patents. On September 16, 2011, the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act, or the Leahy-Smith Act, was signed into law. The Leahy-Smith Act includes a number of significant changes to U.S. patent law. These include provisions that affect the way patent applications are prosecuted, redefine prior art, may affect patent litigation, and switched the United States patent system from a "first-to-invent" system to a "first-to-file" system. Under a "first-to-file" system, assuming the other requirements for patentability are met, the first inventor to file a patent application generally will be entitled to the patent on an invention regardless of whether another inventor had made the invention earlier. The USPTO recently developed new regulations and procedures to govern administration of the Leahy-Smith Act, and many of the substantive changes to patent law associated with the Leahy-Smith Act, in particular, the first-to-file provisions, only became effective on March 16, 2013. Accordingly, it is not clear what, if any, impact the Leahy-Smith Act will have on the operation of our business. The Leahy-Smith Act and its implementation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our issued patents, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.

        In addition, patent reform legislation may pass in the future that could lead to additional uncertainties and increased costs surrounding the prosecution, enforcement and defense of our patents and applications. Furthermore, the U.S. Supreme Court and the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit have made, and will likely continue to make, changes in how the patent laws of the United States are interpreted. Similarly, foreign courts have made, and will likely continue to make, changes in how the patent laws in their respective jurisdictions are interpreted. We cannot predict future changes in the interpretation of patent laws or changes to patent laws that might be enacted into law by United States and foreign legislative bodies. Those changes may materially affect our patents or patent applications and our ability to obtain additional patent protection in the future.

Obtaining and maintaining patent protection depends on compliance with various procedural, document submission, fee payment and other requirements imposed by governmental patent agencies, and our patent protection could be reduced or eliminated for non-compliance with these requirements.

        The USPTO and various foreign governmental patent agencies require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payment, and other similar provisions during the patent application process. In addition, periodic maintenance fees on issued patents often must be paid to the USPTO and foreign patent agencies over the lifetime of the patent. While an unintentional lapse can in many cases be cured by payment of a late fee or by other means in accordance with the applicable rules, there are situations in which noncompliance can result in abandonment or lapse of the patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction. Non-compliance events that could result in abandonment or lapse of a patent or patent application include, but are not limited to, failure to respond to official actions within prescribed time limits, non-payment of fees and failure to properly legalize and submit formal documents. If we fail to maintain the patents and patent applications covering our products or procedures, we may not be able to stop a competitor from marketing products that are the same as or similar to our own, which would have a material adverse effect on our business.

29


Table of Contents

We may not be able to adequately protect our intellectual property rights throughout the world.

        Filing, prosecuting and defending patents on our products in all countries throughout the world would be prohibitively expensive. The requirements for patentability may differ in certain countries, particularly developing countries, and the breadth of patent claims allowed can be inconsistent. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries may not protect our intellectual property rights to the same extent as laws in the United States. Consequently, we may not be able to prevent third parties from practicing our inventions in all countries outside the United States. Competitors may use our technologies in jurisdictions where we have not obtained patent protection to develop their own products and, further, may export otherwise infringing products to territories in which we have patent protection that may not be sufficient to terminate infringing activities.

        We do not have patent rights in certain foreign countries in which a market may exist. Moreover, in foreign jurisdictions where we do have patent rights, proceedings to enforce such rights could result in substantial costs and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business, could put our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly, and our patent applications at risk of not issuing. Additionally, such proceedings could provoke third parties to assert claims against us. We may not prevail in any lawsuits that we initiate and the damages or other remedies awarded, if any, may not be commercially meaningful. Thus, we may not be able to stop a competitor from marketing and selling in foreign countries products that are the same as or similar to our products, and our competitive position in the international market would be harmed.

If we fail to comply with our obligations under our existing intellectual property license with the Mayo Foundation or under future license agreements, we could lose license rights that are important to our business.

        We are currently a party to a license agreement, or the Mayo License, with the Mayo Foundation for Medical Education and Research, or the Mayo Foundation. Our Mayo License imposes, and we expect that future license agreements will impose, various diligence, royalty, insurance and other obligations on us. For example, the Mayo License requires that we continue to use commercially reasonable efforts to commercialize products incorporating the technology we license and to satisfy other specified obligations, including the payment of royalties on the sales of such products. If we fail to comply with our obligations under the Mayo License or future license agreements, the counterparty to the license may have the right to terminate such license. We do not believe a termination of the Mayo License would have an adverse impact on our ability to commercialize Senza due, in part, to our proprietary patent rights; however, if the Mayo Foundation terminates the license, we may be subject to disputes with them that could be costly and time-consuming. Further, if any future licenses we enter into are terminated, we may need to negotiate new or reinstated licenses with less favorable terms, and we could lose access to critical technology related to our existing or future products.

We may be subject to damages resulting from claims that we or our employees have wrongfully used or disclosed alleged trade secrets of our competitors or are in breach of non-competition or non-solicitation agreements with our competitors.

        We could in the future be subject to claims that we or our employees have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed alleged trade secrets or other proprietary information of former employers or competitors. In addition, six of our nine executive officers and key employees, including our Chief Executive Officer, have worked for our major competitors (or companies acquired by these competitors), which include Boston Scientific Corporation, Medtronic, Inc. and St. Jude Medical, Inc. Although we have procedures in place that seek to prevent our employees and consultants from using the intellectual property, proprietary information, know-how or trade secrets of others in their work for us, we may in the future be subject to claims that we caused an employee to breach the terms of his or her non-competition or non-solicitation agreement, or that we or these individuals have, inadvertently or otherwise, used or disclosed the alleged trade secrets or other proprietary information of a former employer or competitor. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. Even if we are

30


Table of Contents

successful in defending against these claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and could be a distraction to management. If our defense to those claims fails, in addition to paying monetary damages, a court could prohibit us from using technologies or features that are essential to our products, if such technologies or features are found to incorporate or be derived from the trade secrets or other proprietary information of the former employers. An inability to incorporate technologies or features that are important or essential to our products would have a material adverse effect on our business, and may prevent us from selling our products or from practicing our processes. In addition, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel. Moreover, any such litigation or the threat thereof may adversely affect our ability to hire employees or contract with independent sales representatives. A loss of key personnel or their work product could hamper or prevent our ability to commercialize our products, which could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

If our trademarks and trade names are not adequately protected, then we may not be able to build name recognition in our markets of interest and our business may be adversely affected.

        Our registered or unregistered trademarks or trade names may be challenged, infringed, circumvented, declared generic or determined to be infringing on other marks. We may not be able to protect our rights in these trademarks and trade names, which we need in order to build name recognition with potential partners or customers in our markets of interest. In addition, third parties have registered trademarks similar and identical to our trademarks in foreign jurisdictions, and may in the future file for registration of such trademarks. If they succeed in registering or developing common law rights in such trademarks, and if we were not successful in challenging such third-party rights, we may not be able to use these trademarks to market our products in those countries. In any case, if we are unable to establish name recognition based on our trademarks and trade names, then we may not be able to compete effectively and our business may be adversely affected.

If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our trade secrets, our business and competitive position may be harmed.

        In addition to patent and trademark protection, we also rely on trade secrets, including unpatented know-how, technology and other proprietary information, to maintain our competitive position. We seek to protect our trade secrets, in part, by entering into non-disclosure and confidentiality agreements with parties who have access to them, such as our consultants and vendors, or our former or current employees. We also enter into confidentiality and invention or patent assignment agreements with our employees and consultants. Despite these efforts, however, any of these parties may breach the agreements and disclose our trade secrets and other unpatented or unregistered proprietary information, and once disclosed, we are likely to lose trade secret protection. Monitoring unauthorized uses and disclosures of our intellectual property is difficult, and we do not know whether the steps we have taken to protect our intellectual property will be effective. In addition, we may not be able to obtain adequate remedies for any such breaches. Enforcing a claim that a party illegally disclosed or misappropriated a trade secret is difficult, expensive and time-consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. In addition, some courts inside and outside the United States are less willing or unwilling to enforce trade secret protection.

        Further, our competitors may independently develop knowledge, methods and know-how similar, equivalent, or superior to our proprietary technology. Competitors could purchase our products and attempt to replicate some or all of the competitive advantages we derive from our development efforts, willfully infringe our intellectual property rights, design around our protected technology, or develop their own competitive technologies that fall outside of our intellectual property rights. In addition, our key employees, consultants, suppliers or other individuals with access to our proprietary technology and know-how may incorporate that technology and know-how into projects and inventions developed independently or with third parties. As a result, disputes may arise regarding the ownership of the

31


Table of Contents

proprietary rights to such technology or know-how, and any such dispute may not be resolved in our favor. If any of our trade secrets were to be lawfully obtained or independently developed by a competitor, we would have no right to prevent them, or those to whom they communicate it, from using that technology or information to compete with us and our competitive position could be adversely affected. If our intellectual property is not adequately protected so as to protect our market against competitors' products and methods, our competitive position could be adversely affected, as could our business.

Risks Related to our Financial and Operating Results

We will be required to obtain additional funds in the future, and these funds may not be available on acceptable terms or at all.

        Our operations have consumed substantial amounts of cash since inception, and we anticipate our expenses will increase as we build a commercial sales force in the United States, investigate the use of our HF10 therapy for the treatment of other chronic pain conditions, continue to grow our business and transition to operating as a public company. We believe that our growth will depend, in part, on our ability to fund our commercialization efforts and our efforts to develop Senza and our HF10 therapy for the treatment of chronic pain and technology complementary to our current products. Our existing resources may not allow us to conduct all of the activities that we believe would be beneficial for our future growth. As a result, we may need to seek funds in the future. If we are unable to raise funds on favorable terms, or at all, we may not be able to support our commercialization efforts or increase our research and development activities and the growth of our business may be negatively impacted. As a result, we may be unable to compete effectively. For the year ended December 31, 2013, our net cash used in operating activities was $21.1 million as compared to $22.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, and as of June 30, 2014 our working capital was $53.7 million, which included $17.4 million in cash and cash equivalents, as well as $24.2 million in short-term investments. Our cash requirements in the future may be significantly different from our current estimates and depend on many factors, including:

        To finance these activities, we may seek funds through borrowings or through additional rounds of financing, including private or public equity or debt offerings and collaborative arrangements with corporate partners. We may be unable to raise funds on favorable terms, or at all.

32


Table of Contents

        The sale of additional equity or convertible debt securities could result in additional dilution to our stockholders. If we borrow additional funds or issue debt securities, these securities could have rights superior to holders of our common stock and could contain covenants that will restrict our operations. We might have to obtain funds through arrangements with collaborative partners or others that may require us to relinquish rights to our technologies, product candidates, or products that we otherwise would not relinquish. If we do not obtain additional resources, our ability to capitalize on business opportunities will be limited, we may be unable to compete effectively and the growth of our business will be harmed.

Our operating results may vary significantly from quarter to quarter, which may negatively impact our stock price in the future.

        Our quarterly revenue and results of operations may fluctuate from quarter to quarter due to, among others, the following reasons:

        Because of these and other factors, it is likely that in some future period our operating results will not meet investor expectations or those of public market analysts.

        Any unanticipated change in revenues or operating results is likely to cause our stock price to fluctuate. New information may cause investors and analysts to revalue our business, which could cause a decline in our stock price.

We are required to maintain high levels of inventory, which could consume a significant amount of our resources, reduce our cash flows and lead to inventory impairment charges.

        As a result of the need to maintain substantial levels of inventory, we are subject to the risk of inventory obsolescence and expiration, which may lead to inventory impairment charges. Our products consist of a substantial number of individual components. In order to market and sell Senza effectively, we often must maintain high levels of inventory. The manufacturing process requires lengthy lead times, during which components of our products may become obsolete, and we may over- or under-estimate the amount needed of a given component, in which case we may expend extra resources or be constrained in the amount of end product that we can produce. As compared to direct manufacturers, our dependence on third-party manufacturers exposes us to greater lead times increasing our risk of inventory obsolesce comparatively. Furthermore, our products have a limited shelf life due to sterilization requirements, and part or all of a given product or component may expire and its value would become impaired and we would be required to record an impairment charge. For example, during the year ended December 31, 2013 and for the six months ended June 30, 2014, we recorded charges of $1.1 million and $12,000, respectively, for the write down of excess and obsolete inventory.

33


Table of Contents

In addition, we will need to build up our inventory in advance of our commercial launch in the United States in order to meet our estimated demand. If our estimates of required inventory are too high, we may be exposed to further inventory obsolesce risk. In the event that a substantial portion of our inventory becomes obsolete or expires, or in the event we experience a supply chain imbalance as described above, it could have a material adverse effect on our earnings and cash flows due to the resulting costs associated with the inventory impairment charges and costs required to replace such inventory.

The seasonality of our business creates variance in our quarterly revenue, which makes it difficult to compare or forecast our financial results.

        Our revenue fluctuates on a seasonal basis, which affects the comparability of our results between periods. For example, we have historically experienced lower sales in the summer months and around the holidays, primarily due to the buying patterns and implant volumes of our distributors, hospitals and clinics. These seasonal variations are difficult to predict accurately, may vary amongst different markets, and at times may be entirely unpredictable, which introduce additional risk into our business as we rely upon forecasts of customer demand to build inventory in advance of anticipated sales. In addition, we believe our limited history commercializing our products has, in part, made our seasonal patterns more difficult to discern, making it more difficult to predict future seasonal patterns.

We are subject to risks associated with currency fluctuations, and changes in foreign currency exchange rates could impact our results of operations.

        All of our current business is located outside the United States and, as a result, we generate revenue and incur expenses denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, a majority of which is denominated in Euros and Australian Dollars. In 2012 and 2013, nearly all of our total revenue was denominated in foreign currencies. As a result, changes in the exchange rates between such foreign currencies and the U.S. dollar could materially impact our reported results of operations and distort period to period comparisons. Fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates also impact the reporting of our receivables and payables in non-U.S. currencies. As a result of such foreign currency fluctuations, it could be more difficult to detect underlying trends in our business and results of operations. In addition, to the extent that fluctuations in currency exchange rates cause our results of operations to differ from our expectations or the expectations of our investors, the trading price of our common stock could be adversely affected.

        In the future, we may engage in exchange rate hedging activities in an effort to mitigate the impact of exchange rate fluctuations. If our hedging activities are not effective, changes in currency exchange rates may have a more significant impact on our results of operations.

Our ability to use our net operating losses and tax credits to offset future taxable income and taxes may be subject to certain limitations.

        In general, under Section 382 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, a corporation that undergoes an "ownership change" is subject to limitations on its ability to utilize its pre-change net operating loss, or NOL, carryforwards and other tax attributes, such as research and development tax credits to offset future taxable income and taxes.

        We may have previously experienced, and may in the future experience, one or more Section 382 "ownership changes," including in connection with our initial public offering. If so, or if we do not generate sufficient taxable income, we may not be able to utilize a material portion of our NOLs and tax credits, even if we achieve profitability. If we are limited in our ability to use our NOLs and tax credits in future years in which we have taxable income, we will pay more taxes than if we were able to fully utilize our NOLs and tax credits. This could materially and adversely affect our results of operations.

34


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Regulation of our Industry

Senza is subject to extensive governmental regulation, and our failure to comply with applicable requirements could cause our business to suffer.

        The medical device industry is regulated extensively by governmental authorities, principally the FDA and corresponding state and foreign regulatory agencies and authorities, such as the EU legislative bodies and the EEA Member State Competent Authorities. The FDA and other U.S., EEA and foreign governmental agencies and authorities regulate and oversee, among other things, with respect to medical devices:

        The laws and regulations to which we are subject are complex and have tended to become more stringent over time. Legislative or regulatory changes could result in restrictions on our ability to carry on or expand our operations, higher than anticipated costs or lower than anticipated sales.

        Our failure to comply with U.S. federal and state regulations or EEA or other foreign regulations applicable in the countries where we operate could lead to the issuance of warning letters or untitled letters, the imposition of injunctions, suspensions or loss of regulatory clearance or approvals, product recalls, termination of distribution, product seizures or civil penalties. In the most extreme cases, criminal sanctions or closure of our manufacturing facilities are possible. If any of these risks materialize, our business would be adversely affected.

Senza is also subject to extensive governmental regulation in foreign jurisdictions, such as Europe, and our failure to comply with applicable requirements could cause our business to suffer.

        In the EEA, Senza must comply with the Essential Requirements laid down in Annex I to the EU Active Implantable Medical Devices Directive. Compliance with these requirements is a prerequisite to be able to affix the CE mark to Senza, without which they cannot be marketed or sold in the EEA. To demonstrate compliance with the Essential Requirements and obtain the right to affix the CE Mark to Senza, we must undergo a conformity assessment procedure, which varies according to the type of medical device and its classification. Except for low risk medical devices (Class I with no measuring function and which are not sterile), where the manufacturer can issue an EC Declaration of Conformity based on a self-assessment of the conformity of its products with the Essential Requirements, a conformity assessment procedure requires the intervention of a Notified Body, which is an organization

35


Table of Contents

designated by a competent authority of an EEA country to conduct conformity assessments. Depending on the relevant conformity assessment procedure, the Notified Body would audit and examine the Technical File and the quality system for the manufacture, design and final inspection of our devices. The Notified Body issues a CE Certificate of Conformity following successful completion of a conformity assessment procedure conducted in relation to the medical device and its manufacturer and their conformity with the Essential Requirements. This Certificate entitles the manufacturer to affix the CE mark to its medical devices after having prepared and signed a related EC Declaration of Conformity.

        As a general rule, demonstration of conformity of medical devices and their manufacturers with the Essential Requirements must be based, among other things, on the evaluation of clinical data supporting the safety and performance of the products during normal conditions of use. Specifically, a manufacturer must demonstrate that the device achieves its intended performance during normal conditions of use and that the known and foreseeable risks, and any adverse events, are minimized and acceptable when weighed against the benefits of its intended performance, and that any claims made about the performance and safety of the device (e.g., product labeling and instructions for use) are supported by suitable evidence. This assessment must be based on clinical data, which can be obtained from (1) clinical studies conducted on the devices being assessed, (2) scientific literature from similar devices whose equivalence with the assessed device can be demonstrated or (3) both clinical studies and scientific literature. With respect to active implantable medical devices or Class III devices, the manufacturer must conduct clinical studies to obtain the required clinical data, unless reliance on existing clinical data from equivalent devices can be justified. The conduct of clinical studies in the EEA is governed by detailed regulatory obligations. These may include the requirement of prior authorization by the competent authorities of the country in which the study takes place and the requirement to obtain a positive opinion from a competent Ethics Committee. This process can be expensive and time-consuming.

        In order to continue to sell Senza in Europe, we must maintain our CE Mark and continue to comply with certain EU Directives. Our failure to continue to comply with applicable foreign regulatory requirements, including those administered by authorities of the EEA countries, could result in enforcement actions against us, including refusal, suspension or withdrawal of our CE Certificates of Conformity by our Notified Body (the British Standards Institution, or BSI), which could impair our ability to market products in the EEA in the future.

Our business is subject to extensive governmental regulation that could make it more expensive and time consuming for us to bring Senza to market in the United States and introduce new or improved products.

        Our products must comply with regulatory requirements imposed by the FDA in the United States and similar agencies in foreign jurisdictions. These requirements involve lengthy and detailed laboratory and clinical testing procedures, sampling activities, extensive agency review processes, and other costly and time-consuming procedures. It often takes several years to satisfy these requirements, depending on the complexity and novelty of the product. We also are subject to numerous additional licensing and regulatory requirements relating to safe working conditions, manufacturing practices, environmental protection, fire hazard control, and disposal of hazardous or potentially hazardous substances. Some of the most important requirements we must comply with include:

36


Table of Contents

        Government regulation may impede our ability to conduct clinical studies and to manufacture and sell our existing and future products. Government regulation also could delay our marketing of new products for a considerable period of time and impose costly procedures on our activities. The FDA and other regulatory agencies may not approve Senza and any of our future products on a timely basis, if at all. Any delay in obtaining, or failure to obtain, such approvals could negatively impact our marketing of any future products and reduce our product revenues.

        Our products remain subject to strict regulatory controls on manufacturing, marketing and use. We may be forced to modify or recall a product after release in response to regulatory action or unanticipated difficulties encountered in general use. Any such action could have a material effect on the reputation of our products and on our business and financial position.

        Further, regulations may change, and any additional regulation could limit or restrict our ability to use any of our technologies, which could harm our business. We could also be subject to new international, federal, state or local regulations that could affect our research and development programs and harm our business in unforeseen ways. If this happens, we may have to incur significant costs to comply with such laws and regulations, which will harm our results of operations.

        In September 2012, the European Commission published proposals for the revision of the EU regulatory framework for medical devices. The proposal would replace the Medical Devices Directive and the Active Implantable Medical Devices Directive with a new regulation (the Medical Devices Regulation). Unlike the Directives that must be implemented into national laws, the Regulation would be directly applicable in all EEA Member States and so is intended to eliminate current national differences in regulation of medical devices.

        In October 2013, the European Parliament approved a package of reforms to the European Commission's proposals. Under the revised proposals, only designated "special notified bodies" would be entitled to conduct conformity assessments of high-risk devices, such as active implantable devices. These special notified bodies will need to notify the European Commission when they receive an application for a conformity assessment for a new high-risk device. The European Commission will then forward the notification and the accompanying documents on the device to the Medical Devices Coordination Group, or MDCG, (a new, yet to be created, body chaired by the European Commission, and representatives of Member States) for an opinion. These new procedures may result in the re-assessment of our existing medical devices, or a longer or more burdensome assessment of our new products.

        If adopted, the Medical Devices Regulation is expected to enter into force in 2015 and become applicable three years thereafter. In its current form it would, among other things, also impose additional reporting requirements on manufacturers of high risk medical devices, impose an obligation on manufacturers to appoint a "qualified person" responsible for regulatory compliance, and provide for more strict clinical evidence requirements. While we believe that the Medical Device Regulation, if adopted in its current form, would likely require reassessment of Senza, the actual impact on Senza remains uncertain unless and until the adoption of a final Medical Device Regulation.

The misuse or off-label use of our product may harm our image in the marketplace, result in injuries that lead to product liability suits, which could be costly to our business, or result in costly investigations and sanctions from the FDA and other regulatory bodies if we are deemed to have engaged in off-label promotion.

        Senza has been CE Marked in the EEA and approved by the TGA in Australia for specific treatments and anatomies and, if Senza is approved by the FDA, it will be approved for specific treatments and anatomies in the United States. We may only promote or market the Senza SCS system for its specifically approved indications as described on the approved label. We train our marketing and sales force against promoting our products for uses outside of the approved indications for use, known as "off-label uses." We cannot, however, prevent a physician from using our product off-label, when in the physician's independent professional medical judgment he or she deems appropriate. There may be

37


Table of Contents

increased risk of injury to patients if physicians attempt to use our product off-label. Furthermore, the use of our product for indications other than those approved by the applicable regulatory body may not effectively treat such conditions, which could harm our reputation in the marketplace among physicians and patients.

        Physicians may also misuse our product or use improper techniques if they are not adequately trained, potentially leading to injury and an increased risk of product liability. If our product is misused or used with improper technique, we may become subject to costly litigation by our customers or their patients. Product liability claims could divert management's attention from our core business, be expensive to defend, and result in sizable damage awards against us that may not be covered by insurance. In addition, if our products are approved for sale in the United States and the FDA determines that our promotional materials or training constitute promotion of an off-label use, it could request that we modify our training or promotional materials or subject us to regulatory or enforcement actions, including the issuance of an untitled letter, a warning letter, injunction, seizure, civil fine or criminal penalties. It is also possible that other federal, state or foreign enforcement authorities might take action if they consider our business activities to constitute promotion of an off-label use, which could result in significant penalties, including, but not limited to, criminal, civil and/or administrative penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, exclusion from participation in government healthcare programs, and the curtailment of our operations. Any of these events could significantly harm our business and results of operations and cause our stock price to decline.

        Further, the advertising and promotion of our products is subject to EEA Member States laws implementing Directive 93/42/EEC concerning Medical Devices, or the EU Medical Devices Directive, Directive 2006/114/EC concerning misleading and comparative advertising, and Directive 2005/29/EC on unfair commercial practices, as well as other EEA Member State legislation governing the advertising and promotion of medical devices. EEA Member State legislation may also restrict or impose limitations on our ability to advertise our products directly to the general public. In addition, voluntary EU and national Codes of Conduct provide guidelines on the advertising and promotion of our products to the general public and may impose limitations on our promotional activities with healthcare professionals.

Senza may in the future be subject to notifications, recalls, or voluntary market withdrawals that could harm our reputation, business and financial results.

        The FDA, EEA Competent Authorities and similar foreign governmental authorities have the authority to require the recall of commercialized products in the event of material deficiencies or defects in design or manufacture that could affect patient safety. In the case of the FDA, the authority to require a recall must be based on an FDA finding that there is a reasonable probability that the device would cause serious adverse health consequences or death. Manufacturers may, under their own initiative, conduct a product notification or recall to inform physicians of changes to instructions for use, or IFU, or if a deficiency in a device is found or suspected. A government-mandated recall or voluntary recall by us or one of our distributors could occur as a result of component failures, manufacturing errors, design or labeling defects or other issues. Recalls, which include certain notifications and corrections as well as removals, of Senza could divert managerial and financial resources and could have an adverse effect on our financial condition, harm our reputation with customers, and reduce our ability to achieve expected revenue.

        In addition, the manufacturing of our products is subject to extensive post-market regulation by the FDA and foreign regulatory authorities, and any failure by us or our contract manufacturers or suppliers to comply with regulatory requirements could result in recalls, facility closures, and other penalties. We and our suppliers and contract manufacturers are subject to the FDA's Quality System Regulation, or QSR, and comparable foreign regulations which govern the methods used in, and the facilities and controls used for, the design, manufacture, quality assurance, labeling, packaging, sterilization, storage, shipping, and servicing of medical devices. These regulations are enforced through

38


Table of Contents

periodic inspections of manufacturing facilities. Any manufacturing issues at our or our suppliers' or contract manufacturers' facilities, including failure to comply with regulatory requirements, may result in warning or untitled letters, manufacturing restrictions, voluntary or mandatory recalls or corrections, fines, withdrawals of regulatory clearances or approvals, product seizures, injunctions, or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties, which would adversely affect our business results and prospects.

We are required to report certain malfunctions, deaths, and serious injuries associated with our products, which can result in voluntary corrective actions or agency enforcement actions.

        Under the FDA medical device reporting, or MDR, regulations, medical device manufacturers are required to submit information to the FDA when they receive a report or become aware that a device has or may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or has or may have a malfunction that would likely cause or contribute to death or serious injury if the malfunction were to recur. All manufacturers placing medical devices on the market in the EEA are legally bound to report incidents involving devices they produce or sell to the regulatory agency, or competent authority, in whose jurisdiction the incident occurred. Under the EU Medical Devices Directive (Directive 93/42/EEC), an incident is defined as any malfunction or deterioration in the characteristics and/or performance of a device, as well as any inadequacy in the labeling or the instructions for use which, directly or indirectly, might lead to or might have led to the death of a patient, or user or of other persons or to a serious deterioration in their state of health.

        Malfunction of our products could result in future voluntary corrective actions, such as recalls, including corrections, or customer notifications, or agency action, such as inspection or enforcement actions. If malfunctions do occur, we may be unable to correct the malfunctions adequately or prevent further malfunctions, in which case we may need to cease manufacture and distribution of the affected products, initiate voluntary recalls, and redesign the products. Regulatory authorities may also take actions against us, such as ordering recalls, imposing fines, or seizing the affected products. Any corrective action, whether voluntary or involuntary, will require the dedication of our time and capital, distract management from operating our business, and may harm our reputation and financial results.

A recall of our products, either voluntarily or at the direction of the FDA, an EEA Competent Authority or another governmental authority, or the discovery of serious safety issues with our products, could have a significant adverse impact on us.

        The FDA and similar foreign governmental authorities such as the Competent Authorities of the EEA countries have the authority to require the recall of commercialized products in the event of material deficiencies or defects in design or manufacture or in the event that a product poses an unacceptable risk to health. Manufacturers may, under their own initiative, recall a product if any material deficiency in a device is found. A government-mandated or voluntary recall by us or one of our distributors could occur as a result of an unacceptable risk to health, component failures, manufacturing errors, design or labeling defects or other deficiencies and issues. Recalls of any of our products would divert managerial and financial resources and have an adverse effect on our reputation, results of operations and financial condition, which could impair our ability to produce our products in a cost-effective and timely manner in order to meet our customers' demands. We may also be required to bear other costs or take other actions that may have a negative impact on our future sales and our ability to generate profits.

We may be subject to federal, state and foreign healthcare laws and regulations, and a finding of failure to comply with such laws and regulations could have a material adverse effect on our business.

        Although we do not provide healthcare services, submit claims for third-party reimbursement, or receive payments directly from Medicare, Medicaid or other third-party payors for our products, we are subject to healthcare fraud and abuse regulation and enforcement by federal, state and foreign

39


Table of Contents

governments, which could significantly impact our business. In the United States, the laws that may affect our ability to operate include, but are not limited to:

40


Table of Contents

        The scope and enforcement of each of these laws is uncertain and subject to rapid change in the current environment of healthcare reform, especially in light of the lack of applicable precedent and regulations. Federal and state enforcement bodies have recently increased their scrutiny of interactions between healthcare companies and healthcare providers, which has led to a number of investigations, prosecutions, convictions and settlements in the healthcare industry. Responding to investigations can be time-and resource-consuming and can divert management's attention from the business. Additionally, as a result of these investigations, healthcare providers and entities may have to agree to additional onerous compliance and reporting requirements as part of a consent decree or corporate integrity agreement. Any such investigation or settlement could increase our costs or otherwise have an adverse effect on our business

        If our operations are found to be in violation of any of the laws described above or any other governmental regulations that apply to us now or in the future, we may be subject to penalties, including civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, exclusion from governmental health care programs, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations, any of which could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our financial results.

Healthcare legislative reform measures may have a material adverse effect on us.

        In March 2010, the ACA was signed into law, which includes, among other things, a deductible 2.3% excise tax on any entity that manufactures or imports medical devices offered for sale in the United States, with limited exceptions, effective January 1, 2013. This excise tax is resulting in a significant increase in the tax burden on our industry, and if any efforts we undertake to offset the excise tax are unsuccessful as we begin to sell the product in the United States, the increased tax burden could have an adverse effect on our results of operations and cash flows. Other elements of the PPACA, including comparative effectiveness research, an independent payment advisory board and payment system reforms, including shared savings pilots and other provisions, may significantly affect the payment for, and the availability of, healthcare services and result in fundamental changes to federal healthcare reimbursement programs, any of which may materially affect numerous aspects of our business.

        In addition, other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted in the United States since the ACA was enacted. On August 2, 2011, the Budget Control Act of 2011 among other things, created measures for spending reductions by Congress. A Joint Select Committee on Deficit Reduction, tasked with recommending a targeted deficit reduction of at least $1.2 trillion for the years 2013 through 2021, was unable to reach required goals, thereby triggering the legislation's automatic reduction to several government programs. This includes aggregate reductions of Medicare payments to providers up to 2% per fiscal year, which went into effect on April 1, 2013, and will remain in effect through 2024 unless additional Congressional action is taken. On January 2, 2013, the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012, or the ATRA, was signed into law which, among other things, further reduced Medicare payments to certain providers, including hospitals.

        We expect that additional state and federal healthcare reform measures will be adopted in the future, any of which could limit the amounts that federal and state governments will pay for healthcare products and services, which could result in reduced demand for our product candidates or additional pricing pressures.

Our future success depends on our ability to develop, receive regulatory clearance or approval for, and introduce new products or product enhancements that will be accepted by the market in a timely manner.

        It is important to our business that we build a pipeline of product offerings for treatment of chronic pain. As such, our success will depend in part on our ability to develop and introduce new

41


Table of Contents

products. However, we may not be able to successfully develop and obtain regulatory clearance or approval for product enhancements, or new products, or these products may not be accepted by physicians or the payors who financially support many of the procedures performed with our products.

        The success of any new product offering or enhancement to an existing product will depend on a number of factors, including our ability to:

        If we do not develop new products or product enhancements in time to meet market demand or if there is insufficient demand for these products or enhancements, or if our competitors introduce new products with functionalities that are superior to ours, our results of operations will suffer.

Risks Related to Our Common Stock and This Offering

We will incur significantly increased costs and devote substantial management time as a result of operating as a public company.

        As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. For example, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, and will be required to comply with the applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, as well as rules and regulations subsequently implemented by the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange, including the establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and financial controls and changes in corporate governance practices. We expect that compliance with these requirements will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time consuming and costly.

        In addition, we expect that our management and other personnel will need to divert attention from operational and other business matters to devote substantial time to these public company requirements. In particular, we expect to incur significant expenses and devote substantial management effort toward ensuring compliance with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which will increase when we are no longer an emerging growth company, as defined by the JOBS Act. We will need to hire additional accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company experience and technical accounting knowledge and may need to establish an internal audit function. We cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur as a result of becoming a public company or the timing of such costs. Additional compensation costs and any future equity awards will increase our compensation expense, which would increase our general and administrative expense and could adversely affect our profitability. We also expect that operating as a public company will make it more difficult and expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance on

42


Table of Contents

reasonable terms. As a result, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified people to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as executive officers

Our stock price may be volatile and you may not be able to resell shares of our common stock at or above the price you paid.

        The trading price of our common stock following this offering could be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to various factors, some of which are beyond our control. These factors include those discussed in this "Risk Factors" section of this prospectus and others such as:

        In addition, the stock markets in general, and the markets for medical device stocks in particular, have experienced volatility that may have been unrelated to the operating performance of the issuer. These broad market fluctuations may adversely affect the trading price or liquidity of our common stock. In the past, when the market price of a stock has been volatile, holders of that stock have sometimes instituted securities class action litigation against the issuer. If any of our stockholders were to bring such a lawsuit against us, we could incur substantial costs defending the lawsuit and the attention of our management would be diverted from the operation of our business, which could

43


Table of Contents

seriously harm our financial position. Any adverse determination in litigation could also subject us to significant liabilities.

We have broad discretion to determine how to use the funds raised in this offering, and may use them in ways that may not enhance our operating results or the price of our common stock.

        Our management will have broad discretion over the use of proceeds from this offering, and we could spend the proceeds from this offering in ways our stockholders may not agree with or that do not yield a favorable return, if at all. We currently expect to use the net proceeds from this offering to continue funding our activities related to seeking U.S. regulatory approval and preparing for the commercial launch of Senza in the United States, and for working capital and general corporate purposes, including research and development. If we do not invest or apply the proceeds of this offering in ways that improve our operating results, we may fail to achieve expected financial results, which could cause our stock price to decline.

An active, liquid and orderly market for our common stock may not develop, and you may not be able to resell your common stock at or above the public offering price.

        Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for shares of our common stock, and an active public market for our shares may not develop or be sustained after this offering. We and the representatives of the underwriters will determine the initial public offering price of our common stock through negotiation. This price will not necessarily reflect the price at which investors in the market will be willing to buy and sell our shares following this offering. In addition, an active trading market may not develop following the consummation of this offering or, if it is developed, may not be sustained. Further, certain of our existing institutional investors, including investors affiliated with certain of our directors, have indicated an interest in purchasing up to approximately $25 million in this offering and, to the extent these affiliated investors purchase shares in this offering, fewer shares may be actively traded in the public market because these stockholders will be restricted from selling the shares by restrictions under applicable securities laws and the lock-up agreements described in the "Shares Eligible for Future Sale" and "Underwriting" sections of this prospectus, which would reduce the liquidity of the market for our common stock. The lack of an active market may impair your ability to sell your shares at the time you wish to sell them or at a price that you consider reasonable. An inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital by selling shares and may impair our ability to acquire other businesses or technologies or in-license new product candidates using our shares as consideration.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or if they issue an adverse or misleading opinion regarding our stock, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

        The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. We do not currently have and may never obtain research coverage by securities and industry analysts. If no or few securities or industry analysts commence coverage of us, the trading price for our stock would be negatively impacted. In the event we obtain securities or industry analyst coverage, if any of the analysts who cover us issues an adverse or misleading opinion regarding us, our business model, our intellectual property or our stock performance, or if our clinical trials and operating results fail to meet the expectations of analysts, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of us or fail to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

44


Table of Contents

We are an "emerging growth company" and as a result of the reduced disclosure and governance requirements applicable to emerging growth companies, our common stock may be less attractive to investors.

        We are an "emerging growth company," as defined in the JOBS Act, and we intend to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile. We may take advantage of these reporting exemptions until we are no longer an emerging growth company. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.0 billion, or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30th, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period.

If we are unable to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in the future, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our common stock could be adversely affected.

        As a public company, we will be required to maintain internal control over financial reporting and to report any material weaknesses in such internal control. Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that we evaluate and determine the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and, beginning with our second annual report following this offering, which will be for our fiscal year ending December 31, 2015, provide a management report on internal control over financial reporting. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act also requires that our management report on internal control over financial reporting be attested to by our independent registered public accounting firm, to the extent we are no longer an "emerging growth company," as defined by the JOBS Act. We do not expect to have our independent registered public accounting firm attest to our management report on internal control over financial reporting for so long as we are an emerging growth company.

        If we have a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, we may not detect errors on a timely basis and our financial statements may be materially misstated. We are in the process of designing and implementing the internal control over financial reporting required to comply with this obligation, which process will be time consuming, costly and complicated. If we identify material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, if we are unable to comply with the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner, if we are unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting are effective, or, when required in the future, if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our common stock could be adversely affected, and we could become subject to investigations by the stock exchange on which our securities are listed, the SEC, or other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources.

Purchasers in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the book value of their investment.

        The initial public offering price of our common stock is substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock before giving effect to this offering. Accordingly, if

45


Table of Contents

you purchase our common stock in this offering, you will incur immediate substantial dilution of approximately $9.69 per share, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), and our pro forma net tangible book value as of June 30, 2014. In addition, following this offering, purchasers in this offering will have contributed approximately 38.9% of the total gross consideration paid by stockholders to us to purchase shares of our common stock, but will own only approximately 27.4% of the shares of common stock outstanding immediately after this offering. Furthermore, if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares, or outstanding options or convertible securities are exercised, you could experience further dilution. For a further description of the dilution that you will experience immediately after this offering, see the section titled "Dilution."

If we sell shares of our common stock in future financings, stockholders may experience immediate dilution and, as a result, our stock price may decline.

        We may from time to time issue additional shares of common stock at a discount from the current trading price of our common stock. As a result, our stockholders would experience immediate dilution upon the purchase of any shares of our common stock sold at such discount. In addition, as opportunities present themselves, we may enter into financing or similar arrangements in the future, including the issuance of debt securities, preferred stock or common stock. If we issue common stock or securities convertible into common stock, our common stockholders would experience additional dilution and, as a result, our stock price may decline.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market could cause our stock price to fall.

        If our existing stockholders sell, or indicate an intention to sell, substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after the lock-up and other legal restrictions on resale discussed in this prospectus lapse, the trading price of our common stock could decline. Based upon the number of shares outstanding as of June 30, 2014, upon the closing of this offering, we will have outstanding a total of approximately 22.8 million shares of common stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares. Of these shares, 6,250,000 shares of our common stock, plus any shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares, will be freely tradable, without restriction, in the public market immediately following this offering. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, however, may, in their sole discretion, permit our officers, directors and other stockholders who are subject to lock-up agreements to sell shares prior to the expiration of the lock-up agreements.

        The lock-up agreements pertaining to this offering will expire 180 days from the date of this prospectus. After the lock-up agreements expire, as of June 30, 2014, up to an additional approximately 16.5 million shares of common stock will be eligible for sale in the public market, approximately 14.9 million of which shares are held by current directors, executive officers and other affiliates and may be subject to Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

        In addition, as of June 30, 2014, approximately 2.8 million shares of common stock that are subject to outstanding options will become eligible for sale in the public market to the extent permitted by the provisions of various vesting schedules, the lock-up agreements and Rule 144 and Rule 701 under the Securities Act. If these additional shares of common stock are sold, or if it is perceived that they will be sold, in the public market, the trading price of our common stock could decline.

        After this offering, the holders of approximately 17.3 million shares of our outstanding common stock as of June 30, 2014, including shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding options, will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act, subject to vesting schedules and to the lock-up agreements described above. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in the shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the

46


Table of Contents

Securities Act, except for shares purchased by affiliates. Any sales of securities by these stockholders could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our common stock.

Our principal stockholders and management own a significant percentage of our stock and will be able to exert significant control over matters subject to stockholder approval.

        As of October 1, 2014, our executive officers, directors, holders of 5% or more of our capital stock and their respective affiliates beneficially owned approximately 88.9% of our outstanding voting stock and, upon the closing of this offering, that same group will beneficially own approximately 65.6% of our outstanding voting stock (assuming no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares and no exercise of outstanding options). Certain of our existing institutional investors, including investors affilated with certain of our directors, have indicated an interest in purchasing an aggregate of up to approximately $25 million in shares of our common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price. Any such purchases, if completed, would be made on the same terms as the shares that are sold to the public generally and not pursuant to any pre-existing contractual rights or obligations. If such investors purchase all shares they have indicated interests in purchasing, our executive officers, directors, holders of 5% or more of our capital stock and their respective affiliates will beneficially own approximately 72.1% of our outstanding voting stock upon the closing of this offering (based on the assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and assuming no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares and no exercise of outstanding options). Therefore, even after this offering these stockholders will have the ability to influence us through this ownership position. These stockholders may be able to determine all matters requiring stockholder approval. For example, these stockholders may be able to control elections of directors, amendments of our organizational documents, or approval of any merger, sale of assets, or other major corporate transaction. This may prevent or discourage unsolicited acquisition proposals or offers for our common stock that you may feel are in your best interest as one of our stockholders.

Provisions in our charter documents and under Delaware law could discourage a takeover that stockholders may consider favorable and may lead to entrenchment of management.

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect prior to the consummation of this offering will contain provisions that could significantly reduce the value of our shares to a potential acquirer or delay or prevent changes in control or changes in our management without the consent of our board of directors. The provisions in our charter documents will include the following:

47


Table of Contents

        In addition, these provisions would apply even if we were to receive an offer that some stockholders may consider beneficial.

        We are also subject to the anti-takeover provisions contained in Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Under Section 203, a corporation may not, in general, engage in a business combination with any holder of 15% or more of its capital stock unless the holder has held the stock for three years or, among other exceptions, the board of directors has approved the transaction. For a description of our capital stock, see the section titled "Description of Capital Stock."

Claims for indemnification by our directors and officers may reduce our available funds to satisfy successful third-party claims against us and may reduce the amount of money available to us.

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law.

        In addition, as permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated bylaws to be effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering and our indemnification agreements that we have entered into with our directors and officers provide that:

48


Table of Contents

We do not currently intend to pay dividends on our common stock, and, consequently, your ability to achieve a return on your investment will depend on appreciation in the price of our common stock.

        We do not currently intend to pay any cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. We currently intend to invest our future earnings, if any, to fund our growth. Additionally, the terms of our credit facility prohibit us from paying cash dividends on our capital stock. Therefore, you are not likely to receive any dividends on your common stock for the foreseeable future. Since we do not intend to pay dividends, your ability to receive a return on your investment will depend on any future appreciation in the market value of our common stock. There is no guarantee that our common stock will appreciate or even maintain the price at which our holders have purchased it.

49


Table of Contents


SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

        This prospectus contains forward-looking statements concerning our business, operations and financial performance and condition, as well as our plans, objectives and expectations for our business operations and financial performance and condition. Any statements contained herein that are not statements of historical facts may be deemed to be forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as "aim," "anticipate," "assume," "believe," "contemplate," "continue," "could," "due," "estimate," "expect," "goal," "intend," "may," "objective," "plan," "predict," "potential," "positioned," "seek," "should," "target," "will," "would," and other similar expressions that are predictions of or indicate future events and future trends, or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements about:

        These forward-looking statements are based on management's current expectations, estimates, forecasts, and projections about our business and the industry in which we operate and management's beliefs and assumptions and are not guarantees of future performance or development and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties, and other factors that are in some cases beyond our control. As a result, any or all of our forward-looking statements in this prospectus may turn out to be

50


Table of Contents

inaccurate. Factors that may cause actual results to differ materially from current expectations include, among other things, those listed under "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this prospectus. Potential investors are urged to consider these factors carefully in evaluating the forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this prospectus. Except as required by law, we assume no obligation to update or revise these forward-looking statements for any reason, even if new information becomes available in the future.

51


Table of Contents


MARKET, INDUSTRY AND OTHER DATA

        This prospectus contains estimates, projections and other information concerning our industry, our business and the markets for our Senza SCS system, including data regarding the estimated patient population in the SCS market, their projected growth rates, the perceptions and preferences of patients and physicians regarding the chronic pain conditions that we are pursuing or may pursue, as well as data regarding market research, estimates and forecasts prepared by our management. Information that is based on estimates, forecasts, projections, market research or similar methodologies is inherently subject to uncertainties and actual events or circumstances may differ materially from events and circumstances that are assumed in this information. Unless otherwise expressly stated, we obtained this industry, business, market and other data from reports, research surveys, studies and similar data prepared by market research firms and other third parties, industry, medical and general publications, government data and similar sources. In some cases, we do not expressly refer to the sources from which this data is derived. In that regard, when we refer to one or more sources of this type of data in any paragraph, you should assume that other data of this type appearing in the same paragraph is derived from the same sources, unless otherwise expressly stated or the context otherwise requires.

52


Table of Contents


USE OF PROCEEDS

        We estimate that the net proceeds from the sale of 6,250,000 shares of common stock in this offering will be approximately $89.5 million at an assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, we estimate that net proceeds will be approximately $103.5 million after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, by approximately $5.8 million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. An increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 in the number of shares we are offering would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, by approximately $14.9 million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price stays the same. We do not expect that a change in the offering price or the number of shares by these amounts would have a material effect on our intended uses of the net proceeds from this offering, although it may impact the amount of time prior to which we may need to seek additional capital.

        We currently expect to use the net proceeds from this offering as follows:

        However, due to the uncertainties inherent in the development and regulatory approval process, it is difficult to estimate with certainty the exact amounts of the net proceeds from this offering that may be used for the above purposes. As such, our management will retain discretion over the use of the net proceeds from this offering. The amounts and timing of our expenditures will depend upon numerous factors, including the timing of U.S. regulatory approval and commercial launch of Senza, the size, scope and timing of any additional research and development efforts and clinical trials that we may decide to pursue for Senza for potential future indications or chronic pain conditions and the amount of revenue received from our existing sales in Europe and Australia. Following our commercial launch of Senza in the United States, if Senza is approved by the FDA, we may need to raise additional capital. For additional information regarding our potential capital requirements, see "We will be required to obtain additional funds in the future, and these funds may not be available on acceptable terms or at all" under the heading "Risk Factors."

        Pending the use of the proceeds from this offering, we intend to invest the net proceeds in interest-bearing, investment-grade securities, certificates of deposit or government securities.


DIVIDEND POLICY

        We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. In addition, the terms of our credit facility prohibit us from paying any cash dividends on our capital stock. We intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings, if any, to fund the development and expansion of our business and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination related to dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our board of directors.

53


Table of Contents


CAPITALIZATION

        The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments and capitalization as of June 30, 2014:

        You should read this information together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and the information set forth under the headings "Selected Consolidated Financial Data" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

54


Table of Contents

 
  As of June 30, 2014 (1)  
 
  Actual   Pro
Forma
  Pro Forma As
Adjusted (2) (3)
 
 
  (in thousands, except share and
per share data)

 

Cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments

  $ 41,616   $ 41,616   $ 131,116  
               
               


 

 

Capitalization

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share; 130,508,081 shares authorized, 5,437,826 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized or issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

  $ 47,217          

Redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share; 234,485,750 shares authorized, 9,770,222 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized or issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

    106,105          

Stockholders' (deficit) equity:

                   

Preferred stock, par value of $0.001 per share; no shares authorized or issued and outstanding, actual; 10,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

             

Common stock, $0.001 par value per share; 472,000,000 shares authorized, 1,335,083 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 290,000,000 shares authorized, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted; 16,543,131 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; 22,793,131 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

    1     17     23  

Additional paid-in capital

    6,794     160,100     249,594  

Accumulated other comprehensive income

    17     17     17  

Accumulated deficit

    (105,722 )   (105,722 )   (105,722 )
               

Total stockholders' (deficit) equity

    (98,910 )   54,412     143,912  
               

Total capitalization

  $ 54,412   $ 54,412   $ 143,912  
               
               

(1)
The information in the table above excludes any funds that we expect to receive pursuant to our term loan agreement with Capital Royalty Partners and its affiliates that we entered into on October 24, 2014, which we refer to as our credit facility. We submitted a notice to make the first draw in a principal amount of $20.0 million on October 24, 2014, and we expect to receive the funds on or about December 12, 2014, net of closing fees of $0.5 million. For additional information relating to our credit facility, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity, Capital Resources and Plan of Operations—Credit Facility."

(2)
Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, respectively, the amount of cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments, additional paid-in capital, total stockholder's equity and total capitalization by $5.8 million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discount and commissions, and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. An increase or decrease of 1,000,000 in the number of shares we are offering would increase or decrease, respectively, the amount of cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments, working capital, total assets and stockholders' equity by approximately $14.9 million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price per share, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same. The pro forma as adjusted information is illustrative only, and we will adjust this information based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

55


Table of Contents

(3)
We are obligated to issue 20,833 shares of our common stock to the Mayo Foundation upon the consummation of this offering pursuant to a license agreement. Based on the assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, total stockholders' equity and total capitalization would increase by approximately $0.3 million after giving effect to such issuance. For additional information, see "Business—Intellectual Property—The Mayo License."

        The outstanding share information in the table above excludes the following:

56


Table of Contents


DILUTION

        If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your interest will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock in this offering and the net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering. As of June 30, 2014, we had a historical net tangible book value of $(98.9) million, or $(74.09) per share of common stock. Our net tangible book value represents total tangible assets less total liabilities and convertible preferred stock, all divided by the number of shares of common stock outstanding on June 30, 2014. Our pro forma net tangible book value at June 30, 2014, before giving effect to this offering, was $54.4 million, or $3.29 per share of our common stock. Pro forma net tangible book value, before the issuance and sale of shares in this offering, gives effect to:

        After giving effect to the sale of 6,250,000 shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value at June 30, 2014 would have been approximately $143.9 million, or $6.31 per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $3.02 per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $9.69 per share to new investors. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:

Assumed initial public offering price per share

        $ 16.00  

Historical net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2014

  $ (74.09 )      

Pro forma increase in net tangible book value per share

    77.38        

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2014

    3.29        

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors

    3.02        
             

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

          6.31  
             

Dilution per share to new investors participating in this offering

        $ 9.69  
             
             

        A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of June 30, 2014 after this offering by approximately $5.8 million, or approximately $0.26 per share, and would increase (decrease) dilution to investors in this offering by approximately $0.74 per share, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. An increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 in the number of shares we are offering would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of June 30, 2014 after this offering by approximately $14.9 million, or approximately $0.36 per share, and would decrease (increase) dilution to investors in this offering by approximately $0.36 per share, assuming the assumed initial public offering price per share remains the same, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The pro forma as adjusted information is illustrative only, and we will adjust this information based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

57


Table of Contents

        If the underwriters fully exercise their option to purchase additional shares, pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value after this offering would increase to approximately $6.65 per share, and there would be an immediate dilution of approximately $9.35 per share to new investors.

        To the extent that outstanding options with an exercise price per share that is less than the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share, before giving effect to the issuance and sale of shares in this offering, are exercised, new investors will experience further dilution. In addition, we may choose to raise additional capital due to market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the issuance of these securities could result in further dilution to our stockholders.

        The following table shows, as of June 30, 2014, on a pro forma as adjusted basis, after giving effect to the pro forma adjustments described above, the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us and the average price paid per share by existing stockholders and by new investors purchasing common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share, before deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us (in thousands, except share and per share amounts and percentages):

 
  Shares Purchased   Total Consideration    
 
 
  Average
Price Per
Share
 
 
  Number   Percent   Amount   Percent  

Existing stockholders (1)

    16,543,131     72.6 % $ 157,150,720     61.1 % $ 9.50  

Investors participating in this offering (1)

    6,250,000     27.4 % $ 100,000,000     38.9 % $ 16.00  
                         

Total

    22,793,131     100.0 % $ 257,150,720     100.0 %             
                         
                         

(1)
Certain of our existing institutional investors have indicated an interest in purchasing an aggregate of up to approximately $25 million in shares of our common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price. The presentation in this table regarding ownership by existing stockholders does not give effect to any purchases in this offering by such investors. See the footnotes to the beneficial ownership table in "Principal Stockholders" for more details.

        The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 16,543,131 shares of common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2014 and excludes the following:

58


Table of Contents


SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

        We derived the following consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 from our audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the following consolidated statements of operations data for the three months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014 and the balance sheet data as of June 30, 2013 and 2014 from our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

        You should read this data together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and the information under the captions "Selected Consolidated Financial Data" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations." Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our future results.

 
  Years Ended December 31,   Six Months Ended June 30,  
 
  2012   2013   2013   2014  
 
  (in thousands, except share and per share data)
 

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

                         

Revenue:

  $ 18,150   $ 23,500   $ 11,106   $ 14,190  

Cost of revenue

    7,527     9,473     4,451     5,521  
                   

Gross profit

    10,623     14,027     6,655     8,669  
                   

Operating expenses:

                         

Research and development

    15,659     20,345     11,121     9,846  

Sales, general, and administrative

    14,094     18,833     8,788     13,525  
                   

Total operating expenses

    29,753     39,178     19,909     23,371  
                   

Loss from operations

    (19,130 )   (25,151 )   (13,254 )   (14,702 )

Interest income

    139     153     71     72  

Other income (expense), net

    186     (654 )   (927 )   382  
                   

Loss before income taxes

    (18,805 )   (25,652 )   (14,110 )   (14,248 )

Income taxes

    (162 )   (362 )   (148 )   (237 )
                   

Net loss

  $ (18,967 ) $ (26,014 ) $ (14,258 ) $ (14,485 )
                   
                   

Net loss attributable to common stockholders per share, basic and diluted (1)

  $ (38.59 ) $ (29.84 ) $ (17.91 ) $ (13.17 )
                   
                   

Weighted-average number of common shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share

    494,066     876,932     800,124     1,106,303  
                   
                   

Pro forma net loss per common share, basic and diluted (unaudited) (1)

        $ (1.69 )       $ (0.89 )
                       
                       

Pro forma weighted-average number of common shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share (unaudited) (1)

          15,512,479           16,314,351  
                       
                       

(1)
See Notes 2 and 9 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the calculations of our basic and diluted net loss per common share, pro forma net loss per

59


Table of Contents

    common share, and the weighted-average number of shares used in the computation of the per share amounts.

 
  As of December 31,    
 
 
  As of June 30,
2014
 
 
  2012   2013  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

                   

Cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments

  $ 30,615   $ 56,532   $ 41,616  

Working capital

    43,572     66,870     53,713  

Total assets

    49,111     75,411     62,904  

Convertible preferred stock

    47,217     47,217     47,217  

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

    58,191     106,018     106,105  

Accumulated deficit

    (64,983 )   (91,150 )   (105,722 )

Total stockholders' deficit

    (61,794 )   (85,790 )   (98,910 )

60


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

         You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with the section entitled "Selected Consolidated Financial Data" and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion and other parts of this prospectus contain forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties, such as our plans, objectives, expectations, intentions and beliefs. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in these forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those identified below and those discussed in the section entitled "Risk Factors" included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

        We are a medical device company that has developed and commercialized an innovative neuromodulation platform for the treatment of chronic pain. Our Senza system is the only spinal cord stimulation, or SCS, system that delivers our proprietary HF10 therapy. Our SENZA-RCT U.S. pivotal study, a non-inferiority study, met its primary and secondary endpoints, and our post-hoc statistical analysis supports the superiority of HF10 therapy over traditional SCS therapies for treating both leg and back pain. While SCS therapy is indicated and reimbursed for treating back and leg pain, it has limited efficacy in back pain and is utilized primarily for treating leg pain, which has limited its market adoption. In our pivotal study, HF10 therapy was demonstrated to provide significant and sustained back pain relief in addition to leg pain relief. Additionally, HF10 therapy was demonstrated to provide pain relief without paresthesia, a constant tingling sensation that is the basis of traditional SCS therapy. By utilizing anatomical lead placement instead of relying on paresthesia, HF10 therapy is designed to reduce variability in the operating procedure, providing meaningful benefits to both patients and physicians. We believe we are positioned to transform and grow the approximately $1.5 billion existing global SCS market under current reimbursement by treating back pain in addition to leg pain and by eliminating paresthesia.

        Senza received a CE Mark in 2010, and full commercialization commenced in Europe and Australia in 2011 and is reimbursed under existing SCS codes. We market our products to physicians and sell to hospitals and outpatient surgery centers through both a direct sales organization and distributors in Australia, and Europe. During 2011, we established our international sales organizations to support our product launch outside of the United States. Senza is not currently approved for sale in the United States and we have not generated any sales revenue within the United States. We submitted our PMA to the FDA in June 2014 and the FDA confirmed acceptance of our PMA for review in July 2014. To support our PMA, we initiated our pivotal clinical trial, SENZA-RCT, in May 2012, and we received the trial results in March 2014. We are preparing to commercially launch in the United States by early 2016 if approved by the FDA, but there can be no assurance we will receive FDA approval within this timeframe or at all.

        Since our inception, we have financed our operations primarily through private equity financings. Our accumulated deficit as of June 30, 2014 was $105.7 million. We intend to make a significant investment building our U.S. commercial infrastructure and sales force and in recruiting and training our sales representatives for U.S. commercialization. We also intend to continue to make significant investments in research and development to develop Senza to treat other chronic pain indications, including conducting clinical trials to support our future regulatory submissions. As a result of these and other factors, we expect to continue to incur net losses for the next several years and we expect to require substantial additional funding, which may include future equity and debt financings.

        We rely on third-party suppliers for all of the components of Senza and for the assembly of the system. Many of these suppliers are currently single source suppliers. We are also required to maintain high levels of inventory, and, as a result, we are subject to the risk of inventory obsolescence and expiration, which may lead to inventory impairment charges. Additionally, as compared to direct

61


Table of Contents

manufacturers, our dependence on third-party manufacturers exposes us to greater lead times increasing our risk of inventory obsolesce comparatively.

Important Factors Affecting our Results of Operations

        We believe there are several important factors that have impacted and that we expect will impact our results of operations.

We Do Not Expect Our Revenue Growth Rate in International Markets to Continue at Historic Rates

        Our revenue has increased from $18.2 million in 2012 to $23.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 on the basis of our sales of Senza in Europe and Australia; however, we do not expect to continue this rate of revenue growth in these international markets given our existing penetration in these markets. Due to governmental reimbursements constraints in the European SCS market limiting the number of annual SCS implants and our current penetration in these markets, we expect to grow less rapidly in the future than we have in the past in this market.

Significant Investment in U.S. Sales Organization

        We intend to make a significant investment building our U.S. commercial infrastructure and sales force and in recruiting and training our sales representatives for U.S. commercialization. This is a lengthy process that requires recruiting appropriate sales representatives, establishing a commercial infrastructure in the United States, and training our sales representatives, and will require significant investment by us in advance of PMA approval. Following initial training for Senza, our sales representatives typically require lead time in the field to grow their network of accounts and produce sales results. Successfully recruiting and training a sufficient number of productive sales representatives is required to achieve growth at the rate we expect.

Importance of Physician Awareness and Acceptance of Senza

        We continue to invest in programs to educate physicians who treat chronic pain about the advantages of Senza. This requires significant commitment by our marketing team and sales organization, and can vary depending upon the physician's practice specialization, personal preferences and geographic location. We are competing with well-established companies in our industry that have strong existing relationships with many of these physicians. Educating physicians about the advantages of Senza, and influencing these physicians to use Senza to treat chronic pain, is required to grow our revenue.

Access to Hospital Facilities

        In the United States, in order for physicians to use Senza, the hospital facilities where these physicians treat patients typically will require us to enter into purchasing contracts. This process can be lengthy and time-consuming and require extensive negotiations and management time. In Europe, we may be required to engage in a contract bidding process in order to sell Senza product, which processes are only open at certain periods of time, and we may not be successful in the bidding process.

Investment in Research and Clinical Trials

        We intend to continue investing in research and development to expand into new indications and chronic pain conditions for Senza, as well as develop product enhancements to improve outcomes and enhance the physician and patient experience. In the future, we expect to initiate clinical trials to support the development of Senza and HF10 therapy for the treatment of other chronic pain conditions. We believe that our continuing clinical research and regulatory efforts will continue to drive adoption of Senza. While research and development and clinical testing are time consuming and costly, we believe that clinical data demonstrating efficacy, safety and cost effectiveness is critical to increasing the adoption of HF10 therapy.

62


Table of Contents

Critical Accounting Policies, Significant Judgments and Use of Estimates

        This discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements, as well as the reported expenses incurred during the reporting periods. Our estimates are based on our historical experience and on various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates. We believe that the accounting policies discussed below are critical to understanding our historical and future performance, as these policies relate to the more significant areas involving management's judgments and estimates.

Revenue

        We recognize revenue when all of the following criteria are met:

        For a majority of sales, where our sales representative delivers our product at the point of implantation at hospitals or medical facilities, we recognize revenue upon completion of the procedure and authorization, which represents satisfaction of the required revenue recognition criteria. For the remaining sales, which are sent from our distribution centers directly to hospitals and medical facilities, as well as distributor sales where product is ordered in advance of an implantation procedure and a valid purchase order has been received, we recognize revenue at the time of shipment of the product, which represents the point in time when the customer has taken ownership and assumed the risk of loss and the required revenue recognition criteria are satisfied. Such customers are obligated to pay within specified terms regardless of when or if they ever they sell or use the products. We do not offer rights of return or price protection and we have no post-delivery obligations.

Inventory Valuation

        We contract with third parties for the manufacturing and packaging of all of the components of Senza. We plan the manufacture of our systems based on estimates of market demand. The nature of our business requires that we maintain sufficient inventory on hand to meet the requirements of our customers. Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market value. Cost is determined using actual cost on a first-in, first-out basis. Market value is determined as the lower of replacement cost or net realizable value.

        We regularly review inventory quantities in consideration of actual loss experiences, projected future demand, and remaining shelf life to record a provision for excess and obsolete inventory when appropriate. Inventory write downs are recorded for excess and obsolete inventory. We periodically assesses the recoverability of all inventories to determine whether write downs for impairment are required. We evaluate projected future demand as compared to remaining shelf life and other obsolescence and excess criteria in assessing the recoverability of our inventory. In determining the adequacy of reserves, we analyze the following, among other things:

63


Table of Contents

        Any inventory write-downs are recorded in cost of goods sold within the statements of operations during the period in which such write-downs are determined necessary by management. We recorded inventory write-downs of zero, $1.1 million, $0.5 million and $12,000 for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

Stock-Based Compensation

        Stock-based compensation costs related to stock options granted to employees are measured at the date of grant based on the estimated fair value of the award, net of estimated forfeitures. We estimate the grant date fair value, and the resulting stock-based compensation expense, using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award, which is generally the vesting term of four years.

        The Black-Scholes option-pricing model requires the use of highly subjective assumptions which determine the fair value of stock-based awards. The assumptions used in our option-pricing model represent management's best estimates. These estimates are complex, involve a number of variables, uncertainties and assumptions and the application of management's judgment, so that they are inherently subjective. If factors change and different assumptions are used, our stock-based compensation expense could be materially different in the future. These assumptions are estimated as follows:

        Fair Value of Common Stock.     Because our stock is not publicly traded, we must estimate its fair value, as discussed in "Common Stock Valuations" below.

        Risk-Free Interest Rate.     We base the risk-free interest rate used in the Black-Scholes valuation model on the implied yield available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with an equivalent remaining term of the options for each option group.

        Expected Term.     The expected term represents the period that our stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding. Because of the limitations on the sale or transfer or our common stock as a privately held company, we do not believe our historical exercise pattern is indicative of the pattern we will experience as a publicly traded company. We have consequently used the Staff Accounting Bulletin, or SAB, 110, simplified method to calculate the expected term, which is the average of the contractual term and vesting period. We plan to continue to use the SAB 110 simplified method until we have sufficient trading history as a publicly traded company.

        Volatility.     We determine the price volatility factor based on the historical volatilities of our peer group as we did not have a sufficient trading history for our common stock. Industry peers consist of several public companies in the medical device technology industry with comparable characteristics including enterprise value, risk profiles and position within the industry. We intend to continue to consistently apply this process using the same or similar public companies until a sufficient amount of historical information regarding the volatility of our own common stock share price becomes available, or unless circumstances change such that the identified companies are no longer similar to us, in which case, more suitable companies whose share prices are publicly available would be utilized in the calculation.

        Dividend Yield.     The expected dividend assumption is based on our current expectations about our anticipated dividend policy. We currently do not expect to issue any dividends.

64


Table of Contents

        In addition to assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, we must also estimate a forfeiture rate to calculate the stock-based compensation for our awards. We will continue to use judgment in evaluating the assumptions related to our stock-based compensation on a prospective basis. As we continue to accumulate additional data, we may have refinements to our estimates, which could materially impact our future stock-based compensation expense.

        The fair value of the employee stock options was estimated using the following assumptions for the periods presented:

 
  Years Ended December 31,   Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
  2012   2013   2013   2014
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)

Expected term (in years)

  5.8-6.1   5.9-6.1   6.0-6.1   6.0-6.1

Expected volatility

  63%-66%   62%-63%   62%   63%

Risk-free interest rate

  0.8%-1.3%   1.1%-1.8%   1.1%   2.0%

Dividend yield

  0%   0%   0%   0%

        We recorded the following stock based compensation expense (in thousands):

 
  Years Ended
December 31,
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
 
  2012   2013   2013   2014  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 

Cost of revenue

  $ 8   $ 10   $ 4   $ 48  

Research and development

    277     349     147     259  

Sales, general and administrative

    840     1,218     543     491  
                   

  $ 1,125   $ 1,577   $ 694   $ 798  
                   
                   

        As of June 30, 2014, we had approximately $2.9 million of total unrecognized compensation expense, net of related forfeiture estimates, which we expect to recognize over a weighted-average period of approximately 2.8 years.

        The intrinsic value of all outstanding options as of June 30, 2014 was $36.3 million based on the estimated fair value of our common stock of $16.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus.

Common Stock Valuations

        The fair value of the shares of common stock underlying our stock options has historically been determined by our board of directors. Because there has been no public market for our common stock and in the absence of recent arm's-length cash sales transactions of our common stock with independent third parties, our board of directors has determined the fair value of our common stock by considering at the time of grant a number of objective and subjective factors. Our board of directors intends all options granted to be exercisable at a price per share not less than the per share fair value of our common stock underlying those options on the date of grant. The estimated fair value of our common stock was determined at each valuation date in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation. Our board of directors, with the assistance of management, developed these valuations using significant judgment and taking into account numerous factors, including the following:

65


Table of Contents

        We considered the following approaches in the preparation of our valuations:

        In addition, we also considered an enterprise value allocation method:

        The per share common stock value was estimated by allocating the enterprise value of the company using the OPM method in both February 2013 and February 2014, which determined the common stock value to be $3.60 and $3.60, respectively. The per share common stock value was estimated in June 2014 by allocating our enterprise value using a hybrid allocation method which utilized a combination of both the OPM and PWERM methods, which determined the common stock value to be $10.08.

        In determining the estimated fair value of our common stock, our board of directors also considered the fact that our stockholders could not freely trade our common stock in the public markets. Accordingly, we applied discounts to reflect the lack of marketability of our common stock based on the expected time to liquidity. The estimated fair value of our common stock at each grant date reflected a non-marketability discount partially based on the anticipated likelihood and timing of a future liquidity event.

66


Table of Contents

        The key subjective factors and assumptions used in our valuations primarily consisted of: (i) the selection of the appropriate market comparable transactions, (ii) the selection of the appropriate comparable publicly traded companies, (iii) the financial forecasts utilized to determine future cash balances and necessary capital requirements, (iv) the probability and timing of the various possible liquidity events, (v) the estimated weighted-average cost of capital and (vi) the discount for lack of marketability of our common stock.

        We granted stock options during the period from January 1, 2013 through June 30, 2014 as summarized below:

Grant Date
  Number of Shares
Underlying
Options Granted
  Exercise Price
Per Share
  Estimated Fair Value of
Common Stock Per
Share Used to
Determine Stock-
Based Compensation
Expense
 

January 31, 2013

    21,665   $ 3.60   $ 3.60  

May 15, 2013

    732,805   $ 3.60   $ 3.60  

July 10, 2013

    18,539   $ 3.60   $ 3.60  

October 15, 2013

    142,414   $ 3.60   $ 3.60  

January 16, 2014

    61,827   $ 3.60   $ 3.60  

April 28, 2014

    209,910   $ 3.60   $ 10.08  

        At each grant date the board of directors reviewed any recent events and their potential impact on the estimated fair value per share of the common stock. As is provided for in Internal Revenue Code Section 409A, we generally rely on our valuations for up to twelve months unless we have experienced a material event that would have affected the estimated fair value per common share.

        For grants of stock awards made on dates for which there was no valuation performed by an independent valuation specialist, our board of directors determined the fair value of our common stock on the date of grant based upon the immediately preceding valuation and other pertinent information available to it at the time of grant.

        Following the closing of this offering, the fair value of our common stock will be determined based on the closing price of our common stock on the grant date.

Income Tax

        We recognize deferred income taxes for temporary differences between the basis of assets and liabilities for financial statement and income tax purposes. We periodically evaluate the positive and negative evidence bearing upon realizability of our deferred tax assets. Based upon the weight of available evidence, which includes our historical operating performance, reported cumulative net losses since inception and difficulty in accurately forecasting our future results, we maintained a full valuation allowance on the net deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2012 and 2013. We intend to maintain a full valuation allowance on the federal, state and foreign deferred tax assets until sufficient positive evidence exists to support reversal of the valuation allowance.

        As of December 31, 2013, we had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards, or NOLs, of $80.0 million and $40.0 million, respectively, available to offset future taxable income, due to prior period losses, which if not utilized will begin to expire in 2026 and 2016 for federal and state purposes, respectively. We also have federal research tax credit carryforwards that will begin to expire in 2026. Realization of these NOL and research tax credit carryforwards depends on future income, and there is a risk that our existing carryforwards could expire unused and be unavailable to reduce future income tax liabilities, which could materially and adversely affect our results of operations.

        In addition, under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, our ability to utilize NOL carryforwards or other tax attributes such as research tax credits, in any taxable year may be limited if we experience, or have experienced, an "ownership change." A

67


Table of Contents

Section 382 "ownership change" generally occurs if one or more stockholders or groups of stockholders, who own at least 5% of our stock, increase their ownership by more than 50 percentage points over their lowest ownership percentage within a rolling three-year period. Similar rules may apply under state tax laws.

        No deferred tax assets have been recognized on our balance sheet related to our NOLs and tax credits, as they are fully reserved by a valuation allowance. We may have previously experienced, and may in the future experience, one or more Section 382 "ownership changes," including in connection with our initial public offering. If so, or if we do not generate sufficient taxable income, we may not be able to utilize a material portion of our NOLs and tax credits even if we achieve profitability. If we are limited in our ability to use our NOLs and tax credits in future years in which we have taxable income, we will pay more taxes than if we were able to fully utilize our NOLs and tax credits. This could materially and adversely affect our results of operations.

        We record unrecognized tax benefits as liabilities and adjust these liabilities when our judgment changes as a result of the evaluation of new information not previously available. Because of the complexity of some of these uncertainties, the ultimate resolution may result in a payment that is materially different from our current estimate of the unrecognized tax benefit liabilities. These differences will be reflected as increases or decreases to income tax expense in the period in which new information is available. Our policy is to recognize interest and penalties related to income taxes as a component of income tax expense. No interest and penalties related to income taxes have been recognized in the statements of operations and comprehensive loss in 2012 and 2013.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

        We must make estimates of the collectability of accounts receivable. In doing so, we analyze historical bad debt trends, customer credit worthiness, current economic trends and changes in customer payment patterns when evaluating the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts. Our accounts receivable balance was $6.6 million, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $0.2 million, as of December 31, 2013.

Components of Results of Operations

Revenue

        Our revenue is generated from sales to two types of customers: hospitals and outpatient medical facilities served through a direct sales force, and third-party distributors. Sales to hospitals and medical facilities represent the majority of our revenue. Product sales to hospitals and medical facilities are billed to and paid by the hospitals as part of their normal payment processes, with payment received by us in the form of an electronic transfer, check or credit card. Product sales to distributors are billed to and paid by the distributors as part of their normal payment processes, with payment received by us in the form of an electronic transfer.

        Revenue from sales of Senza fluctuate based on the selling price of the system, as the sales price of a system varies among jurisdictions, and the mix of sales by jurisdiction. In addition, our revenue may fluctuate based on the ratio of trials to permanent implants. Our revenue from international sales can also be significantly impacted by fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, as our sales are denominated in the local currency in the countries that we sell our products in. We expect our revenue to fluctuate from quarter to quarter due to a variety of factors, including seasonality, as we have historically experienced lower sales in the summer months and around the holidays, and the impact of the buying patterns and implant volumes of our hospitals and medical facilities, and third party distributors.

Cost of Revenue

        We utilize contract manufactures for production of Senza. Cost of revenue consists primarily of acquisition costs of the components of Senza, allocated manufacturing overhead, royalty payments,

68


Table of Contents

scrap and inventory obsolescence, as well as distribution-related expenses such as logistics and shipping costs, net of costs charged to customers.

        We calculate gross margin as revenue less cost of revenue divided by revenue. Our gross margin has been and will continue to be affected by a variety of factors, primarily by our costs to have our products manufactured for us, the ratio of trials to permanent implants, the period of time between a trial and the related permanent implant, and, to a lesser extent, the percentage of products we sell to distributors as compared to those sold directly to hospitals and medical facilities as our gross margin is typically higher on products we sell directly as compared to products we sell through distributors.

        We expect our gross margin to be positively affected over time to the extent we are successful in reducing manufacturing costs as our sales volume increases. However, our gross margin may fluctuate from period to period.

Operating Expenses

        Our operating expenses consist of research and development, sales, general and administrative expense. Personnel costs are the most significant component of operating expenses and consist of salaries, benefits, stock-based compensation, and sales commissions. We expect operating expenses to increase in absolute dollars, as we continue to invest to grow our business.

        Research and Development.     Research and development, or R&D, costs are expensed as incurred. R&D expense consists primarily of personnel costs, including salary, employee benefits and stock-based compensation expenses for our R&D employees. R&D expense also includes costs associated with product design efforts, development prototypes, testing, clinical trial programs and regulatory activities, contractors and consultants, equipment and software to support our development, facilities and information technology. We expect research and development expense to increase in absolute dollars as we continue to develop product enhancements to Senza and develop our HF10 therapy to treat other chronic pain indications, including conducting additional clinical studies. Our R&D expenses may fluctuate from period to period due to the timing and extent of our R&D and clinical trial expenses.

        Sales, General and Administrative.     Sales, general and administrative, or SG&A, expenses consist primarily of personnel costs, including salary, employee benefits and stock-based compensation expenses for our sales and marketing personnel, including sales commissions, and for administrative personnel that support our general operations such as information technology, executive management, financial accounting, customer services and human resources personnel. We expense commissions at the time of the sale. SG&A expense also includes costs attributable to marketing, as well as travel, intellectual property and other legal fees, financial audit fees, insurance, fees for other consulting services, depreciation and facilities.

        In the last 24 months, we significantly increased the size of our sales presence internationally and increased marketing spending to generate sales opportunities. We expect SG&A expenses to significantly increase as we build up our sales and marketing personnel in anticipation of approval and launch of Senza in the United States, to continue to increase the size of our sales and marketing organizations and increase our international presence and to develop and assist our channel partners. We also expect our administrative expenses will increase as we increase our headcount and expand our facility and information technology to support our operations as a public company. Additionally, we anticipate increased expenses related to audit, legal, regulatory and tax-related services associated with maintaining compliance with exchange listing and Securities and Exchange Commission requirements, director and officer insurance premiums and investor relations costs associated with being a public company. Our SG&A expenses may fluctuate from period to period due to the seasonality of our revenue and the timing and extent of our SG&A expenses.

Interest Income

        Interest and other income consists primarily of interest income earned on our investments.

69


Table of Contents

Other Income (Expense), Net

        Other income (expense), net consists primarily of the effect of exchange rates on our foreign currency-denominated asset and liability balances. Translation adjustments are recorded as foreign currency gains (losses) in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

Income Tax Expense

        Income tax expense consists primarily of income taxes in foreign jurisdictions in which we conduct business. We maintain a full valuation allowance for deferred tax assets including net operating loss carryforwards and research and development credits and other tax credits.

Consolidated Results of Operations

Comparison of the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014

Revenue, Cost of Revenue, Gross Profit and Gross Margin

 
  Six Months
Ended
June 30,
   
 
(in thousands)
  2013   2014   Change  

Revenue

  $ 11,106   $ 14,190   $ 3,084  

Cost of revenue

    4,451     5,521     1,070  

Gross profit

    6,655     8,669     2,014  

Gross margin

    60 %   61 %   1 %

        Revenue.     In the six months ended June 30, 2014, revenue increased to $14.2 million from $11.1 million in the six months ended June 30, 2013, an increase of $3.1 million, or 28%, due to increased sales as Senza gained increasing acceptance in the markets where it is available.

        Cost of Revenue, Gross Profit and Gross Margin.     Total cost of revenue increased $1.1 million, or 24%, in the six month period ended June 30, 2014 compared to the same period of the prior year primarily due to increased costs to purchase manufactured products of $0.5 million, increased personnel costs of $0.4 million, and increased shipping charges of $0.1 million due to increased sales of products. Gross profit increased $2.0 million, or 30%, to $8.7 million, in the six month period ended June 30, 2014 as compared to the six month period ended June 30, 2013 due to higher sales volume.

Operating Expenses

 
  Six Months Ended June 30,    
 
 
  2013   2014    
 
 
  Change  
 
   
  % of
Total
Revenue
   
  % of
Total
Revenue
 
(in thousands)
  Amount   Amount   Amount  

Operating expenses:

                               

Research and development

  $ 11,121     100 % $ 9,846     69 % $ (1,275 )

Sales, general and administrative

    8,788     79     13,525     95     4,738  
                       

Total operating expenses

  $ 19,909     179 % $ 23,371     164 % $ 3,463  
                       
                       

        Research and Development Expenses.     R&D expense decreased $1.3 million, or 11%, in the six month period ended June 30, 2014 compared to the same period of the prior year, primarily due to the completion of our clinical trial enrollment in February 2013 which resulted in lower clinical trial costs of $2.1 million during the six months ended June 30, 2014 as compared to the prior 2013 period. During the six months ended June 30, 2014 we also had lower development costs of $0.7 million as a result of lower expenses related to our preclinical studies and regulatory costs to prepare our PMA submission as most of those costs were incurred during fiscal 2013. The decrease in clinical and

70


Table of Contents

regulatory costs was offset by increases in salary and benefit costs of $1.3 million as we increased headcount during the periods.

        Sales, General and Administrative Expenses.     SG&A expense increased $4.7 million, or 54%, in the six month period ended June 30, 2014 compared to the same period of the prior year, primarily due to an increase in personnel costs of $2.0 million as we increased sales headcount to support growth. We also had an increase in legal and other professional consulting expenses of $1.2 million to support our commercial growth, and travel-related expense increased $0.6 million as a result of travel requirements of our larger sales team and the expansion in foreign markets

Interest Income, Other Income (Expense), Net and Income Tax Expense

 
  Six Months
Ended
June 30,
   
 
(in thousands)
  2013   2014   Change  

Interest income

  $ 71   $ 72   $ 1  

Other income (expense), net

    (927 )   382     1,309  

Income tax

    (148 )   (237 )   89  

        Interest Income.     Interest income was relatively constant in both of the six month periods ended June 30.

        Other Income (Expense), Net.     Other income (expense), net was primarily comprised of foreign currency transaction gains and losses and gains and losses from the remeasurement of foreign-denominated balances. During the six month period ended June 30, 2014, we recognized income of $0.4 million, whereas during the prior period in 2013 we recognized a loss of $0.9 million.

        Income Tax Expense.     Income tax expense was $0.1 million and $0.2 million in the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014, respectively and was associated with foreign taxes. We continue to generate tax losses for U.S. federal and state tax purposes and have net operating loss carryforwards creating a deferred tax asset. We have a full valuation allowance for our deferred tax assets. The change in income tax expense was due to changes in foreign income taxes on profits realized by our foreign subsidiaries as we expanded internationally.

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2012 and 2013

Revenue, Cost of Revenue, Gross Profit and Gross Margin

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
   
 
(in thousands)
  2012   2013   Change  

Revenue

  $ 18,150   $ 23,500   $ 5,350  

Cost of revenue

    7,527     9,473     1,946  

Gross profit

    10,623     14,027     3,404  

Gross margin

    59 %   60 %   1 %

        Revenue.     In the year ended December 31, 2013, revenue increased to $23.5 million from $18.2 million in the prior year, an increase of $5.4 million, or 29%, due to increased acceptance of Senza in Europe and Australia. We established our international sales operations in 2011, and materially expanded our sales forces in those countries during 2012 and 2013 to support our revenue growth.

        Cost of Revenue, Gross Profit and Gross Margin.     Cost of revenue increased $2.0 million, or 26%, in 2013 as compared to 2012 due to higher costs for manufactured goods of $1.3 million related to the increased production of units due to the increase in sales volume, as well as an increase in our write-off of obsolete inventory of $0.9 million. Gross profit increased $3.4 million, or 32%, to $14.0 million, in

71


Table of Contents

the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to the prior year due to higher sales volume, while our gross profit as a percentage of sales remained essentially the same in each year.

Operating Expenses

 
  Year Ended December 31,    
 
 
  2012   2013    
 
 
  Change  
 
   
  % of Total
Revenue
   
  % of Total
Revenue
 
(in thousands)
  Amount   Amount   Amount  

Operating expenses:

                               

Research and development

  $ 15,659     86 % $ 20,345     87 % $ 4,686  

Sales, general and administrative

    14,094     78     18,833     80     4,739  
                       

Total operating expenses

  $ 29,753     164 % $ 39,178     167 % $ 9,425  
                       
                       

        Research and Development Expenses.     R&D expense increased $4.7 million, or 30%, in the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the year ended December 31, 2012, primarily due to an increase in personnel costs of $2.2 million as we increased our headcount to support continued investment in our products, as well as increased external consulting costs of $1.2 million, and an increase in facilities related expenses of $0.6 million. Our clinical trial expenses declined to $3.9 million during 2013 as compared to $6.7 million during 2012 due to the completion of the enrollment in our clinical trial in February 2013. Our development costs increased from $1.7 million during 2012 to $4.5 million during 2013 due to our continued investment in preclinical activities for our products and our preparation of the PMA submission for Senza throughout 2013. We submitted our completed PMA in June 2014 to the FDA.

        Sales, General and Administrative Expenses.     SG&A expense increased $4.7 million, or 34%, in 2013 compared to 2012, primarily due to an increase in personnel costs of $2.8 million as we increased sales and administrative headcount to support growth. Travel-related expense increased $0.9 million and our marketing and promotional expenses increased by $0.4 million as a result of our larger sales team and support for the expansion in foreign markets. In addition our professional consulting expenses increased by $0.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2013 over the comparable period in 2012.

Interest Income, Other Income (Expense), Net and Income Tax Expense

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
   
 
(in thousands)
  2012   2013   Change  

Interest income

  $ 139   $ 153   $ 14  

Other income (expense), net

    186     (654 )   (840 )

Income tax

    (162 )   (362 )   (200 )

        Interest Income.     Interest income increased to $0.2 million during 2013 from $0.1 million during the prior year, primarily due to an increase in our average investment balances during the year.

        Other Income (Expense), Net.     Other income (expense), net was primarily comprised of foreign currency transaction gains and losses and the gains and losses from the remeasurement of foreign-denominated balances to the U.S. dollar. We recorded income of $0.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2012, and a loss of $0.7 million during the same period in 2013.

        Income Tax Expense.     Income tax expense was $0.4 million in 2013, compared to an income tax expense of $0.2 million in 2012. We incur income tax expense primarily due to foreign taxes. We continue to generate tax losses for U.S. federal and state tax purposes and have net operating loss carryforwards creating a deferred tax asset. We have a full valuation allowance for our deferred tax

72


Table of Contents

assets. The change in income tax expense was due to changes in foreign income taxes on profits realized by our foreign subsidiaries as we expanded internationally.

Liquidity, Capital Resources and Plan of Operations

        Since our inception through June 30, 2014, we have financed our operations through private placements of preferred stock. At June 30, 2014, we had cash and cash equivalents and investments of $41.6 million. Based on our current operating plan, we expect that our cash on hand, together with the anticipated funds from our operations and this offering, will be sufficient to fund our operations through at least December 31, 2015.

        In October 2014, we entered into a credit facility with Capital Royalty Partners and certain of its affiliates, which we refer to as our credit facility, whereby we have access to borrow up to $50.0 million principal amount of senior secured term loan financing in up to three draws on or before September 30, 2015. We have submitted a notice to make the first draw in a principal amount of $20.0 million, and we expect to receive the funds on or about December 12, 2014, net of closing fees of $0.5 million. We are eligible to draw a second tranche in a principal amount of $10.0 million on or prior to March 31, 2015 and a third tranche in a principal amount of $20.0 million on or prior to September 30, 2015, in each case, upon meeting certain conditions and continued compliance with the covenants in the credit facility.

        We expect to incur substantial expenditures in the foreseeable future in connection with the expansion of our U.S. commercial infrastructure and sales force in anticipation of our commercial launch of Senza in the United States. In addition, we intend to make investment in the development of Senza and HF10 therapy for the treatment of other chronic pain conditions, including ongoing research and development programs and clinical trials. In order to build the sales, marketing and distribution infrastructure that we believe will be necessary to commercialize our product in the United States, if approved, we expect to require substantial additional funding.

        We will continue to seek funds through equity or debt financings, or through other sources of financing. Adequate additional funding may not be available to us on acceptable terms or at all. Our failure to raise capital in the future could have a negative impact on our financial condition and our ability to pursue our business strategies. We anticipate that we will need to raise substantial additional capital, the requirements of which will depend on many factors, including:

    the outcome, timing of, and costs involved in, seeking and obtaining approvals from the FDA and other regulatory authorities, including the potential for the FDA and other regulatory authorities to require that we perform more studies or product tests than we currently expect;

    the scope and timing of our investment in our U.S. commercial infrastructure and sales force;

    the R&D activities we intend to undertake in order to expand the chronic pain indications and product enhancements that we intend to pursue;

    the costs of commercialization activities including product sales, marketing, manufacturing and distribution;

    the amount and timing of any draws we make under our credit facility;

    the degree and rate of market acceptance of Senza;

    the costs of filing, prosecuting, defending and enforcing any patent claims and other intellectual property rights;

    our need to implement additional infrastructure and internal systems;

    our ability to hire additional personnel to support our operations as a public company; and

    the emergence of competing technologies or other adverse market developments.

        If we are unable to raise additional funds when needed, we may be required to delay, reduce, or terminate some or all of our commercial development plans.

73


Table of Contents

Cash Flows

        The following table sets forth the primary sources and uses of cash for each of the periods presented below:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
 
  2012   2013   2013   2014  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Net cash (used in) provided by:

                         

Operating activities

  $ (22,467 ) $ (21,095 ) $ (12,082 ) $ (15,080 )

Investing activities

    15,276     (19,899 )   (30,542 )   19,528  

Financing activities

    1,532     47,785     47,701     537  
                   

Net increase (decrease) in cash

  $ (5,659 ) $ 6,791   $ 5,077   $ 4,985  
                   
                   

        Cash Used in Operating Activities.     Net cash used in operating activities for the six months ended June 30, 2013 was $12.1 million compared to $15.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014, primarily as a result of the net losses recorded in the periods of $14.3 million and $14.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014, respectively. The increase in cash used in operations during the six months ended June 30, 2014 was primarily due to changes in our operating assets and liabilities, including an increase in our outstanding prepaid and other assets of $0.6 million and inventories of $1.5 million, offset by an increase of $0.6 million in accrued liabilities, and non-cash stock based compensation expense of $0.8 million. During the six month period ended June 30, 2013, the net cash used in operations was affected by changes in our operating assets and liabilities, including an increase in our inventory balances of $0.9 million, offset by an increase in our accounts payable and accrued liabilities of $1.4 million and non-cash stock based compensation expense of $0.7 million.

        Net cash used in operating activities was $22.5 million and $21.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively, primarily due to the net losses during the periods of $19.0 million and $26.0 million, respectively. The increase in cash used in operations during the year ended December 31, 2013 was primarily due to changes in our operating assets and liabilities, including a decrease in our outstanding prepaid and other assets of $1.2 million, an increase of $3.1 million in accounts payable and accrued liabilities, and non-cash stock based compensation expense of $1.6 million, which were offset in part by an increase in our accounts receivable balances of $0.7 million and an increase in our inventory balance by $1.6 million. The cash used in operating activities in the year ended December 31, 2012 were affected by changes in operating assets and liabilities, including an increase of $1.7 million in accounts payable and accrued liabilities and non-cash stock based compensation expense of $1.1 million, offset by an increase in our prepaid expenses and other current assets of $1.0 million, an increase in accounts receivable of $2.2 million, and an increase in our inventory balances by $3.6 million.

        Cash Used in Investing Activities.     Investing activities consisted primarily of changes in investment balances, including purchases and maturities of short-term investments. During the six months ended June 30, 2013 we purchased a net $30.5 million of investments, as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2014 when $19.7 million of investments matured. During the year ended December 31, 2012 a total of $15.4 million of investments matured, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2013, when we purchased a net $19.6 million in investments.

        Cash Provided by Financing Activities.     Cash provided by financing activities was $47.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 due to the issuance of $47.7 million in Series C convertible preferred stock to investors, compared to $0.5 million received during the six month period ended June 30, 2014 as a result of exercise of common stock options.

        Cash provided by financing activities was $1.5 million for 2012, compared to $47.8 million for 2013. Cash provided by financing activities for 2012 consisted primarily of proceeds received upon exercise of

74


Table of Contents

common stock options. Cash provided by financing activities for 2013 consisted of $47.7 million in net proceeds from the issuance of Series C convertible preferred stock in March 2013 and $0.1 million received upon exercise of common stock options.

Credit Facility

        On October 24, 2014, we entered into a credit facility with Capital Royalty Partners and certain of its affiliates, which we refer to as our credit facility, whereby, subject to certain conditions, we have access to borrow up to $50.0 million principal amount of senior secured term loan financing in up to three draws on or before September 30, 2015. The credit facility provides for quarterly interest only payments at a fixed rate of 11.5% per annum on outstanding loans until the quarterly payment date three years after the first borrowing, followed by three years of quarterly interest payments at a fixed rate of 11.5% per annum and quarterly principal payments in equal installments. The final principal payment will also include a cash payment of 5% of the principal amount drawn. We submitted a notice to make the first draw in a principal amount of $20.0 million on October 24, 2014, and we expect to receive the funds on or about December 12, 2014, net of closing fees of $0.5 million. We are eligible to draw a second tranche in a principal amount of $10.0 million on or prior to March 31, 2015, upon meeting certain conditions. We may also draw a third tranche in a principal amount of $20.0 million, at our election, on or prior to September 30, 2015, upon, among other conditions, raising more than $20.0 million in net proceeds from an initial public offering (which condition will be satisfied by this offering), raising $30.0 million in net proceeds from a private equity financing or receiving FDA approval of our PMA for Senza. At our election, 3.5% per annum of interest payments that are owed during the three year period following the first draw under the credit facility is payable in-kind, which, if so selected, would be added to the outstanding principal amount of the loans; the remaining 8.0% per annum must be paid in cash. Upon the satisfaction of certain conditions precedent on or prior to September 30, 2016, including the consummation of an initial public offering raising more than $20.0 million in net proceeds (which condition will be satisfied by this offering) and receipt of FDA approval of our PMA for Senza, the interest only period will be extended so that the outstanding principal amount of the terms loans will be payable in a single installment at maturity (the 24th quarterly payment date after the first borrowing). The credit facility contains customary events of default, including in the event of bankruptcy or upon the occurrence of a material adverse change. Our obligations under the credit facility are collateralized by substantially all of our assets, including our intellectual property.

        The credit facility includes affirmative and negative covenants, including certain minimum financial covenants for pre-specified liquidity and revenue requirements. In particular, we are required to maintain a minimum of $5.0 million of cash and certain cash equivalents, and we must achieve minimum revenue of $20.0 million in 2014, $25.0 million in 2015, $30.0 million in 2016, $40.0 million in 2017, $50.0 million in 2018 and $70.0 million in 2019. In addition, the credit facility prohibits the payment of cash dividends on our capital stock and also places restrictions on mergers, sales of assets, investments, incurrence of liens, incurrence of indebtedness and transactions with affiliates. As of the date of this prospectus, we were in compliance with all applicable covenants.

75


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

        We have lease obligations consisting of an operating lease for our principal offices that expires in 2015. The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2013 (in thousands):

 
  Payments due by period  
 
  Total   Less
than
1 year
  1 to 3
years
  4 to 5
years
  After
5 years
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Lease obligations

  $ 690   $ 485   $ 205   $   $  
                       

Total

  $ 690   $ 485   $ 205   $   $  
                       
                       

        In February 2014, we entered into a lease agreement for additional office space located in Menlo Park, California for a period beginning in March 1, 2014 through August 31, 2015, with annual payments totalling approximately $142,800. Other than this lease agreement, there have been no material changes to our contractual obligations since December 31, 2013.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

        Through June 30, 2014, we did not have any relationships with unconsolidated organizations or financial partnerships, such as structured finance or special purpose entities that would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes.

Mayo Foundation License Agreement

        Pursuant to the terms of our license agreement with the Mayo Foundation, we are obligated to issue the Mayo Foundation 20,833 shares of our common stock upon the earlier of (1) FDA approval of our PMA for Senza or (2) the consummation of this offering. We are also obligated to pay a minimal annual royalty of $200,000 per year or, if greater, a low single-digit royalty of net sales of Senza. See Note 5 to our consolidated financial statements for additional information.

Segment Information

        We have one primary business activity and operate as one reportable segment.

JOBS Act Accounting Election

        The Jumpstart our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, permits an "emerging growth company" such as us to take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies. We are choosing to "opt out" of this provision and, as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards as required when they are adopted. This decision to opt out of the extended transition period under the JOBS Act is irrevocable.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

        In April 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") No. 2014-08, Reporting Discontinued Operations and Disclosures of Disposals of Components of an Entity ." The ASU amendment changes the requirements for reporting discontinued operations in Subtopic 205-20. The amendment is effective on a prospective basis for financial statements issued for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning on or after December 15, 2014. Early adoption is permitted for disposals that have not been reported in financial statements previously issued. We will apply the

76


Table of Contents

provisions of this ASU to any future transactions after the effective date which qualify for reporting discontinued operations.

        In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), which supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in ASC 605, Revenue Recognition . This ASU is based on the principle that revenue is recognized to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The ASU also requires additional disclosure about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from customer contracts, including significant judgments and changes in judgments and assets recognized from costs incurred to obtain or fulfill a contract. The ASU's effective date will be the first quarter of fiscal year 2017 using one of two retrospective application methods. We have not determined the potential effects of this ASU on our consolidated financial statements.

        In February 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2013-02, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (ASU 2013-02). This newly issued accounting standard update requires an entity to provide information about the amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by component. This ASU is effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2012. We adopted this guidance in the first quarter of 2013 and the adoption of this guidance did not have an impact on our consolidated financial statements.

        In July 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-11 , Income Taxes (Topic 740): Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists (a Consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force) (ASU 2013-02) . This newly issued accounting standard update requires a liability related to an unrecognized tax benefit to be presented as a reduction of a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss or a tax credit carryforward if such settlement is required or expected in the event the uncertain tax position is disallowed. We adopted this guidance in the first quarter of 2014 and the adoption of this guidance did not have an impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Interest Rate Risk

        We are exposed to limited market risk related to fluctuations in interest rates and market prices. Our primary exposure to market risk is interest rate sensitivity, which is affected by changes in the general level of U.S. interest rates. The primary objective of our investment activities is to preserve our capital to fund our operations.

        We also seek to maximize income from our investments without assuming significant risk. To achieve our objectives, we maintain a portfolio of cash equivalents and investments in a variety of securities of high credit quality. As of December 31, 2013, we had cash and cash equivalents of $12.4 million consisting of cash and money market funds and investments of $44.1 million that are deposited in highly rated financial institutions in the United States. We maintained investments in money market funds that were not federally insured during the year ended December 31, 2013 and held cash in foreign banks of approximately $2.0 million and $5.7 million at December 31, 2012 and 2013 that was not federally insured. A portion of our investments may be subject to interest rate risk and could fall in value if market interest rates increase. However, because our investments are primarily short-term in duration, we believe that our exposure to interest rate risk is not significant. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes and have not used any derivative financial instruments to manage our interest rate risk exposure. A hypothetical 1% change in interest rates during any of the periods presented would not have had a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

77


Table of Contents

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

        To date, all of our revenue and a portion of our operating expenses are incurred outside the United States and are denominated in foreign currencies and are subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates, particularly changes in the Australian dollar, the Euro and the United Kingdom pound sterling. Additionally, fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates may cause us to recognize transaction gains and losses in our statement of operations. To date, foreign currency transaction realized gains and losses have not been material to our consolidated financial statements, and we have not engaged in any foreign currency hedging transactions. As our international operations grow, we will continue to reassess our approach to managing the risks relating to fluctuations in currency rates.

        We do not believe that inflation and change in prices had a significant impact on our results of operations for any periods presented in our consolidated financial statements.

78


Table of Contents


BUSINESS

Overview

        We are a medical device company that has developed and commercialized an innovative neuromodulation platform for the treatment of chronic pain. Our Senza system is the only spinal cord stimulation, or SCS, system that delivers our proprietary HF10 therapy. Our SENZA-RCT U.S. pivotal study, a non-inferiority study, met its primary and secondary endpoints, and our post-hoc statistical analysis supports the superiority of HF10 therapy over traditional SCS therapies for treating both leg and back pain. While SCS therapy is indicated and reimbursed for treating back and leg pain, it has limited efficacy in treating back pain and is used primarily for treating leg pain, limiting its market adoption. In our pivotal study, HF10 therapy was demonstrated to provide significant and sustained back pain relief in addition to leg pain relief. Additionally, HF10 therapy was demonstrated to provide pain relief without paresthesia, a constant tingling sensation that is the basis of traditional SCS therapy. HF10 therapy is also designed to reduce variability in the operating procedure, providing meaningful benefits to both patients and physicians. We believe we are positioned to transform and grow the approximately $1.5 billion existing global SCS market under current reimbursement by treating back pain in addition to leg pain and by eliminating paresthesia.

        In June 2014, we submitted our premarket approval, or PMA, application to the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, for our Senza SCS system, or Senza. We are preparing to commercially launch in the United States by early 2016 if approved by the FDA, however there can be no assurance we will receive FDA approval within this timeframe or at all. Outside of the United States, Senza is indicated for the treatment of chronic intractable pain of the trunk and limbs, is reimbursed under existing SCS codes, and has been commercially available in certain European markets since November 2010 and in Australia since August 2011. We hold 49 issued patents globally and over 100 pending patent applications in the United States and international jurisdictions. Our revenue has increased from $18.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $23.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, with a net loss of $19.0 million and $26.0 million in these periods, respectively. We have a history of significant net losses and we expect to continue to incur losses for the foreseeable future. Due to market penetration in Europe and Australia, we expect that our future revenue growth, if any, will be largely from sales in the U.S. market, if we receive FDA approval for Senza.

        We completed our SENZA-RCT pivotal study in March 2014, which was the first prospective randomized controlled pivotal study in the history of SCS and the first to directly demonstrate comparative effectiveness between SCS therapies. The SENZA-RCT study was designed as a non-inferiority trial comparing HF10 therapy to traditional commercially available SCS therapy and met its primary and secondary endpoints. Although the statistical analysis plan filed with the FDA did not include a superiority analysis, we performed a post-hoc superiority analysis of the clinical results. We believe the results of this study support the safety and effectiveness of Senza and HF10 therapy.

        Key highlights of our SENZA-RCT pivotal study are as follows:

79


Table of Contents

        The outcomes for HF10 therapy in our pivotal study are consistent with the outcomes from our European clinical study, the two year results of which have been published in the Pain Medicine journal of the American Academy of Pain Medicine.

        Patients with chronic pain are generally classified by physicians based on the location of their pain, for example whether their worst pain is predominant back, predominant leg, mixed back and leg, upper limb, neck or other. The adoption of SCS to date has been driven primarily by the treatment of patients whose worst pain is in their legs and for whom other treatment approaches have failed. With a primary focus on treating leg pain, the global market for traditional SCS therapy has grown from approximately $300 million in 2001 to approximately $1.4 billion in 2012, a compound annual growth rate of approximately 8%. This market is estimated to be approximately $1.5 billion in 2014 and projected to grow to approximately $1.8 billion in 2017, with the United States comprising approximately 80% of this global market. We believe that broader utilization of traditional SCS therapy has been restrained by the lack of prospective randomized clinical evidence supporting SCS broadly and, in particular, demonstrating an ability to treat back pain. We believe a therapy backed by pivotal clinical evidence showing statistically superior efficacy over traditional SCS therapy and the ability to treat back pain could achieve significant market share and greatly expand the existing SCS market.

        Traditional SCS therapy utilizes low frequency stimulation, typically between 40 Hz and 60 Hz, to generate paresthesia, a constant tingling sensation that overlaps the pain area. Paresthesia is often considered unpleasant or uncomfortable, sometimes causes a shocking or jolting sensation with changes in posture and is a continuous reminder of the patient's chronic condition. Medtronic, a current leader in neuromodulation, released a survey showing that 71% of patients with implantable neuromodulators experienced discomfort when changing position. Compared to traditional SCS therapy, HF10 therapy delivers spinal cord stimulation at a lower amplitude and a higher frequency waveform of 10,000 Hz. HF10 therapy relies on consistent anatomical placement of the stimulation leads across patients, thus reducing procedure variability relative to traditional SCS therapy. Comparatively, traditional SCS therapy requires individualized lead placement by the physician during the implant procedure utilizing

80


Table of Contents

paresthesia mapping, an often time-consuming portion of the procedure in which the patient is awakened and queried by the physician as to whether they feel the paresthesia over the site of their pain. Paresthesia mapping is an often cumbersome and variable process, which creates variability in the implant procedure and can greatly impact a physician's schedule. In contrast, HF10 therapy is intended to relieve pain without causing paresthesia, while increasing the predictability of the procedure. We believe the ability of HF10 therapy to deliver pain relief without paresthesia provides a substantial benefit over traditional SCS therapy to patients and physicians.

        We believe our proprietary HF10 therapy has distinct advantages over traditional SCS therapy, including:

        We believe we have built competitive advantages through our proprietary technology, clinical evidence base, strong track record of execution including over 2,500 patients implanted with Senza, and proven management team with a substantial amount of neuromodulation experience. With what we believe are compelling efficacy data for both leg and back pain compared to traditional SCS therapy, we aim to secure U.S. FDA approval, drive adoption in the U.S. market, which represents the largest opportunity in SCS, and expand patient access to HF10 therapy by investing in the development of Senza for new indications.

Market Overview

Chronic Pain

        Chronic pain has been defined by the International Association for the Study of Pain (IASP) as pain that lasts longer than the time required for tissues to heal, which is often defined to be three months. According to a report by the Institute of Medicine, chronic pain is widespread and has seen an increase in prevalence due to aging populations, progress in saving lives after suffering catastrophic injuries, increases in failed surgeries, and greater public understanding of pain. About 1.5 billion people suffer from chronic pain worldwide, including approximately 100 million Americans, which is greater than the sum of patients with heart disease, diabetes and cancer combined. Approximately 10% of chronic pain sufferers have severe disabling pain, which significantly affects their daily activities and quality of life, and is often linked to suicide.

81


Table of Contents

        The back is the most common location of chronic pain, with an estimated 84 million patients in the United States experiencing chronic back pain. Among U.S. adults reporting pain, low back pain was the highest reported location at 28%, followed by knee pain at 20% and severe headache/migraine at 16%. In a study conducted by the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill and published in 2009, the prevalence of low back pain more than doubled from 1992 to 2006. According to data from users of the Department of Veterans Affairs health system, the annualized increase in prevalence of low back pain is larger than increases in the three other conditions studied, which were depression, diabetes and hypertension. In terms of impact, the annual cost of back pain in the United States is estimated to be $34 billion for treatment, with another $100 billion in lost productivity.

Existing Treatments for Chronic Pain and Limitations

        Patients who present with chronic pain are typically placed on a treatment progression plan. Initial medical management typically includes behavioral modification, exercise, physical therapy, and over-the-counter analgesics and non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs. When early stage medical management is not sufficient for the treatment of chronic leg and back pain, patients may progress to interventional techniques including steroid injections or nerve blocks. Patients who do not respond to these more conservative treatments are considered candidates for more advanced therapies.

Spine Surgery

        Spine surgery is a common invasive surgical procedure for the treatment of pain and typically precedes traditional SCS therapy. Despite the possibility of surgical complications, recent data suggests that over 500,000 spinal procedures are performed in the United States every year. Common surgeries include spinal fusion, which involves joining spinal bones to limit movement, and laminectomy, which entails removing part of the bone or ligaments in the back. These surgical procedures often fail to treat certain difficult types of chronic pain, such as severe neuropathic and intractable back pain. Failed Back Surgery Syndrome, or FBSS, is a common outcome of spine surgery where chronic back and/or leg pain continues to persist and affects an estimated 10% to 40% of patients receiving spine surgery. Given the failure rate for spine surgery, FBSS patients make up a significant portion of the addressable patient population for SCS.

Oral Opioids

        Oral opioids are prescription pain medications that suppress the patient's acute perception of pain but lack clinical evidence supporting their long term use to treat chronic pain including back pain. Oral opioids can significantly compromise the patient's quality of life, with patients often reporting being in a "fog" and commonly experiencing side effects such as nausea, vomiting, constipation and dizziness. Less common side effects can include immunologic dysfunction, hormonal dysfunction and muscle rigidity. Oral opioids are also known to present a high risk of addiction. Abuse and accidental overdoses have led to dramatic increases in deaths over the past two decades.

Traditional Spinal Cord Stimulation

        SCS is a type of neuromodulation technology that utilizes an implantable pacemaker-like device to deliver electrical impulses to the spinal cord. Traditional SCS therapy is a long-established pain treatment designed to induce paresthesia, a tingling sensation, that overlaps the distribution of pain with the intent of masking pain perception. The electrical pulses are delivered by small electrodes on leads that are placed near the spinal cord and are connected to a compact, battery-powered generator implanted under the skin. Traditional SCS therapy is currently indicated as a treatment for chronic pain of the trunk and limbs in patients who failed conventional medical management. Traditional SCS therapy is considered to be a minimally invasive, reversible therapy that may provide greater long-term benefits over more invasive surgical approaches or opioids. The most common use for traditional SCS therapy is for neuropathic pain conditions such as FBSS.

82


Table of Contents

        The global SCS market is estimated to be approximately $1.5 billion in 2014 and is expected to grow to approximately $1.8 billion per year by 2017. The United States represents approximately 80% of this global market due in part to governmental reimbursement restraints in international markets. In addition, the addressable market in the United States for potential SCS candidates is estimated to be 1 million patients. We believe that due to factors such as an aging population, and an increasing number of failed back surgeries, the number of candidates for SCS will continue to grow. Despite the sizeable potential market, only approximately 40,000 SCS systems are implanted each year in the United States, representing less than 10% of the addressable U.S. market at a cost of approximately $25,000 per procedure. According to 2012 IMS data, there are approximately 4,400 facilities in the United States where SCS systems are implanted by a variety of physicians, including neurosurgeons, physiatrists, interventional pain specialists and orthopedic spine surgeons. However, only approximately half of chronic pain patients are considered candidates for traditional SCS therapy. A key reason for this may be the limited evidence supporting efficacy of traditional SCS therapy for back pain. We believe there is an additional opportunity for an SCS therapy that effectively treats back pain that is approximately the size of the existing global SCS market.

        Traditional SCS therapy generally consists of two phases, an evaluation period, also called the trial period, which typically lasts several days, and a permanent implant for those patients who experience a successful trial. The trial period involves a percutaneously placed insulated wire, called a lead, that a physician implants near the spinal cord using a needle. During the trial period, a temporary external system is used by patients and physicians for evaluating whether traditional SCS therapy is effective for the patient. The patient is able to control their stimulation during the trial period by utilizing the patient remote control, which resembles a small television remote control. The remote control allows a patient to turn the therapy on and off, in addition to other functions. If the trial period is successful, a permanent system is implanted in the patient. The success criterion is typically at least 50% reduction in pain during the evaluation period.

        A key part of the permanent system is the Implantable Pulse Generator, or IPG, which is a miniaturized version of the external stimulator. The implant procedure involves connecting the leads to the IPG that is implanted under the skin. The IPG should provide the patient with multiple years of use and can be either rechargeable or non-rechargeable. Primary cell IPGs, or non-rechargeable IPGs, are used in cases where the patient requires a lower level of stimulation and such systems have a limited life. Rechargeable IPGs, a more recent innovation, are more expensive but allow for higher levels of stimulation and can last 10 years or more. Due to payor constraints in certain European countries, the transition from primary cell IPGs to rechargeable IPGs has been slow. In the United States and Australia, most IPGs implanted are rechargeable.

        Traditional SCS products have required paresthesia to provide pain relief, and have focused on ancillary features with incremental benefits. Paresthesia coverage has been used as a surrogate metric for successful pain relief. As such, innovation in the SCS market has historically focused on technologies that optimize traditional SCS therapy's ability to create more precise paresthesia fields or different changes that include smaller IPGs and improved compatibility with magnetic resonance imaging, or MRI. Even with successful paresthesia coverage, patients still may not receive pain relief or often lose pain relief after a period of time.

Limitations of Traditional SCS Therapy

83


Table of Contents

Our Solution for Chronic Pain

HF10 Therapy

        Our HF10 therapy is designed to deliver innovative neuromodulation solutions for treating chronic pain based on what we believe to be the best clinical evidence available, which we refer to as evidence-based. By overcoming many of the limitations of traditional SCS therapy, HF10 therapy offers benefits

84


Table of Contents

to patients, physicians and hospitals. We believe the advantages of our proprietary HF10 therapy over traditional SCS include:

85


Table of Contents

Clinical Data

        To support development of our proprietary HF10 therapy, the technology was evaluated in preclinical studies and further studied in prospective clinical trials, all of which have now been published or are pending publication in peer-reviewed journals. The results from the clinical studies have been consistent across studies and across outcome measures. Most notably, in 2014 we completed our prospective, comparative, randomized, controlled U.S. pivotal study, called SENZA-RCT, to support approval of our PMA for Senza.

Clinical Program Overview

Clinical Trial
  Number of Patients Enrolled   Clinical Trial Sites   Year Completed   Trial Overview   Status

U.S. Pivotal (SENZA-RCT)

    241   11 U.S. sites     2014   One year evaluation of Senza in patients with back and leg pain in the United States   Completed (submitted but not yet accepted for publication in peer reviewed journal)

EU Long-term (Prospective Multicenter European Clinical Study)

    83   2 European sites     2013   Two year evaluation of Senza primarily in patients with predominant back pain in Europe   Completed (published in peer reviewed journal: Pain Medicine)

U.S. Feasibility

   
24
 

5 U.S. sites

   
2009
 

One week evaluation of Senza in patients with predominant back pain in the United States

 

Completed (published in peer reviewed journal: Neuromodulation)

Key Metrics for Studies

        Statistical significance is denoted by p-values in the figures below for both non-inferiority and our post-hoc superiority analysis. The p-value is the probability that the reported result was achieved purely by chance (i.e., a non-inferiority p-value <0.001 in the Primary Endpoint Results chart means that there is a less than a 0.1% chance that the demonstrated non-inferiority of HF10 therapy in relation to traditional SCS therapy was purely due to chance). The superiority p-value is the probability that the results of the test group are statistically superior to those of the control group (i.e., a between group p-value <0.001 in the Primary Endpoint Results chart means that there is a less than a 0.1% chance that the demonstrated superiority of HF10 therapy in relation to traditional SCS therapy was purely due to chance).

        The performance of SCS therapy is evaluated using a number of commonly used metrics, including the following:

         Visual analog score (VAS): VAS measures a patient's pain intensity on a 0 to 10 scale, with 0 representing no pain and 10 representing the worst pain imaginable. The VAS score is used to calculate changes in patient pain.

         Oswestry Disability Index (ODI): The questionnaire measures the levels of a patient's disability.

86


Table of Contents

U.S. Pivotal Clinical Study (SENZA-RCT)

        Our pivotal study was a prospective, randomized, multi-center study, conducted across 11 U.S. clinical trial sites, comparing the safety and effectiveness of Senza delivering HF10 therapy, which we refer to as the test to Boston Scientific's FDA-approved Precision Plus system, delivering traditional SCS therapy, which we refer to as the control. The study completed enrollment in seven months and study visits took place at one, three, six, nine, and 12 months. Each screened patient was required to have a leg and back pain VAS score of at least 5 to be randomized between the test and control arms. Among the 198 chronic pain patients who were randomized for treatments, 171 had a successful therapy evaluation phase, or trial phase, and were implanted with an SCS system. The study was designed as a non-inferiority trial and met its primary and secondary endpoints. The subjects in our pivotal study were evaluated over a 12-month period, which we believe is considered sufficient by clinicians treating patients with chronic pain with SCS therapies to provide long-term efficacy information regarding the therapy. Although the statistical analysis plan filed with the FDA did not include a superiority analysis, we also performed a post-hoc superiority analysis of the clinical results. We believe our post-hoc statistical analysis supports the superior efficacy of HF10 therapy over traditional SCS therapy.

        The following is a graphical representation of the study design:

GRAPHIC

87


Table of Contents

        The three analysis populations were:

Primary Endpoint

        The primary endpoint of the study is the percentage of subjects who respond to SCS therapy for back pain in both the test and control groups and do not have a stimulation-related neurological deficit at three months. A non-inferiority analysis was performed to assess the primary endpoint and response was defined as 50% or more back pain relief at three months. Subjects who did not have a successful trial or who experienced a stimulation-related neurological deficit were considered non-responders towards the primary endpoint.

        The chart below shows a comparison of the response rate for each analysis population at the primary endpoint, as measured by the percent of patients who achieved 50% or more back pain reduction according to their VAS score. The results demonstrate that HF10 therapy was nearly twice as successful in each of the three analysis populations in treating back pain at three months when compared to traditional SCS therapy. These results demonstrated non-inferiority, and, additionally, we believe our post-hoc statistical analysis supports the statistical superiority of HF10 therapy over traditional SCS therapy. Finally, the relatively consistent success across all three analysis populations speaks to the robustness of both the study design and results.

GRAPHIC

88


Table of Contents

        The following figure demonstrates the difference in response rate between the two treatment groups for all three analysis populations. The center point of each confidence interval is the result of subtracting the test arm response rate from the control arm demonstrating the difference between treatment groups. The results are negative because the test response rate is greater than the control response rate. Since the right hash of the confidence interval for all three analysis populations is to the left of the 10% non-inferiority margin, the results for all three analysis populations are considered statistically to be non-inferior. Furthermore since the right hash of the confidence interval for all three analysis populations is to the left of the 0% line, the results for all three analysis populations are considered statistically superior.

GRAPHIC

Secondary Endpoints

        We used a hierarchical statistical process to assess certain of the secondary endpoints. The study defined seven secondary endpoints to be successively evaluated until non-inferiority was not demonstrated (Per Protocol Population). These secondary endpoints were chosen to complement the primary endpoint responder rate by showing the percent decrease in back and leg pain at three, six and 12 months, as well as disability level at three months. All secondary endpoint analysis on these endpoints demonstrated non-inferiority and our post-hoc statistical analysis supported the superiority of HF10 therapy for all of these endpoints.

89


Table of Contents

        The following figure sets forth the hierarchy of this secondary endpoint analysis:

GRAPHIC

        In addition to the seven hierarchical secondary endpoints, we evaluated other secondary endpoints, including Back Pain Responder Rate at three and 12 months, paresthesia sensation and safety results.

Secondary Endpoints Results

        The longitudinal back pain VAS scores for each of the three, six and 12 month measurements are presented in the chart appearing on the left below. The percentage change in back pain results, as calculated by change in VAS score from baseline, at the three, six and 12 month measurements is presented in the chart appearing on the right below. We demonstrated non-inferiority based on percentage change from baseline in back pain at the three, six and 12 month measurement points, which were secondary endpoints. Additionally, our post-hoc statistical analysis supports the superiority of HF10 therapy over traditional SCS therapy at the three, six and 12 month follow-up for both the longitudinal VAS score and percent change in back pain measurements. In particular, at 12 months,

90


Table of Contents

mean back pain VAS decreased 66% (or 4.3 points) with HF10 therapy compared to a decrease of 45% (or 2.5 points) for traditional SCS therapy.

GRAPHIC

        The longitudinal leg pain VAS scores for each of the three, six and 12 month measurements are presented in the chart appearing on the left below. The percentage change in leg pain results, as calculated by change in VAS score from baseline, at the three, six and 12 month measurements are presented in the chart appearing on the right below. We demonstrated non-inferiority based on percentage change from baseline in leg pain at the three, six and 12 month measurement points, which were secondary endpoints. Additionally, our post-hoc statistical analysis supports the superiority of HF10 therapy over traditional SCS therapy at the three, six and 12 month follow-up for both the longitudinal VAS score and percentage change in leg pain measurements. In particular, at 12 months, mean leg pain VAS decreased 70% (or 3.9 points) with HF10 therapy compared to a decrease of 48% (or 2.1 points) for traditional SCS therapy.

GRAPHIC

91


Table of Contents

        As part of the hierarchical secondary endpoint analysis, we evaluated change in disability, as measured by percentage change in ODI score from baseline to three months. The mean ODI score decreased by 31.5% for subjects receiving HF10 therapy, compared to 24% for subjects receiving traditional SCS therapy (10% non-inferiority p-value: <0.001, post-hoc superiority p-value: 0.042).

        The chart below presents the secondary endpoint of the back pain responder rate at three and 12 months. The response rate is defined as the percent of patients who achieve 50% or more pain reduction from baseline as measured by VAS score. The following results demonstrate non-inferiority at each of the measurement points for the secondary endpoint and, based on our post-hoc statistical analysis, support the statistical superiority of the response rate of HF10 therapy for treating back pain at each of the three, six and 12 month measurement points over traditional SCS therapy.

GRAPHIC

Paresthesia Results

        At the three and 12 month time points, subjects were asked to report whether they perceived paresthesia and if so if they general found the stimulation to be uncomfortable. 0% of subjects in the test group reported feeling paresthesia at both three and 12 months, compared to 46.5% and 44.4% of subjects in the control group who reported feeling uncomfortable stimulation at three and 12 months, respectively. No subjects in the test group reported uncomfortable stimulation. The secondary endpoint only considered the response at three months.

Additional Analysis

        In addition to the secondary endpoint analysis in our statistical analysis plan filed with the FDA, we also performed two additional analyses of our pivotal trial results—a leg pain responder rate analysis and a remitter status analysis.

92


Table of Contents

        The chart below presents the secondary endpoint of the leg pain responder rate at three and 12 months. The response rate is defined as the percent of patients who achieve 50% or more pain reduction from baseline as measured by VAS score. The following results demonstrate non-inferiority at each of the measurement points for the secondary endpoint and, based on our post-hoc statistical analysis, support the statistical superiority of the response rate of HF10 therapy for treating leg pain at each of the three, six and 12 month measurement points over traditional SCS therapy.

GRAPHIC

        In the practice of pain management, a VAS score above 4 is generally considered to be the threshold for pharmaceutical intervention such as oral opioids. In analyzing the results of the SENZA-RCT pivotal study, we utilized a more conservative threshold of a VAS score less than or equal to 2.5 to assess the ability of both therapies to provide a level of pain relief that would not impact quality of life and activities of daily living. Patients meeting this criteria were considered to be "remitters." Based on this definition, nearly twice the number of patients receiving HF10 therapy achieved remitter status for both back and leg pain compared to patients receiving traditional SCS therapy, a result that was statistically superior.

GRAPHIC

93


Table of Contents

Safety Results

        Safety results were consistent between the test and control groups. Study-related serious adverse events, or SAEs, occurred in 4.0% of HF10 therapy subjects (n=4) compared with 7.2% of traditional SCS therapy subjects (n=7; p  = 0.37). In addition to the SAEs described above, there were two deaths, one of which was study-related and resulted from a myocardial infarction of a subject randomized to traditional SCS therapy that occurred during the implant procedure. The other death occurred outside the study period in the test group and resulted from a malignant hepatic neoplasm. The most common study-related AEs were implant site pain (in 11.9% of HF10 therapy and 10.3% of traditional SCS therapy subjects) and uncomfortable paresthesia (in 11.3% of traditional SCS therapy participants). Lead migration leading to revision occurred in 3.0% of HF10 therapy and 5.2% of traditional SCS therapy participants. Importantly, neurological assessment revealed no stimulation-related neurological deficits in either treatment group. Also, there were no stimulation related SAEs in either arm.

Tertiary Endpoint Analysis

        Per our protocol, we collected data on a number of tertiary endpoints regarding functional outcomes and patient satisfaction. The analysis of these tertiary endpoints support the results from the primary and secondary endpoints, with several demonstrating statistical superiority between HF10 therapy and traditional SCS therapy based on our post-hoc analysis.

Consistency of Results

        We also performed a comparison of the trial results from SENZA-RCT with our European long-term clinical study. This comparison demonstrates consistency of results across these two studies.

        The chart below compares longitudinal back pain, as measured by change in VAS score from baseline of HF10 therapy in SENZA-RCT to our European long-term clinical study at each of the three, six and 12 month measurement points, demonstrating consistency across the results of these two studies.

GRAPHIC

94


Table of Contents

        The figure below compares the trial-to-implant ratio in SENZA-RCT to that of our European long-term clinical study based on achieving a 50% pain reduction from baseline, as measured by change in VAS score, demonstrating consistency across the results of these two studies.

GRAPHIC

        In addition, the figure below compares change in disability from baseline to 12 months, as measured by percentage change in ODI score, in SENZA-RCT to that of our European long-term clinical study, demonstrating consistency across the results of these two studies.

GRAPHIC

Results of Published Prospective Studies

        The following chart sets forth the evidence base for HF10 therapy in light of the history of published prospective studies of SCS therapy for leg and back pain. Traditional SCS therapy performed better in our recent Senza-RCT pivotal study relative to the Kumar Process study, a widely cited study on SCS. This is possibly due to factors such as improvements in technology and patient selection.

95


Table of Contents

        Comparatively the evidence base for HF10 therapy as demonstrated in SENZA-RCT and Van Buyten/Al Kaisy studies stands out along several lines. First, both HF10 therapy studies will have 24-month data which matches the total number of 24-month studies in SCS history (Kumar and North). Second, both HF10 therapy studies are uniquely the first to study and show efficacy in treating back pain as can be seen from the back pain portion of the table below. Third, the efficacy demonstrated in treating leg pain exceeds both the control arm in SENZA-RCT and historical data for treating leg pain per this chart. Finally, the table demonstrates the strength of the overall evidence base for HF10 therapy in both quality and quantity of evidence relative to traditional SCS therapy. This can be seen in terms of number of patients treated, relative efficacy in both back and leg pain and comprehensiveness of results reported.

GRAPHIC

Studies with minimum six month follow up.

(1)
NA: Not applicable, subjects already implanted
(2)
At follow-up of 16 weeks post implantation
(3)
At follow-up of 2.9±1.1 years
(4)
Trial Success rates are based on the % of patients who had at least 50% reduction in VAS score from baseline at the end of the trial phase
(5)
Response rate defined as % of patients who had at least 50% reduction in VAS score from baseline
(6)
Al-Kaisy, A., Van Buyten, J., Smet, I., Palmisani, S., Pang, D., Smith, T. (2014). Sustained Effectiveness of 10 kHz High-Frequency Spinal Cord Stimulation for Patients with Chronic, Low Back Pain: 24-Month Results of a Prospective Multicenter Study. Pain Medicine 2014; 15: 347-354
(7)
Oakley , J., Krames , E., et al. A New Spinal Cord Stimulation System Effectively Relieves Chronic, Intractable Pain: A Multicenter Prospective Clinical Study. Neuromodulation 2007; Volume 10, Number 3
(8)
Schultz, D., Webster, L., et al. Sensor-Driven Position-Adaptive Spinal Cord Stimulation for Chronic Pain. Pain Physician 2012; 15:1-12
(9)
North RB, Kidd DH, Farrokhi F, Piantadosi SA. Spinal Cord Stimulation Versus Repeated Lumbosacral Spine Surgery for Chronic Pain: A Randomized, Controlled Trial. Neurosurgery 2005;56:98-106.
(10)
Kumar K, Taylor RS, Jacques L, et al. The Effects of Spinal Cord Stimulation in Neuropathic Pain are Sustained:A 24-Month Follow-Up of the Prospective Randomized Controlled Multicenter Trial of the Effectiveness of Spinal Cord Stimulation. Neurosurgery 2008;63:762-70.
(11)
Kumar K, Taylor RS, Jacques L, et al. Spinal Cord Stimulation Versus Conventional Medical Management for Neuropathic Pain: A Multicentre Randomised Controlled Trial in Patients with Failed Back Surgery Syndrome. Pain (200&), doi:10.1016/j.pain2007.07.028

96


Table of Contents

European Long-Term Clinical Study

        The two-year follow up of the European long-term clinical study was completed in 2013. The open label, prospective study was conducted at two sites in Belgium and the United Kingdom. 82 chronic pain patients completed the therapy evaluation phase, or trial phase, for HF10 therapy and 72 were permanently implanted as a result of successful evaluation phase. 65 of these patients were followed to two years.

        Among the patients who went through the evaluation phase, 87% enrolled had predominant back pain, 17% had failed traditional SCS therapy previously, and 19% of the patients did not have prior back surgery. These are difficult-to-treat patients that have been excluded from traditional SCS therapy studies in the past.

        Key safety results:

        Key efficacy results:

        Other results:

Pilot Study

        Senza and HF10 therapy offers a favorable safety profile. In an initial caprine histological study of HF10 therapy no stimulation-related damage to any evaluated structures was shown, including dorsal nerve rootlets, connective tissue and spinal cord. These results allowed us to move on to an initial pilot study in humans.

        In the initial pilot study, twenty-four patients with back pain greater than leg pain who were candidates for spinal cord stimulation were trialed at five centers in the United States in a prospective, open label trial. Results showed there was significant improvement from baseline in overall pain scores (8.68 to 2.03, p  < 0.001) and back pain scores (8.12 to 1.88, p < 0.001) with Senza. Senza was preferred to the commercially available systems in 21 of 24 patients (88%).

97


Table of Contents

Our Growth Strategy

        Our mission is to be the neuromodulation leader in the treatment of chronic pain by developing innovative, evidence-based solutions. To accomplish this objective we intend to:

98


Table of Contents

Our Senza System

        Senza is designed to create electrical impulses from 2 Hz to 10 kHz, including our proprietary HF10 therapy, which allows for pain relief without paresthesia. HF10 therapy delivers proprietary waveforms at 10 kHz pulse rate with a statistically driven and clinically verified programming algorithm.

        Senza, similar to other commercially available SCS systems, consists of leads, a trial stimulator, an implantable pulse generator, or IPG, surgical tools, a clinician laptop programmer, a patient remote control, and a mobile charger. These components enable physicians to implant the leads and the IPG, and patients to operate the system.

GRAPHIC

        Leads:     The leads are thin, insulated medical wires that conduct electrical pulses from the IPG to near the spinal cord. Senza uses percutaneous leads, which can be inserted to the epidural space minimally invasively through a needle. The leads are cylindrical, flexible and steerable, and are offered in different lengths.

        Trial Stimulator:     The trial stimulator contains electronics that deliver electrical pulses to the lead. It is an external device that is worn around the waist during the evaluation period that typically lasts several days. It is powered by batteries.

        Implantable Pulse Generator (IPG):     The IPG contains a rechargeable battery and electronics that deliver electrical pulses to the lead. It has 16 output channels and can connect to one or two leads. It is a programmable device and can deliver customized programs for each patient. The IPG is rechargeable and is placed surgically under the skin, usually above the buttock or the abdomen. The Senza SCS system is CE Marked and has "at least 10 year battery life" as indicated in its CE label.

        Surgical Tools:     Surgical tools include percutaneous insertion needles that are used to introduce the lead into the epidural space, a variety of stylets that give physicians the ability to steer and deliver the lead to the desired location, anchors to secure the leads, and tunneling tools that provide access from the lead insertion site to the location of the IPG.

99


Table of Contents

        Programmer:     The clinician laptop programmer contains proprietary software that allows customized programming of the IPG. It can non-invasively interrogate the IPG and transmit programming information and download diagnostic information.

        Patient Remote Control:     The patient remote control is a handheld device that allows patients to turn their stimulation on and off and change programs.

        Charger:     The charger recharges the IPG from outside the body. To charge, the charging coil of the charger is placed over the location of the IPG and then initiated by pushing a button on the charger. The charger is mobile and can be worn around the waist using a belt when charging is needed, so that the patient can perform various tasks while charging. Charging sessions are usually performed daily and are expected to average approximately 45 minutes a day.

Growth Opportunities

        Senza is a platform technology. We believe that our platform will have applications in other pain indications, and we are actively investigating some of these opportunities.

Pre-Spinal Surgery

        One of the most common uses for SCS is for neuropathic pain conditions such as FBSS. The incidence of patients that will develop FBSS following lumbar spinal surgery is estimated to be within the range of 10% to 40%. With the increasing number of spinal surgeries in the United States, FBSS is also increasing. While there is a clear need for spinal surgery in many patients, given the high rate of FBSS there is a potential for SCS to move up the treatment progression ahead of spinal surgery for some patients without mechanical instability. HF10 therapy could provide an attractive treatment option for these patients due to its cost, reversibility and initial trial period. In subset analysis of pre-spinal surgery patients from our SENZA-RCT and European studies, we found a decrease in back pain VAS scores from 7.2 to 2.5 (12 months, n=11) and 8.1 to 3.4 (24 months, n=14), respectively, as well as a decrease in leg pain VAS scores from 7.1 to 2.3 (12 months, n=11) and 5.9 to 2.8 (24 months, n=14) respectively. We have an ongoing feasibility study in this indication.

Chronic Intractable Neck and Upper Extremity Pain

        Chronic neck pain with or without upper extremity pain is prevalent in 48% of women and 38% of men in the general adult population, with persistent complaints in 22% of women and 16% of men. Multiple treatments currently exist in the market today, such as epidural injections, but there is a lack of clinically efficacious treatments. In addition, there has been a very small body of evidence published on the application of SCS in chronic neck pain and upper extremity pain by placing the leads in the cervical spine. The evidence has suggested promising therapeutic response when traditional SCS therapy is used, but the paresthesia in the cervical spine associated with traditional SCS therapy can create intolerable discomfort, limiting its viability. We believe Senza can overcome this barrier due to its ability to deliver pain relief without paresthesia. We have an ongoing feasibility study in this indication.

Refractory Chronic Migraine

        Chronic migraine is a widespread and debilitating disorder affecting 2% of the general population. Chronic migraine patients have greater than 15 headache-days per four week period lasting more than 3 months. Conventional treatments often include non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs, triptans, ergots, acetaminophens, opioids and botox as well as other therapies. Despite all of these pharmacologics, many patients do not respond to these therapies. Recognizing the opportunity and the potential for HF10 therapy to address this unmet need, we have begun to investigate this indication through feasibility studies. The benefit of HF10 therapy in this indication as opposed to traditional SCS therapy in chronic migraine is the treatment of patients without paresthesia through cervical lead placement,

100


Table of Contents

rather than occipital nerve stimulation which requires lead insertion at the base of the skull. We have an ongoing feasibility study in this indication.

Third-Party Coverage and Reimbursement

        In the United States, the primary purchasers of Senza are hospitals and outpatient surgery centers. These purchasers bill various third-party payors, such as Medicare, Medicaid and private health insurance plans for the healthcare services associated with the SCS procedure. Government agencies and private payors determine whether to provide coverage for specific procedures. We believe that SCS procedures using Senza, if approved, would be adequately described by existing CPT, HCPCS II, and ICD-9-CM codes for the implantation of spinal cord stimulators and related leads performed in various sites of care. Medicare reimbursement rates for the same or similar procedures vary due to geographic location, nature of facility in which the procedure is performed (i.e., hospital outpatient department or outpatient surgery centers) and other factors. Although private payors' coverage policies and reimbursement rates tend to vary, the Medicare program is increasingly used as a model for how private payors and other governmental payors develop their coverage and reimbursement policies for healthcare items and services, including SCS procedures. Outside the United States, reimbursement levels vary significantly by country, and by region within some countries. Reimbursement is obtained from a variety of sources, including government-sponsored and private health insurance plans, and combinations of both. Some countries will require us to gather additional clinical data before recognizing granting broader coverage and reimbursement for our products. It is our intent to complete the requisite clinical studies and obtain coverage and reimbursement approval beyond what we have today in countries where it makes economic sense to do so.

Product Development

        Our objective is to continue to improve patient outcomes and further expand patient access to HF10 therapy through enhancements to Senza and the development of new indications. Research and development expenses were $15.7 million and $20.3 million, for the years ended December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2013, respectively.

        Since the launch of the initial Senza system, we have introduced a number of new product enhancements. These include a short-tip version of the lead, new lengths of the lead, an active anchor with improved performance over silicon anchors, second generation active anchor with smaller volume, lead adaptors that allow use of competitor leads already implanted in patients, second generation clinician programmer software, second generation IPG with improved shape and head-MRI compatibility. We also expect to continue developing enhancements to Senza to further increase performance and introduce new benefits including next generation IPGs and leads and improved MRI compatibility.

Sales and Marketing

United States

        We do not currently have a direct sales organization in the United States. In anticipation of FDA regulatory approval, we expect to recruit, hire and train a direct sales force in the United States, who will target physician specialties involved in SCS treatment decisions, including neurosurgeons, physiatrists, interventional pain specialists and orthopedic spine surgeons. We plan to target approximately 2,400 hospitals and outpatient surgery centers at which we believe an estimated 90% of SCS procedures are performed in the United States. In addition, our commercial team plans to create awareness and demand for Senza among additional stakeholders involved in the SCS treatment decision, including third-party payors, hospitals administrators and SCS patients and their families. We also intend to develop a product support team in order to provide ongoing support to physicians for the use of Senza.

101


Table of Contents

International

        We sell Senza in Europe and Australia through a combination of our direct sales force and a network of sales agents and independent distributors. We began our direct sales operations in the United Kingdom in 2010 and to date have expanded our direct sales operations to Austria, Australia, Belgium, Germany, Luxembourg, Sweden and Switzerland. We utilize sales agents and independent distributors to sell in an additional seven countries. During the six months ended June 30, 2014, one customer, Joymed BV, accounted for approximately 11% of our revenue. Joymed is the exclusive distributor of Senza in the Netherlands.

Competition

        We compete in the SCS market for chronic pain. We also compete with spine surgeries, in particular re-surgeries. Currently, our major competitors are Medtronic, Boston Scientific and St. Jude Medical, who have obtained regulatory approval for SCS systems. We believe that the primary competitive factors in the market are:

    Sales force experience and access

    Company brand recognition

    Product support and service

    Effective marketing and education

    Technological innovation, product enhancements and speed of innovation

    Pricing and reimbursement

    Published clinical efficacy data

    Product reliability, safety and durability

    Ease of use

    Clinical research leadership

        Many of our competitors have greater capital resources, more established operations, longer commercial histories and more extensive relationships with physicians. They also have a wider product offerings within neuromodulation and in other product categories, providing them with greater supplier power and with more opportunities to interact with stakeholders involved in purchasing decisions. We also face competition to recruit and retain qualified sales and other personnel.

        We expect our competitors to launch new products and release additional clinical evidence within the next few years. We understand that St. Jude Medical is currently working on a U.S. pivotal study, SUNBurst, to gain approval for its burst stimulation technology, intended for chronic pain relief with minimal paresthesia. Medtronic is performing randomized clinical studies to collect data on existing SCS products for back pain. We believe that Boston Scientific has commenced recruiting patients for a randomized clinical trial of a high-frequency SCS therapy. Boston Scientific is also expected to introduce incremental product enhancements such as a reduction in the size of the IPG, new accessories and improved MRI compatibility labeling.

Intellectual Property

        We actively seek to protect the intellectual property and proprietary technology that we believe is important to our business, which includes seeking and maintaining patents covering our technology and products, proprietary processes and any other inventions that are commercially or strategically important to the development of our business. We also rely upon trademarks to build and maintain the integrity of our brand, and we seek to protect the confidentiality of trade secrets that may be important

102


Table of Contents

to the development of our business. For more information, please see "Risk factors—Risks Related to Intellectual Property."

Patents, Trademarks and Proprietary Technology

        As of October 1, 2014, we owned 49 issued patents globally, of which 34 were issued U.S. patents, 10 were issued Australian patents, 4 were issued European patents, and one was an issued Chinese patent. In particular, one of our patent claims covers a SCS that is configured to generate a non-parasthesia producing therapy at a frequency within a frequency range from 1,500 Hz to 100,000 Hz. As of October 1, 2014, we held 113 patent applications pending globally, of which 56 were patent applications pending in the United States, and 57 were patent applications pending across Europe, Australia, Canada, Japan, China, and Korea. We also have an exclusive license from the Mayo Foundation to one U.S. issued patent and two U.S. pending patent applications. All of our current issued patents are projected to expire between 2028 and 2032.

        As of October 1, 2014, our trademark portfolio contained 13 trademark registrations, 4 of which were U.S. trademark registrations, as well as 16 pending U.S. trademark applications and 7 pending foreign trademark applications.

        The term of individual patents depends on the legal term for patents in the countries in which they are granted. In most countries, including the United States, the patent term is generally 20 years from the earliest claimed filing date of a non-provisional patent application in the applicable country. We cannot assure you that patents will be issued from any of our pending applications or that, if patents are issued, they will be of sufficient scope or strength to provide meaningful protection for our technology. Notwithstanding the scope of the patent protection available to us, a competitor could develop treatment methods or devices that are not covered by our patents. Furthermore, numerous U.S. and foreign issued patents and patent applications owned by third parties exist in the fields in which we are developing products. Because patent applications can take many years to issue, there may be applications unknown to us, which applications may later result in issued patents that our existing or future products or proprietary technologies may be alleged to infringe.

        There has been substantial litigation regarding patent and other intellectual property rights in the medical device industry. In the future, we may need to engage in litigation to enforce patents issued or licensed to us, to protect our trade secrets or know-how, to defend against claims of infringement of the rights of others or to determine the scope and validity of the proprietary rights of others. Litigation could be costly and could divert our attention from other functions and responsibilities. Adverse determinations in litigation could subject us to significant liabilities to third parties, could require us to seek licenses from third parties and could prevent us from manufacturing, selling or using Senza, any of which could severely harm our business.

        We also rely upon trade secrets, know-how and continuing technological innovation, and may rely upon licensing opportunities in the future, to develop and maintain our competitive position. We seek to protect our proprietary rights through a variety of methods, including confidentiality agreements and proprietary information agreements with suppliers, employees, consultants and others who may have access to proprietary information, under which they are bound to assign to us inventions made during the term of their employment.

The Mayo License

        In October 2006, we entered into a license agreement, or the Mayo License, with the Venturi Group, LLC, or VGL, and the Mayo Foundation for Medical Education and Research, or the Mayo Foundation, pursuant to which the Mayo Foundation committed to confer with us exclusively to develop products for the treatment of autonomic and peripheral nervous system disorders, including pain, using devices to modulate nerve signaling, and non-exclusively to test such devices, and VGL committed to confer with us non-exclusively to develop such devices, and exclusively to test such

103


Table of Contents

devices. These commitments to confer expired in January 2011. We were granted a worldwide license to make, use, sell, offer for sale, and import products incorporating or using the know-how developed for and provided to us by the Mayo Foundation or VGL in the course of such development and testing activities, exclusively for product development and non-exclusively for product testing. We were also granted an exclusive worldwide license under certain patents and patent applications, including any patent applications or issued patents claiming inventions that arose out of the device development and testing activities conducted on our behalf by the Mayo Foundation or VGL pursuant to the agreement, to develop, make, use, sell, offer for sale, and import products covered by the licensed patents or patent applications. As of August 5, 2014, two issued patents were covered by the Mayo License. These two patents expire in 2027 and 2028, respectively.

        Pursuant to the Mayo License, we are obligated to pay royalties to the Mayo Foundation, on a country-by-country and product-by-product basis, based on a percentage of net sales of licensed products in the low single digits, subject to reduction under certain circumstances. Our obligation to pay royalties commences upon the first commercial sale of a licensed product in a particular country and expires, on a country-by-country and product-by-product basis, in the case of products covered by a licensed patent or patent application upon the expiration of the last valid claim covering such product in such country, and in the case of any other licensed product, upon the fifth anniversary of the first commercial sale of such product in such country. We are obligated to pay Mayo a double-digit percentage of any sublicensing revenue we receive from any sublicensees during the term of the Mayo License. In addition, we are obligated to issue the Mayo Foundation 20,833 shares of our common stock upon the earlier of (1) FDA approval of our PMA for Senza or (2) the consummation of this offering. We are also required under the Mayo License to use commercially reasonable efforts to research, develop and commercialize licensed products.

        The Mayo License terminates upon the expiration (1) the last to expire of the licensed patents or (2) our obligation to pay royalties, whichever is later. We, the Mayo Foundation or VGL may terminate the Mayo License upon 60 days' notice of a party's material breach if such breach remains uncured after such 60-day period. In the event of termination as a result of our material breach, all licenses to the licensed patents will terminate, and our licenses to the know-how provided to us by the Mayo Foundation or VGL in the course of the development and testing activities will become non-exclusive. We do not believe a termination of the Mayo License would have a material adverse impact on our ability to develop, market and sell Senza. In the event that we terminate the Mayo License for breach by either the Mayo Foundation or VGL, all licenses to licensed patents continue, our license to the licensed know-how shall become non-exclusive and our obligation to pay royalties on net sales of licensed products shall be reduced by half. The Mayo Foundation or VGL may also terminate in the event of our insolvency.

Manufacturing and Supply

        We rely upon third-party suppliers for the manufacture and assembly of our Senza SCS system and its components, some of which are single- or sole-sources of the relevant product component. We have not yet identified and qualified second-source replacements for many of our critical single-source suppliers. Thus, in the event that our relationship with any of our single- or sole-source suppliers terminates in the future, we may have difficulty maintaining sufficient production of our products at the standards we require. Where practicable, we are currently seeking, or intending to seek, second-source manufacturers for our single-source components. We believe that existing third-party facilities will be adequate to meet our current and anticipated manufacturing needs. We do not currently plan to manufacture the Senza SCS system components ourselves.

        We believe our manufacturing operations, and those of our suppliers, are in compliance with regulations mandated by the FDA. Manufacturing facilities that produce medical devices or their component parts intended for distribution world-wide are subject to regulation and periodic unannounced inspection by the FDA and other domestic and international regulatory agencies. In the

104


Table of Contents

United States, we are required to manufacture any products that we sell in compliance with the FDA's Quality System Regulation, or QSR, which covers the methods used in, and the facilities used for, the design, testing, control, manufacturing, labeling, quality assurance, packaging, storage and shipping of our products. The FDA inspected our facilities in October 2012 and April 2013. In each instance, we received a Form FDA 483 with one inspectional observation. We implemented corrective actions and responded to each of the observations and, as of the date of this prospectus, the FDA has not taken any further actions with respect to these inspections. In international markets, we are required to obtain and maintain various quality assurance and quality management certifications. We have obtained the following international certifications: Quality Management System ISO13485, Full Quality Assurance Certification for the design and manufacture of spinal cord stimulator systems and accessories and a Design Examination certificate for Implantable Pulse Generator and Accessories. We are required to demonstrate continuing compliance with applicable regulatory requirements to maintain these certifications and will continue to be periodically inspected by international regulatory authorities for certification purposes.

        We believe that our most significant supply contracts are as follows:

Pro-Tech Design and Manufacturing

        In July 2014, we entered into a new supply agreement with Pro-Tech Design and Manufacturing, Inc., or Pro-Tech, pursuant to which Pro-Tech, as a single-source supplier, conducts the inspection, labeling, packaging and sterilization of our Senza SCS system. Our supply agreement is scheduled to expire in July 2019, unless terminated earlier. We may terminate the agreement without cause upon six months' prior written notice, and Pro-Tech may terminate without cause upon 18 months' prior written notice. In addition, we and Pro-Tech have the right to terminate the agreement upon 30 days' prior written notice in the event of the other party's material breach that remains uncured at the end of such 30-day period.

Stellar Technologies

        On July 1, 2009, we entered into a manufacturing agreement with Stellar Technologies, Inc., or Stellar, our single-source supplier of our percutaneous leads and percutaneous lead extenders for our neurological stimulator products. On June 30, 2014, the agreement's initial term expired, and the agreement automatically renewed for the first time. On July 1, 2014, we entered into a first amendment to the manufacturing agreement with Stellar, which provides for an additional five year term commencing from the date of the amendment, after which the agreement automatically renews for successive one-year terms unless either party provides written notice of intent not to renew at least 30 days before the expiration of the then-current term. We refer to the manufacturing agreement as amended by the first amendment as the Stellar Agreement.

        Either we or Stellar may terminate the Stellar Agreement at will upon one years' advance notice, subject to certain remaining rights and payment obligations, including an early cancellation fee payable by us to Stellar. We may also terminate the Stellar Agreement if Stellar is unable to perform its obligations under the Stellar Agreement for 60 days or more, or if Stellar is unwilling to perform its obligations under the Stellar Agreement and does not cure such defect within 60 days' of our providing written notice to cure. Stellar may terminate the Stellar Agreement in the event of our default of certain specified obligations, including our payment obligations, material violation of a warranty or law, our material breach, and our insolvency.

CCC Supply Agreement

        We rely upon C.C.C. Del Uruguay S.A., or CCC, as our single-source manufacturer of our IPG. In April 2012, we entered into a supply agreement with CCC, later amended in March 2013, pursuant to which CCC has agreed to manufacture this component at its manufacturing facility in Montevideo,

105


Table of Contents

Uruguay. Pursuant to the agreement, if we issue orders for products in quantities of at a least a specified number of units, CCC may not develop, manufacture, distribute, or sell any high-frequency IPGs to any entity other than us. We have satisfied this minimum order quantity each year under the agreement and we expect to satisfy this minimum order quantity in future periods until at least the expiration of the agreement in March 2015. Pursuant to the agreement, CCC must cooperate with us to provide any assistance necessary to enable a second-source supplier to manufacture our products in the same manner as CCC.

        Our supply agreement with CCC is scheduled to expire in March 2015, after which the agreement will automatically renew for successive one-year terms unless we or CCC provide written notice of intent not to renew at least 90 days' prior to the end of the then-current term. Either we or CCC may terminate the agreement immediately upon written notice in the event the other party's acquisition or termination of its business operations; material breach of the agreement that is not cured with 60 days of the other party's notice of such breach; or bankruptcy or insolvency.

EaglePicher Medical Power Supply Agreement

        In April 2009, we entered into a product supply and development agreement with EaglePicher Medical Power LLC, or EaglePicher, our single-source supplier of the batteries and related products for our IPG. Pursuant to the agreement, EaglePicher must use its best efforts to supply these batteries and related products in sufficient quantity to meet our demand. The agreement also provides that, upon our written request, EaglePicher will conduct development of a modified version of these products to our specifications, if we so desire.

        The initial term of our supply agreement with EaglePicher expired in November 2010, and the term has been automatically renewing for successive one-year periods and, unless terminated otherwise, shall continue to renew until we or EaglePicher provide written notice of intent not to renew at least 60 days prior to the end of the then-current term. We or EaglePicher may terminate the agreement for convenience upon three months' prior written notice. In addition, we or EaglePicher may terminate upon 60 days' written notice in the event of the other party's material breach or an action indicating bankruptcy or insolvency, if such breach or condition is not cured within such 60-day period. We also have the right to terminate the agreement in the event that a specified percentage of products received fail to meet our specifications, such failure is not cured within six months and such failure is at least partially the fault of EaglePicher.

Other Key Suppliers

        We also have other key suppliers, including some sole-source suppliers, for certain of our components, with whom we do not have agreements.

Product Liability and Insurance

        The manufacture and sale of our products subjects us to the risk of financial exposure to product liability claims. Our products are used in situations in which there is a risk of serious injury or death. We carry insurance policies which we believe to be customary for similar companies in our industry. We cannot assure you that these policies will be sufficient to cover all or substantially all losses that we experience.

        We endeavor to maintain executive and organization liability insurance in a form and with aggregate coverage limits that we believe are adequate for our business purposes, but our coverage limits may prove not to be adequate in some circumstances.

106


Table of Contents

Government Regulations

United States

        Our products and operations are subject to extensive and rigorous regulation by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or FFDCA, and its implementing regulations, guidances, and standards. The FDA regulates the research, testing, manufacturing, safety, labeling, storage, recordkeeping, promotion, distribution, and production of medical devices in the United States to ensure that medical products distributed domestically are safe and effective for their intended uses. The FDA also regulates the export of medical devices manufactured in the United States to international markets. Any violations of these laws and regulations could result in a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, if there is a change in law, regulation or judicial interpretation, we may be required to change our business practices, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        Under the FFDCA, medical devices are classified into one of three classes—Class I, Class II or Class III—depending on the degree of risk associated with each medical device and the extent of control needed to ensure safety and effectiveness.

        Class I devices are those for which safety and effectiveness can be assured by adherence to FDA's "general controls" for medical devices, which include compliance with the applicable portions of the FDA's Quality System Regulation, or QSR, facility registration and product listing, reporting of adverse medical events, and appropriate, truthful and non-misleading labeling, advertising, and promotional materials. Some Class I devices also require premarket clearance by the FDA through the 510(k) premarket notification process described below.

        Class II devices are subject to FDA's general controls, and any other "special controls" deemed necessary by FDA to ensure the safety and effectiveness of the device. Premarket review and clearance by the FDA for Class II devices is accomplished through the 510(k) premarket notification procedure, though certain Class II devices are exempt from this premarket review process. When a 510(k) is required, the manufacturer must submit to the FDA a premarket notification submission demonstrating that the device is "substantially equivalent" to a legally marketed device, which in some cases may require submission of clinical data. Unless a specific exemption applies, 510(k) premarket notification submissions are subject to user fees. If the FDA determines that the device, or its intended use, is not substantially equivalent to a legally marketed device, the FDA will place the device, or the particular use of the device, into Class III, and the device sponsor must then fulfill much more rigorous premarketing requirements.

        A Class III product is a product which has a new intended use or utilizes advanced technology that is not substantially equivalent to that of a legally marketed device. The safety and effectiveness of Class III devices cannot be assured solely by general or special controls. These devices almost always require formal clinical studies to demonstrate safety and effectiveness.

        Submission and FDA approval of a premarket approval, or PMA, application is required before marketing of a Class III device can proceed. As with 510(k) submissions, unless subject to an exemption, PMA submissions are subject to user fees. The PMA process is much more demanding than the 510(k) premarket notification process. A PMA application, which is intended to demonstrate that the device is safe and effective, must be supported by extensive data, including data from preclinical studies and human clinical trials. The PMA must also contain a full description of the device and its components, a full description of the methods, facilities, and controls used for manufacturing, and proposed labeling. Following receipt of a PMA application, once the FDA determines that the application is sufficiently complete to permit a substantive review, the FDA will formally accept the application for review. The FDA, by statute and by regulation, has 180-days to review an "accepted" PMA application, although the review of an application more often occurs over a significantly longer

107


Table of Contents

period of time, and can take up to several years. In approving a PMA application or clearing a 510(k) application, the FDA may also require some form of post-market surveillance when necessary to protect the public health or to provide additional safety and effectiveness data for the device. In such cases, the manufacturer might be required to follow certain patient groups for a number of years and makes periodic reports to the FDA on the clinical status of those patients.

PMA Approval

        The Senza SCS system is a Class III device subject to review and approval through the PMA pathway. PMA applications must be supported by, among other things, valid scientific evidence, which typically requires extensive data, including technical, preclinical, clinical and manufacturing data, to demonstrate to the FDA's satisfaction the safety and effectiveness of the device. A PMA application must also include, among other things, a complete description of the device and its components, a detailed description of the methods, facilities and controls used to manufacture the device, and proposed labeling.

        The FDA has 45 days from its receipt of a PMA to determine whether the application will be accepted for filing based on the agency's threshold determination that it is sufficiently complete to permit substantive review. Once the submission is accepted for filing, the FDA begins an in-depth review. During this review period, the FDA may request additional information or clarification of information already provided. In addition, the FDA will conduct a pre-approval inspection of the applicant and/or its third-party manufacturers' or suppliers' manufacturing facility or facilities to ensure compliance with the QSR, which requires manufacturers to follow design, testing, control, documentation and other quality assurance procedures.

        The timing of FDA review of an initial PMA application can vary substantially and, in some cases, require several years to complete. The FDA can delay, limit, or deny approval of a PMA application for many reasons, including:

    it is not demonstrated that there is reasonable assurance that the device is safe or effective under the conditions of use prescribed, recommended, or suggested in the proposed labeling;

    the data from preclinical studies and clinical trials may be insufficient; and

    the manufacturing process, methods, controls, or facilities used for the manufacture, processing, packing, or installation of the device do not meet applicable requirements.

        If the FDA evaluations of both the PMA application and the manufacturing facilities are favorable, the FDA will either issue an approval letter or an approvable letter, which usually contains a number of conditions that must be met in order to secure final approval of the PMA. If the FDA's evaluation of the PMA or manufacturing facilities is not favorable, the FDA will deny approval of the PMA or issue a not approvable letter. A not approvable letter will outline the deficiencies in the application and, where practical, will identify what is necessary to make the PMA approvable. The FDA may also determine that additional clinical trials are necessary, in which case the PMA approval may be delayed for several months or years while the trials are conducted and the data is then submitted in an amendment to the PMA. Once granted, PMA approval may be withdrawn by the FDA if compliance with post approval requirements, conditions of approval or other regulatory standards is not maintained or problems are identified following initial marketing.

        Approval by the FDA of new PMA applications or PMA supplements may be required for modifications to the manufacturing process, labeling, device specifications, materials or design of a device that is approved through the PMA process. PMA supplements often require submission of the same type of information as an initial PMA application, except that the supplement is limited to information needed to support any changes from the device covered by the original PMA application and may not require as extensive clinical data.

108


Table of Contents

Clinical Studies

        When FDA approval of a Class I, Class II or Class III device requires human clinical trials, and if the device presents a "significant risk" to human health, the device sponsor is required to file an investigational device exemption, or IDE, application with the FDA and obtain IDE approval prior to commencing the human clinical trial. If the device is considered a "non-significant risk," IDE submission to FDA is not required. Instead, only approval from the Institutional Review Board, or IRB, overseeing the investigation at each clinical trial site is required. Human clinical studies are generally required in connection with approval of Class III devices and may be required for Class I and II devices. The FDA or the IRB at each institution at which a clinical trial is being performed may suspend a clinical trial at any time for various reasons, including a belief that the subjects are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk.

Continuing Regulation

        After FDA permits a device to enter commercial distribution, numerous regulatory requirements apply. These include: compliance with the QSR, which requires manufacturers to follow elaborate design, testing, control, documentation and other quality assurance procedures during the manufacturing process; labeling regulations; the FDA's general prohibition against promoting products for unapproved or "off-label" uses; the reports of Corrections and Removals regulation, which requires manufacturers to report recalls and field actions to the FDA if initiated to reduce a risk of health posed by the device or to remedy a violation of the FDC Act; and the Medical Device Reporting, or MDR, regulation, which requires that manufacturers report to the FDA if their device may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or malfunctioned in a way that would likely cause or contribute to a death or serious injury if it were to reoccur. Manufacturers are also required to register and list their devices with the FDA, based on which the FDA will conduct inspections to ensure continued compliance with applicable regulatory requirements.

        The FDA has broad post-market and regulatory and enforcement powers. Failure to comply with the applicable U.S. medical device regulatory requirements could result in, among other things, warning letters; fines; injunctions; consent decrees; civil penalties; repairs replacements or refunds; recalls, corrections or seizures of products; total or partial suspension of production; the FDA's refusal to grant future premarket clearances or approvals; withdrawals or suspensions of current product applications; and criminal prosecution. If any of these events were to occur, they could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

International

        Our international sales are subject to regulatory requirements in the countries in which our products are sold. The regulatory review process varies from country to country and may in some cases require the submission of clinical data. In addition, the FDA must be notified of, or approve the export to certain countries of devices that require a PMA, and not yet approved in the United States.

        In the European Economic Area, or EEA (which is comprised of the 28 Member States of the EU plus Norway, Liechtenstein and Iceland), we need to comply with the requirements of the EU Active Implantable Medical Devices Directive or AIMDD, and appropriately affix the CE Mark on our products to attest to such compliance. To achieve compliance, our products must meet the "Essential Requirements" laid down in Annex I of the AIMDD relating to safety and performance. To demonstrate compliance with the Essential Requirements and obtain the right to affix the CE mark we must undergo a conformity assessment procedure, which varies according to the type of medical device and its classification. Except for low risk medical devices (Class I with no measuring function and which are not sterile), where the manufacturer can issue an EC Declaration of Conformity based on a self-assessment of the conformity of its products with the Essential Requirements, a conformity assessment procedure requires the intervention of a Notified Body, which is an organization designated

109


Table of Contents

by a competent authority of an EEA country to conduct conformity assessments. Depending on the relevant conformity assessment procedure, the Notified Body would audit and examine the Technical File and the quality system for the manufacture, design and final inspection of our devices. The Notified Body issues a CE Certificate of Conformity following successful completion of a conformity assessment procedure conducted in relation to the medical device and its manufacturer and their conformity with the Essential Requirements. This Certificate entitles the manufacturer to affix the CE mark to its medical devices after having prepared and signed a related EC Declaration of Conformity. The assessment of the conformity of Senza has been certified by our Notified Body ((the British Standards Institution or BSI).

        As a general rule, demonstration of conformity of medical devices and their manufacturers with the Essential Requirements must be based, among other things, on the evaluation of clinical data supporting the safety and performance of the products during normal conditions of use. Specifically, a manufacturer must demonstrate that the device achieves its intended performance during normal conditions of use and that the known and foreseeable risks, and that any adverse events, are minimized and acceptable when weighed against the benefits of its intended performance, and that any claims made about the performance and safety of the device (e.g., product labeling and instructions for use) are supported by suitable evidence. This assessment must be based on clinical data, which can be obtained from (1) clinical studies conducted on the devices being assessed, (2) scientific literature from similar devices whose equivalence with the assessed device can be demonstrated or (3) both clinical studies and scientific literature. With respect to active implantable medical devices or Class III devices, the manufacturer must conduct clinical studies to obtain the required clinical data, unless reliance on existing clinical data from equivalent devices can be justified. The conduct of clinical studies in the EEA is governed by detailed regulatory obligations. These may include the requirement of prior authorization by the competent authorities of the country in which the study takes place and the requirement to obtain a positive opinion from a competent Ethics Committee. This process can be expensive and time-consuming. Additionally, Senza must continue to comply with the requirements of certain EU Directives.

        We are subject to continued surveillance by our Notified Body and will be required to report any serious adverse incidents to the appropriate authorities. We also must comply with additional requirements of individual countries in which our products are marketed.

        The assessment of the conformity of Senza with the AIMDD and the R&TTE (Radio and Telecommunications Terminal) Directive has been certified by our Notified Body (the British Standards Institution or BSI).

        In September 2012, the European Commission published proposals for the revision of the EU regulatory framework for medical devices. The proposal would replace the Medical Devices Directive and the Active Implantable Medical Devices Directive with a new regulation (the Medical Devices Regulation). Unlike the Directives that must be implemented into national laws, the Regulation would be directly applicable in all EEA Member States and so is intended to eliminate current national differences in regulation of medical devices.

        In October 2013, the European Parliament approved a package of reforms to the European Commission's proposals. Under the revised proposals, only designated "special notified bodies" would be entitled to conduct conformity assessments of high-risk devices, such as active implantable devices. These special notified bodies will need to notify the European Commission when they receive an application for a conformity assessment for a new high-risk device. The European Commission will then forward the notification and the accompanying documents on the device to the Medical Devices Coordination Group, or MDCG, (a new, yet to be created, body chaired by the European Commission, and representatives of Member States) for an opinion. These new procedures may result in the re-assessment of our existing medical devices, or a longer or more burdensome assessment of our new products.

110


Table of Contents

        If adopted, the Medical Devices Regulation is expected to enter into force in 2015 and become applicable three years thereafter. In its current form it would, among other things, also impose additional reporting requirements on manufacturers of high risk medical devices, impose an obligation on manufacturers to appoint a "qualified person" responsible for regulatory compliance, and provide for more strict clinical evidence requirements.

Other Regulations

        We are also subject to healthcare fraud and abuse regulation in the jurisdictions in which we will conduct our business. These laws include, without limitation, applicable anti-kickback, false claims, physician sunshine and patient privacy and security laws and regulations.

        Anti-Kickback Statute:     The federal Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits, among other things, persons or entities from knowingly and willfully soliciting, offering, receiving or paying any remuneration, directly or indirectly, overtly or covertly, in cash or in kind, in exchange for or to induce either the referral of an individual for, or the purchase, lease, order or recommendation of, any good, facility, item or service for which payment may be made, in whole or in part, under federal healthcare programs such as Medicare and Medicaid. The federal Anti-Kickback Statute is broad and prohibits many arrangements and practices that are lawful in businesses outside of the healthcare industry. The term "remuneration" includes kickbacks, bribes, or rebates and also has been broadly interpreted to include anything of value, including for example, gifts, discounts, the furnishing of supplies or equipment, credit arrangements, payments of cash, waivers of payments, ownership interests and providing anything at less than its fair market value. There are a number of statutory exceptions and regulatory safe harbors protecting certain business arrangements from prosecution under the federal Anti-Kickback Statute. These statutory exceptions and safe harbors set forth provisions that, if all their applicable requirements are met, will assure healthcare providers and other parties that they may not be prosecuted under the federal Anti-Kickback Statute. The failure of a transaction or arrangement to fit precisely within one or more applicable statutory exceptions or safe harbors does not necessarily mean that it is illegal or that prosecution will be pursued. However, conduct and business arrangements that do not fully satisfy all requirements of an applicable safe harbor may result in increased scrutiny by government enforcement authorities and will be evaluated on a case-by-case basis based on a cumulative review of all of its facts and circumstances. Further, a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it. In addition, the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the federal civil False Claims Act which is discussed below. Penalties for violations of the Anti-Kickback Statute include, but are not limited to, criminal, civil and/or administrative penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, individual imprisonment, possible exclusion from Medicare, Medicaid and other federal healthcare programs, and the curtailment or restructuring of operations.

        Federal Civil False Claims Act:     The federal civil False Claims Act prohibits, among other things, persons or entities from knowingly presenting or causing to be presented a false or fraudulent claim to, or the knowing use of false statements to obtain payment from or approval by, the federal government. In addition, private individuals have the ability to bring actions under the civil False Claims Act in the name of the government alleging false and fraudulent claims presented to or paid by the government (or other violations of the statutes) and to share in any amounts paid by the entity to the government in fines or settlement. Such suits, known as qui tam actions, have increased significantly in the healthcare industry in recent years. Manufacturers can be held liable under these laws if they are deemed to "cause" the submission of false or fraudulent claims by, for example, providing inaccurate billing or coding information to customers or promoting a product off-label. Penalties for a federal civil False Claims Act violation include three times the actual damages sustained by the government, plus mandatory civil penalties of between $5,500 and $11,000 for each separate false claim, the potential for exclusion from participation in federal healthcare programs and criminal liability. The majority of states

111


Table of Contents

also have statutes or regulations similar to the federal Anti-Kickback and False Claims Act, which apply to items and services reimbursed under Medicaid and other state programs, or, in several states, apply regardless of the payor.

        Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996:     The federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act, or HIPAA, created several new federal crimes, including healthcare fraud and false statements relating to healthcare matters. The healthcare fraud statute prohibits knowingly and willfully executing, or attempting to execute, a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program, including private third-party payors. The false statements statute prohibits knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services.

        In addition, HIPAA and its implementing regulations established uniform standards for certain covered entities, which are healthcare providers, health plans and healthcare clearinghouses, as well as their business associates, governing the conduct of specified electronic healthcare transactions and protecting the security and privacy of protected health information. HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, or HITECH created four new tiers of civil monetary penalties and gave state attorneys general new authority to file civil actions for damages or injunctions in federal courts to enforce the federal HIPAA laws and seek attorneys' fees and costs associated with pursuing federal civil actions. Additionally, certain states have adopted comparable privacy and security laws and regulations, some of which may be more stringent than HIPAA and HITECH.

        EU Data Protection Directive:     We are subject to laws and regulations in non-U.S. countries covering data privacy and the protection of health-related and other personal information. EU member states and other jurisdictions have adopted data protection laws and regulations, which impose significant compliance obligations. For example, the EU Data Protection Directive, as implemented into national laws by the EU member states, imposes strict obligations and restrictions on the ability to collect, analyze and transfer personal data, including health data from clinical trials and adverse event reporting. Failing to comply with these laws could lead to government enforcement actions and significant penalties against us, and adversely impact our operating results. A proposal for an EU Data Protection Regulation, intended to replace the current EU Data Protection Directive, is currently under consideration and, if adopted, could lead to additional and stricter requirements and penalties in the event of non-compliance.

        The Federal Physician Payments Sunshine Act:     The federal Physician Payments Sunshine Act requires certain manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologics and medical supplies for which payment is available under Medicare, Medicaid or the Children's Health Insurance Program, with certain exceptions, to report annually to the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, or CMS, information related to "payments or other transfers of value" made to physicians (defined to include doctors, dentists, optometrists, podiatrists and chiropractors) and teaching hospitals, and to report annually to CMS certain ownership and investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members. Certain states also require device manufacturers to report information related to payments and other transfers of value to physicians and other healthcare providers or marketing expenditures, require pharmaceutical companies to comply with the industry's voluntary compliance guidelines and the applicable compliance guidance promulgated by the U.S. federal government, or otherwise restrict payments that may be made to healthcare providers and other potential referral sources.

        Healthcare Reform:     In March 2010 the Affordable Care Act was signed into law, which has the potential to substantially change healthcare financing and delivery by both governmental and private insurers, and significantly impact the medical device industry. The Affordable Care Act impacted existing government healthcare programs and resulted in the development of new programs. The Affordable Care Act's provisions of importance include, but are not limited to, a deductible 2.3%

112


Table of Contents

excise tax on any entity that manufactures or imports medical devices offered for sale in the United States, with limited exceptions, effective January 1, 2013.

        The full impact of the ACA, as well as other laws and reform measures that may be proposed and adopted in the future, remains uncertain, but may continue the downward pressure on medical device pricing, especially under the Medicare program, and may also increase our regulatory burdens and operating costs, which could have a material adverse effect on our business operations.

        The Foreign Corrupt Practices Act:     The Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA, prohibits any U.S. individual or business from paying, offering, or authorizing payment or offering of anything of value, directly or indirectly, to any foreign official, political party or candidate for the purpose of influencing any act or decision of the foreign entity in order to assist the individual or business in obtaining or retaining business. The FCPA also obligates companies whose securities are listed in the United States to comply with accounting provisions requiring the company to maintain books and records that accurately and fairly reflect all transactions of the corporation, including international subsidiaries, and to devise and maintain an adequate system of internal accounting controls for international operations.

        The UK Bribery Act.     The UK Bribery Act prohibits giving, offering, or promising bribes to any person, including non-UK government officials and private persons, as well as requesting, agreeing to receive, or accepting bribes from any person. In addition, under the UK Bribery Act, companies which carry on a business or part of a business in the UK, as we do, may be held liable for bribes given, offered or promised to any person, including non-UK government officials and private persons, by employees and persons associated with the company in order to obtain or retain business or a business advantage for the company. Liability is strict, with no element of a corrupt state of mind, but a defense of having in place adequate procedures designed to prevent bribery is available. Furthermore, under the UK Bribery Act there is no exception for facilitation payments.

Facilities

        Our corporate headquarters and research and development facilities are located in Menlo Park, California, where we lease and occupy approximately 17,600 square feet of office and laboratory space. The current term of our lease expires in July 2015. We also lease office space in Switzerland and a small warehouse space in Menlo Park, California. We believe our current facilities will be adequate and suitable for our operations for the foreseeable future.

Employees

        As of June 30, 2014, we had 114 employees globally. We believe the success of our business will depend, in part, on our ability to attract and retain qualified personnel. We are committed to developing our employees and providing them with opportunities to contribute to our growth and success. Our employees are not subject to a collective bargaining agreement, and we believe that we have good relations with our employees.

Legal Proceedings

        We are not presently a party to any legal proceedings that, in the opinion of our management, are likely to have a material adverse effect on our business. However, we may from time to time be involved in various claims and legal proceedings of a nature we believe are normal and incidental to a medical device business. These matters may include product liability, intellectual property, employment, and other general claims. Regardless of outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us because defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources and other factors.

113


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

        The following table sets forth information regarding our executive officers, significant employees and directors, as of June 30, 2014:

Name
  Age   Position(s)

Executive Officers

         

Michael DeMane

    58   Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer

Rami Elghandour

    35   President

Andrew H. Galligan

    58   Vice President of Finance, Chief Financial Officer

Michael Enxing

    48   Vice President of Sales and Marketing

Balakrishnan Shankar

    48   Vice President, Operations

Andre Walker

    50   Senior Vice President, Research & Development

Significant Employees

   
 
 

 

David Caraway, M.D., Ph.D. 

    57   Chief Medical Officer

Bradford E. Gliner

    49   Vice President, Clinical & Regulatory

Tamara F. Rook

    42   Vice President, Health Economics & Reimbursement

Non-Employee Directors

   
 
 

 

Ali Behbahani, M.D. (2)(3)

    38   Director

Peter T. Bisgaard (2)

    40   Director

Frank Fischer (3)

    72   Director

Wilfred E. Jaeger, M.D. (1)(2)

    58   Director

Shawn T McCormick (1)

    49   Director

Nathan B. Pliam, M.D. (1)(3)

    62   Director

(1)
Member of the audit committee.
(2)
Member of the compensation committee.
(3)
Member of the nominating and corporate governance committee.

Executive Officers

         Michael DeMane joined us in March 2011 and serves as our Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. DeMane continuously served on the board of directors of several private companies from June 2010 to March 2011. From March 2009 to June 2010, Mr. DeMane served as a Senior Advisor to Thomas, McNerney & Partners, a healthcare venture firm. Mr. DeMane served as the Chief Operating Officer of Medtronic, Inc. from August 2007 to April 2008. Prior to his COO role, Mr. DeMane served at Medtronic Inc. as Senior Vice President from May 2007 to August 2007, Senior Vice President and President: Europe, Canada, Latin America and Emerging Markets from August 2005 to May 2007, Senior Vice President and President: Spinal, ENT and Navigation from February 2002 to August 2005, and President, Spinal from January 2000 to February 2002. Prior to that, he was President at Interbody Technologies, a division of Medtronic Sofamor Danek, Inc., from June 1998 to December 1999. From April 1996 to June 1998, Mr. DeMane served at Smith & Nephew Pty. Ltd. as Managing Director, Australia and New Zealand, after a series of research and development and general management positions with Smith & Nephew Inc. Mr. DeMane earned a B.S. in Chemistry from St. Lawrence University and an M.S. in bioengineering from Clemson University. We believe that Mr. DeMane is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his investment experience, strategic

114


Table of Contents

leadership track record, service on other boards of directors of companies in the healthcare industry and his service as our chief executive officer.

         Rami Elghandour joined us in October 2012, has served as our Chief Business Officer and currently serves as our President. From September 2008 to October 2012, Mr. Elghandour managed investments for Johnson & Johnson Development Corporation, or JJDC, where he led several investments and served on the board of directors of a number of private companies, including our board of directors. Additionally, he led strategic initiatives in the development and management of JJDC's portfolio. From 2001 to 2006, Mr. Elghandour worked for Advanced Neuromodulation Systems, Inc. (acquired by St. Jude Medical, Inc.), a medical device company, where he led firmware design and development on several implantable neurostimulators. Mr. Elghandour received an M.B.A. from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania and a B.S. in Electrical and Computer Engineering from Rutgers University School of Engineering.

         Andrew H. Galligan has served as our Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer since May 2010. From February 2009 to July 2010, Mr. Galligan served as Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer at OOMA, a consumer electronics manufacturer and VOIP service provider. From 2007 to 2008, Mr. Galligan served as Vice President of Finance and CFO of Reliant Technologies, Inc. (later acquired by Solta Medical, Inc.), a medical device company. Mr. Galligan has also held the top financial executive position at several other medical device companies and began his career in various financial positions at KPMG and Raychem Corp. Mr. Galligan currently serves on the board of directors of DiaDexus, Inc., a public medical diagnostics company. Mr. Galligan received a degree in Business Studies from Trinity College in Dublin, Ireland and is also a Fellow of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in Ireland.

         Michael Enxing has served as our Vice President of Sales and Marketing since December 2012. From 2009 to December 2012, Mr. Enxing served as Vice President of Vertos Medical Inc., a medical device company. From 1990 to 2009, Mr. Enxing held various executive positions at Cardiovascular Systems, Inc. (f/k/a Cardio Vascular Solutions (CSI)), a medical device company, Advanced Neuromodulation Systems, Inc. (acquired by St. Jude Medical, Inc.), a medical device company, Stryker Corporation, a medical technology company, and Tecnol Medical Products, Inc. (acquired by Kimberly Clark), a medical device company. Mr. Enxing is a graduate of Iowa State University with a B.S. in Communications and focus in business administration.

         Balakrishnan Shankar has served as our Vice President of Operations since March 2014. From 2008 to 2014, Mr. Shankar held a variety of leadership positions at St. Jude Medical, Inc. with responsibility for the development and manufacturing its implantable pacemakers and defibrillators, including Vice President, Neurotechnology Development from October 2013 to March 2014, Vice President of Software Development from April 2012 to September 2013, Vice President of Operations from January 2010 to March 2012 and Division Director, Operations from October 2008 to December 2009. Mr. Shankar received a B.S. in Electrical Engineering from the Indian Institute of Technology and an M.S. in Biomedical Engineering from Johns Hopkins University.

         Andre Walker has served as our Senior Vice President, Research & Development since February 2007. From 1999 to 2007, Mr. Walker was Vice President of R&D at St. Jude Medical, Inc., responsible for the development of its implantable Defibrillators and Pacemaker products. Mr. Walker has also held leadership positions at Siemens Pacesetter, Inc., a medical device company, and Zilog, Inc., a consumer semiconductor manufacturer. Mr. Walker holds a M.S. in Electrical Engineering from the University of Hasselt in Hasselt, Belgium.

Significant Employees

         David Caraway, M.D., Ph.D. has served as our Chief Medical Officer since April 2014. Before joining Nevro, from 2001 to May 2014, Dr. Caraway was the CEO of The Center for Pain Relief, Tri-State, L.L.C., in partnership with St. Mary's Regional Medical Center in Huntington, West Virginia.

115


Table of Contents

Dr. Caraway has maintained an active medical practice for over 20 years and has held leadership positions in the North American Neuromodulation and the American Society of Interventional Pain Physicians. As a nationally recognized expert in the treatment of chronic pain, he has lectured regionally, nationally and internationally in the field of Interventional Pain Medicine and authored numerous publications in this field. Dr. Caraway received a B.S. in chemical engineering from the University of Virginia School of Engineering, an M.D. from the University of Virginia School of Medicine and a Ph.D. in biophysics from the University of Virginia Graduate School of Arts and Sciences. He also received post-graduate training in anesthesiology and pain management from the University of Virginia. Dr. Caraway is board certified by the American Board of Anesthesiology.

         Bradford E. Gliner has served as our Vice President of Clinical and Regulatory Affairs since May 2011. From 2008 to May 2011, Mr. Gliner was President and CEO at MitoGuard Neuroscience, Inc., a photobiomodulation medical device company. From 1999 to 2008, Mr. Gliner was Vice President of Research at Northstar Neuroscience, Inc., a medical device company, where he led research on numerous neuromodulation applications. From 1992 to 1999, Mr. Gliner was also a co-founder of Heartstream, Inc. (acquired by Koninklijke Philips Electronics NV), a medical device company that manufactures and markets automatic external defibrillators. Mr. Gliner received a B.S. in Electrical Engineering from the University of Illinois and a M.S. in Biomedical Engineering from Johns Hopkins University in Maryland.

         Tamara F. Rook has served as our Vice President, Health Economics & Reimbursement since September 2013. From June 2012 to August 2013, Ms. Rook was the Vice President of Reimbursement at Vertos Medical Inc., a medical device company, where she focused on gaining market access for an emerging therapy. From 2006 to June 2012, Ms. Rook worked in the neuromodulation space with Medtronic, Inc. and from 2004 to 2006 she worked at Cyberonics, Inc. where she was focused on managing patient access and initiating coverage for new indications. Ms. Rook received a Master of Business Administration from the University of Houston and a B.A. in Public Administration from Texas State University.

Non-Employee Directors

         Ali Behbahani, M.D. has served on our board of directors since September 2014. Dr. Behbahani joined New Enterprise Associates, Inc., or NEA, in 2007 and is a Partner on the healthcare team. Prior to joining NEA, Dr. Behbahani worked as a consultant in business development at The Medicines Company, a specialty pharmaceutical company developing acute care cardiovascular products. Dr. Behbahani previously held positions as a venture associate at Morgan Stanley Venture Partners and as a healthcare investment banking analyst at Lehman Brothers. He conducted basic science research in the fields of viral fusion inhibition and structural proteomics at the National Institutes of Health and at Duke University. Dr. Behbahani currently serves on the board of directors of several private companies. Dr. Behbahani holds an M.D. from The University of Pennsylvania School of Medicine, an M.B.A. from The University of Pennsylvania Wharton School and a B.A. in Biomedical Engineering, Electrical Engineering and Chemistry from Duke University. We believe that Dr. Behbahani is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his experience in the life science industry and his investment experience.

         Peter T. Bisgaard has served as a member of our board of directors since February 2013. Mr. Bisgaard is currently employed as a Partner with Novo Ventures (US) Inc., which provides consultancy services to Novo A/S, a Danish limited liability company that manages investments and financial assets. He joined Novo Ventures (US) Inc. in 2009. From 2001 to 2009, Mr. Bisgaard was employed as a Partner of Novo A/S. From 1998 to 2001, Mr. Bisgaard was employed with McKinsey & Co., a management consulting firm, where he focused on strategy development, mergers, acquisitions and alliances in various industries. Mr. Bisgaard is a member of the board of directors of Alder BioPharmaceuticals, Inc. and Chairman of the Board of Otonomy, Inc.. Alder and Otonomy are both publicly traded clinical-stage biopharmaceutical companies. Further, Mr. Bisgaard is on the board

116


Table of Contents

of numerous private medtech and biotech companies. Mr. Bisgaard holds a MSc from the Technical University of Denmark and was awarded a post graduate degree in Mathematical Modeling in Economics by the European Consortium for Mathematics in the Industry. We believe Mr. Bisgaard is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his strong financial expertise, extensive industry experience, his experience of serving on the board of directors for several biopharmaceutical and medtech companies, and his experience with venture capital investments.

         Frank Fischer has served on our board of directors since October 2012. Mr. Fischer joined NeuroPace, Inc., a privately held developer of treatment devices for neurological disorders, in 2000 and currently serves as its President and Chief Executive Officer. From May 1998 to September 1999, Mr. Fischer was President, Chief Executive Officer and a director of Heartport, Inc., a formerly publicly traded cardiac surgery company (later acquired by Johnson & Johnson in 2001). From 1987 to 1997, Mr. Fischer served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Ventritex, Inc., a publicly traded designer, developer, manufacturer and marketer of implantable defibrillators and related products for the treatment of ventricular tachycardia and ventricular fibrillation, which was acquired by St. Jude Medical in 1997. Mr. Fischer currently serves on the board of directors of several privately held companies. Mr. Fischer received a B.S. in Mechanical Engineering and a M.S. in Management from Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute. We believe that Mr. Fischer is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his operational experience in the life science industry.

         Wilfred E. Jaeger, M.D. has served on our board of directors since January 2012. Dr. Jaeger cofounded Three Arch Partners in 1993 and has served as a Partner and Managing Member since that time. Prior to co-founding Three Arch Partners, Dr. Jaeger was a general partner at Schroder Ventures. Dr. Jaeger currently serves on the board of directors of Concert Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a public clinical stage biopharmaceutical company, Threshold Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a public pharmaceutical company, as well as numerous private companies. Dr. Jaeger received a B.S. in Biology from the University of British Columbia, an M.D. from the University of British Columbia School of Medicine and an M.B.A from the Stanford Graduate School of Business. We believe that Dr. Jaeger is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his investment experience, strategic leadership track record and service on other boards of directors of life sciences companies.

         Shawn T McCormick has served on our board of directors since September 2014. Mr. McCormick currently serves as Chief Financial Officer of Tornier N.V., a public medical device company, a position that he has held since September 2012. From April 2011 to February 2012, Mr. McCormick was Chief Operating Officer of Lutonix, Inc., a medical device company acquired by C. R. Bard, Inc. in December 2011. From January 2009 to July 2010, Mr. McCormick served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of ev3 Inc., a public endovascular device company acquired by Covidien plc in July 2010. From May 2008 to January 2009, Mr. McCormick served as Vice President, Corporate Development at Medtronic, Inc., a public medical device company, where he was responsible for leading Medtronic's worldwide business development activities. From 2007 to 2008, Mr. McCormick served as Vice President, Corporate Technology and New Ventures of Medtronic. From 2002 to 2007, Mr. McCormick was Vice President, Finance for Medtronic's Spinal, Biologics and Navigation business. Prior to that, Mr. McCormick held various other positions with Medtronic, including Corporate Development Director, Principal Corporate Development Associate, Manager, Financial Analysis, Senior Financial Analyst and Senior Auditor. Prior to joining Medtronic, he spent four years with the public accounting firm KPMG Peat Marwick. Mr. McCormick earned his M.B.A. from the University of Minnesota's Carlson School of Management and his B.S. in Accounting from Arizona State University. He is a Certified Public Accountant. We believe that Mr. McCormick is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his financial expertise and operational experience in the medical device industry.

         Nathan B. Pliam, M.D. has served on our board of directors since October 2009. Dr. Pliam joined Bay City Capital LLC in January 2007 and has served as a Venture Partner since that time. Since December 2011, Dr. Pliam has also been a Venture Partner at Decheng Capital, a Bay City Capital

117


Table of Contents

co-sponsored, Shanghai-based venture fund focused on life sciences investments relevant to the Chinese market. He is a co-founder of Ketai Medical Device Ltd, a China-based orthopedic implant company. Dr. Pliam currently serves on the board of directors of numerous private companies. Dr. Pliam received a B.A. in German literature at the University of California, Berkeley, and the Georg August Universite in Gattingen, Germany, an M.D. from Dartmouth Medical School and a Ph.D. from the University of California, San Francisco. We believe that Dr. Pliam is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his investment experience, strategic leadership track record and service on other boards of directors of companies in the healthcare industry.

Board Composition

Director Independence

        Our board of directors currently consists of six members. Our board of directors has determined that all of our directors, other than Mr. DeMane, qualify as "independent" directors in accordance with the New York Stock Exchange listing requirements. Mr. DeMane is not considered independent because he is an employee of Nevro. The New York Stock Exchange independence definition includes a series of objective tests, such as that the director is not, and has not been for at least three years, one of our employees and that neither the director nor any of his family members has engaged in various types of business dealings with us. In addition, as required by New York Stock Exchange rules, our board of directors has made a subjective determination as to each independent director that no relationships exist, which, in the opinion of our board of directors, would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. In making these determinations, our board of directors reviewed and discussed information provided by the directors and us with regard to each director's business and personal activities and relationships as they may relate to us and our management. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

Classified Board of Directors

        In accordance with our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be in effect prior to the consummation of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered, three-year terms. At each annual meeting of stockholders, the successors to directors whose terms then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following election. Effective upon the consummation of this offering, our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

    the Class I directors will be Messrs. Bisgaard and DeMane and Dr. Pliam, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2015;

    the Class II directors will be Drs. Behbahani and Jaeger, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2016; and

    the Class III directors will be Messrs. Fischer and McCormick, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2017.

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the board of directors. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change in control of our company.

Voting Arrangements

        The election of the members of our board of directors is governed by the amended and restated stockholders agreement, as amended, that we entered into with certain holders of our common stock

118


Table of Contents

and certain holders of our convertible preferred stock and the related provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. Pursuant to the stockholders agreement and these provisions, the following individuals have been designated to serve on our board of directors:

    one (1) individual designated by Bay City Capital Fund IV, L.P., for which Dr. Pliam has been designated;

    one (1) individual designated by Three Arch Partners IV, L.P., for which Dr. Jaeger has been designated;

    one (1) individual designated by JJDC, which is not currently designated;

    one (1) individual designated by Novo A/S, for which Mr. Bisgaard has been designated;

    one (1) individual designated by NEA, for which Dr. Behbahani has been designated;

    one (1) independent director, who shall be acceptable to each of the directors appointed by Johnson & Johnson Development Corporation and Novo A/S, for which Mr. Fischer has been designated; and

    the remaining one (1) director shall be the current chief executive officer, currently Mr. DeMane.

        The holders of our common stock and convertible preferred stock who are parties to our stockholders agreement are obligated to vote for such designees indicated above. The provisions of this stockholders agreement will terminate upon the consummation of this offering and our certificate of incorporation will be amended and restated, after which there will be no further contractual obligations or charter provisions regarding the election of our directors. Our directors hold office until their successors have been elected and qualified or appointed, or the earlier of their death, resignation or removal.

Leadership Structure of the Board

        Our bylaws and corporate governance guidelines will provide our board of directors with flexibility to combine or separate the positions of chairman of the board of directors and Chief Executive Officer and/or the implementation of a lead director in accordance with its determination that utilizing one or the other structure would be in the best interests of our company. Mr. Fischer currently serves as the Chairman of our board of directors. In that role, Mr. Fischer presides over the executive sessions of the board of directors in which Mr. DeMane does not participate and serves as a liaison to Mr. DeMane and management on behalf of the board of directors.

        Our board of directors has concluded that our current leadership structure is appropriate at this time. However, our board of directors will continue to periodically review our leadership structure and may make such changes in the future as it deems appropriate.

Role of Board in Risk Oversight Process

        Risk assessment and oversight are an integral part of our governance and management processes. Our board of directors encourages management to promote a culture that incorporates risk management into our corporate strategy and day-to-day business operations. Management discusses strategic and operational risks at regular management meetings, and conducts specific strategic planning and review sessions during the year that include a focused discussion and analysis of the risks facing us. Throughout the year, senior management reviews these risks with the board of directors at regular board meetings as part of management presentations that focus on particular business functions, operations or strategies, and presents the steps taken by management to mitigate or eliminate such risks.

119


Table of Contents

        Our board of directors does not have a standing risk management committee, but rather administers this oversight function directly through our board of directors as a whole, as well as through various standing committees of our board of directors that address risks inherent in their respective areas of oversight. In particular, our board of directors is responsible for monitoring and assessing strategic risk exposure and our audit committee is responsible for overseeing our major financial risk exposures and the steps our management has taken to monitor and control these exposures. The audit committee also monitors compliance with legal and regulatory requirements. Our nominating and governance committee monitors the effectiveness of our corporate governance guidelines and considers and approves or disapproves any related-persons transactions. Our compensation committee assesses and monitors whether any of our compensation policies and programs has the potential to encourage excessive risk-taking.

Board Committees

Audit Committee

        Our audit committee oversees our corporate accounting and financial reporting process. Among other matters, the audit committee:

    appoints our independent registered public accounting firm;

    evaluates the independent registered public accounting firm's qualifications, independence and performance;

    determines the engagement of the independent registered public accounting firm;

    reviews and approves the scope of the annual audit and the audit fee;

    discusses with management and the independent registered public accounting firm the results of the annual audit and the review of our quarterly financial statements;

    approves the retention of the independent registered public accounting firm to perform any proposed permissible non-audit services;

    monitors the rotation of partners of the independent registered public accounting firm on our engagement team as required by law;

    is responsible for reviewing our financial statements and our management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations to be included in our annual and quarterly reports to be filed with the SEC;

    reviews our critical accounting policies and estimates; and

    annually reviews the audit committee charter and the committee's performance.

        We expect that after this offering our audit committee will be comprised of Mr. McCormick and Drs. Pliam and Jaeger and that Mr. McCormick will serve as the chairperson of the committee. We expect that all members of our audit committee will meet the requirements for financial literacy under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. McCormick will be an audit committee financial expert as defined under the applicable rules of the SEC and will have the requisite financial sophistication as defined under the applicable rules and regulations of the New York Stock Exchange. Under the rules of the SEC, members of the audit committee must also meet heightened independence standards. Our board of directors has determined that each of Mr. McCormick and Drs. Pliam and Jaeger will be independent under the applicable rules of the New York Stock Exchange. The audit committee will operate under a written charter that satisfies the applicable standards of the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange.

120


Table of Contents

Compensation Committee

        Our compensation committee reviews and recommends policies relating to compensation and benefits of our officers and employees. The compensation committee reviews and recommends corporate goals and objectives relevant to compensation of our Chief Executive Officer and other executive officers, evaluates the performance of these officers in light of those goals and objectives and recommends to our board of directors the compensation of these officers based on such evaluations. The compensation committee also recommends to our board of directors the issuance of stock options and other awards under our stock plans. The compensation committee will review and evaluate, at least annually, the performance of the compensation committee and its members, including compliance by the compensation committee with its charter. The current members of our compensation committee are Drs. Behbahani, Jaeger and Pliam and Messrs. Fischer and Bisgaard. We expect that after this offering our compensation committee will be composed of Drs. Behbahani and Jaeger and Mr. Bisgaard and that Dr. Jaeger will serve as the chairman of the committee. Each of the members of our compensation committee is and will be independent under the applicable rules and regulations of the New York Stock Exchange and is and will be a "non-employee director" as defined in Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act and an "outside director" as that term is defined in Section 162(m) of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or Section 162(m). The compensation committee operates under a written charter that satisfies the applicable standards of the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

        The nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for making recommendations to our board of directors regarding candidates for directorships and the size and composition of our board of directors. In addition, the nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for overseeing our corporate governance policies and reporting and making recommendations to our board of directors concerning governance matters. We expect that after this offering our nominating and corporate governance committee will be composed of Drs. Behbahani and Pliam and Mr. Fischer and that Mr. Fischer will serve as the chairman of the committee. Each of the members of our nominating and corporate governance committee will be an independent director under the applicable rules and regulations of the New York Stock Exchange relating to nominating and corporate governance committee independence. The nominating and corporate governance committee will operate under a written charter that satisfies the applicable standards of the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

        During 2013, our compensation committee consisted of Drs. Jaeger and Pliam and Mr. Fischer and former director, John Nehra. None of the members of our compensation committee has at any time been one of our officers or employees. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past fiscal year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers on our board of directors or compensation committee.

Board Diversity

        Upon consummation of this offering, our nominating and corporate governance committee will be responsible for reviewing with the board of directors, on an annual basis, the appropriate characteristics, skills and experience required for the board of directors as a whole and its individual members. In evaluating the suitability of individual candidates (both new candidates and current members), the nominating and corporate governance committee, in recommending candidates for election, and the board of directors, in approving (and, in the case of vacancies, appointing) such candidates, will take into account many factors, including the following:

    personal and professional integrity;

121


Table of Contents

    ethics and values;

    experience in corporate management, such as serving as an officer or former officer of a publicly held company;

    experience in the industries in which we compete;

    experience as a board member or executive officer of another publicly held company;

    diversity of expertise and experience in substantive matters pertaining to our business relative to other board members;

    conflicts of interest; and

    practical and mature business judgment.

        Currently, our board of directors evaluates, and following the consummation of this offering will evaluate, each individual in the context of the board of directors as a whole, with the objective of assembling a group that can best maximize the success of the business and represent stockholder interests through the exercise of sound judgment using its diversity of experience in these various areas.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

        In connection with this offering, our board of directors intends to adopt a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to all of our employees, officers and directors, including those officers responsible for financial reporting. Following the consummation of this offering, the code of business conduct and ethics will be available on our website at www.nevro.com. We expect that any amendments to the code, or any waivers of its requirements, will be disclosed on our website. The reference to our web address does not constitute incorporation by reference of the information contained at or available through our website.

Limitation on Liability and Indemnification Matters

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective prior to the consummation of this offering, contains provisions that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:

    any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

    any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

    unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; and

    any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective prior to the consummation of this offering, provide that we are required to indemnify our directors and officers, in each case to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Our amended and restated bylaws also provide that we are obligated to advance expenses incurred by a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, and permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in that capacity regardless of whether we would otherwise be permitted to indemnify him or her under Delaware law. We have entered and expect to continue to enter into agreements to indemnify our directors, executive officers and other employees as determined by our board of directors. With specified exceptions, these agreements provide for indemnification for related

122


Table of Contents

expenses including, among other things, attorneys' fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these individuals in any action or proceeding. We believe that these bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. We also maintain directors' and officers' liability insurance.

        The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and officers for breach of their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and our stockholders. Further, a stockholder's investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage.

Director Compensation

        In 2013, we did not pay cash compensation to our non-employee directors. However, we reimburse our non-employee directors for travel and other necessary business expenses incurred in the performance of their services for us. In addition, in May 2013, we granted Mr. Fischer an option to purchase 17,625 shares of our common stock for an exercise price per share of $3.60, which represented the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant. Mr. Fischer's option was fully exercisable on the date of grant and vests as to 1/48 th  of the shares underlying the option on each monthly anniversary of the date of grant, such that the shares subject to the option will be fully vested on the fourth anniversary of the date of grant, subject to the director continuing to provide services to us through each such vesting date.

        The following table summarizes the total compensation earned during the year ended December 31, 2013 for our non-employee directors.

Name
  Fees Earned or
Paid in Cash ($)
  Option
Awards (1)  ($)
  Total ($)  

Peter T. Bisgaard

             

Michael Chuisano (2)

             

Frank Fischer

        45,473     45,473  

Wilfred E. Jaeger, M.D. 

             

John M. Nehra

             

Nathan B. Pliam, M.D. 

             

(1)
Amounts shown represents the grant date fair value of options granted during 2013 as calculated in accordance with ASC Topic 718. See Note 7 of the consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus for the assumptions used in calculating this amount. As of December 31, 2013, Mr. Fischer held options covering an aggregate of 59,000 shares of our common stock. None of our other non-employee directors held any option or stock awards.
(2)
Mr. Chuisano resigned from our board in 2014.

        In September 2014, our board of directors approved a compensation policy for our non-employee directors to be effective in connection with the consummation of this offering, or the Post-IPO Director Compensation Program. Pursuant to the Post-IPO Director Compensation Program, our non-employee directors will receive cash compensation, paid quarterly in arrears, as follows:

    Each non-employee director will receive an annual cash retainer in the amount of $40,000 per year.

    The chairperson of the audit committee will receive additional annual cash compensation in the amount of $20,000 per year for such chairperson's service on the audit committee. Each non-chairperson member of the audit committee will receive additional annual cash compensation in the amount of $10,000 per year for such member's service on the audit committee.

123


Table of Contents

    The chairperson of the compensation committee will receive additional annual cash compensation in the amount of $15,000 per year for such chairperson's service on the compensation committee. Each non-chairperson member of the compensation committee will receive additional annual cash compensation in the amount of $8,000 per year for such member's service on the compensation committee.

    The chairperson of the nominating and corporate governance committee will receive additional annual cash compensation in the amount of $10,000 per year for such chairperson's service on the nominating and corporate governance committee. Each non-chairperson member of the nominating and corporate governance committee will receive additional annual cash compensation in the amount of $5,000 per year for such member's service on the nominating and corporate governance committee.

        Under the Post-IPO Director Compensation Program, each non-employee director who is elected or appointed to our board of directors after the completion of this offering will receive an option for that number of shares of our common stock necessary for the award to have an aggregate grant date fair value of $150,000 upon the director's initial appointment or election to our board of directors, referred to as the Initial Grant. In addition, each non-employee director who is serving on our board of directors immediately following an annual stockholder's meeting will receive an annual option to purchase that number shares of our common stock necessary for the award to have an aggregate grant date fair value of $90,000 on the date of such annual stockholder's meeting, referred to as the Annual Grant. The Initial Grant will vest as to 1/3 rd  of the shares subject to the Initial Grant each year following the applicable grant date, subject to continued service through each applicable vesting date. The Annual Grant will vest as to 1/12 th  of the shares subject to the Annual Grant each month following the applicable grant date, which vesting will accelerate in full on the date of the next annual stockholder's meeting to the extent unvested as of such date, subject to continued service through each applicable vesting date. All equity awards, including any Initial Grants and Annual Grants, held by our non-employee directors will vest in full immediately prior to the occurrence of a change in control.

        Upon the pricing of this offering, Mr. McCormick will receive an option under the 2014 Equity Incentive Award Plan to purchase that number of shares of our common stock necessary for the award to have an aggregate grant date fair value of $150,000 (or approximately 9,375 shares based on the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) with an exercise price per share equal to the initial public offering price, which option will vest as to 1/36 th  of the shares subject thereto each month following the date of the pricing of this offering, subject to continued service through each applicable vesting date. The award to Mr. McCormick upon pricing of this offering is in lieu of an Initial Grant described above and the IPO awards to the other directors described below. In addition, upon the pricing of this offering, Mr. Fischer and Drs. Behbahani, Jaeger and Pliam will each receive an option under the 2014 Equity Incentive Award Plan to purchase that number of shares of our common stock necessary for the award to have an aggregate grant date fair value of $90,000 (or approximately 5,625 shares based on the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) with an exercise price per share equal to the initial public offering price, which option will vest as to 1/12 th  of the shares subject thereto each month following the date of the pricing of this offering, provided, that the vesting will accelerate in full on the date of the next annual stockholder's meeting, in each case, subject to continued service through each applicable vesting date. The awards to Mr. Fischer and Drs. Behbahani, Jaeger and Pliam upon the pricing of this offering are in lieu of an Initial Grant described above. Mr. Bisgaard is waiving his right to receive any compensation for serving as a director.

124


Table of Contents


EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

        The following is a discussion and analysis of compensation arrangements of our named executive officers, or NEOs. This discussion contains forward looking statements that are based on our current plans, considerations, expectations and determinations regarding future compensation programs. Actual compensation programs that we adopt may differ materially from currently planned programs as summarized in this discussion. As an "emerging growth company" as defined in the JOBS Act, we are not required to include a Compensation Discussion and Analysis section and have elected to comply with the scaled disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies.

        Our compensation committee, who is appointed by our board of directors, is responsible for establishing, implementing and monitoring our compensation philosophy and objectives. We seek to ensure that the total compensation paid to our executive officers is reasonable and competitive. Compensation of our executives is structured around the achievement of individual performance and near-term corporate targets as well as long-term business objectives.

        Our NEOs for fiscal year 2013 were as follows:

2013 Summary Compensation Table

        The following table sets forth total compensation paid to our NEOs for the fiscal year ending on December 31, 2013.

Name and Principal Position
  Year   Salary   Option
Awards (1)
  Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation (2)
  All Other
Compensation (3)
  Total  

Michael DeMane,
Chief Executive Officer

    2013   $ 500,000   $ 446,852   $ 250,000   $ 253,333   $ 1,450,185  

Rami Elghandour,
President

    2013   $ 252,218   $ 181,223   $ 50,444   $ 15,415   $ 499,300  

Andrew H. Galligan,
VP of Finance & Chief Financial Officer

    2013   $ 266,250   $ 100,413   $ 53,250       $ 419,913  

(1)
For the stock awards and option awards columns, amounts shown represents the grant date fair value of stock awards and options granted during 2013 as calculated in accordance with ASC Topic 718. See Note 7 of the consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus for the assumptions used in calculating this amount.
(2)
The amounts reported in the Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation column represent the annual cash performance-based bonuses earned by our NEOs pursuant to the achievement of certain company performance objectives. These amounts were paid to the named executive officers in January 2014. Please see the descriptions of the annual performance bonuses paid to our NEOs in "Narrative to 2013 Summary Compensation Table and Outstanding Equity Awards at 2013 Fiscal Year End—Terms and Conditions of Annual Bonuses" below.
(3)
The amounts reported in the All Other Compensation column (i) represents for Mr. DeMane (a) monthly lease payments paid directly by the Company for Mr. DeMane's residence in Palo Alto, California of $4,285 pursuant to terms and conditions of the DeMane Agreement (as defined below), whereby the Company reimburses or directly pays the costs incurred by Mr. DeMane for commuting from Minneapolis, Minnestoa to the Company's offices in Menlo Park, California plus (b) $195,433, which represents the loan forgiveness by the Company of the remaining amount under the promissory note Mr. DeMane executed to purchase shares of restricted stock pursuant to the terms of the DeMane Agreement and (ii) represents for Mr. Elghandour supplemental insurance benefits. For more information, please see the description of the

125


Table of Contents

    DeMane Agreement in "Narrative to 2013 Summary Compensation Table and Outstanding Equity Awards at 2013 Fiscal Year End—Terms and Conditions of Employment Agreement with Michael DeMane" below.

    Outstanding Equity Awards at 2013 Fiscal Year End

            The following table lists all outstanding equity awards held by our NEOs as of December 31, 2013.

 
   
  Option Awards   Stock Awards  
Name
  Vesting
Commencement
Date (1)
  Number
of Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
(#)
Exercisable
  Number
Of Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
(#)
Unexercisable
  Option
Exercise
Price
($)
  Option
Expiration
Date
  Number of
Shares That
Have Not
Vested
(#)
  Market Value
of Shares or
Units of
Shares that
Have Not
Vested
($) (2)
 

Michael DeMane

    3/9/2011 (3)                   34,748     130,099  

    3/9/2011 (3)                   27,236     101,974  

    5/15/2013     31,718     185,780     3.60     5/14/2023          

Rami Elghandour

    11/1/2012 (4)   37,340     100,533     3.60     12/17/2022          

    5/15/2013     12,862     75,344     3.60     5/14/2023          

Andrew H. Galligan

    5/18/2010 (4)   78,699     9,151     1.44     5/17/2020          

    9/29/2011 (4)   35,892     27,916     3.60     9/28/2021          

    5/15/2013     7,127     41,746     3.60     5/14/2023          

(1)
Except as otherwise noted, options and stock awards vest as to 1/48 th  of the shares on each monthly anniversary of the vesting commencement date, such that all awards will be vested on the four year anniversary of the vesting commencement date, subject to the holder continuing to provide services to the Company through such vesting date.
(2)
The market value of shares that have not vested is calculated based on the fair market value of our common stock as of December 31, 2013 which our board of directors determined to be $3.60.
(3)
Reflects the remaining unvested portion of restricted stock purchased upon exercise of an option and a stock purchase right which provided for vesting as to 1/3 rd  of the shares on the one year anniversary of the vesting commencement date and as to 1/36 th  of the shares monthly thereafter, such that all shares will be vested on the three year anniversary of the vesting commencement date, subject to Mr. DeMane's continuing to provide services to the Company through such vesting date.
(4)
The option vests as to 1/4 th  of the shares on the one year anniversary of the vesting commencement date and vests as to 1/48 th  of the shares on each monthly anniversary thereafter, such that all awards will be vested on the four year anniversary of the vesting commencement date, subject to the holder continuing to provide services to the Company through such vesting date.

Narrative to 2013 Summary Compensation Table and Outstanding Equity Awards at 2013 Fiscal Year End

Terms and Conditions of Employment Agreement with Michael DeMane

        On March 9, 2011, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. DeMane (the "Prior Agreement") to serve as our President and Chief Executive Officer and a member of our board of directors, providing for base salary, target annual bonus opportunity, and standard employee benefit plan participation. In October 2014, we entered into an amended and restated employment agreement (the "DeMane Agreement"), which superseded and replaced the Prior Agreement in its entirety. Under the DeMane Agreement, the board or the compensation committee will review Mr. DeMane's base salary on a periodic basis as it deems appropriate, except that neither the board nor the compensation committee can reduce his base salary. Mr. DeMane's base salary currently is $500,000 and he had an annual bonus target of 50% of base salary that is earned based on the achievement of certain milestones established by our board of directors. Please see the section below entitled "Terms and Conditions of Annual Bonuses" for a further description of our annual bonuses awarded to Mr. DeMane. In addition, the Company reimburses or directly pays for the costs incurred by Mr. DeMane for commuting from Minneapolis, Minnesota to our offices in Menlo Park, California. For

126


Table of Contents

2013, we directly paid $57,900 in the aggregate for Mr. DeMane's apartment in Palo Alto, California. We also agreed to maintain directors and officers liability insurance providing a level of protection of no less than $5 million for as long as Mr. DeMane serves as a director and/or officer of Nevro. Under the DeMane Agreement, Mr. DeMane's employment is terminable at-will and was subject to execution of our standard confidential information and invention assignment agreement and certain non-competition covenants during Mr. DeMane's employment with Nevro.

        Under the DeMane Agreement, in the event Mr. DeMane's employment is terminated by us other than for "cause" (as defined below) or as a result of Mr. DeMane resigning for "good reason" (as defined below), then Mr. DeMane will receive (i) a severance payment equal to 12 months of Mr. DeMane's base salary, payable in a cash lump sum, and (ii) payment or reimbursement by us of COBRA premiums for up to 12 months. In the event Mr. DeMane's employment is terminated within the period commencing three months prior to and ending 12 months following a change of control, by us other than for cause or as a result of Mr. DeMane resigning for good reason, then in lieu of the foregoing severance benefits, Mr. DeMane will receive (i) a severance payment equal to the sum of (a) two times Mr. DeMane's annual base salary and (b) two times Mr. DeMane's annual target bonus, payable in cash lump sum, (ii) payment or reimbursement by us of COBRA premiums for up to 24 months, and (iii) 100% of Mr. DeMane's then-unvested options and other equity awards will immediately vest and, if applicable, become exercisable. Mr. DeMane's severance benefits are contingent on Mr. DeMane providing a general release of claims against us.

        For purposes of the DeMane Agreement, "cause" means (i) theft or falsification of any employment or company records committed by Mr. DeMane that is not trivial in nature; (ii) malicious or willful, reckless disclosure by Mr. DeMane of the Company's confidential or proprietary information; (iii) commission by Mr. DeMane of any immoral or illegal act or any gross or willful misconduct, where a majority of the non-employee members of our board reasonably determines that such act or misconduct has (A) seriously undermined the ability of our board to entrust him with important matters or otherwise work effectively with him, (B) contributed to our loss of significant revenues or business opportunities, or (C) significantly and detrimentally affected our business or; and/or (iv) the willful failure or refusal by Mr. DeMane to follow the reasonable and lawful directives of our board, provided such failure or refusal continues after Mr. DeMane's receipt of reasonable notice in writing of such failure or refusal and an opportunity of not less than 30 days to correct the problem.

        For purposes of the DeMane Agreement, a resignation for "good reason" means Mr. DeMane's resignation from employment with us that occurs after: (i) a reduction in Mr. DeMane's authority, duties and responsibilities as our Chief Executive Officer, including a material reduction of authority, duties and responsibilities which results from Mr. DeMane no longer serving as an officer; (ii) a material reduction by us in Mr. DeMane's base salary; (iii) the forced relocation of the principal place of business at which Mr. DeMane performs services for us that increases his one way commute by 35 miles or more; or (iv) the failure of any entity that acquires all or substantially all of our assets in a change in control to assume our obligations under the DeMane Agreement. In order to resign for good reason, Mr. DeMane must provide us with written notice of the event giving rise to good reason within 60 days after its initial occurrence and such event must remain uncured 30 days after Mr. DeMane provides us written notice.

        For purposes of the DeMane Agreement, "change in control" generally means (i) the transfer or exchange in a single transaction or series of related transactions by our stockholders of more than 50% of our voting stock to a person or group, (ii) a change in the composition of our board over a two-year period such that the members of our board who were approved by at least two-thirds of the directors who were directors at the beginning of the two year period or whose election or nomination was so approved cease to constitute a majority of our board, and (iii) a merger, consolidation, reorganization or business combination in which we are involved, directly or indirectly, other than a merger, consolidation, reorganization or business combination, sale or disposition of all or substantially all of our assets, or acquisition of assets or stock of another entity, in each case, other than a transaction that

127


Table of Contents

results in our outstanding voting securities immediately before the transaction continuing to represent a majority of the voting power of the acquiring company's outstanding voting securities and after which no person or group beneficially owns 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity immediately after the transaction.

        In addition, under the DeMane Agreement, Mr. DeMane is also eligible for an option award upon the pricing of this offering. Please see the section below entitled "Terms and Condition of Equity Award Grants" for a further description of the option that will be awarded to Mr. DeMane upon the pricing of this offering.

Terms and Conditions of Offer Letters for Rami Elghandour and Andrew Galligan

        We have entered into standard offer letters with each of Messrs. Elghandour and Galligan that provided for employment at-will and annual base salary, annual target bonus, an initial option award and certain other benefits. All other obligations under the offer letters have been satisfied. Our board of directors or the compensation committee reviews each NEO's base salary and target bonus opportunity from time to time to ensure compensation adequately reflects the NEO's qualifications, experience, role and responsibilities. Mr. Galligan's and Mr. Elghandour's current base salary is $331,000. In addition, for 2013, Messrs. Elghandour and Galligan each had an annual bonus target of 20% of base salary awarded based on the achievement of certain milestones established by our board of directors. In 2014, the annual bonus target for each of Mr. Galligan and Mr. Elghandour was increased to 50% of base salary, effective January 1, 2015. Please see the section below entitled "Terms and Conditions of Annual Bonuses" for a further description of our annual bonuses awarded to our NEOs.

        In connection with this offering, we entered into change in control severance agreements with each of Messrs. Elghandour and Galligan. Pursuant to the terms of the change in control severance agreements, in the event the executive's employment is terminated by us other than for "cause" or the executive experiences a "constructive termination" (each as defined below), then the executive will receive as severance six months of base salary in a single cash lump sum payment and six months of COBRA reimbursement; provided, that if the termination or resignation occurs within the period commencing three months prior to a "change in control" (which has the same meaning as defined above for the DeMane Agreement) and ending 12 months after a change in control, the severance will consist of 12 months of base salary paid in a single cash lump sum, 100% of the executive's target bonus paid in a single cash lump sum, 12 months of COBRA reimbursement and full vesting acceleration for each stock option and other equity award held by the executive. The executive must timely deliver an effective release of claims to us in order to be eligible for the foregoing severance benefits.

        For purposes of Messrs. Elghandour's and Galligan's change in control and severance agreements, "cause" means (i) Messrs. Elghandour's or Galligan's gross negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of the duties and services required pursuant to the change in control and severance agreement or Mr. Elghandour's or Galligan's employment or offer letter agreement with us; (ii) Mr. Elghandour's or Galligan's conviction of a felony or crime involving moral turpitude; (iii) Mr. Elghandour's or Galligan's willful refusal to perform the duties and responsibilities required of him under the change in control and severance agreement or his employment agreement which remains uncorrected for 30 days following written notice to Mr. Elghandour or Galligan by us of such breach; (iv) Mr. Elghandour's or Galligan's material breach of any material provision of the change in control and severance agreement, the employment agreement, his confidential information agreement or corporate code or policy which remains uncorrected for 30 days following written notice to Mr. Elghandour or Galligan by us of such breach; or (v) Mr. Elghandour or Galligan violates the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act or other applicable United States law. "Constructive termination" means Mr. Elghandour's or Galligan's resignation from employment that is effective within 120 days after the occurrence, without his written consent, of any of the following: (i) a material diminution in Mr. Elghandour's or Galligan's base compensation that is not proportionately applicable to other of our

128


Table of Contents

officers and key employees generally; (ii) a material diminution in Mr. Elghandour's or Galligan's job responsibilities or duties inconsistent in any material respect with his position, authority or responsibilities in effect immediately prior to such change, provided, that any change made solely as the result of our company becoming a subsidiary or business unit of a larger company in a change in control shall not provide for his constructive termination; or (iii) the failure by any successor entity or corporation following a change in control to assume the obligations under the change in control and severance agreement. A resignation will not constitute a "constructive termination" unless the condition giving rise to such resignation continues uncured by us more than 30 days following Mr. Elghandour's or Galligan's written notice of such condition provided within 90 days of the first occurrence of such condition and such resignation is effective within 30 days following the end of such notice period.

Terms and Conditions of Annual Bonuses

        For 2013, all of our NEOs were eligible for performance-based cash incentives pursuant to the achievement of certain performance objectives. The performance goals for these annual performance cash incentives are reviewed and approved annually by our board of directors. When determining the 2013 performance bonus program for our NEOs, in December 2012, the board set certain performance goals, using a mixture of revenue, clinical, financing, operating and strategic performance objectives after receiving input from our Chief Executive Officer. There is no specific weighing for each performance goal when determining the overall bonus amount, and instead the board evaluates the overall achievement of all performance goals based on the importance to the success of the Company. For each of these performance goals under the annual cash incentive program, the board sets general performance goal, but there is no minimum or maximum achievement for each performance target, instead the board weighs the achievement, partial achievement or non-achievement for each performance target when deciding the overall achievement level. These performance goals are not expected to be attained based on average or below average performance. The board intended for the revenue, clinical, financing, operating and strategic targets to require significant effort on the part of our NEOs and, therefore, set these targets at levels they believed would be difficult to achieve, such that average or below average performance would not satisfy these targets.

        Each NEOs' target bonus opportunity is expressed as a percentage of base salary which can be achieved by meeting corporate goals. For each of our NEOs, their target bonus opportunity is originally set in their offer letters with the Company as described above. Our board reviews these target percentages to ensure they are adequate, while reviewing these target percentages the board does not follow a formula but rather used the factors as general background information prior to determining the target bonus opportunity rates for our participating NEOs. The board set these rates based on each participating executive's experience in his role with the company and the level of responsibility held by each executive, which the board believes directly correlates to his ability to influence corporate results. In May 2013, the board used a guideline target bonus opportunity of 50% for Mr. DeMane and 20% for Messrs. Elghandour and Galligan for 2013.

        Corporate goals and performance targets are reviewed and approved by the board prior to any allocation of the bonus. In January 2014, the board reviewed our 2013 company-wide performance with respect to determining bonuses to executive officers and determined the company-wide target achievement of 100% based on achievement of almost all the performance goals at 100%. Following its review and determinations, the board awarded cash bonuses to the NEOs at 100% of their target bonus opportunity. The NEOs' 2013 bonuses are set forth in the "Summary Compensation Table" above.

Terms and Conditions of Equity Award Grants

        All of our NEOs received options to purchase our common stock in 2013. The table above entitled "Outstanding Option Awards at 2013 Fiscal Year-End" describes the material terms of other option awards made in past fiscal years to our NEOs. In May 2013, our board of directors granted an option to purchase 217,499, 88,207, and 48,874 shares of our common stock to each of Messrs. DeMane,

129


Table of Contents

Elghandour and Galligan, respectively, with an exercise price of $3.60 per share, which the board determined was the fair market value on the date of grant. The options vest and become exercisable as to 1/4 th  of the shares on the first anniversary and 1/48 th  of the shares on each subsequent monthly anniversary of May 15, 2013 such that 100% of the shares subject to the option will be vested and exercisable on May 15, 2017, subject to each NEO continuing to provide services to the Company through such vesting date.

        Upon the pricing of this offering, Mr. DeMane will receive an option under the 2014 Equity Incentive Award Plan to purchase that number of shares of our common stock necessary for the award to have an aggregate grant date fair value of $1,500,000 (or approximately 93,750 shares based on the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). Each of Messrs. Elghandour and Galligan will receive an option under the 2014 Equity Incentive Award Plan to purchase that number of shares of our common stock necessary for the award to have an aggregate grant date fair value of $600,000 (or approximately 37,500 shares based on the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). Each option will have an exercise price per share equal to the initial public offering price and will vest as to 1/48 th  of the shares on each monthly anniversary of the pricing of this offering, subject to continued service through each applicable vesting date.

Employee Equity Plans

        The principal features of our equity incentive plans are summarized below. These summaries are qualified in their entirety by reference to the text of the plans or agreements, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement.

2014 Equity Incentive Award Plan

        We have adopted the 2014 Equity Incentive Award Plan, or 2014 Plan, which will be effective on the pricing of this offering. The principal purpose of the 2014 Plan is to attract, retain and motivate selected employees, consultants and directors through the granting of stock-based compensation awards and cash-based performance bonus awards. The material terms of the 2014 Plan, as it is currently contemplated, are summarized below. Our board of directors is still in the process of developing, approving and implementing the 2014 Plan and, accordingly, this summary is subject to change.

Share Reserve

        Under the 2014 Plan, 1,854,166 shares of our common stock will be initially reserved for issuance pursuant to a variety of stock-based compensation awards, including stock options, stock appreciation rights, or SARs, restricted stock awards, restricted stock unit awards, deferred stock awards, deferred stock unit awards, dividend equivalent awards, stock payment awards and performance awards, plus the number of shares remaining available for future awards under the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended, or the 2007 Plan, as of the pricing of this offering. The number of shares initially reserved for issuance or transfer pursuant to awards under the 2014 Plan will be increased by (i) the number of shares represented by awards outstanding under our 2007 Plan that are forfeited or lapse unexercised and which following the effective date are not issued under our 2007 Plan, and (ii), if approved by our board of directors or the compensation committee of our board of directors, an annual increase on the first day of each fiscal year beginning in 2015 and ending in 2024, equal to the lesser of (A) four percent (4%) of the shares of stock outstanding (on an as converted basis) on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year and (B) such smaller number of shares of stock as determined by our board of directors; provided, however, that no more than 11,125,000 shares of stock may be issued upon the exercise of incentive stock options.

130


Table of Contents

        The following counting provisions will be in effect for the share reserve under the 2014 Plan:

    generally, to the extent that an award terminates, expires or lapses for any reason or an award is settled in cash without the delivery of shares or for which shares are forfeited or repurchased for the original purchase price thereof, any shares subject to the award at such time will be available for future grants under the 2014 Plan;

    shares tendered or withheld to satisfy the grant or exercise price or tax withholding obligation with respect to an award under the 2014 Plan and shares subject to a stock appreciation right that are not issued in connection with the stock settlement of the stock appreciation right on exercise thereof may again be available for future grants under the 2014 Plan;

    to the extent that shares of our common stock are repurchased by us prior to vesting so that shares are returned to us, such shares will be available for future grants under the 2014 Plan;

    the payment of dividend equivalents in cash in conjunction with any outstanding awards will not be counted against the shares available for issuance under the 2014 Plan; and

    to the extent permitted by applicable law or any exchange rule, shares issued in assumption of, or in substitution for, any outstanding awards of any entity acquired in any form of combination by us or any of our subsidiaries will not be counted against the shares available for issuance under the 2014 Plan.

        In addition, the maximum number of shares underlying awards that may be granted to any non-employee director pursuant to the 2014 Plan during any calendar year is the number of shares such that the maximum aggregate value of awards granted to the non-employee director during such calendar year is $2,000,000.

Administration

        The compensation committee of our board of directors is expected to administer the 2014 Plan unless our board of directors assumes authority for administration. Unless otherwise determined by our board of directors, the compensation committee will consist of at least two members of our board of directors, each of whom is intended to qualify as an "outside director," within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, a "non-employee director" for purposes of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act and an "independent director" within the meaning of the rules of the applicable stock exchange, or other principal securities market on which shares of our common stock are traded. The 2014 Plan provides that the board or compensation committee may delegate its authority to grant awards to employees other than executive officers and certain senior executives of our company to a committee consisting of one or more members of our board of directors or one or more of our officers, other than awards made to our non-employee directors, which must be approved by our full board of directors.

        Subject to the terms and conditions of the 2014 Plan, the administrator has the authority to select the persons to whom awards are to be made, to determine the number of shares to be subject to awards and the terms and conditions of awards, and to make all other determinations and to take all other actions necessary or advisable for the administration of the 2014 Plan. The administrator is also authorized to adopt, amend or rescind rules relating to administration of the 2014 Plan. Our board of directors may at any time remove the compensation committee as the administrator and revest in itself the authority to administer the 2014 Plan. The full board of directors will administer the 2014 Plan with respect to awards to non-employee directors.

Eligibility

        Options, SARs, restricted stock and all other stock-based and cash-based awards under the 2014 Plan may be granted to individuals who are then our officers, employees or consultants or are the

131


Table of Contents

officers, employees or consultants of certain of our affiliates. Such awards also may be granted to our directors. Only employees of our company or certain of our affiliates may be granted incentive stock options, or ISOs.

Awards

        The 2014 Plan provides that the administrator may grant or issue stock options, SARs, restricted stock, restricted stock units, deferred stock, deferred stock units, dividend equivalents, performance awards, and stock payments, or any combination thereof. Each award will be set forth in a separate agreement with the person receiving the award and will indicate the type, terms and conditions of the award.

    Nonstatutory Stock Options, or NSOs, will provide for the right to purchase shares of our common stock at a specified price which may not be less than fair market value on the date of grant, and usually will become exercisable (at the discretion of the administrator) in one or more installments after the grant date, subject to the participant's continued employment or service with us and/or subject to the satisfaction of corporate performance targets and individual performance targets established by the administrator. NSOs may be granted for any term specified by the administrator that does not exceed ten years.

    Incentive Stock Options, or ISOs, will be designed in a manner intended to comply with the provisions of Section 422 of the Code and will be subject to specified restrictions contained in the Code. Among such restrictions, ISOs must have an exercise price of not less than the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of grant, may only be granted to employees, and must not be exercisable after a period of ten years measured from the date of grant. In the case of an ISO granted to an individual who owns (or is deemed to own) at least 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our capital stock, the 2014 Plan provides that the exercise price must be at least 110% of the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of grant and the ISO must not be exercisable after a period of five years measured from the date of grant.

    Restricted Stock may be granted to any eligible individual and made subject to such restrictions as may be determined by the administrator. Restricted stock, typically, may be forfeited for no consideration or repurchased by us at the original purchase price if the conditions or restrictions on vesting are not met. In general, restricted stock may not be sold or otherwise transferred until restrictions are removed or expire. Purchasers of restricted stock, unlike recipients of options, will have voting rights and will have the right to receive dividends, if any, prior to the time when the restrictions lapse, however, extraordinary dividends will generally be placed in escrow, and will not be released until restrictions are removed or expire.

    Restricted Stock Units may be awarded to any eligible individual, typically without payment of consideration, but subject to vesting conditions based on continued employment or service or on performance criteria established by the administrator. Like restricted stock, restricted stock units may not be sold, or otherwise transferred or hypothecated, until vesting conditions are removed or expire. Unlike restricted stock, stock underlying restricted stock units will not be issued until the restricted stock units have vested, and recipients of restricted stock units generally will have no voting or dividend rights prior to the time when vesting conditions are satisfied.

    Deferred Stock Awards represent the right to receive shares of our common stock on a future date. Deferred stock may not be sold or otherwise hypothecated or transferred until issued. Deferred stock will not be issued until the deferred stock award has vested, and recipients of deferred stock generally will have no voting or dividend rights prior to the time when the vesting conditions are satisfied and the shares are issued. Deferred stock awards generally will be forfeited, and the underlying shares of deferred stock will not be issued, if the applicable vesting conditions and other restrictions are not met.

132


Table of Contents

    Deferred Stock Units are denominated in unit equivalent of shares of our common stock, and vest pursuant to a vesting schedule or performance criteria set by the administrator. The common stock underlying deferred stock units will not be issued until the deferred stock units have vested, and recipients of deferred stock units generally will have no voting rights prior to the time when vesting conditions are satisfied.

    Stock Appreciation Rights, or SARs, may be granted in connection with stock options or other awards, or separately. SARs granted in connection with stock options or other awards typically will provide for payments to the holder based upon increases in the price of our common stock over a set exercise price. The exercise price of any SAR granted under the 2014 Plan must be at least 100% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant. Except as required by Section 162(m) of the Code with respect to a SAR intended to qualify as performance-based compensation as described in Section 162(m) of the Code, there are no restrictions specified in the 2014 Plan on the exercise of SARs or the amount of gain realizable therefrom, although restrictions may be imposed by the administrator in the SAR agreements. SARs under the 2014 Plan will be settled in cash or shares of our common stock, or in a combination of both, at the election of the administrator.

    Dividend Equivalents represent the value of the dividends, if any, per share paid by us, calculated with reference to the number of shares covered by the award. Dividend equivalents may be settled in cash or shares and at such times as determined by the compensation committee or board of directors, as applicable.

    Performance Awards may be granted by the administrator on an individual or group basis. Generally, these awards will be based upon specific performance targets and may be paid in cash or in common stock or in a combination of both. Performance awards may include "phantom" stock awards that provide for payments based upon the value of our common stock. Performance awards may also include bonuses that may be granted by the administrator on an individual or group basis and which may be payable in cash or in common stock or in a combination of both.

    Stock Payments may be authorized by the administrator in the form of common stock or an option or other right to purchase common stock as part of a deferred compensation or other arrangement in lieu of all or any part of compensation, including bonuses, that would otherwise be payable in cash to the employee, consultant or non-employee director.

Change in Control

        In the event of a change in control where the acquiror does not assume or replace awards granted, prior to the consummation of such transaction, awards issued under the 2014 Plan, other than performance awards, will be subject to accelerated vesting such that 100% of such awards will become vested and exercisable or payable, as applicable. Performance awards will vest in accordance with the terms and conditions of the applicable award agreement. In addition, the administrator will also have complete discretion to structure one or more awards under the 2014 Plan to provide that such awards will become vested and exercisable or payable on an accelerated basis in the event such awards are assumed or replaced with equivalent awards but the individual's service with us or the acquiring entity is subsequently terminated within a designated period following the change in control event. The administrator may also make appropriate adjustments to awards under the 2014 Plan and is authorized to provide for the acceleration, cash-out, termination, assumption, substitution or conversion of such awards in the event of a change in control or certain other unusual or nonrecurring events or transactions. In the event that, within the 12 month period immediately following a change in control, a participant's services with us is terminated by us other than for cause (as defined in the 2014 Plan), then the vesting and, if applicable, exercisability of 100% of the then-unvested shares subject to the

133


Table of Contents

outstanding equity awards held by such participant under the 2014 Plan will accelerate effective as of the date of such termination. Under the 2014 Plan, a change in control is generally defined as:

    the transfer or exchange in a single transaction or series of related transactions by our stockholders of more than 50% of our voting stock to a person or group;

    a change in the composition of our board of directors over a two-year period such that the members of the board of directors who were approved by at least two-thirds of the directors who were directors at the beginning of the two year period or whose election or nomination was so approved cease to constitute a majority of the board of directors;

    a merger, consolidation, reorganization or business combination in which we are involved, directly or indirectly, other than a merger, consolidation, reorganization or business combination, sale or disposition of all or substantially all of our assets, or acquisition of assets or stock of another entity, in each case, other than a transaction that results in our outstanding voting securities immediately before the transaction continuing to represent a majority of the voting power of the acquiring company's outstanding voting securities and after which no person or group beneficially owns 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity immediately after the transaction; or

    stockholder approval of our liquidation or dissolution.

Adjustments of Awards

        In the event of a nonreciprocal transaction between our company and our stockholders such as any stock dividend, stock split, spin-off, recapitalization, distribution of our assets to stockholders (other than normal cash dividends) or any other corporate event affecting the number of outstanding shares of our common stock or the share price of our common stock, the administrator will make appropriate, proportionate adjustments to:

    the aggregate number and type of shares subject to the 2014 Plan;

    the number and kind of shares subject to outstanding awards and terms and conditions of outstanding awards (including, without limitation, any applicable performance targets or criteria with respect to such awards); and

    the grant or exercise price per share of any outstanding awards under the 2014 Plan.

        In the event of certain other corporate transactions, in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the potential benefits intended to be made available under the 2014 Plan, the administrator has the discretion to make such equitable adjustments and may also:

    provide for the termination or replacement of an award in exchange for cash or other property;

    provide that any outstanding award cannot vest, be exercised or become payable after such event;

    provide that awards may be exercisable, payable or fully vested as to shares of common stock covered thereby; or

    provide that any surviving corporation will assume or substitute outstanding awards under the 2014 Plan.

134


Table of Contents

Amendment and Termination

        Our board of directors or the compensation committee (with board approval) may terminate, amend or modify the 2014 Plan at any time and from time to time. However, we must generally obtain stockholder approval:

    to increase the number of shares available under the 2014 Plan (other than in connection with certain corporate events, as described above);

    reduce the price per share of any outstanding option or stock appreciation right granted under the 2014 Plan; or

    cancel any option or stock appreciation right in exchange for cash or another award when the option or stock appreciation right price per share exceeds the fair market value of the underlying shares.

Termination

        The board of directors may terminate the 2014 Plan at any time. No awards may be granted pursuant to the 2014 Plan after the tenth anniversary of the effective date of the 2014 Plan. Any award that is outstanding on the termination date of the 2014 Plan will remain in force according to the terms of the 2014 Plan and the applicable award agreement.

        We intend to file with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-8 covering the shares of our common stock issuable under the 2014 Plan.

2007 Stock Incentive Plan

        Our board of directors adopted the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, the 2007 Plan, effective as of February 16, 2007 and our stockholders approved the 2007 Plan on June 12, 2007. The 2007 Plan was subsequently amended on June 12, 2007, June 4, 2008, August 25, 2008, March 3, 2010, March 9, 2011, July 14, 2011, December 18, 2012, February 8, 2013 and February 14, 2013. ISOs, NSOs, restricted stock units, restricted stock awards, SARs, performance awards, dividend equivalents, other stock-grants and other stock-based awards. As of June 30, 2014, options to purchase 2,796,374 shares of our common stock at a weighted average exercise price per share of $3.03 remained outstanding under the 2007 Plan. No other award have been granted under the 2007 Plan. As of June 30, 2014, 318,911 shares of our common stock were available for future issuance pursuant to awards granted under the 2007 Plan. Following the pricing of this offering and in connection with the effectiveness of our 2014 Plan, the 2007 Plan will terminate and no further awards will be granted under the 2007 Plan. However, all outstanding awards will continue to be governed by their existing terms.

        Administration.     Our board of directors, or a committee thereof appointed by our board of directors, has the authority to administer the 2007 Plan and the awards granted under it. In addition, the administrator may delegate to one or more officers of the Company or a committee of such officers the authority to grant awards to participants, subject to applicable laws. Among other powers, the administrator has the authority to select the participants to whom awards will be granted under the 2007 Plan, the number of shares to be subject to those awards under the 2007 Plan, and the terms and conditions of the awards granted. In addition, the administrator has the authority to construe and interpret the 2007 Plan and to adopt rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the 2007 Plan.

        Awards.     The 2007 Plan provides that the administrator may grant or issue options, including incentive stock options and non-qualified stock options, restricted stock awards, restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, performance stock award, dividend equivalents, other stock-grants and other stock-based awards. Each award will be set forth in a separate agreement with the person receiving the award and will indicate the type, terms and conditions of the award.

135


Table of Contents

    Stock Options.   The 2007 Plan provides for the grant of ISOs or NSOs. ISOs may be granted only to employees. NSOs may be granted to employees, directors or consultants. The exercise price of ISOs granted to employees who at the time of grant own stock representing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of our common stock may not be less than 110% of the fair market value per share of our common stock on the date of grant, and the exercise price of ISOs granted to any other employees may not be less than 100% of the fair market value per share of our common stock on the date of grant. The exercise price of NSOs to employees, directors or consultants may not be less than 100% of the fair market value per share of our common stock on the date of grant. Shares subject to options under the 2007 Plan generally vest in a series of installments over an optionee's period of service; provided that, except with regard to options granted to officer, board members, managers or consultants, in no event will an option granted become vested and exercisable at a rate of less than 20% per year over five years from the date of grant. In general, the maximum term of options granted is ten years. The maximum term of options granted to an optionee who owns stock representing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of our common stock is five years.

    Stock Appreciation Rights.   The 2007 Plan provides that the Company may issue SARs. Each SAR will be governed by a stock appreciation right agreement and may be granted in connection with stock options or separately. SARs typically will provide for payments to the holder based upon increases in the price of our common stock over a set exercise price. The exercise price of any SAR granted under the 2007 Plan must be at least 100% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant. The grant price, term, methods of exercise, dates of exercise, methods of settlement and any other terms and conditions of any SAR shall be as determined by the adminstrator.

    Restricted Stock Awards.   The 2007 Plan provides that the Company may issue restricted stock awards. Each restricted stock award will be governed by a restricted stock award agreement, which will set forth the restrictions imposed by the administrator (including, without limitation, a waiver by the participant of the right to vote or to receive any dividend or other right or property with respect thereto). Upon the termination of the purchaser's status as an employee, director or consultant for any reason any restricted stock shall be forfeited. In general, restricted stock may not be sold or otherwise transferred until restrictions are removed or expire.

    Restricted Stock Units.   The 2007 Plan provides that the Company may issue restricted stock unit awards. Each restricted stock unit award will be governed by a restricted stock unit award agreement and may be awarded to any eligible individual, typically without payment of consideration, but subject to vesting conditions based on continued employment or service or on performance criteria established by the administrator. Like restricted stock, restricted stock units may not be sold, or otherwise transferred or hypothecated, until vesting conditions are removed or expire.

    Performance Awards.   The 2007 Plan provides that the Company may issue performance stock awards or other stock-based or cash-based awards subject to performance vesting conditions. Each performance stock award will be governed by a performance stock award agreement and may be granted by the administrator. Generally, these awards will be based upon specific performance targets and may be paid in cash or in common stock or in a combination of both. The performance goals to be achieved during any performance period, the length of any performance period, the amount of any performance award granted, the amount of any payment or transfer to be made pursuant to any performance award and any other terms and conditions of any performance award shall be determined by the administrator.

    Dividend Equivalents.   The 2007 Plan provides that the Company may issue dividend equivalents, which represent the value of the dividends, if any, per share paid by the Company, calculated with reference to the number of shares covered by the award. Dividend equivalents may be

136


Table of Contents

      settled in cash, shares, other securities, other awards or other property as determined in the discretion of the administrator equivalent to the amount of cash dividends paid by the Company to holders of shares with respect to a number of shares determined by the administrator.

    Other Stock Grants.   The 2007 Plan provides that the Company may grant shares without restrictions thereon as are deemed by the administrator to be consistent with the purpose of the 2007 Plan.

    Other Stock-Based Awards.   The 2007 Plan provides that the Company may issue such other awards that are denominated or payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on or related to shares. Shares or other securities delivered pursuant to a purchase right granted under the 2007 Plan will be purchased for such consideration, which may be paid by such method or methods and in such form or forms (including, without limitation, cash, shares, other securities, other awards or other property or any combination thereof), as the administrator shall determine.

        Other Terms.     Payments or transfers to be made by the Company upon the grant, exercise or payment of an award may be made in such form or forms as the administrator shall determine (including, without limitation, cash, shares, other securities, other awards or other property or any combination thereof), and may be made in a single payment or transfer, in installments or on a deferred basis, in each case in accordance with rules and procedures established by the administrator. No award (other than other stock grants) and no right under any such award will be transferable other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution; provided, however, that, with the approval of the administrator, a participant may, in the manner established by the administrator in compliance with applicable securities law, transfer options (other than ISOs) or designate a beneficiary or beneficiaries to exercise the rights of the participant and receive any property distributable with respect to any award upon the death of the participant. No award or right under any such award may be pledged, alienated, attached or otherwise encumbered, and any purported pledge, alienation, attachment or encumbrance thereof shall be void and unenforceable against the Company.

        Taxes.     In order to assist a participant in paying all or a portion of the federal and state taxes to be withheld or collected upon exercise or receipt of (or the lapse of restrictions relating to) an award, the administrator, in its discretion and subject to such additional terms and conditions as it may adopt, may permit a participant to satisfy such tax obligation by (i) electing to have the Company withhold a portion of the shares otherwise to be delivered upon exercise or receipt of (or the lapse of restrictions relating to) such award with a fair market value equal to the amount of such taxes or (ii) electing to deliver to the Company shares other than shares issuable upon exercise or receipt of (or the lapse of restrictions relating to) such award with a fair market value equal to the amount of such taxes. The election, if any, must be made on or before the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is determined.

        Tax Bonuses.     The administrator, in its discretion, will have the authority, at the time of grant of any award under the 2007 Plan or at any time thereafter, to approve cash bonuses to designated participants to be paid upon their exercise or receipt of (or the lapse of restrictions relating to) awards in order to provide funds to pay all or a portion of federal and state taxes due as a result of such exercise or receipt (or the lapse of such restrictions).

        Adjustments.     In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, shares, other securities or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase or exchange of shares or other securities of the Company, issuance of warrants or other rights to purchase shares or other securities of the Company or other similar corporate transaction or event affects the shares or the share price and causes a change in the per share value of the shares, the administrator will make such proportionate adjustment in (i) the number and type of shares (or other securities or other property) that thereafter may be made the subject of awards, (ii) the number and type of shares (or other

137


Table of Contents

securities or other property) subject to outstanding awards, and/or (iii) the purchase or exercise price with respect to any award.

        Amendment; Termination.     The Company's board of directors may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate the 2007 Plan; provided, however, that, without the approval of the stockholders of the Company, no such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation or termination shall be made that, absent such approval would (i) increase the total number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2007 Plan; (ii) change the class of employees, directors, consultants and independent contractors eligible to participate in the 2007 Plan; or (iii) materially increase the benefits accruing to participants under the 2007 Plan.

        The administrator may waive any conditions of or rights of the Company under any outstanding award, prospectively or retroactively. However, the administrator may not amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate any outstanding award, prospectively or retroactively, without the consent of the participant.

        Awards shall only be granted under the 2007 Plan during a 10-year period beginning on the effective date of the 2007 Plan. No awards may be granted under our 2007 Plan after it is terminated.

        We intend to file with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-8 covering the shares of our common stock issuable under the 2007 Plan.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

        We have adopted an Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which we refer to as our ESPP, which will be effective upon the pricing of this offering. The ESPP is designed to allow our eligible employees to purchase shares of our common stock, at semi-annual intervals, with their accumulated payroll deductions. The ESPP is intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Code.

        Plan Administration.     Subject to the terms and conditions of the ESPP, our compensation committee will administer the ESPP. Our compensation committee can delegate administrative tasks under the ESPP to the services of an agent and/or employees to assist in the administration of the ESPP. The administrator will have the discretionary authority to administer and interpret the ESPP. Interpretations and constructions of the administrator of any provision of the ESPP or of any rights thereunder will be conclusive and binding on all persons. We will bear all expenses and liabilities incurred by the ESPP administrator.

        Shares Available Under ESPP.     The maximum number of our shares of our common stock which will be authorized for sale under the ESPP is equal to the sum of (a) 196,666 shares of common stock and (b), if approved by our board of directors or the compensation committee of our board of directors, an annual increase on the first day of each year beginning in 2015 and ending in 2024, equal to the lesser of (i) one percent (1%) of the shares of common stock outstanding (on an as converted basis) on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year and (ii) such number of shares of common stock as determined by our board of directors; provided, however, no more than 2,166,666 shares of our common stock may be issued under the ESPP. The shares made available for sale under the ESPP may be authorized but unissued shares or reacquired shares reserved for issuance under the ESPP.

        Eligible Employees.     Employees eligible to participate in the ESPP for a given offering period generally include employees who are employed by us or one of our subsidiaries on the first day of the offering period, or the enrollment date. Our employees and any employees of our subsidiaries who customarily work less than five months in a calendar year or are customarily scheduled to work less than 20 hours per week will not be eligible to participate in the ESPP. Finally, an employee who owns (or is deemed to own through attribution) 5% or more of the combined voting power or value of all our classes of stock or of one of our subsidiaries will not be allowed to participate in the ESPP.

138


Table of Contents

        Participation.     Employees will enroll under the ESPP by completing a payroll deduction form permitting the deduction from their compensation of at least 1% of their compensation but not more than the lesser of 15% of their compensation and $25,000 per offering period. Such payroll deductions may be expressed as a whole number percentage and the accumulated deductions will be applied to the purchase of shares on each semi-annual purchase date. However, a participant may not purchase more than 208 shares in each offering period, and may not subscribe for more than $25,000 in fair market value of shares our common stock (determined at the time the option is granted) during any calendar year. The ESPP administrator has the authority to change these limitations for any subsequent offering period.

        Offering.     Under the ESPP, participants are offered the option to purchase shares of our common stock at a discount during a series of successive offering periods, which will commence and end on such dates as determined by our compensation committee. The initial offering period will commence and end on dates as determined by the ESPP administrator. Unless otherwise determined by the ESPP administrator, each offering period will have a duration of six months. However, in no event may an offering period be longer than 27 months in length.

        The option purchase price will be the lower of 85% of the closing trading price per share of our common stock on the first trading date of an offering period in which a participant is enrolled or 85% of the closing trading price per share on the semi-annual purchase date, which will occur on the last trading day of each offering period.

        Unless a participant has previously canceled his or her participation in the ESPP before the purchase date, the participant will be deemed to have exercised his or her option in full as of each purchase date. Upon exercise, the participant will purchase the number of whole shares that his or her accumulated payroll deductions will buy at the option purchase price, subject to the participation limitations listed above.

        A participant may cancel his or her payroll deduction authorization at any time prior to the end of the offering period. Upon cancellation, the participant will have the option to either (a) receive a refund of the participant's account balance in cash without interest or (b) exercise the participant's option for the current offering period for the maximum number of shares of common stock on the applicable purchase date, with the remaining account balance refunded in cash without interest. Following at least one payroll deduction, a participant may also decrease (but not increase) his or her payroll deduction authorization once during any offering period. If a participant wants to increase or decrease the rate of payroll withholding, he or she may do so effective for the next offering period by submitting a new form before the offering period for which such change is to be effective.

        A participant may not assign, transfer, pledge or otherwise dispose of (other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution) payroll deductions credited to a participant's account or any rights to exercise an option or to receive shares of our common stock under the ESPP, and during a participant's lifetime, options in the ESPP shall be exercisable only by such participant. Any such attempt at assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition will not be given effect.

        Adjustments upon Changes in Recapitalization, Dissolution, Liquidation, Merger or Asset Sale.     In the event of any increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of our common stock resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification of the common stock, or any other increase or decrease in the number of shares of common stock effected without receipt of consideration by us, we will proportionately adjust the aggregate number of shares of our common stock offered under the ESPP, the number and price of shares which any participant has elected to purchase pursuant under the ESPP and the maximum number of shares which a participant may elect to purchase in any single offering period.

        If there is a proposal to dissolve or liquidate us, then the ESPP will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed dissolution or liquidation, and any offering period then in progress

139


Table of Contents

will be shortened by setting a new purchase date to take place before the date of our dissolution or liquidation. We will notify each participant of such change in writing at least ten business days prior to the new exercise date. If we undergo a merger with or into another corporation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets, each outstanding option will be assumed or an equivalent option substituted by the successor corporation or the parent or subsidiary of the successor corporation. If the successor corporation refuses to assume the outstanding options or substitute equivalent options, then any offering period then in progress will be shortened by setting a new purchase date to take place before the date of our proposed sale or merger. We will notify each participant of such change in writing at least ten business days prior to the new exercise date.

        Amendment and Termination.     Our board of directors may amend, suspend or terminate the ESPP at any time. However, the board of directors may not amend the ESPP without obtaining stockholder approval within 12 months before or after such amendment to the extent required by applicable laws.

        We intend to file with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-8 covering our shares issuable under the ESPP.

401(k) Plan

        Effective January 18, 2007, we adopted our 401(k) plan for employees. The 401(k) plan is intended to qualify under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Service Code of 1986, as amended, so that contributions to the 401(k) plan by employees or by us, and the investment earnings thereon, are not taxable to the employees until withdrawn from the 401(k) plan, and so that contributions by us, if any, will be deductible by us when made. Under the 401(k) plan, employees may elect to reduce their current compensation by up to the statutorily prescribed annual limit and to have the amount of such reduction contributed to the 401(k) plan. Under the 401(k) Plan, we do not provide matching contributions to employees.

Rule 10b5-1 Sales Plans

        Our directors and executive officers may adopt written plans, known as Rule 10b5-1 plans, in which they will contract with a broker to buy or sell shares of our common stock on a periodic basis. Under a Rule 10b5-1 plan, a broker executes trades pursuant to parameters established by the director or officer when entering into the plan, without further direction from the director or officer. The director or officer may amend or terminate the plan in limited circumstances. Our directors and executive officers may also buy or sell additional shares of our common stock outside of a Rule 10b5-1 plan when they are not in possession of material, nonpublic information.

140


Table of Contents


CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

        The following is a description of transactions since January 1, 2011 to which we have been a party, in which the amount involved exceeds $120,000, and in which any of our directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or an affiliate or immediate family member thereof, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Sales and Purchases of Securities

Series B Convertible Preferred Stock Financing

        In July 2011, we issued an aggregate of 5,450,578 shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock at $10.75 per share.

        The table below sets forth the number of shares of Series B convertible preferred stock sold to our directors, executive officers or owners of more than 5% of a class of our capital stock, or an affiliate or immediate family member thereof:

Name
  Number of
Shares of
Series B Convertible
Preferred Stock
  Aggregate
Purchase
Price ($)
 

Johnson & Johnson Development Corporation

    2,790,178   $ 29,999,994  

Entities affiliated with Bay City Capital Fund IV, L.P. (1)

    697,544   $ 7,499,993  

Entities affiliated with Three Arch Partners IV, L.P. (2)

    697,544   $ 7,499,993  

AMV Partners II, L.P. 

    536,572   $ 5,769,222  

Entities affiliated with Aberdare Ventures (3)

    465,028   $ 4,999,981  

(1)
Consists of (a) 682,826 shares of Series B Preferred Stock held by Bay City Capital Fund IV, L.P. ("BCCF") and (b) 14,718 shares of Series B Preferred Stock held by Bay City Capital Fund IV Co-Investment Fund, L.P. ("BCCF Co-Investment Fund"). Bay City Capital Management IV ("BCCM IV") is the General Partner of BCCF and BCCF Co-Investment Fund and Bay City Capital LLC ("BCC") is the Manager of BCCM IV. BCCM IV holds no shares of company stock directly. It is deemed to have beneficial ownership of company stock owned by BCCF and BCCF Co-Investment Fund due to its role as a general partner of such funds. Investment and voting decisions by BCCM IV are exercised by BCC as manager. BCC holds no shares of stock directly. Due to its role as manager of BCCM IV, BCC is deemed to have beneficial ownership of shares deemed to be beneficially owned by BCCM IV. Nathan B. Pliam, M.D. is a Venture Partner of BCC and a member of our board of directors. As a venture partner of BCC, Dr. Pliam disclaims beneficial ownership of all shares held by BCCF.
(2)
Consists of (a) 682,475 shares of Series B Preferred Stock held by Three Arch Partners IV, L.P. ("Partners") and (b) 15,069 shares of Series B Preferred stock held by Three Arch Associates IV, L.P. ("Associates"). Three Arch Management IV, LLC (the "General Partner") is the general partner of Partners and Associates. Wilfred E. Jaeger, M.D. is a managing member of the General Partner and a member of our board of directors. As the managing member of the General Partner he, together with Mark Wan, may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Partners and Associates, and may be deemed to beneficially own certain of the shares held by Partners and Associates. Such persons and entities disclaim beneficial ownership of all shares held by Partners and Associates in which they do not have an actual pecuniary interest.
(3)
Consists of (a) 10,676 shares of Series B Preferred Stock held by Aberdare Partners III, L.P. ("Aberdare Partners") and (b) 454,352 shares of Series B Preferred Stock held by Aberdare Ventures III, L.P. ("Aberdare Ventures").

Series C Convertible Preferred Stock Financing

        In February 2013, we issued an aggregate of 2,699,776 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock at $11.11 per share and in March 2013, we issued an aggregate of 1,619,868 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock at $11.11 per share.

141


Table of Contents

        The table below sets forth the aggregate number of shares of Series C convertible preferred stock sold to our directors, executive officers or owners of more than 5% of a class of our capital stock, or an affiliate or immediate family member thereof:

Name
  Number of
Shares of
Series C Convertible
Preferred Stock
  Aggregate
Purchase
Price ($)
 

Novo A/S (1)

    1,979,841   $ 21,999,993  

Entities affiliated with New Enterprise Associates (2)

    1,259,898   $ 13,999,987  

Johnson & Johnson Development Corporation

    246,827   $ 2,742,742  

Entities affiliated with Three Arch Partners IV, L.P. (3)

    208,582   $ 2,317,763  

Entities affiliated with Bay City Capital Fund IV, L.P. (4)

    195,437   $ 2,171,696  

AMV Partners II, L.P. 

    148,555   $ 1,650,743  

(1)
Peter T. Bisgaard, a member of our board of directors, is employed by Novo Ventures (US) Inc., which provides certain consultancy services to Novo A/S.
(2)
Consists of (a) 1,257,649 shares of Series C Preferred Stock held by New Enterprise Associates 14, L.P. ("NEA 14") (b) 2,249 shares of Series C Preferred Stock held by NEA Ventures 2013, L.P. ("Ven 2013"). Ali Behbahani, M.D., a Special Partner at NEA 14, is a member of the Company's Board of Directors.
(3)
Consists of (a) 204,076 shares of Series C Preferred Stock held by Three Arch Partners IV, L.P. ("Partners") and (b) 4,506 shares of Series C Preferred Stock held by Three Arch Associates IV, L.P. ("Associates"). Three Arch Management IV, LLC (the "General Partner") is the general partner of Partners and Associates. Wilfred E. Jaeger, M.D. is a managing member of the General Partner and a member of our board of directors. As the managing member of the General Partner he, together with Mark Wan, may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Partners and Associates, and may be deemed to beneficially own certain of the shares held by Partners and Associates. Such persons and entities disclaim beneficial ownership of all shares held by Partners and Associates in which they do not have an actual pecuniary interest.
(4)
Consists of (a) 191,314 shares of Series C Preferred Stock held by Bay City Capital Fund IV, L.P. ("BCCF") and (b) 4,123 shares of Series C Preferred Stock held by Bay City Capital Fund IV Co-Investment Fund, L.P. ("BCCF Co-Investment Fund"). Bay City Capital Management IV ("BCCM IV") is the General Partner of BCCF and BCCF Co-Investment Fund and Bay City Capital LLC ("BCC") is the Manager of BCCM IV. BCCM IV holds no shares of company stock directly. It is deemed to have beneficial ownership of company stock owned by BCCF and BCCF Co-Investment Fund due to its role as a general partner of such funds. Investment and voting decisions by BCCM IV are exercised by BCC as manager. BCC holds no shares of stock directly. Due to its role as manager of BCCM IV, BCC is deemed to have beneficial ownership of shares deemed to be beneficially owned by BCCM IV. Nathan B. Pliam, M.D. is a Venture Partner of BCC and a member of our board of directors. As a venture partner of BCC, Dr. Pliam disclaims beneficial ownership of all shares held by BCCF.

Participation in this Offering

        Certain of our existing institutional investors, including investors affiliated with certain of our directors, have indicated an interest in purchasing an aggregate of up to approximately $25 million in shares of our common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price. Any such purchases, if completed, would be made on the same terms as the shares that are sold to the public generally and not pursuant to any pre-existing contractual rights or obligations. See the footnotes to the beneficial ownership table in "Principal Stockholders" for more details.

Indemnification Agreements and Directors' and Officers' Liability Insurance

        We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. These agreements, among other things, require us to indemnify each director and executive officer to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, including indemnification of expenses such as attorneys' fees, judgments, penalties fines and settlement amounts incurred by the director or executive officer in

142


Table of Contents

any action or proceeding, including any action or proceeding by or in right of us, arising out of the person's services as a director or executive officer.

Registration Rights Agreement

        We entered into an amended and restated registration rights agreement with the purchasers of our outstanding convertible preferred stock and certain holders of common stock, including entities with which certain of our directors are affiliated. As of June 30, 2014, the holders of approximately 17.3 million shares of our common stock, including the shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of our convertible preferred stock and upon exercise of outstanding options, are entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act. For a more detailed description of these registration rights, see "Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights."

Stockholders Agreement

        We entered into an amended and restated stockholders agreement with certain holders of our common stock and convertible preferred stock. The amended and restated stockholders agreement provides for, among other things, voting rights, a pre-emptive right in favor of certain holders of convertible preferred stock with regard to certain issuances of our capital stock, and rights of first refusal and co-sale relating to the shares of our common stock held by the parties thereto. The pre-emptive right will not apply to this offering. Upon the consummation of this offering, the amended and restated stockholders agreement will terminate. For a description of the amended and restated stockholders agreement, see "Management—Board Composition—Voting Arrangements."

DeMane Promissory Note

        In March 2011, in connection with the hiring of Mr. DeMane as our chief executive officer, Mr. DeMane issued a full recourse promissory note to us for principal in the amount of $600,000. The note was secured by Mr. DeMane's pledge of the restricted stock issued to him in connection with his hiring and accrued interest at a rate of 0.54% compounded annually. The principal amount of the note and all accrued interest has been discharged in full as of the completion of the three-year service period.

Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions

        Our board of directors intends to adopt a written related person transaction policy, to be effective upon the consummation of this offering, setting forth the policies and procedures for the review and approval or ratification of related person transactions. This policy will cover, with certain exceptions set forth in Item 404 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act, any transaction, arrangement or relationship, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships in which we were or are to be a participant, where the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and a related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, including, without limitation, purchases of goods or services by or from the related person or entities in which the related person has a material interest, indebtedness, guarantees of indebtedness and employment by us of a related person. In reviewing and approving any such transactions, our audit committee is tasked to consider all relevant facts and circumstances, including, but not limited to, whether the transaction is on terms comparable to those that could be obtained in an arm's length transaction with an unrelated third-party and the extent of the related person's interest in the transaction. All of the transactions described in this section occurred prior to the adoption of this policy.

143


Table of Contents


PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

        The following table sets forth information relating to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of October 1, 2014, by:

        The number of shares beneficially owned by each entity, person, director or executive officer is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC, and the information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Under such rules, beneficial ownership includes any shares over which the individual has sole or shared voting power or investment power as well as any shares that the individual has the right to acquire within 60 days of the date set forth above through the exercise of any stock option, warrants or other rights. Except as otherwise indicated, and subject to applicable community property laws, the persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock held by that person. As of October 1, 2014, our outstanding capital stock was held by approximately 77 stockholders of record.

        Certain of our existing institutional investors, including investors affiliated with certain of our directors, have indicated an interest in purchasing an aggregate of up to approximately $25 million in shares of our common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price and on the same terms as the other purchasers in this offering. However, because indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase, these investors may determine to purchase fewer shares than they indicate an interest in purchasing or not to purchase any shares in this offering. It is also possible that these investors could indicate an interest in purchasing more shares of our common stock. In addition, the underwriters could determine to sell fewer shares to any of these investors than the investors indicate an interest in purchasing or not to sell any shares to these investors. The figures in the table below reflect the purchase of the shares in this offering (based on the assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) by these potential investors in the amounts they have indicated an interest in purchasing.

        The percentage of shares beneficially owned is computed on the basis of 16,790,340 shares of our common stock outstanding as of the date set forth above, which reflects the assumed conversion of all of our outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 15,208,048 shares of common stock. Shares of our common stock that a person has the right to acquire within 60 days of the date set forth above are deemed outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage ownership of the person holding such rights, but are not deemed outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage ownership of any other person, except with respect to the percentage ownership of all

144


Table of Contents

directors and executive officers as a group. Unless otherwise indicated below, the address for each beneficial owner listed is c/o Nevro Corp., 4040 Campbell Avenue, Menlo Park, CA 94025.

 
  Beneficial Ownership Prior to this Offering   Beneficial Ownership
After this Offering
 
 
  Number of
Outstanding
Shares
Beneficially
Owned
  Number of
Shares
Exercisable
Within
60 Days
   
   
 
Name and Address of
Beneficial Owner
  Number of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned
  Percentage
of Beneficial
Ownership
  Number of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned
  Percentage
of Beneficial
Ownership
 

5% and Greater Stockholders

                                     

Johnson & Johnson Development Corporation (1)

    3,037,005         3,037,005     18.1 %   3,212,005     13.9 %

Entities affiliated with Bay City Capital (2)

    2,217,214         2,217,214     13.2 %   2,217,214     9.6 %

Entities affiliated with Three Arch Partners (3)

    2,210,569         2,210,569     13.2 %   2,210,569     9.6 %

Novo A/S (4)

    1,979,841         1,979,841     11.8 %   2,917,341     12.7 %

AMV Partners II, L.P. (5)

    1,685,340         1,685,340     10.0 %   1,685,340     7.3 %

Entities affiliated with Aberdare Ventures (6)

    1,615,273         1,615,273     9.6 %   1,615,273     7.0 %

Entities affiliated with New Enterprise Associates (7)

    1,259,898         1,259,898     7.5 %   1,735,835     7.5 %

Named Executive Officers and Directors

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Michael DeMane (8)

    802,729     22,656     825,385     4.9 %   825,385     3.6 %

Andrew H. Galligan (9)

        156,693     156,693     *     156,693     *  

Rami Elghandour (10)

        102,015     102,015     *     102,015     *  

Peter T. Bisgaard (11)

                         

Frank Fischer (12)

    59,000         59,000     *     59,000     *  

Wilfred E. Jaeger, M.D. (3)

    2,210,569         2,210,569     13.2 %   2,210,569     9.6 %

Ali Behbahani, M.D. (7)

    1,259,898         1,259,898     7.5 %   1,735,835     7.5 %

Nathan B. Pliam, M.D. (2)

    2,217,214         2,217,214     13.2 %   2,217,214     9.6 %

Shawn T McCormick (13)

                         

All directors and executive officers as a group (12 persons) (14) (15)

    6,549,410     544,291     7,093,701     40.9 %   7,569,638     32.1 %

*
Indicates beneficial ownership of less than 1% of the total outstanding common stock.
(1)
Consists of (a) 2,790,178 shares issuable upon the conversion of Series B Preferred Stock and (b) 246,827 shares issuable upon the conversion of Series C Preferred Stock. The number of shares beneficially owned after this offering assumes that the holder has purchased $2.8 million in shares, or 175,000 shares (based on the assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). In the event that the holder does not purchase any shares in this offering, it will beneficially own 3,037,005 shares, or approximately 13.2% of the total outstanding common stock, after this offering. The board of directors of Johnson & Johnson Development Corporation ("JJDC"), which consists of Paulus Stoffels and Steven Rosenberg, has shared investment and voting control with respect to the shares held by JJDC and has delegated responsibility therefor to the management of JJDC to take such actions on behalf of JJDC. As such, no individual member of the JJDC board of directors is deemed to hold any beneficial ownership or reportable pecuniary interest in the shares held by JJDC. No individual representative of JJDC shall be deemed (i) a beneficial owner of, or (ii) to have a reportable pecuniary interest in, the shares held by JJDC. The address of JJDC is 410 George Street, New Brunswick, NJ 08901.
(2)
Consists of (a) 23,452 shares held by Bay City Capital Fund IV, L.P. ("BCCF"), (b) 1,272,841 shares held by BCCF issuable upon the conversion of Series A Preferred Stock, (c) 682,826 shares held by BCCF issuable upon the conversion of Series B Preferred Stock, (d) 191,314 shares held by BCCF issuable upon the conversion of Series C Preferred Stock, (e) 505 shares held by Bay City Capital Fund IV Co-Investment

145


Table of Contents

    Fund, L.P. ("BCCF Co-Investment Fund"), (f) 27,435 shares held by BCCF Co-Investment Fund issuable upon the conversion of Series A Preferred Stock, (g) 14,718 shares held by BCCF Co-Investment Fund issuable upon the conversion of Series B Preferred Stock and (h) 4,123 shares held by BCCF Co-Investment Fund issuable upon the conversion of Series C Preferred Stock. Bay City Capital Management IV ("BCCM IV") is the General Partner of BCCF, BCCF Co-Investment Fund and Bay City Capital LLC ("BCC") is the Manager of BCCM IV. BCCM IV holds no shares of company stock directly. It is deemed to have beneficial ownership of company stock owned by BCCF and BCCF Co-Investment Fund due to its role as a general partner of such funds. Investment and voting decisions by BCCM IV are exercised by BCC as manager. BCC holds no shares of stock directly. Due to its role as manager of BCCM IV, BCC is deemed to have beneficial ownership of shares deemed to be beneficially owned by BCCM IV. Nathan B. Pliam, M.D. is a Venture Partner of BCC and a member of our board of directors. The information excludes approximately 5,625 shares (based on the assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) underlying an option award to be granted to Dr. Pliam upon the pricing of this offering. The option award becomes exercisable as to 1/12 th of the underlying shares each month following the pricing of this offering and none of which will be exercisable within 60 days of October 1, 2014. As a venture partner of BCC, Dr. Pliam disclaims beneficial ownership of all shares held by BCCF. The address of BCC is 750 Battery Street, Suite 400, San Francisco, CA 94111.

(3)
Consists of (a) 4,076 shares held by Three Arch Partners IV, L.P. ("Partners"), (b) 1,272,187 shares held by Partners issuable upon the conversion of Series A Preferred Stock, (c) 682,475 shares held by Partners issuable upon the conversion of Series B Preferred Stock, (d) 204,076 shares held by Partners issuable upon the conversion of Series C Preferred Stock, (e) 90 shares held by Three Arch Associates IV, L.P. ("Associates"), (f) 28,090 shares held by Associates issuable upon the conversion of Series A Preferred Stock, (g) 15,069 shares held by Associates issuable upon the conversion of Series B Preferred Stock and (h) 4,506 shares held by Associates issuable upon the conversion of Series C Preferred Stock. Three Arch Management IV, LLC (the "General Partner") is the general partner of Partners and Associates. Wilfred E. Jaeger, M.D. is a managing member of the General Partner and a member of our board of directors. As the managing member of the General Partner he, together with Mark Wan, may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Partners and Associates, and may be deemed to beneficially own certain of the shares held by Partners and Associates. Such persons and entities disclaim beneficial ownership of all shares held by Three Arch Partners IV, L.P. and Three Arch Associates IV, L.P. in which they do not have an actual pecuniary interest. The address of Partners and Associates is 3200 Alpine Road, Portola Valley, CA 94028.
(4)
Consists of 1,979,841 shares issuable upon the conversion of Series C Preferred Stock. The number of shares beneficially owned after this offering assumes that the holder has purchased $15.0 million in shares, or 937,500 shares (based on the assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). In the event that the holder does not purchase any shares in this offering, it will beneficially own 1,979,841 shares, or approximately 8.6% of the total outstanding common stock, after this offering. Novo A/S ("Novo") is a Danish limited liability company. The board of directors of Novo, which consists of Sten Scheibye, Gôran Ando, Jeppe Christiansen, Steen Risgaard and Per Wold Olsen, has shared investment and voting control with respect to the shares held by Novo and may exercise such control only with approval of a majority of the members of the Novo board of directors. As such, no individual member of the Novo board of directors is deemed to hold any beneficial ownership or reportable pecuniary interest in the shares held by Novo. Peter Bisgaard, a member of our board of directors, is employed by Novo Ventures (US) Inc., which provides certain consultancy services to Novo. Mr. Bisgaard is not deemed a beneficial owner of, and does not have a reportable pecuniary interest in, the shares held by Novo. The address for Novo is Tuborg Havnevej 19, 2900 Hellerup, Denmark.
(5)
Consists of (a) 1,000,213 shares issuable upon the conversion of Series A Preferred Stock, (b) 536,572 shares issuable upon the conversion of Series B Preferred Stock and (c) 148,555 shares issuable upon the conversion of Series C Preferred Stock. Accuitive Medical Ventures II, LLC ("Accuitive") is the General Partner of AMV Partners II, L.P. ("AMV") and Thomas Weldon and Charles Larson are the Managing Members of Accuitive. AMV has sole voting and dispositive power over the shares held by AMV, except to the extent that Accuitive and each of Mr. Weldon and/or Mr. Larson may be deemed to have shared power to vote and dispose of such shares. Each of Mr. Weldon and Mr. Larsen disclaims beneficial ownership of all shares in which he does not have an actual pecuniary interest. The address of AMV is 2905 Premiere Parkway, Suite 150, Duluth, GA 30097.
(6)
Consists of (a) 26,409 shares held by Aberdare Partners III, L.P. ("Aberdare Partners") issuable upon the conversion of Series A Preferred Stock, (b) 10,676 shares held by Aberdare Partners issuable upon the

146


Table of Contents

    conversion of Series B Preferred Stock, (c) 1,123,836 shares held by Aberdare Ventures III, L.P. ("Aberdare Ventures") issuable upon the conversion of Series A Preferred Stock and (d) 454,352 shares held by Aberdare Ventures issuable upon the conversion of Series B Preferred Stock. Aberdare GP III, LLC is the general partner of Aberdare Partners and Aberdare Ventures (together, "Aberdare III"). Paul H Klingenstein is the Managing Member of Aberdare GP III, LLC. Mr. Klingenstein may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Aberdare III, and may be deemed to beneficially own certain of the shares held by Aberdare III. Mr. Klingenstein disclaims beneficial ownership of all shares held by Aberdare III in which he does not have an actual pecuniary interest. The address of Aberdare III is 235 Montgomery Street, Suite 1230, San Francisco, CA 94104.

(7)
Consists of (a) 1,257,649 shares held by New Enterprise Associates 14, L.P. ("NEA 14") issuable upon the conversion of Series C Preferred Stock and (b) 2,249 shares held by NEA Ventures 2013, L.P. ("Ven 2013") issuable upon the conversion of Series C Preferred Stock. The number of shares beneficially owned after this offering assumes that the entities affiliated with New Enterprise Associates have purchased an aggregate of $7.6 million in shares, or 475,937 shares (based on the assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). In the event that the entities affiliated with New Enterprise Associates do not purchase any shares in this offering, they will beneficially own an aggregate of 1,259,898 shares, or approximately 5.5% of the total outstanding common stock, after this offering. Ali Behbahani, M.D., a Special Partner at NEA 14, is a member of the Company's Board of Directors. The information excludes approximately 5,625 shares (based on the assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) underlying an option award to be granted to Dr. Behbahani upon the pricing of this offering. The option award becomes exercisable as to 1/12 th of the underlying shares each month following the pricing of this offering and none of which will be exercisable within 60 days of October 1, 2014. The shares directly held by NEA 14 are indirectly held by NEA Partners 14 L.P. ("NEA Partners 14"), the sole general partner of NEA 14, NEA 14 GP, LTD ("NEA 14 LTD"), the sole general partner of NEA Partners 14 and each of the individual Directors of NEA 14 GP LTD. The individual directors of NEA 14 LTD are M. James Barrett, Peter J. Barris, Forest Baskett, Ryan D. Drant, Anthony A Florence, Jr., Patrick J. Kerins, Krishna "Kittu" Kolluri, David M. Mott, Scott D. Sandell, Peter Sonsini, Ravi Viswanathan and Harry R Weller. The shares directly held by Ven 2013 are indirectly held by Karen P. Welsh, the general partner of Ven 2013. The address of NEA is 1954 Greenspring Drive, Ste. 600, Timonium MD 21093.
(8)
Consists of 617,404 shares held by Mr. DeMane, 133,328 held by The Michael F. DeMane 2012 Retained Annuity Trust u/a/d July 26, 2012, of which Mr. DeMane is a trustee, 51,997 shares held by The Michael F. DeMane 2013 Retained Annuity Trust, of which Mr. DeMane is a trustee and 22,656 shares that may be acquired pursuant to the exercise of stock options within 60 days of October 1, 2014. The information excludes approximately 93,750 shares (based on the assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) underlying an option award to be granted to Mr. Demane upon the pricing of this offering. The option award becomes exercisable as to 1/48 th of the underlying shares each month following the pricing of this offering and none of which will be exercisable within 60 days of October 1, 2014.
(9)
Consists of 156,693 shares that may be acquired pursuant to the exercise of stock options within 60 days of October 1, 2014. The information excludes approximately 37,500 shares (based on the assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) underlying an option award to be granted to Mr. Galligan upon the pricing of this offering. The option award becomes exercisable as to 1/48 th of the underlying shares each month following the pricing of this offering and none of which will be exercisable within 60 days of October 1, 2014.
(10)
Consists of 102,015 shares that may be acquired pursuant to the exercise of stock options within 60 days of October 1, 2014. The information excludes approximately 37,500 shares (based on the assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) underlying an option award to be granted to Mr. Elghandour upon the pricing of this offering. The option award becomes exercisable as to 1/48 th of the underlying shares each month following the pricing of this offering and none of which will be exercisable within 60 days of October 1, 2014.
(11)
Mr. Bisgaard is employed as a partner of Novo Ventures (US) Inc., a consultant to Novo A/S, and is not deemed to beneficially own the shares held by Novo A/S.
(12)
Consists of 59,000 shares of common stock, of which 33,299 shares were subject to repurchase upon termination of employment for cause as of October 1, 2014. The information excludes approximately 5,625 shares (based on the assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) underlying an option award to be granted to

147


Table of Contents

    Mr. Fischer upon the pricing of this offering. The option award becomes exercisable as to 1/12 th of the underlying shares each month following the pricing of this offering and none of which will be exercisable within 60 days of October 1, 2014.

(13)
The information excludes approximately 9,375 shares (based on the assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) underlying an option award to be granted to Mr. McCormick upon the pricing of this offering. The option award becomes exercisable as to 1/3 rd of the underlying shares each year following the pricing of this offering and none of which will be exercisable within 60 days of October 1, 2014.
(14)
Includes 544,291 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options within 60 days of October 1, 2014. The number of shares beneficially owned after this offering assumes that the entities affiliated with New Enterprise Associates have purchased an aggregate of $7.6 million in shares, or 475,937 shares (based on the assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). In the event that these entities do not purchase any shares in this offering, our directors and executive officers as a group will beneficially own an aggregate of 7,093,701 shares, or approximately 30.1% after this offering.
(15)
The information in this table excludes approximately 200,625 shares (based on the assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) underlying option awards to be granted to certain executive officers and directors upon the pricing of this offering. The option awards to our directors become exercisable as to 1/3 rd of the underlying shares annually for Mr. McCormick and as to 1/12 th for grants to the other directors and as to 1/48 th of the underlying shares for awards to our executive officers each month following the pricing of this offering, and none of which will be exercisable within 60 days of October 1, 2014. See "Director Compensation" and "Executive Compensation" for information regarding these awards.

148


Table of Contents


DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

        The following summary describes our capital stock and the material provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective prior to the consummation of this offering, the registration rights agreement to which we and certain of our stockholders are parties and of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Because the following is only a summary, it does not contain all of the information that may be important to you. For a complete description, you should refer to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws and amended and restated registration rights agreement, copies of which have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is part.

General

        Prior to the consummation of this offering, we will file our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that authorizes 290,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share, and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share. As of October 1, 2014, there were outstanding:

        In connection with this offering, we will consummate a 1-for-24 reverse stock split of our outstanding capital stock prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Common Stock

Voting Rights

        Each holder of our common stock is entitled to one vote for each share on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders, including the election of directors. Our stockholders do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors. Accordingly, holders of a majority of the voting shares are able to elect all of the directors. In addition, the affirmative vote of holders of 66 2 / 3 % of the voting power of all of the then outstanding voting stock will be required to take certain actions, including amending certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, such as the provisions relating to amending our amended and restated bylaws, the classified board and director liability.

Dividends

        Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any then outstanding preferred stock, holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by our board of directors out of legally available funds.

Liquidation

        In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of our common stock will be entitled to share ratably in the net assets legally available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all of our debts and other liabilities and the satisfaction of any liquidation preference granted to the holders of any then outstanding shares of preferred stock.

Rights and Preferences

        Holders of our common stock have no preemptive, conversion, subscription or other rights, and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to our common stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of our common stock are subject to and may be adversely

149


Table of Contents

affected by the rights of the holders of shares of any series of our preferred stock that we may designate in the future.

Fully Paid and Nonassessable

        All of our outstanding shares of common stock are, and the shares of common stock to be issued in this offering will be, fully paid and nonassessable.

Preferred Stock

        Prior to the consummation of this offering, all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock will be converted into shares of our common stock. See Note 2 to our audited consolidated financial statements for a description of our currently outstanding convertible preferred stock. Prior to the consummation of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will be amended and restated to delete all references to such shares of convertible preferred stock. Upon the consummation of this offering, our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by our stockholders, to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions thereof. These rights, preferences and privileges could include dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences, sinking fund terms and the number of shares constituting, or the designation of, such series, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of common stock. The issuance of our preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of holders of common stock and the likelihood that such holders will receive dividend payments and payments upon our liquidation. In addition, the issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company or other corporate action. Immediately after consummation of this offering, no shares of preferred stock will be outstanding, and we have no present plan to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Registration Rights

        Under our amended and restated registration rights agreement, as amended, following the closing of this offering, the holders of approximately 17.3 million shares of common stock, including shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding options, or their transferees, have the right to require us to register their shares under the Securities Act so that those shares may be publicly resold, or to include their shares in any registration statement we file, in each case as described below.

Demand Registration Rights

        Based on the number of shares outstanding as of June 30, 2014, after the consummation of this offering, the holders of approximately 15.2 million shares of our common stock, or their transferees, will be entitled to certain demand registration rights. Beginning 180 days following the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, the holders of at least a majority of these shares can, on not more than two occasions, request in writing that we register all or a portion of their shares, provided that the aggregate price to the public of the shares offered is at least $20.0 million (net of underwriting discounts and commissions). Additionally, we will not be required to effect a demand registration during the period beginning 90 days prior to the filing and ending 180 days following the effectiveness of a company-initiated registration statement relating to an initial public offering of our securities.

Piggyback Registration Rights

        Based on the number of shares outstanding as of June 30, 2014, after the consummation of this offering, in the event that we determine to register any of our securities under the Securities Act (subject to certain exceptions), either for our own account or for the account of other security holders, the holders of approximately 17.3 million shares of our common stock, including shares issuable upon

150


Table of Contents

exercise of outstanding options, or their transferees, will be entitled to certain "piggyback" registration rights allowing the holders to include their shares in such registration, subject to certain marketing and other limitations. As a result, whenever we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act, other than with respect to a registration related to employee benefit plans, the offer and sale of debt securities, or corporate reorganizations or certain other transactions, the holders of these shares are entitled to notice of the registration and have the right, subject to limitations that the underwriters may impose on the number of shares included in the registration, to include their shares in the registration. In an underwritten offering, the managing underwriter, if any, has the right to limit the number of shares such holders may include.

Form S-3 Registration Rights

        Based on the number of shares outstanding as of June 30, 2014, after the consummation of this offering, the holders of approximately 17.3 million shares of our common stock, including shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding options, or their transferees, will be entitled to certain Form S-3 registration rights. The holders of at least 25% of these shares can make a request that we register their shares on Form S-3 if we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3 and if the aggregate price to the public of the shares offered is at least $2.0 million. We are obligated to effect an unlimited number of registrations on Form S-3, but shall not be required to pay for more than two of such registrations in any twelve month period.

Expenses of Registration

        We will pay the registration expenses of the holders of the shares registered pursuant to the demand, piggyback and Form S-3 registration rights described above, including the expenses of one counsel for the selling holders.

Expiration of Registration Rights

        The demand, piggyback and Form S-3 registration rights described above will expire, with respect to any particular stockholder, upon the earlier of three years after the consummation of this offering or when that stockholder can sell all of its shares under Rule 144 of the Securities Act during any three month period.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Provisions of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, our Amended and Restated Bylaws and Delaware Law

        Some provisions of Delaware law and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect prior to the consummation of this offering contain provisions that could make the following transactions more difficult: acquisition of us by means of a tender offer; acquisition of us by means of a proxy contest or otherwise; or removal of our incumbent officers and directors. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish or could deter transactions that stockholders may otherwise consider to be in their best interest or in our best interests, including transactions that might result in a premium over the market price for our shares.

        These provisions, summarized below, are expected to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure us outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging these proposals because negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

151


Table of Contents

Delaware Anti-Takeover Statute

        We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits persons deemed "interested stockholders" from engaging in a "business combination" with a publicly-held Delaware corporation for three years following the date these persons become interested stockholders unless the business combination is, or the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder was, approved in a prescribed manner or another prescribed exception applies. Generally, an "interested stockholder" is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status did own, 15% or more of a corporation's voting stock. Generally, a "business combination" includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. The existence of this provision may have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions not approved in advance by the board of directors, such as discouraging takeover attempts that might result in a premium over the market price of our common stock.

Undesignated Preferred Stock

        The ability to authorize undesignated preferred stock makes it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to change control of us. These and other provisions may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control or management of our company.

Special Stockholder Meetings

        Our amended and restated bylaws provide that a special meeting of stockholders may be called at any time by the board of directors, but such special meetings may not be called by the stockholders or any other person or persons.

Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Nominations and Proposals

        Our amended and restated bylaws establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of the board of directors or a committee of the board of directors.

Elimination of Stockholder Action by Written Consent

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation eliminates the right of stockholders to act by written consent without a meeting.

Classified Board; Election and Removal of Directors; Filling Vacancies

        Our board of directors is divided into three classes. The directors in each class will serve for a three-year term, one class being elected each year by our stockholders, with staggered three-year terms. Only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms. Because our stockholders do not have cumulative voting rights, our stockholders holding a majority of the shares of common stock outstanding will be able to elect all of our directors. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides for the removal of any of our directors only for cause and requires at least a 66 2 / 3 % stockholder vote. For more information on the classified board, see "Management—Board Composition." Furthermore, any vacancy on our board of directors, however occurring, including a vacancy resulting from an increase in the size of the board, may only be filled by a resolution of the board of directors unless the board of directors determines that such vacancies shall be filled by the stockholders. This system of electing and removing directors and filling vacancies may tend to discourage a third-party from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us, because it generally makes it more difficult for stockholders to replace a majority of the directors.

152


Table of Contents

Choice of Forum

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty; any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws; or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Although our amended and restated certificate of incorporation contains the choice of forum provision described above, it is possible that a court could find that such a provision is inapplicable for a particular claim or action or that such provision is unenforceable.

Amendment of Charter Provisions

        The amendment of any of the above provisions, except for the provision making it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock, would require approval by holders of at least 66 2 / 3 % of the voting power of our then outstanding voting stock.

        The provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws could have the effect of discouraging others from attempting hostile takeovers and, as a consequence, they may also inhibit temporary fluctuations in the market price of our Common Stock that often result from actual or rumored hostile takeover attempts. These provisions may also have the effect of preventing changes in our management. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that stockholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

Limitations of Liability and Indemnification Matters

        For a discussion of liability and indemnification, see "Management—Limitation on Liability and Indemnification Matters."

Listing

        Our common stock has been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "NVRO."

Transfer Agent and Registrar

        The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is Wells Fargo Shareowner Services. The transfer agent and registrar's address is 1110 Centre Pointe Curve, Mendota Heights, Minnesota 55120.

153


Table of Contents


SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

        Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Future sales of our common stock, including shares issued upon the exercise of outstanding options or warrants, in the public market after this offering, or the perception that those sales may occur, could cause the prevailing market price for our common stock to fall or impair our ability to raise equity capital in the future. As described below, only a limited number of shares of our common stock will be available for sale in the public market for a period of several months after consummation of this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale described below. Future sales of our common stock in the public market either before (to the extent permitted) or after restrictions lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common stock at such time and our ability to raise equity capital at a time and price we deem appropriate.

Sale of Restricted Shares

        Based on the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2014, after giving effect to (1) the closing of this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), (2) the conversion of our outstanding convertible preferred stock into 15,208,048 shares of common stock, (3) no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares of common stock and (4) no exercise of any of our outstanding options, we will have outstanding an aggregate of approximately 22,793,131 shares of common stock. Of these shares, all of the 6,250,000 shares of common stock to be sold in this offering, and any shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares, will be freely tradable in the public market without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, unless the shares are held by any of our "affiliates" as such term is defined in Rule 144 of the Securities Act. All remaining shares of common stock held by existing stockholders immediately prior to the closing of this offering will be "restricted securities" as such term is defined in Rule 144. These restricted securities were issued and sold by us, or will be issued and sold by us, in private transactions and are eligible for public sale only if registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under the Securities Act, including the exemptions provided by Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below.

        As a result of the lock-up agreements referred to below and the provisions of Rule 144 and Rule 701 under the Securities Act, based on the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2014 and assumptions (1) - (4) described above, the shares of our common stock (excluding the shares sold in this offering) that will be available for sale in the public market are as follows:

Approximate Number of Shares
  First Date Available for Sale into Public Market
16,543,131 shares   180 days after the date of this prospectus upon expiration of the lock-up agreements referred to below, subject in some cases to applicable volume limitations under Rule 144

Lock-Up Agreements

        In connection with this offering, we, our directors, our executive officers and substantially all of our other stockholders and option holders have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, with the underwriters not to dispose of or hedge any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of the lock-up agreement continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC.

        Prior to the completion of the offering, certain of our employees, including our executive officers, and/or directors may enter into written trading plans that are intended to comply with Rule 10b5-1

154


Table of Contents

under the Exchange Act. Sales under these trading plans would not be permitted until the expiration of the lock-up agreements relating to the offering described above.

        Following the lock-up periods set forth in the agreements described above, and assuming that the representatives of the underwriters do not release any parties from these agreements, all of the shares of our common stock that are restricted securities or are held by our affiliates as of the date of this prospectus will be eligible for sale in the public market in compliance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

Rule 144

        In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, once we have been subject to the public company reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, for at least 90 days, a person (or persons whose shares are required to be aggregated) who is not deemed to have been one of our "affiliates" for purposes of Rule 144 at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our "affiliates," is entitled to sell those shares in the public market (subject to the lock-up agreement referred to above, if applicable) without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitations or notice provisions of Rule 144, but subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than "affiliates," then such person is entitled to sell such shares in the public market without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144 (subject to the lock-up agreement referred to above, if applicable). In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, once we have been subject to the public company reporting requirements of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days, our "affiliates," as defined in Rule 144, who have beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months are entitled to sell in the public market, upon expiration of any applicable lock-up agreements and within any three-month period, a number of those shares of our common stock that does not exceed the greater of:

        Such sales under Rule 144 by our "affiliates" or persons selling shares on behalf of our "affiliates" are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions, notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us. Notwithstanding the availability of Rule 144, the holders of substantially all of our restricted securities have entered into lock-up agreements as referenced above and their restricted securities will become eligible for sale (subject to the above limitations under Rule 144) upon the expiration of the restrictions set forth in those agreements.

Rule 701

        In general, under Rule 701 as currently in effect, any of our employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who acquired common stock from us in connection with a written compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement in compliance with Rule 701 under the Securities Act before the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part (to the extent such common stock is not subject to a lock-up agreement) is entitled to rely on Rule 701 to resell such shares beginning 90 days after we become subject to the public company reporting requirements of the Exchange Act in reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with the holding period requirements contained in Rule 144. Accordingly, subject to any applicable lock-up agreements, beginning 90 days

155


Table of Contents

after we become subject to the public company reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, under Rule 701 persons who are not our "affiliates," as defined in Rule 144, may resell those shares without complying with the minimum holding period or public information requirements of Rule 144, and persons who are our "affiliates" may resell those shares without compliance with Rule 144's minimum holding period requirements (subject to the terms of the lock-up agreement referred to below, if applicable).

Registration Rights

        Based on the number of shares outstanding as of June 30, 2014, after the consummation of this offering, the holders of approximately 17.3 million shares of our common stock, including shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding options, or their transferees, will, subject to any lock-up agreements they have entered into, be entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration of the offer and sale of those shares under the Securities Act. For a description of these registration rights, see "Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights." If the offer and sale of these shares are registered, they will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act.

Stock Plans

        We intend to file with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the shares of common stock that we may issue upon exercise of outstanding options reserved for issuance under our 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended, and our 2014 Equity Incentive Award Plan, as well as shares reserved for issuance under our Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Such registration statement is expected to be filed and become effective as soon as practicable after the consummation of this offering. Accordingly, shares registered under such registration statement will be available for sale in the open market following its effective date, subject to Rule 144 volume limitations and the lock-up agreements described above, if applicable.

156


Table of Contents


MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

        The following discussion is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to Non-U.S. Holders (as defined below) of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock issued pursuant to this offering, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all potential tax effects. The effects of other U.S. federal tax laws, such as estate and gift tax laws, and any applicable state, local or non-U.S. tax laws are not discussed. This discussion is based on the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, judicial decisions, and published rulings and administrative pronouncements of the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS"), in each case in effect as of the date hereof. These authorities may change or be subject to differing interpretations. Any such change or differing interpretation may be applied retroactively in a manner that could adversely affect a Non-U.S. Holder. We have not sought and will not seek any rulings from the IRS regarding the matters discussed below. There can be no assurance the IRS or a court will not take a contrary position to that discussed below regarding the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock.

        This discussion is limited to Non-U.S. Holders that hold our common stock as a "capital asset" within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). This discussion does not address all U.S. federal income tax consequences relevant to a Non-U.S. Holder's particular circumstances, including the impact of the Medicare contribution tax on net investment income. In addition, it does not address consequences relevant to Non-U.S. Holders subject to special rules, including, without limitation:

        If an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will depend on the status of the partner, the activities of the partnership and certain determinations made at the partner level. Accordingly, partnerships holding our common stock and the partners in such partnerships should consult their tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences to them.

         INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK ARISING UNDER THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE OR

157


Table of Contents

GIFT TAX LAWS OR UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL OR NON-U.S. TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE INCOME TAX TREATY.

Definition of a Non-U.S. Holder

        For purposes of this discussion, a "Non-U.S. Holder" is any beneficial owner of our common stock that is neither a "U.S. person" nor an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A U.S. person is any person that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is or is treated as any of the following:

Distributions

        As described in the section entitled "Dividend Policy," we do not anticipate declaring or paying dividends to holders of our common stock in the foreseeable future. However, if we do make distributions of cash or property on our common stock, such distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Amounts not treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes will constitute a return of capital and first be applied against and reduce a Non-U.S. Holder's adjusted tax basis in its common stock, but not below zero. Any excess will be treated as capital gain and will be treated as described below under "—Sale or Other Taxable Disposition."

        Subject to the discussion below on effectively connected income, dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder of our common stock will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividends (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty, provided the Non-U.S. Holder furnishes a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or other applicable documentation) certifying qualification for the lower treaty rate). A Non-U.S. Holder that does not timely furnish the required documentation, but that qualifies for a reduced treaty rate, may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under any applicable income tax treaty.

        If dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder's conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the Non-U.S. Holder maintains a permanent establishment in the United States to which such dividends are attributable), the Non-U.S. Holder will be exempt from the U.S. federal withholding tax described above. To claim the exemption, the Non-U.S. Holder must furnish to the applicable withholding agent a valid IRS Form W-8ECI, certifying that the dividends are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder's conduct of a trade or business within the United States.

        Any such effectively connected dividends will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated rates. A Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation also may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on such effectively connected dividends, as adjusted for certain items. Non-U.S. Holders

158


Table of Contents

should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Sale or Other Taxable Disposition

        A Non-U.S. Holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock unless:

        Gain described in the first bullet point above generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated rates. A Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation also may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on such effectively connected gain, as adjusted for certain items.

        Gain described in the second bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty), which may be offset by certain U.S. source capital losses of the Non-U.S. Holder (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States), provided the Non-U.S. Holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses.

        With respect to the third bullet point above, we believe we currently are not, and do not anticipate becoming, a USRPHC. Because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends, however, on the fair market value of our USRPIs relative to the fair market value of our non-U.S. real property interests and our other business assets, there can be no assurance we currently are not a USRPHC or will not become one in the future. Even if we are or were to become a USRPHC, gain arising from the sale or other taxable disposition by a Non-U.S. Holder of our common stock will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax if our common stock is "regularly traded," as defined by applicable Treasury Regulations, on an established securities market, and such Non-U.S. Holder owned, actually and constructively, 5% or less of our common stock throughout the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the sale or other taxable disposition or the Non-U.S. Holder's holding period.

        Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

        Payments of dividends on our common stock will not be subject to backup withholding, provided the applicable withholding agent does not have actual knowledge or reason to know the holder is a United States person and the holder either certifies its non-U.S. status, such as by furnishing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E or W-8ECI, or otherwise establishes an exemption. However, information returns are required to be filed with the IRS in connection with any dividends on our common stock paid to the Non-U.S. Holder, regardless of whether any tax was actually withheld. Proceeds of the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock within the United States or conducted through certain U.S.-related brokers generally will not be subject to backup withholding or information reporting, if the applicable withholding agent receives the certification described above, or the holder otherwise establishes an exemption. Proceeds of a disposition of our common stock

159


Table of Contents

conducted through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker that does not have certain enumerated relationships with the United States generally will not be subject to backup withholding or information reporting.

        Copies of information returns that are filed with the IRS may also be made available under the provisions of an applicable treaty or agreement to the tax authorities of the country in which the Non-U.S. Holder resides or is established.

        Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a Non-U.S. Holder's U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Additional Withholding Tax on Payments Made to Foreign Accounts

        Withholding taxes may be imposed under Sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code (such Sections commonly referred to as the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or "FATCA") on certain types of payments made to non-U.S. financial institutions and certain other non-U.S. entities. Specifically, a 30% withholding tax will be imposed on dividends on, or gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, our common stock paid to a "foreign financial institution" or a "non-financial foreign entity" (each as defined in the Code), unless (1) the foreign financial institution undertakes certain diligence and reporting obligations, (2) the non-financial foreign entity either certifies it does not have any "substantial United States owners" (as defined in the Code) or furnishes identifying information regarding each substantial United States owner, or (3) the foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption from these rules. If the payee is a foreign financial institution and is subject to the diligence and reporting requirements in (1) above, it must enter into an agreement with the U.S. Department of the Treasury requiring, among other things, that it undertake to identify accounts held by certain "specified United States persons" or "United States-owned foreign entities" (each as defined in the Code), annually report certain information about such accounts, and withhold 30% on certain payments to non-compliant foreign financial institutions and certain other account holders. Foreign financial institutions located in jurisdictions that have an intergovernmental agreement with the United States governing FATCA may be subject to different rules.

        Under the applicable Treasury Regulations, withholding under FATCA generally applies to payments of dividends on our common stock made on or after July 1, 2014 and will apply to payments of gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of such stock on or after January 1, 2017.

        Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the potential application of withholding under FATCA to their investment in our common stock.

160


Table of Contents


UNDERWRITING

        We are offering the shares of common stock described in this prospectus through a number of underwriters. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC are acting as joint book-running managers of the offering and as representatives of the underwriters. We have entered into an underwriting agreement with the underwriters. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase, at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the number of shares of common stock listed next to its name in the following table:

Name
  Number of
Shares

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

   

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

   

Leerink Partners LLC

   

JMP Securities LLC

   
     

Total

  6,250,000
     
     

        The underwriters are committed to purchase all the common shares offered by us if they purchase any shares. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may also be increased or the offering may be terminated.

        Certain of our existing investors, including investors affiliated with certain of our directors, have indicated an interest in purchasing an aggregate of up to approximately $25 million in shares of our common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price. Any such purchases, if completed, would be made on the same terms as the shares that are sold to the public generally and not pursuant to any pre-existing contractual rights or obligations. Whether or not these investors purchase any or all of the shares for which they indicated an interest in purchasing will not affect the underwriters' commitment to purchase the common shares offered by us if the underwriters purchase any shares.

        The underwriters propose to offer the common shares directly to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $        per share. Any such dealers may resell shares to certain other brokers or dealers at a discount of up to $        per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial public offering of the shares, the offering price and other selling terms may be changed by the underwriters. Sales of shares made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters.

        The underwriters have an option to buy up to 937,500 additional shares of common stock from us to cover sales of shares by the underwriters which exceed the number of shares specified in the table above. The underwriters have 30 days from the date of this prospectus to exercise this option. If any shares are purchased with this option, the underwriters will purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as shown in the table above. If any additional shares of common stock are purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional shares on the same terms as those on which the shares are being offered.

        The underwriters do not expect to sell more than 5% of the common shares in the aggregate to accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.

        The underwriting fee is equal to the public offering price per share of common stock less the amount paid by the underwriters to us per share of common stock. The underwriting fee is $        per share. The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be

161


Table of Contents

paid to the underwriters assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares.

 
  Without
option
exercise
  With full
option
exercise
 

Per Share

  $                $               

Total

  $                $               

        We estimate that the total expenses of this offering, including registration, filing and listing fees, printing fees and legal and accounting expenses, but excluding the underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $3.5 million. We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain FINRA-related and other expenses incurred by them in connection with this offering in an amount up to $50,000.

        A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the web sites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in the offering. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters and selling group members that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

        We have agreed that we will not (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers all or a portion of the economic consequences associated with the ownership of any shares of common stock or any such other securities (regardless of whether any of these transactions are to be settled by the delivery of shares of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise), in each case without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, other than (i) the shares of our common stock to be sold hereunder, (ii) any shares of our common stock issued upon the conversion of convertible preferred stock outstanding on the date of this prospectus in connection with this offering, (iii) any shares of our common stock issued upon the exercise of options granted under our existing stock incentive plans or warrants described as outstanding in the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, (iv) any options and other awards granted under an stock incentive plan described in the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, (v) our filing of any registration statement on Form S-8 or a successor form thereto relating to an stock incentive plan described in the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and (vi) shares of common stock or other securities issued in connection with a transaction with an unaffiliated third-party that includes a bona fide commercial relationship (including joint ventures, marketing or distribution arrangements, collaboration agreements or intellectual property license agreements) or any acquisition of assets or acquisition of not less than a majority or controlling portion of the equity of another entity, provided that (x) the aggregate number of shares issued pursuant to this clause (vi) shall not exceed five percent (5%) of the total number of outstanding shares of common stock immediately following the issuance and sale of the shares of common stock in this offering and (y) the recipient of any such shares of common stock and securities issued pursuant to this clause (vi) during the 180-day restricted period described above shall enter into a lock-up agreement.

        Our directors and executive officers, and substantially all of our other stockholders and option holders have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters prior to the commencement of this

162


Table of Contents

offering pursuant to which each of these persons or entities, with limited exceptions, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, may not, without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC on behalf of the Underwriters, (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock (including, without limitation, common stock or such other securities which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by such directors, executive officers, managers and members in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant) or (2) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock or such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, or (3) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any shares of our common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock. The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph do not apply to:

163


Table of Contents

        J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, in their sole discretion, may release the common stock and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time.

        We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.

        Our common stock has been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "NVRO".

        In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, which involves making bids for, purchasing and selling shares of common stock in the open market for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock while this offering is in progress. These stabilizing transactions may include making short sales of the common stock, which involves the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of common stock than they are required to purchase in this offering, and purchasing shares of common stock on the open market to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales may be "covered" shorts, which are short positions in an amount not greater than the underwriters' option referred to above, or may be "naked" shorts, which are short positions in excess of that amount. The underwriters may close out any covered short position either by exercising their option, in whole or in part, or by purchasing shares in the open market. In making this determination, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market compared to the price at which the underwriters may

164


Table of Contents

purchase shares through the option to purchase additional shares. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. To the extent that the underwriters create a naked short position, they will purchase shares in the open market to cover the position.

        The underwriters have advised us that, pursuant to Regulation M of the Securities Act of 1933, they may also engage in other activities that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock, including the imposition of penalty bids. This means that if the representatives of the underwriters purchase common stock in the open market in stabilizing transactions or to cover short sales, the representatives can require the underwriters that sold those shares as part of this offering to repay the underwriting discount received by them.

        These activities may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of the common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock, and, as a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If the underwriters commence these activities, they may discontinue them at any time. The underwriters may carry out these transactions on the New York Stock Exchange, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

        Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters. In determining the initial public offering price, we and the representatives of the underwriters expect to consider a number of factors including:

        Neither we nor the underwriters can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for our common shares, or that the shares will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

        Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates may provide to us and our affiliates from time to time in the future certain commercial banking, financial advisory, investment banking and other services for us and such affiliates in the ordinary course of their business, for which they may receive customary fees and commissions. In addition, from time to time, certain of the underwriters and their affiliates may effect transactions for their own account or the account of customers, and hold on behalf of themselves or their customers, long or short positions in our debt or equity securities or loans, and may do so in the future.

Selling Restrictions

General

        Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly

165


Table of Contents

or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Outside of the United States, persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions imposed by any applicable laws and regulations outside of the United States relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

United Kingdom

        This document is only being distributed to and is only directed at (i) persons who are outside the United Kingdom or (ii) to investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (the "Order") or (iii) high net worth entities, and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling with Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as "relevant persons"). The securities are only available to, and any invitation, offer or agreement to subscribe, purchase or otherwise acquire such securities will be engaged in only with, relevant persons. Any person who is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.

European Economic Area

        In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a "Relevant Member State"), from and including the date on which the European Union Prospectus Directive (the "EU Prospectus Directive") was implemented in that Relevant Member State (the "Relevant Implementation Date") an offer of securities described in this prospectus may not be made to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the EU Prospectus Directive, except that, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, an offer of securities described in this prospectus may be made to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

        For the purposes of this provision, the expression an "offer of securities to the public" in relation to any securities in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the securities to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the securities, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the EU Prospectus Directive in that Member State. The expression "EU Prospectus Directive" means Directive 2003/71/EC (and any amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State) and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State, and the expression "2010 PD Amending Directive" means Directive 2010/73/EU.

166


Table of Contents


LEGAL MATTERS

        The validity of the issuance of our common stock offered in this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Latham & Watkins LLP, Menlo Park, California. Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP is acting as counsel for the underwriters in connection with this offering.


EXPERTS

        The consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2012 and 2013 and for the years then ended included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of such firm as experts in auditing and accounting.


WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

        We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock offered hereby. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. For further information with respect to Nevro Corp. and the common stock offered hereby, reference is made to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or any other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete, and each such statement is qualified in all respects by reference to the full text of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. A copy of the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed therewith may be inspected without charge at the public reference room maintained by the SEC, located at 100 F Street N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549, and copies of all or any part of the registration statement may be obtained from such offices upon the payment of the fees prescribed by the SEC. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information about the public reference room. The SEC also maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. The address is www.sec.gov.

        Upon consummation of this offering, we will become subject to the information and periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance therewith, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. Such periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the public reference room and website of the SEC referred to above. We maintain a website at www.nevro.com. Upon consummation of this offering, you may access our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act with the SEC free of charge at our website as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The reference to our website address does not constitute incorporation by reference of the information contained on our website, and you should not consider the contents of our website in making an investment decision with respect to our common stock.

167


Table of Contents


GLOSSARY

        Set forth below is a glossary of key industry and clinical terms used in this prospectus:

Term
  Definition

amplitude

  A measure of the energy level of an electrical stimulation waveform

anatomical lead placement

 

Locating the stimulation lead based on a reference location within the body

controlled study

 

A study in which subjects who receive the studied intervention are compared to those in a control group who have not received the studied intervention

evidence-based

 

As defined by us, based on the best clinical evidence available

FBSS

 

Refers to Failed Back Surgery Syndrome, which is a condition describing patients who have not had a successful result with back or spine surgery and have experienced continual pain following the surgery

hertz, or Hz

 

Therapeutic pulses delivered per second

higher frequency waveform of 10,000 Hz

 

Electrical stimulation that has a stimulation pulse frequency waveform of 10,000 pulses per second, or 10,000 Hz

low frequency stimulation

 

Electrical stimulation that has a stimulation pulse frequency waveform of typically between 40 Hz and 60 Hz

ODI

 

Refers to Oswestry Disability Index, an index derived from the Oswestry Low Back Pain Questionnaire used by clinicians and researchers to quantify disability for low back pain

neuromodulation

 

The application of targeted electrical, chemical and biological technologies to the nervous system in order to improve function and quality of life

non-inferiority study or non-inferiority trial

 

A study or trial designed to show that the effect of the medical therapy tested is not inferior to that of a comparative control by more than a pre-specified margin

paresthesia

 

A constant tingling sensation produced by low frequency stimulation that overlaps the pain area and is the basis of traditional SCS therapy

paresthesia mapping

 

A procedure in traditional SCS therapy in which a patient is awakened and queried by the physician, sometimes repeatedly, as to whether they feel the paresthesia over the site of their pain

pivotal study

 

A study intended to provide evidence to support regulatory approval

platform

 

A technology that can be applied to multiple products or clinical indications

post-hoc statistical analysis

 

An analysis of study data following the conclusion of a study

168


Table of Contents

Term
  Definition

primary endpoint

 

The main result that is measured during the study to see if a given treatment worked

QSR

 

Refers to Quality System Regulation promulgated by the FDA pursuant to the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act

randomized clinical evidence

 

Clinical evidence derived from a randomized controlled trial or study in which study subjects are randomly allocated to receive one of the alternative treatments under study prior to the commencement of the studied intervention

remitter status

 

VAS pain score of less than or equal to 2.5 on a scale of 0 to 10 for back pain

secondary endpoints

 

The results that are measured during the study that are determined to be the next most important after the primary endpoint

spinal cord stimulation

 

A type of neuromodulation technology that utilizes an implantable pacemaker-like device to deliver electrical impulses near the spinal cord

superiority analysis

 

Analysis showing that the effect of a tested medical therapy is superior to that of active comparative control therapy by more than a pre-specified margin

Visual Analog Scale, or VAS

 

A measurement of a patient's pain intensity on a 0 to 10 scale, with 0 representing no pain and 10 representing the worst pain imaginable. The VAS score is used to calculate changes in patient pain

169


Table of Contents


Nevro Corp.

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

 
  Page(s)  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   
F-2
 

Consolidated Financial Statements

   
 
 

Consolidated Balance Sheets

   
F-3
 

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

   
F-4
 

Consolidated Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock, Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)

   
F-5
 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

   
F-6
 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   
F-7 - F-35
 

F-1


Table of Contents


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

        The reverse stock split described in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements has not been consummated at October 27, 2014. When it has been consummated, we will be in a position to furnish the following report.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
San Jose, California
October 27, 2014


"Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

        To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Nevro Corp.:

            In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, of convertible preferred stock, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders' equity (deficit) and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Nevro Corp. and its subsidiaries (the "Company") at December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

    San Jose, California
    August 8, 2014, except for the effects of the reverse stock split described in Note 2, as to which the date is                        ."

F-2


Table of Contents


Nevro Corp.

Consolidated Balance Sheets
(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 
   
   
   
  Proforma
Stockholders'
Equity
June 30,
2014
(See Note 2)
 
 
  December 31,    
 
 
  June 30,
2014
 
 
  2012   2013  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 

Assets

                         

Current assets

                         

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 5,618   $ 12,409   $ 17,394        

Short-term investments

    24,997     44,123     24,222        

Accounts receivable, net of doubtful accounts of $180, $182 and $182 (unaudited) at December 31, 2012 and 2013 and June 30, 2014, respectively

    5,857     6,605     6,742        

Inventories, net

    9,589     10,123     11,648        

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    2,760     1,514     2,094        
                     

Total current assets

    48,821     74,774     62,100        

Property and equipment, net

    108     117     259        

Other assets

    82     220     245        

Restricted cash

    100     300     300        
                     

Total assets

  $ 49,111   $ 75,411   $ 62,904        
                     
                     

Liabilities, convertible preferred stock, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders' equity (deficit)

                         

Current liabilities

                         

Accounts payable

  $ 1,950   $ 3,177   $ 3,129        

Accrued liabilities

    2,818     4,536     5,108        

Other current liabilities

    481     191     150        
                     

Total current liabilities

    5,249     7,904     8,387        

Other long-term liabilities

    248     62     105        
                     

Total liabilities

    5,497     7,966     8,492        
                     

Commitments and contingencies (Note 5)

                         

Series A convertible preferred stock, par value $0.001— 130,508,081 shares authorized at December 31, 2012 and 2013 and June 30, 2014 (unaudited); 5,437,826 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012 and 2013 and at June 30, 2014 (unaudited); $47,505 liquidation preference at December 31, 2012 and 2013 and June 30, 2014 (unaudited); no shares authorized, issued or outstanding pro forma at June 30, 2014 (unaudited)

    47,217     47,217     47,217   $  

Series B and C redeemable convertible preferred stock, par value $0.001— 135,000,000, 234,485,750 and 234,485,750 (unaudited) shares authorized at December 31, 2012, and 2013 and June 30, 2014, respectively; 5,450,578, 9,770,222, and 9,770,222 (unaudited) shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012 and 2013 and June 30, 2014, respectively; $58,605, $106,605 and $106,605 (unaudited) liquidation preference at December 31, 2012 and 2013 and June 30, 2014, respectively; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding pro forma at June 30, 2014 (unaudited)

    58,191     106,018     106,105      

Stockholders' equity (deficit)

                         

Common stock, $0.001 par value, 400,000,000, 472,000,000 and 472,000,000 (unaudited) shares authorized at December 31, 2012 and 2013 and June 30, 2014, respectively; 1,076,985, 1,120,416, and 1,335,083 (unaudited) shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012 and 2013, and June 30, 2014, respectively; 16,543,131 (unaudited) shares outstanding, pro forma

    1     1     1     17  

Additional paid-in capital

    3,183     5,331     6,794     160,100  

Accumulated other comprehensive income

    5     28     17     17  

Accumulated deficit

    (64,983 )   (91,150 )   (105,722 )   (105,722 )
                   

Total stockholders' equity (deficit)

    (61,794 )   (85,790 )   (98,910 ) $ 54,412  
                   

Total liabilities, convertible preferred stock, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders' equity (deficit)

  $ 49,111   $ 75,411   $ 62,904        
                     
                     

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-3


Table of Contents


Nevro Corp.

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss
(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Six Months Ended June 30,  
 
  2012   2013   2013   2014  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 

Revenue

  $ 18,150   $ 23,500   $ 11,106   $ 14,190  

Cost of revenue

    7,527     9,473     4,451     5,521  
                   

Gross profit

    10,623     14,027     6,655     8,669  
                   

Operating expenses

                         

Research and development

    15,659     20,345     11,121     9,846  

Sales, general and administrative

    14,094     18,833     8,788     13,525  
                   

Total operating expenses

    29,753     39,178     19,909     23,371  
                   

Loss from operations

    (19,130 )   (25,151 )   (13,254 )   (14,702 )

Interest income

   
139
   
153
   
71
   
72
 

Other income (expense), net

    186     (654 )   (927 )   382  
                   

Loss before income taxes

    (18,805 )   (25,652 )   (14,110 )   (14,248 )

Provision for income taxes

    (162 )   (362 )   (148 )   (237 )
                   

Net loss

    (18,967 )   (26,014 )   (14,258 )   (14,485 )

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to redemption value

    (98 )   (153 )   (71 )   (87 )
                   

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

    (19,065 )   (26,167 )   (14,329 )   (14,572 )

Changes in unrealized gains (losses) on short-term investments

    (15 )   23     14     (11 )
                   

Other comprehensive income (loss)

    (15 )   23     14     (11 )
                   

Comprehensive loss

  $ (19,080 ) $ (26,144 ) $ (14,315 ) $ (14,583 )
                   
                   

Net loss attributable to common stockholder per share, basic and diluted

  $ (38.59 ) $ (29.84 ) $ (17.91 ) $ (13.17 )
                   
                   

Weighted-average number of common shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share

    494,066     876,932     800,124     1,106,303  
                   
                   

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited)

        $ (1.69 )       $ (0.89 )
                       
                       

Pro forma weighted-average number of common shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share (unaudited)

          15,512,479           16,314,351  
                       
                       

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-4


Table of Contents


Nevro Corp.

Consolidated Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock, Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)
(in thousands, except share data)

 
   
   
  Series B and C
Redeemable
Convertible
Preferred Stock
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  Series A Convertible
Preferred Stock
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 

  Common Stock    
   
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
   
 
 
  Additional
Paid-In
Capital
  Accumulated
deficit
   
 
 
  Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount    
  Shares   Amount   Total  

Balances at January 1, 2012

    5,437,826   $ 47,217     5,450,578   $ 58,093         641,324   $ 1   $ 1,192   $ (45,918 ) $ 20   $ (44,705 )

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock issuance costs

                98                     (98 )       (98 )

Exercise of common stock options

                        435,661         601             601  

Vesting of early exercised stock options

                                265             265  

Stock based compensation expense

                                1,125             1,125  

Net loss

                                    (18,967 )       (18,967 )

Other comprehensive loss

                                        (15 )   (15 )
                                               

Balances at December 31, 2012

    5,437,826     47,217     5,450,578     58,191         1,076,985     1     3,183     (64,983 )   5     (61,794 )

Issuance of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock in February and March 2013 at $11.11 per share for cash, net of issuance costs of $326,623

            4,319,644     47,674                              

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock issuance costs

                153                     (153 )       (153 )

Exercise of common stock options

                        43,431         111             111  

Vesting of early exercised stock options

                                460             460  

Stock based compensation expense

                                1,577             1,577  

Net loss

                                    (26,014 )       (26,014 )

Other comprehensive loss

                                        23     23  
                                               

Balances at December 31, 2013

    5,437,826     47,217     9,770,222     106,018         1,120,416     1     5,331     (91,150 )   28     (85,790 )

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock issuance costs (unaudited)

                87                     (87 )       (87 )

Exercise of common stock options (unaudited)

                        214,667         537             537  

Vesting of early exercised stock options (unaudited)

                                128             128  

Stock based compensation expense (unaudited)

                                798             798  

Net loss (unaudited)

                                    (14,485 )       (14,485 )

Other comprehensive loss (unaudited)

                                        (11 )   (11 )
                                               

Balances at June 30, 2014 (unaudited)

    5,437,826   $ 47,217     9,770,222   $ 106,105         1,335,083   $ 1   $ 6,794   $ (105,722 ) $ 17   $ (98,910 )
                                               
                                               

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-5


Table of Contents


Nevro Corp.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(in thousands)

 
  Years Ended
December 31,
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
 
  2012   2013   2013   2014  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 

Cash flows from operating activities

                         

Net loss

  $ (18,967 ) $ (26,014 ) $ (14,258 ) $ (14,485 )

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities

                         

Depreciation and amortization

    39     47     19     39  

Stock-based compensation expense

    1,125     1,577     694     798  

Amortization (accretion) of premium (discount) on short term investments

    538     540     286     182  

Write down of inventory

        1,066     493     12  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities

                         

Accounts receivable

    (2,247 )   (748 )   (11 )   (137 )

Inventories

    (3,597 )   (1,600 )   (880 )   (1,537 )

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    (994 )   1,246     349     (580 )

Other assets

    (35 )   (138 )       (25 )

Accounts payable

    624     1,227     427     (48 )

Accrued liabilities

    1,082     1,888     949     658  

Other long term liabilities

    (35 )   (186 )   (150 )   43  
                   

Net cash used in operating activities

    (22,467 )   (21,095 )   (12,082 )   (15,080 )
                   

Cash flows from investing activities

                         

Purchases of short-term investments

    (40,350 )   (70,404 )   (50,643 )   (15,261 )

Proceeds from maturity of short-term investments

    55,706     50,760     20,101     34,969  

Restricted cash

    (50 )   (200 )        

Purchase of property and equipment

    (30 )   (55 )       (180 )
                   

Net cash provided by (used) in investing activities

    15,276     (19,899 )   (30,542 )   19,528  
                   

Cash flows from financing activities

                         

Proceeds from issuance of convertible preferred stock, net

        47,674     47,674      

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

    1,532     111     27     537  
                   

Net cash provided by financing activities

    1,532     47,785     47,701     537  
                   

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    (5,659 )   6,791     5,077     4,985  

Cash and cash equivalents

                         

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

    11,277     5,618     5,618     12,409  
                   

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

  $ 5,618   $ 12,409   $ 10,695   $ 17,394  
                   

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information—Cash paid for income taxes

  $ 32   $ 179   $ 1   $ 1  
                   
                   

Significant non-cash transactions

                         

Vesting of early exercised stock options

  $ 265   $ 460   $ 230   $ 128  
                   
                   

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-6


Table of Contents


Nevro Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Formation and Business of the Company

        We were incorporated in Minnesota on March 10, 2006 to manufacture and market innovative active implantable medical devices for the treatment of neurological disorders initially focusing on the treatment of chronic pain. Subsequently, we were reincorporated in Delaware on October 4, 2006 and relocated to California.

        Since inception, the Company has incurred net losses and negative cash flows from operations. During the period ended December 31, 2013, the Company incurred a net loss of $26.0 million and used $21.1 million of cash in operations. For the six months ended June 30, 2014 (unaudited), the Company incurred a net loss of $14.5 million and used $15.1 million of cash in operations. At December 31, 2013 and June 30, 2014, the Company had an accumulated deficit of $91.2 million and $105.7 million (unaudited), respectively, and does not expect to experience positive cash flows in the near future. The Company has financed operations to date primarily through private placements of equity securities. The Company's ability to continue to meet its obligations and to achieve its business objectives is dependent upon, amongst other things, raising additional capital, obtaining U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) approval and commercializing in the United States, generating sufficient revenues and its ability to continue to control expenses, if necessary, to meet its obligations as they become due for the foreseeable future. Failure to increase sales of its products, obtain U.S. FDA approval, manage discretionary expenditures or raise additional financing, as required, may adversely impact the Company's ability to achieve its intended business objectives.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

        These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. (U.S. GAAP). The consolidated financial statements include the Company's accounts and those of its wholly owned subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

Segments

        The chief operating decision maker for the Company is the Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis, accompanied by information about revenue by geographic region, for purposes of allocating resources and evaluating financial performance. The Company has one business activity and there are no segment managers who are held accountable for operations, operating results or plans for levels or components below the consolidated unit level. Accordingly, the Company has determined that it has a single reportable and operating segment structure. The Company and its Chief Executive Officer evaluate performance based primarily on revenue in the geographic locations in which the Company operates.

        The Company derives all of its revenues from sales to customers in Australia and Europe, and has not yet received approval to sell its products in the Unites States. Revenue by geography is based on the billing address of the customer. The following table sets forth revenue by geographic area for

F-7


Table of Contents


Nevro Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

countries with revenue accounting for more than 10% of the total revenue during the periods presented (in thousands):

 
  Years ended December 31,   Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
 
  2012   2013   2013   2014  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 

Australia

    28 %   30 %   26 %   33 %

United Kingdom

    15 %   19 %   16 %   18 %

Germany

    14 %   18 %   18 %   18 %

Ireland

    12 %   7 %   8 %   4 %

Netherlands

    11 %   9 %   10 %   11 %

        Long-lived assets and operating income outside the U.S. are not material; therefore disclosures have been limited to revenue.

Unaudited Interim Consolidated Financial Information

        The accompanying interim consolidated financial statements as of June 30, 2014 and for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014, and the related interim information contained within the notes to the financial statements, are unaudited. The unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles for interim financial information and on the same basis as the audited financial statements. In the opinion of management, the accompanying unaudited interim consolidated financial statements contain all adjustments which are necessary to present fairly the Company's financial position as of June 30, 2014, and the results of its operations and cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014. Such adjustments are of a normal and recurring nature. The results for the six months ended June 30, 2014 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the year ending December 31, 2014, or for any future period.

Unaudited Pro Forma Balance Sheet Information

        The June 30, 2014 unaudited pro forma stockholders' equity has been prepared assuming prior to the consummation of the initial public offering contemplated by the Company, all of the outstanding shares of convertible preferred and redeemable convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into shares of common stock, assuming the Company raises at least $50.0 million or pursuant to a stockholder vote under the Company's amended and restated certificate of incorporation. The June 30, 2014 unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet data has been prepared assuming the conversion of all the convertible preferred and redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding into 15,208,048 shares of common stock. The unaudited pro forma stockholders' equity does not assume any proceeds from the proposed initial public offering.

Foreign Currency Translation

        The Company's consolidated financial statements are prepared in U.S. dollars (USD). Its foreign subsidiaries use their local currency as their functional currency and maintain their records in the local currency. Accordingly, the assets and liabilities of these subsidiaries are translated into United States Dollars using the current exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date and equity accounts are

F-8


Table of Contents


Nevro Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

translated into United States dollars using historical rates. Revenues and expenses are translated using the average exchange rates in effect when the transaction occurs. The resulting foreign currency translation adjustments are recorded in other comprehensive income (loss) in the consolidated balance sheets. These translation adjustments were insignificant to the Company's consolidated financial statements for all periods presented. Transactions denominated in foreign currency are translated at exchange rates at the date of transaction with foreign currency gains (losses) recorded in other income (expense), net in the consolidated statements of operations and other comprehensive loss. The Company recognized net foreign currency transaction losses of $0.2 million, $0.6 million, $0.1 million (unaudited) and $0.4 million (unaudited) during the year ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

        As the Company's international operations grow, its risks associated with fluctuation in currency rates will become greater, and the Company will continue to reassess its approach to managing this risk. In addition, currency fluctuations or a weakening U.S. dollar can increase the costs of the Company's international expansion. To date, the Company has not entered into any foreign currency hedging contracts, since exchange rate fluctuations have not had a material impact on its operating results and cash flows. Based on its current international structure, the Company does not plan on engaging in hedging activities in the near future.

Use of Estimates

        The preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Significant accounting estimates and management judgments reflected in the consolidated financial statements include items such as allowances for doubtful accounts; clinical accruals; stock-based compensation; depreciation and amortization lives; inventory valuation; valuation of investments and deferred tax assets, including valuation allowances. Estimates are based on historical experience, where applicable, and other assumptions believed to be reasonable by the management. Actual results may differ from those estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

Concentration of Credit Risk and Other Risks and Uncertainties

        Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to a concentration of credit risk consist of cash, cash equivalents and investments. The majority of the Company's cash is held by one financial institution in the United States of America in excess of federally insured limits. The Company maintained investments in money market funds that were not federally insured during the year ended December 31, 2013 and held cash in foreign banks of approximately $2.0 million and $5.7 million at December 31, 2012 and 2013 that was not federally insured. The Company has not experienced any losses on its deposits of cash and cash equivalents.

        All of the Company's revenue has been derived from sales of its products in international markets, principally Australia and Europe. In the international markets in which the Company participates, the Company uses both a direct sales force and distributors to sell its products. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluation of its direct customers and distributors, does not require collateral, and maintains allowances for potential credit losses on customer accounts when deemed necessary.

F-9


Table of Contents


Nevro Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        During the year ended December 31, 2012, two customers accounted for 11% and 11%, respectively, of the Company's revenue. Three customers accounted for 21%, 13% and 10% of the Company's accounts receivable balance as of December 31, 2012, respectively. In 2013, no customers accounted for more than 10% of the Company's revenue. As of December 31, 2013, one customer accounted for 11% of our accounts receivable balance. During the six month period ended June 30, 2013, one customer accounted for 10% (unaudited) of the Company's revenue. During the six month period ended June 30, 2014, one customer accounted for 11% (unaudited) of the Company's revenue. As of June 30, 2014, one customer accounted for 13% (unaudited) of the accounts receivable balance.

        The Company is subject to risks common to early-stage medical device companies including, but not limited to, new technological innovations, dependence on key personnel, protection of proprietary technology, compliance with government regulations, product liability, uncertainty of market acceptance of products, and the need to obtain additional financing. The Company is dependent on third party manufacturers and suppliers, in some cases sole- or single-source suppliers.

        There can be no assurance that the Company's products or services will continue to be accepted in the marketplace, nor can there be any assurance that any future products or services can be developed or manufactured at an acceptable cost and with appropriate performance characteristics, or that such products or services will be successfully marketed, if at all.

        The Company's products require approval from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration prior to commencing commercial sales in the U.S. There can be no assurance that the Company's products will receive all of the required approvals. If the Company is denied such approvals or such approvals are delayed, it may have a material adverse impact on the Company's results of operations, financial position and liquidity.

        The Company expects to incur substantial operating losses for the next several years and will need to obtain additional financing in order to launch and commercialize any products or product candidates for which it receives regulatory approval. There can be no assurance that such financing will be available or will be at terms acceptable by the Company.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

        Carrying amounts of certain of the Company's financial instruments, including cash equivalents, short term investments, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximate fair value due to their relatively short maturities.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

        The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents include money market funds in the amount of $3.0 million, $2.4 million and $7.4 million (unaudited) as of December 31, 2012 and 2013 and June 30, 2014, respectively. At December 31, 2012 and 2013 and June 30, 2014 (unaudited), the Company's cash equivalents were held in institutions in the U.S. and include deposits in a money market fund which was unrestricted as to withdrawal or use.

F-10


Table of Contents


Nevro Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Restricted Cash

        Restricted cash of $0.1 million, $0.3 million and $0.3 million (unaudited) as of December 31, 2012 and 2013 and June 30, 2014 (unaudited), respectively, represents a certificate of deposit collateralizing payment of charges related to the Company's corporate credit card.

Investment Securities

        The Company classifies its investment securities as available-for-sale. Those investments with maturities less than 12 months at the date of purchase are considered short-term investments. Those investments with maturities greater than 12 months at the date of purchase are considered long-term investments. The Company's investment securities classified as available-for-sale are recorded at fair value based upon quoted market prices at period end. Unrealized gains and losses, deemed temporary in nature, are reported as a separate component of comprehensive income or loss.

        A decline in the fair value of any security below cost that is deemed other than temporary results in a charge to earnings and the corresponding establishment of a new cost basis for the security. Premiums (discounts) are amortized (accreted) over the life of the related security as an adjustment to yield using the straight-line interest method. Dividend and interest income are recognized when earned. Realized gains and losses are included in earnings and are derived using the specific identification method for determining the cost of securities sold.

Inventories

        Inventories are stated at the lower of cost to purchase or manufacture the inventory or the market value of such inventory. Cost is determined using the standard cost method which approximates the first-in, first-out basis. Market value is determined as the lower of replacement cost or net realizable value. The Company regularly reviews inventory quantities in consideration of actual loss experiences, projected future demand, and remaining shelf life to record a provision for excess and obsolete inventory when appropriate.

        The Company's policy is to write down inventory that has become obsolete, inventory that has a cost basis in excess of its expected net realizable value and inventory in excess of expected requirements. The estimate of excess quantities is subjective and primarily dependent on the Company's estimates of future demand for a particular product. If the estimate of future demand is inaccurate based on actual sales, the Company may increase the write down for excess inventory for that component and record a charge to inventory impairment in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. The Company periodically evaluates the carrying value of inventory on hand for potential excess amount over demand using the same lower of cost or market approach as that has been used to value the inventory. The Company also periodically evaluates inventory quantities in consideration of actual loss experience. As a result of these evaluations, for the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company recognized a total write down of $1.1 million for Senza inventories. There were no such charges in the year ended December 31, 2012. The Company's estimation of the future demand for a particular component of the Senza product may vary and may result in changes in estimates in any particular period.

Shipping and Handling Costs

        Shipping and handling costs are expensed as incurred and are included in cost of revenue.

F-11


Table of Contents


Nevro Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Revenue Recognition

        The Company recognizes revenue when all of the following criteria are met:

    persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists;

    the sales price is fixed or determinable;

    collection of the relevant receivable is probable at the time of sale; and

    delivery has occurred or services have been rendered.

        For a majority of sales, where the Company's sales representative delivers its product at the point of implantation at hospitals or medical facilities, the Company recognizes revenue upon completion of the procedure and authorization, which represents satisfaction of the required revenue recognition criteria. For the remaining sales, which are sent from the Company's distribution centers directly to hospitals and medical facilities, as well as distributor sales where product is ordered in advance of an implantation procedure and a valid purchase order has been received, the Company recognizes revenue at the time of shipment of the product, which represents the point in time when the customer has taken ownership and assumed the risk of loss and the required revenue recognition criteria are satisfied. The Company's customers are obligated to pay within specified terms regardless of when or if they ever sell or use the products. The Company does not offer rights of return or price protection and it has no post-delivery obligations.

        The Company has a limited one-year warranty to most customers. Estimated warranty obligations are recorded at the time of sale and to date, warranty costs have been insignificant.

Property and Equipment

        Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation of property and equipment is computed using the straight-line method over the assets' estimated useful lives of three to five years. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the estimated useful life of the asset or the life of the lease. Upon retirement or sale, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the consolidated balance sheet and the resulting gain or loss is reflected in operations. Maintenance and repairs are charged to operations as incurred.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

        The Company reviews long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset might not be recoverable. When such an event occurs, management determines whether there has been impairment by comparing the anticipated undiscounted future net cash flows to the related asset group's carrying value. If an asset is considered impaired, the asset is written down to fair value, which is determined based either on discounted cash flows or appraised value, depending on the nature of the asset. There were no impairment charges, or changes in estimated useful lives recorded through December 31, 2013 or June 30, 2014 (unaudited).

F-12


Table of Contents


Nevro Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Income Taxes

        The Company records income taxes using the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the Company's consolidated financial statements or income tax returns. In estimating future tax consequences, expected future events other than enactments or changes in the tax law or rates are considered. Valuation allowances are provided when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

        The Company operates in various tax jurisdictions and is subject to audit by various tax authorities. To date, all of the Company's revenues have been derived outside of the United States, and the taxes paid have been predominantly due to income taxes in foreign jurisdictions in which we conduct business. The Company provides for tax contingencies whenever it is deemed probable that a tax asset has been impaired or a tax liability has been incurred for events such as tax claims or changes in tax laws. Tax contingencies are based upon their technical merits, relative tax law, and the specific facts and circumstances as of each reporting period. Changes in facts and circumstances could result in material changes to the amounts recorded for such tax contingencies.

        The Company records uncertain tax positions on the basis of a two-step process whereby (1) a determination is made as to whether it is more likely than not that the tax positions will be sustained based on the technical merits of the position and (2) for those tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold the Company recognizes the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement with the related tax authority.

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

        Comprehensive income (loss) represents all changes in the stockholders' equity (deficit) except those resulting from and distributions to stockholders. The Company's unrealized gains on short-term available-for-sale investment securities represents the only component of other comprehensive income (loss) that is excluded from the reported net loss and has been presented in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

Research and Development

        Research and development, or R&D, costs, including new product development, regulatory compliance and clinical research, are charged to operations as incurred in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. Such costs include personnel-related costs, including stock-based compensation, supplies, services, depreciation, allocated facilities and information services, clinical trial and related clinical manufacturing expenses, fees paid to investigative sites and other indirect costs.

Stock-Based Compensation

        The Company accounts for stock-based compensation arrangements with employees in accordance with ASC 718, C ompensation—Stock Compensation . ASC 718 requires the recognition of compensation expense, using a fair value-based method, for costs related to all share-based payments including stock options.

        The Company's determination of the fair value of stock options on the date of grant utilizes the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, and is impacted by its common stock price as well as changes in

F-13


Table of Contents


Nevro Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

assumptions regarding a number of highly complex and subjective variables. These variables include, but are not limited to, expected term that options will remain outstanding, expected common stock price volatility over the term of the option awards, risk-free interest rates and expected dividends.

        The fair value is recognized over the period during which an optionee is required to provide services in exchange for the option award, known as the requisite service period (usually the vesting period) on a straight-line basis. Stock-based compensation expense recognized at fair value includes the impact of estimated forfeitures. The Company estimates future forfeitures at the date of grant and revises the estimates, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.

        Equity instruments issued to non-employees are recorded at their fair value on the measurement date and are subject to periodic adjustments as the underlying equity instruments vest. The fair value of options granted to consultants is expensed when vested. The non-employee stock-based compensation expense was not material for all periods presented.

        Estimating the fair value of equity-settled awards as of the grant date using valuation models, such as the Black-Scholes option pricing model, is affected by assumptions regarding a number of complex variables. Changes in the assumptions can materially affect the fair value and ultimately how much stock-based compensation expense is recognized. These inputs are subjective and generally require significant analysis and judgment to develop. For all stock options granted to date, we estimated the volatility data based on a study of publicly traded industry peer companies. For purposes of identifying these peer companies, we considered the industry, stage of development, size and financial leverage of potential comparable companies. The risk-free interest rate is based on the yield available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues similar in duration to the expected term of the equity-settled award.

Net Loss per Share of Common Stock

        Basic net loss per common share is calculated by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period, without consideration for potentially dilutive securities. Diluted net loss per share is computed by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares and potentially dilutive securities outstanding for the period. For purposes of the diluted net loss per share calculation, redeemable convertible preferred stock and common stock options are considered to be potentially dilutive securities. Because the Company has reported a net loss in all periods presented, diluted net loss per common share is the same as basic net loss per common share for those periods.

Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss per Share of Common Stock

        The unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share reflects the conversion of all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock and convertible preferred stock as if the conversion had occurred at the earlier of the beginning of the period or the date of issuance, if later.

        The unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share amounts do not give effect to the issuance of shares from the planned initial public offering nor do they give effect to potential dilutive securities where the impact would be anti-dilutive.

F-14


Table of Contents


Nevro Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Reverse Stock Split

        In October 2014, the Company's board of directors and stockholders approved an amended and restated certificate of incorporation effecting a 1-for-24 reverse stock split of the Company's issued and outstanding shares of common stock and convertible preferred stock that will be effective prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement. The par value and the authorized shares of the common and convertible preferred stock were not adjusted as a result of the reverse split. All issued and outstanding common stock and convertible preferred stock and per share amounts contained in the accompanying consolidated financial statements have been retroactively adjusted to reflect this reverse stock split for all periods presented.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

        In April 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") No. 2014-08, Reporting Discontinued Operations and Disclosures of Disposals of Components of an Entity ." The ASU amendment changes the requirements for reporting discontinued operations in Subtopic 205-20. The amendment is effective on a prospective basis for financial statements issued for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning on or after December 15, 2014. Early adoption is permitted for disposals that have not been reported in financial statements previously issued. The Company will apply the provisions of this ASU to any future transactions after the effective date which qualify for reporting discontinued operations.

        In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), which supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in ASC 605, Revenue Recognition . This ASU is based on the principle that revenue is recognized to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The ASU also requires additional disclosure about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from customer contracts, including significant judgments and changes in judgments and assets recognized from costs incurred to obtain or fulfill a contract. The ASU's effective date will be the first quarter of fiscal year 2017 using one of two retrospective application methods. The Company has not determined the potential effects of this ASU on its consolidated financial statements.

        In February 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2013-02, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (ASU 2013-02). This newly issued accounting standard update requires an entity to provide information about the amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by component. This ASU is effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2012. The Company adopted this guidance in the first quarter of 2013 and the adoption of this guidance did not have an impact on its consolidated financial statements.

        In July 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-11, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists (a Consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force) (ASU 2013-02) . This newly issued accounting standard update requires a liability related to an unrecognized tax benefit to be presented as a reduction of a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss or a tax credit carryforward if such settlement is required or expected in the event the uncertain tax

F-15


Table of Contents


Nevro Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

position is disallowed. The Company adopted this guidance in the first quarter of 2014 and the adoption of this guidance did not have an impact on its consolidated financial statements.

3. Fair Value Measurements

        Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or an exit price paid to transfer a liability in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs.

        The fair value hierarchy defines a three-level valuation hierarchy for disclosure of fair value measurements as follows:

    Level 1—Observable inputs, such as quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

    Level 2—Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

    Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

Cash Equivalents and Short Term Investments

        The Company's cash and cash equivalents are comprised of investment in money market funds that are classified as Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy. To value its money market funds, the Company values the funds at $1 stable net asset value, which is the market pricing convention for identical assets that the Company has the ability to access. The Company's short-term investments are comprised of commercial paper, corporate notes and U.S. government agency obligations. All short-term investments have been classified within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy because of the sufficient observable inputs for revaluation. The Company's Level 2 investments are valued using third-party pricing sources. The pricing services utilize industry standard valuation models, including both income and market-based approaches, for which all significant inputs are observable, either directly or indirectly, to estimate fair value. These inputs include reported trades of and broker/dealer quotes on the same or similar investments, issuer credit spreads, benchmark investments, prepayment/default projections based on historical data and other observable inputs. The following table sets forth the Company's financial instruments that were measured at fair value on a recurring basis by level within the fair value hierarchy (in thousands):

Balance as of June 30, 2014 (unaudited)
  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total  

Assets:

                         

Money market funds (i)

  $ 7,359   $   $   $ 7,359  

Commercial paper (ii)

        9,999         9,999  

Corporate notes (ii)

        14,723         14,723  
                   

Total assets

  $ 7,359   $ 24,722   $   $ 32,081  
                   
                   

F-16


Table of Contents


Nevro Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

3. Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

 

Balance as of December 31, 2013
  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total  

Assets:

                         

Money market funds (i)

  $ 2,372   $   $   $ 2,372  

Commercial paper (ii)

        15,246         15,246  

Corporate notes (ii)

        30,377         30,377  
                   

Total

  $ 2,372   $ 45,623   $   $ 47,995  
                   
                   

 

Balance as of December 31, 2012
  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total  

Assets:

                         

Money market funds (i)

  $ 3,006   $   $   $ 3,006  

Commercial paper (ii)

        10,898         10,898  

Corporate notes (ii)

        14,099         14,099  
                   

Total

  $ 3,006   $ 24,997   $   $ 28,003  
                   
                   

(i)
included in cash and cash equivalents on the consolidated balance sheets.
(ii)
included in either cash and cash equivalents or short-term investments on the consolidated balance sheets.

4. Balance Sheet Components

Investments

        The fair value of the Company's cash, cash equivalents, and short-term investments, approximates their respective carrying amounts due to their short-term maturity. The following is a summary of the gross unrealized gains and unrealized losses on the Company's investment securities (in thousands):

 
  June 30, 2014 (unaudited)  
 
  Amortized
Cost
  Gross
Unrealized
Holding Gains
  Gross
Unrealized
Holding
Losses
  Aggregate
Fair Value
 

Investment Securities

                         

Commercial paper (i)

  $ 9,994   $ 5   $   $ 9,999  

Corporate notes

    14,723             14,723  
                   

Total securities

  $ 24,717   $ 5   $   $ 24,722  
                   
                   

(i)
Includes $0.5 million of commercial paper that is classified as cash and cash equivalents on the consolidated balance sheet.

F-17


Table of Contents


Nevro Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

4. Balance Sheet Components (Continued)

 
  December 31, 2013  
 
  Amortized
Cost
  Gross
Unrealized
Holding Gains
  Gross
Unrealized
Holding
Losses
  Aggregate
Fair Value
 

Investment Securities

                         

Commercial paper (i)

  $ 15,231   $ 15   $   $ 15,246  

Corporate notes

    30,379     2     (4 )   30,377  
                   

Total securities

  $ 45,610   $ 17   $ (4 ) $ 45,623  
                   
                   

(i)
Includes $1.5 million of commercial paper that is classified as cash and cash equivalents on the consolidated balance sheet.


 
  December 31, 2012  
 
  Amortized
Cost
  Gross
Unrealized
Holding Gains
  Gross
Unrealized
Holding
Losses
  Aggregate
Fair Value
 

Investment Securities

                         

Commercial paper

  $ 10,892   $ 6   $   $ 10,898  

Corporate notes

    14,099     1     (1 )   14,099  
                   

Total securities

  $ 24,991   $ 7   $ (1 ) $ 24,997  
                   
                   

        Realized gains or losses and other-than-temporary impairments, if any, on available-for-sale securities are reported in other income or expense as incurred. The cost of securities sold was determined based on the specific identification method. The Company has not recorded any realized gains on its investments during the periods presented.

        The contractual maturities of the Company's investment securities were all within one year as of December 31, 2012 and 2013 and June 30, 2014 (unaudited).

Inventories (in thousands)

 
  December 31    
 
 
  June 30,
2014
 
 
  2012   2013  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Raw materials

  $ 4,645   $ 4,595   $ 5,175  

Finished goods

    4,944     5,528     6,473  
               

  $ 9,589   $ 10,123   $ 11,648  
               
               

F-18


Table of Contents


Nevro Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

4. Balance Sheet Components (Continued)

Property and Equipment, Net (in thousands)

 
  December 31    
 
 
  June 30,
2014
 
 
  2012   2013  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Laboratory equipment

  $ 105   $ 105   $ 228  

Computer equipment and software

    122     79     144  

Furniture and fixtures

    95     95     95  

Leasehold improvements

    22     22     22  

Construction in process

    50     55     48  
               

Total

    394     356     537  

Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization

    (286 )   (239 )   (278 )
               

Property and equipment, net

  $ 108   $ 117   $ 259  
               
               

        Depreciation and amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 was $39,000 and $47,000, respectively. Depreciation and amortization expense for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014 was $19,000 (unaudited) and $39,000 (unaudited), respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company retired equipment having an original cost of $0.1 million, and removed the cost and the related accumulated depreciation from the consolidated balance sheet.

Accrued Liabilities (in thousands)

 
  December 31    
 
 
  June 30,
2014
 
 
  2012   2013  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Accrued payroll and related expenses

  $ 921   $ 2,545   $ 2,430  

Accrued professional fees

    617     186     960  

Accrued taxes

    297     929     905  

Accrued clinical and research expenses

    809     454     449  

Accrued other

    174     422     364  
               

Total accrued liabilities

  $ 2,818   $ 4,536   $ 5,108  
               
               

5. Commitments and Contingencies

Operating Leases

        In April 2007, the Company entered into an operating lease for office space in Palo Alto, California which expired on July 22, 2010. Upon expiration, the Company entered into a new non-cancellable operating lease effective May 1, 2010 for facilities in Menlo Park, as amended in 2012 to extend the period of the lease until May 31, 2015. Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 was $0.3 million and $0.5 million respectively. Rent expense for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014 was $0.3 million (unaudited) and $0.3 million (unaudited), respectively

F-19


Table of Contents


Nevro Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

5. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

        Future minimum lease payments under the May 2010 operating lease as of December 31, 2013 are as follows (in thousands):

 
  Operating
Leases
 

Year ending December 31,

       

2014

    485  

2015

    205  
       

  $ 690  
       
       

Contingencies

        From time to time, the Company may have certain contingent liabilities that arise in the ordinary course of business activities. The Company accrues a liability for such matters when it is probable that future expenditures will be made and such expenditures can be reasonably estimated. There have been no contingent liabilities requiring accrual or disclosure at December 31, 2012 and 2013 or June 30, 2014.

Indemnification

        The Company enters into standard indemnification arrangements in the ordinary course of business. Pursuant to these arrangements, the Company indemnifies, holds harmless, and agrees to reimburse the indemnified parties for losses suffered or incurred by the indemnified party, in connection with any trade secret, copyright, patent or other intellectual property infringement claim by any third-party with respect to the Company's technology. The term of these indemnification agreements is generally perpetual. The maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make under these agreements is not determinable because it involves claims that may be made against the Company in the future, but have not yet been made.

        The Company has entered into indemnification agreements with its directors and officers that may require the Company to indemnify its directors and officers against liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors or officers, other than liabilities arising from willful misconduct of the individual.

        The Company has not incurred costs to defend lawsuits or settle claims related to these indemnification agreements. No liability associated with such indemnifications has been recorded to date.

License Agreement

        In March 2006, the Company entered into an amended and restated license agreement with the Mayo Foundation for Medical Education and Research, or the Mayo Foundation, and Venturi Group LLC, or VGL, which provides the Company access to the certain know how and licensed patents owned by Mayo and VGL for treatment of central, autonomic and peripheral nervous system disorders, including pain, using devices to modulate nerve signaling. The licenses granted are exclusive and the Company has the right to sub-license. The agreement will terminate upon the last to expire patent application, unless terminated earlier. The agreement can be terminated anytime after three years from March 2006 by Mayo or VGL.

F-20


Table of Contents


Nevro Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

5. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

        Per terms of the license, the Company is required to:

    Pay royalties based on the greater of earned royalty or minimum royalty. The earned royalty will be based on a percentage of net sales of licensed products either by the Company or the sub-licensee. The minimum royalty payment will be based on royalty periods as defined in the agreement;

    Issue 20,833 shares of Company's common stock to Mayo upon the earlier of (1) FDA approval of the first Company's product covered by the license or developed and manufactured using licensed know-how, or (2) the consummation of an initial public offering.

        In March 2011, the Company entered into a Phase II License Agreement with Mayo which provides the Company access to the certain know how and licensed patents owned by Mayo. The licenses granted are exclusive and the Company has the right to sub-license. The agreement will terminate upon the last to expire patent application, unless terminated earlier.

        Per terms of the license, the Company is required to:

    Pay retainer fee of $40,000 per annum starting March 2011 and ending on February 2013;

    Pay royalties based on the greater of earned royalty or minimum royalty. The earned royalty will be based on a percentage of net sales of licensed products either by the Company or the sub-licensee. The minimum annual royalty payment is $200,000.

        Retainer fee paid and recognized as research and development expenses during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 was $40,000 and $18,000, respectively. Royalties paid during the year ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 were $0.2 million and $0.2 million, respectively. Royalties paid during the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014 were $0.1 million (unaudited) and $0.1 million (unaudited), respectively.

6. Stockholders' Equity

Convertible Preferred Stock and Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

        The Company's Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, authorizes the Company to issue 364,993,831 shares of convertible preferred stock with a par value of $0.001 per share, of which 130,508,081 shares are designated as Series A convertible preferred stock and 130,814,045 shares are designated as Series B redeemable convertible preferred shares and 103,671,705 shares designated as Series C redeemable convertible preferred shares. In February and March 2013, the Company issued 4,319,644 shares of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock for net cash proceeds of $47.7 million. As part of this offering, an aggregate of 650,848 shares were sold to entities owning more than 10% of our outstanding capital stock as of March 2013.

F-21


Table of Contents


Nevro Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

6. Stockholders' Equity (Continued)

        Designated and outstanding convertible preferred stock and redeemable convertible preferred stock (collectively, "convertible preferred stock") and its principal terms are as follows at December 31, 2012 (in thousands, except share data):

Series
  Shares
Authorized
  Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
  Carrying
Value
  Liquidation
Value
 

Series A convertible preferred

    130,508,081     5,437,826   $ 47,217   $ 47,505  

Series B redeemable convertible preferred

    135,000,000     5,450,578     58,191     58,605  
                   

    265,508,081     10,888,404   $ 105,408   $ 106,110  
                   
                   

        At December 31, 2013, convertible preferred stock consisted of the following (in thousands, except share data):

Series
  Shares
Authorized
  Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
  Carrying
Value
  Liquidation
Value
 

Series A convertible preferred

    130,508,081     5,437,826   $ 47,217   $ 47,505  

Series B redeemable convertible preferred

    130,814,045     5,450,578     58,298     58,605  

Series C redeemable convertible preferred

    103,671,705     4,319,644     47,720     48,000  
                   

    364,993,831     15,208,048   $ 153,235   $ 154,110  
                   
                   

        At June 30, 2014 (unaudited), convertible preferred stock consisted of the following (in thousands, except share data):

Series
  Shares
Authorized
  Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
  Carrying
Value
  Liquidation
Value
 

Series A convertible preferred

    130,508,081     5,437,826   $ 47,217   $ 47,505  

Series B redeemable convertible preferred

    130,814,045     5,450,578     58,355     58,605  

Series C redeemable convertible preferred

    103,671,705     4,319,644     47,750     48,000  
                   

    364,993,831     15,208,048   $ 153,322   $ 154,110  
                   
                   

Dividends

        The holders of shares of convertible preferred stock shall be entitled to receive noncumulative dividends, out of any assets legally available thereof prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend on the common stock, at a rate of 8% of the applicable original issue price per share of Series A and Series B and Series C preferred stock, payable when and if declared by the Board of Directors. Since inception to December 31, 2013 and through June 30, 2014 (unaudited), no dividends have been declared or paid by the Board of Directors.

Conversion

        Each share of convertible preferred stock is convertible into shares of common stock at the option of the holder at any time. Conversion is automatic upon either the written consent of not less than the majority of the holders of the convertible preferred stock outstanding or the effective date of a firm

F-22


Table of Contents


Nevro Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

6. Stockholders' Equity (Continued)

commitment underwritten public offering that yields net proceeds to the Company of not less than $50,000,000. Each share of convertible preferred stock will be converted into the number of shares of common stock which results from dividing the original issue price for such series convertible preferred stock by the conversion price for such series that is in effect at the time of conversion. The per share conversion price of Series A preferred stock, Series B and Series C preferred stock is $8.74, $10.75 and $11.11, respectively. Each share of preferred stock will automatically convert into common stock at the conversion ratio of 1-to-1.

Voting

        Each holder of convertible preferred stock shall be entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which the shares of convertible preferred stock could be converted as of the record date. The holders of shares of the convertible preferred stock shall be entitled to vote on all matters on which the common stock shall be entitled to vote, and the holders of convertible preferred stock shall vote together as a single class.

Liquidation

        In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the holders of the Series C redeemable preferred stock, are entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Company to the holders of the common stock, an amount equal to $11.11 per share of Series C redeemable preferred stock, plus any unpaid dividends. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the holders of the Series B redeemable preferred stock, are entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Company to the holders of the common stock, an amount equal to $10.75 per share of Series B redeemable preferred stock, plus any unpaid dividends. If the funds available for distribution are insufficient to cover the liquidation preference, then the entire assets and funds of the Company legally available are to be distributed ratably among the holders of the Series B redeemable preferred stock. Following payment in full to the holders of Series B redeemable preferred stock, the holders of Series A convertible preferred stock, are entitled to receive the distribution of any of the assets of the Company to the holders of the common stock, an amount equal to $8.74 per share on the Series A convertible preferred stock, plus any declared and unpaid dividends. Thereafter, the remaining assets and funds of the Corporation, if any, shall be divided among and paid ratably to the holders of Common Stock in proportion to the number of shares held by them.

        A consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any other corporation or corporations, acquisition by any other corporation or corporations, or a sale of all or substantially all of the assets or voting control of the Company in which the prior stockholders of the Company do not own a majority of the outstanding shares of the surviving corporation is deemed to be a liquidation.

        The Company classifies the Series A convertible preferred stock outside of stockholder's deficit because the shares contain liquidation features that are not solely within the Company's control.

        The Company recorded the Series B and C redeemable convertible preferred stock at fair value on the dates of issuance. The Company classifies the Series B and C redeemable convertible preferred stock outside of stockholders' deficit because the shares contain liquidation features that are not solely within the Company's control. The Series B and C redeemable convertible preferred shares were

F-23


Table of Contents


Nevro Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

6. Stockholders' Equity (Continued)

originally issued with a contingent redemption feature, which allowed the holders to redeem their shares five years following the issuance date of the Series B and C redeemable preferred shares. Accordingly, the Company is accreting the Series B and C redeemable convertible preferred stock for change in redemption value with a change to accumulated deficit at the end of each reporting period. Accordingly, the Company has accreted $0.1 million, $0.2 million and $0.1 million (unaudited) during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and six months ended June 30, 2014, respectively.

Redemption

        The Series C redeemable preferred stock shall be redeemed by the Company out of funds lawfully available therefor at a price equal to the liquidation preference for the Series C preferred stock, not more than 60 days after receipt by the Company at any time on or after the fifth anniversary of the Series C original issue date, from the holders of at least 70% of the then outstanding shares of Series C redeemable preferred Stock. The Series B redeemable preferred stock shall be redeemed by the Company out of funds lawfully available there for at a price equal to the liquidation preference for the Series B redeemable preferred stock, not more than 60 days after receipt by the Company at any time on or after the fifth anniversary of the Series B original issue date, from the holders of at least 70% of the then outstanding shares of Series B redeemable preferred stock. If the Company does not have sufficient funds legally available on the redemption date to redeem all of the shares, the Company shall redeem a pro rata portion of each holder's redeemable shares based on the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares to be redeemed if the available funds were sufficient to redeem all such shares, and shall redeem the remaining shares as soon as practicable after the Company has funds available there for.

Common Stock

        The articles of incorporation, as amended, authorize the Company to issue 472,000,000 shares of $0.001 par value common stock as of December 31, 2013 and June 30, 2014 (unaudited). Common stockholders are entitled to dividends as and when declared by the board of directors, subject to the rights of holders of all classes of stock outstanding having priority rights as to dividends. No dividends have been declared or paid from inception to June 30, 2014. The holder of each share of common stock is entitled to one vote.

        The Company had reserved common stock for future issuances as follows:

 
  December 31,   June 30,  
 
  2012   2013   2013   2014  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 

Preferred stock

    10,888,404     15,208,048     15,208,048     15,208,048  

Options to purchase common stock

    1,994,274     2,748,367     2,642,348     2,796,374  
                   

Total

    12,882,678     17,956,415     17,850,396     18,004,422  
                   
                   

7. Stock-Based Compensation

Stock Option Plan

        In 2007, the Company adopted the 2007 Stock Option Plan (the "2007 Plan"). The 2007 Plan provides for the granting of stock options to employees, directors and consultants of the Company.

F-24


Table of Contents


Nevro Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

7. Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

Options granted under the 2007 Plan may be either incentive stock options, nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock awards and stock appreciation rights. Incentive stock options ("ISO") may be granted only to Company employees (including directors who are also employees). Nonqualified stock options ("NSO") may be granted to Company employees, directors and consultants. Upon the exercise of options, the Company issues new common stock from its authorized shares.

        Options under the 2007 Plan may be granted for periods of up to ten years and at prices no less than 100% of the estimated fair value of the shares on the date of grant as determined by the Board of Directors, provided, however, that the exercise price of an ISO or an NSO granted to a 10% shareholder shall not be less than 110% of the estimated fair value of the shares on the date of grant. The vesting provisions of individual options may vary but provide for vesting of at least 20% per year.

        In December 2012, the Board of Directors resolved that additional 537,167 shares of common stock be reserved for issuance pursuant to the 2007 Plan. In February, 2013, the Board of Directors resolved that an additional 1,014,289 shares of common stock be reserved for issuance pursuant to the 2007 Plan. There were 16,405 additional options granted outside the 2007 Plan. Options granted outside the 2007 Plan generally contains terms similar to that of 2007 Plan.

Early Exercises

        Stock options granted under the 2007 Plan allow the board of directors to grant awards to provide employee option holders the right to elect to exercise unvested options in exchange for restricted common stock. Unvested shares, which amounted to 184,960, 57,202 and 61,203 (unaudited), at December 31, 2012, 2013, and June 30, 2014 respectively, were subject to a repurchase right held by the Company at the original issue price in the event the optionees' employment was terminated either voluntarily or involuntarily. For exercises of employee options, this right lapses according to the vesting schedule designated on the associated option grant. The repurchase terms are considered to be a forfeiture provision. The shares purchased by the employees pursuant to the early exercise of stock options are not deemed to be issued or outstanding for accounting purposes until those shares vest, though they are legally issued and outstanding. In addition, cash received from employees for exercise of unvested options is treated as a refundable deposit shown as a liability on the consolidated balance sheets. As of December 31, 2012 and 2013 and June 30, 2014 cash received related to unvested shares totaled $0.7 million and $0.2 million and $0.2 million (unaudited), respectively. Amounts recorded are transferred into common stock and additional paid-in-capital as the shares vest.

Restricted Stock

        In March 2011, the Company issued 416,983 common shares under a restricted stock agreement to one of the officers of the Company at a purchase price of $1.44 per share. Under the terms of the agreement, the holder was entitled to purchase the shares in exchange for a promissory note. All the shares were purchased in March 2011 in exchange for a promissory note aggregating to $0.6 million. The restricted stock agreement granted the Company repurchase rights which lapsed upon attainment of full vesting by the stockholder. The restricted common shares vested 33% one year from the vesting start date and monthly thereafter over the next two years. The note bore interest at 0.54% per annum compounded annually. The principal amount of the note along with accrued interest was discharged on a quarterly basis in arrears on a pro rata basis over a period of 3 years conditioned upon the holder continuing to provide services to the Company. The Company accounted for the grant of the restricted common stock as stock-based compensation based on the fair value of the shares on the original grant

F-25


Table of Contents


Nevro Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

7. Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

date, and recognized expense over the three-year vesting period. The Company recorded stock-based compensation charges of $0.3 million and $0.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively. At December 31, 2012 and 2013, 173,743 and 34,749 shares of common stock were subject to repurchase by the Company, respectively. During the six month period ended June 30, 2013 and 2014, the Company recorded stock-based compensation charges of $0.1 million (unaudited) and $48,000 (unaudited) in connection with the grant of restricted common shares, respectively. As of June 30, 2014 (unaudited), no shares of common stock remained subject to repurchase by the Company.

        Activity under the 2007 Plan is as follows:

 
   
  Options Outstanding    
   
 
 
   
  Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
   
 
 
  Shares
Available
for Grant
  Number of
Shares
  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
  Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 
 
   
   
   
  (in years)
  (in thousands)
 

Balances at January 1, 2012

    278,284     1,962,900   $ 2.64              

Additional shares reserved

    537,136                        

Options granted

    (584,550 )   584,550   $ 3.60              

Options exercised

        (435,661 ) $ 3.60              

Options cancelled

    133,920     (133,920 ) $ 3.60              
                             

Balances at December 31, 2012

    364,820     1,977,869   $ 2.65     8.4   $ 1,741  

Additional shares reserved

    1,014,289                        

Options granted

    (915,458 )   915,458   $ 3.60              

Options exercised

        (43,431 ) $ 2.64              

Options cancelled

    117,934     (117,934 ) $ 3.60              
                             

Balances at December 31, 2013

    581,585     2,731,962   $ 2.88     8.0   $ 1,655  
                               
                               

Options exercisable as of December 31, 2013

          1,281,549   $ 2.42     7.1   $ 1,493  
                               
                               

Options vested, exercisable, or expected to vest December 31, 2013

          2,390,981   $ 2.92     7.9   $ 1,636  
                               
                               

Options granted (unaudited)

    (271,737 )   271,737   $ 3.60              

Options exercised (unaudited)

        (214,667 ) $ 3.16              

Options cancelled (unaudited)

    9,063     (9,063 ) $ 3.60              
                             

Balances at June 30, 2014 (unaudited)

    318,911     2,779,969   $ 3.03     7.7   $ 19,577  
                               
                               

Options exercisable as of June 30, 2014 (unaudited)

          1,436,400   $ 2.53     6.7   $ 10,828  
                               
                               

Options vested, exercisable, or expected to vest June 30, 2014 (unaudited)

          2,469,674   $ 2.96     7.6   $ 17,588  
                               
                               

F-26


Table of Contents


Nevro Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

7. Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

        The options outstanding and vested under the 2007 Plan by exercise price, at December 31, 2013, are as follows:

Options Outstanding   Options Vested  
Exercise
Price
  Number
Outstanding
  Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (in Years)
  Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
  Number
Exercisable
  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
  Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 
 
   
   
  (in thousands)
   
   
  (in thousands)
 
$ 0.96     72,404     4.30   $ 191     72,414   $ 0.96   $ 191  
$ 1.44     621,702     6.17     1,343     565,633   $ 1.44     1,222  
$ 1.92     72,888     7.38     121     47,886   $ 1.92     80  
$ 3.60     1,965,568     8.80         595,616   $ 3.60      
                                 
        2,731,962         $ 1,655     1,281,549         $ 1,493  
                                 
                                 

        The options outstanding and vested under the 2007 Plan by exercise price, at June 30, 2014 (unaudited), are as follows:

Options Outstanding   Options Vested  
Exercise
Price
  Number
Outstanding
  Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (in Years)
  Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
  Number
Exercisable
  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
  Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 
 
   
   
  (in thousands)
   
   
  (in thousands)
 
$ 0.96     70,045     3.78   $ 639     70,052   $ 0.96   $ 639  
$ 1.44     582,723     5.67     5,035     575,724   $ 1.44     4,974  
$ 1.92     70,205     6.88     573     54,839   $ 1.92     447  
$ 3.60     2,056,996     8.48     13,330     735,784   $ 3.60     4,768  
                                 
        2,779,969         $ 19,577     1,436,400         $ 10,828  
                                 
                                 

        The aggregate pretax intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014, was $36,000, $45,000, $24,000 (unaudited) and $0.4 million (unaudited), respectively. The intrinsic value is the difference between the estimated fair value of the Company's common stock at the date of exercise and the exercise price for in-the-money options. The aggregate fair value of shares vested during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014 was $1.0 million, $1.1 million, $0.3 million (unaudited) and $1.9 million (unaudited), respectively. The weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014 was $1.92, $1.92, $2.16 (unaudited) and $3.36 (unaudited) per share, respectively.

Employee Stock-Based Compensation

        During the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, the Company granted stock options to employees to purchase 499,835 and 899,291 shares of common stock with a weighted average grant date fair value of $3.60 and $3.60, respectively. Stock-based compensation expense recognized during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 for stock-based awards granted to employees based on the

F-27


Table of Contents


Nevro Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

7. Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of ASC 718 was $0.8 million and $1.2 million respectively. As of December 31, 2013, there were total unrecognized compensation costs of $2.2 million net of estimated forfeitures, related to these stock options that is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average amortization period of 3.0 years. As of June 30, 2014, there were total unrecognized compensation costs of $2.9 million (unaudited) net of estimated forfeitures that is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average amortization period of 2.8 years (unaudited).

        The Company estimated the fair value of stock options using the Black-Scholes option valuation model. The fair value of employee stock options is being amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the awards. The fair value of employee stock options was estimated using the following weighted average assumption:

 
  Years Ended
December 31
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
  2012   2013   2013   2014
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)

Expected term (in years)

  5.8 - 6.1   5.9 - 6.1   6.0 - 6.1   6.0 - 6.1

Expected volatility

  63% - 66%   62% - 63%   62%   63%

Risk-free interest rate

  0.8% - 1.3%   1.1% - 1.8%   1.1%   2.0%

Dividend yield

  0%   0%   0%   0%

        Expected Term.     The expected term of stock options represents the weighted-average period that the stock options are expected to remain outstanding. The Company has opted to use the "simplified method" for estimating the expected term of the options, whereby the expected term equals the arithmetic average of the vesting term and the original contractual term of the option.

        Expected Volatility.     Since there has been no public market for the Company's common stock and lack of company-specific historical volatility, it has determined the share price volatility for options granted based on an analysis of the volatility used by a peer group of publicly traded medical device companies. In evaluating similarity, the Company considers factors such as industry, stage of life cycle and size.

        Risk-Free Interest Rate.     The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield in effect at the time of the grant for zero-coupon U.S. Treasury notes with remaining terms similar to the expected term of the options.

        Dividend Rate.     The expected dividend was assumed to be zero as the Company has never paid dividends and has no current plans to do so.

        Expected Forfeiture Rate.     The Company is required to estimate forfeitures at the time of grant, and revise those estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. The Company uses historical data to estimate pre-vesting option forfeitures and record stock-based compensation expense only for those awards that are expected to vest. To the extent actual forfeitures differ from the estimates, the difference will be recorded as a cumulative adjustment in the period that the estimates are revised.

        Fair Value of Common Stock.     The fair value of the shares of common stock underlying the stock options has historically been determined by the Board of Directors. Because there has been no public market for the Company's common stock, the Board of Directors has determined fair value of the common stock at the time of grant of the option by considering a number of objective and subjective

F-28


Table of Contents


Nevro Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

7. Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

factors including valuation of comparable companies, sales of convertible preferred stock to unrelated third parties, operating and financial performance, the lack of liquidity of capital stock and general and industry specific economic outlook, amongst other factors. The fair value of the underlying common stock is to be determined by the Board of Directors until such time as the Company's common stock is listed on an established stock exchange or national market system.

        The following table sets forth the stock based compensation expense recorded under ASC 718:

 
  Years Ended
December 31,
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
 
  2012   2013   2013   2014  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 

Cost of revenue

  $ 8   $ 10   $ 4   $ 48  

Research and development

    277     349     147     259  

Sales, general and administrative

    840     1,218     543     491  
                   

  $ 1,125   $ 1,577   $ 694   $ 798  
                   
                   

8. Income Taxes

        The components of the Company's income (loss) before income taxes were as follows:

 
  Years Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2012   2013  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Domestic

  $ (19,450 ) $ (26,574 )

Foreign

    645     922  
           

Total income (loss) before income taxes

  $ (18,805 ) $ (25,652 )
           
           

        The components of income tax expense are as follows (in thousands):

 
  Years Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2012   2013  

Current:

             

Federal

  $   $  

State

    (5 )   (6 )

Foreign

    167     368  
           

Total current

    162     362  

Deferred:

             

Federal

         

State

         

Foreign

         
           

Total deferred

         
           

Total income tax expense

  $ 162   $ 362  
           
           

F-29


Table of Contents


Nevro Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

8. Income Taxes (Continued)

        Income tax expense differs from the amount computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate as follows:

 
  Years Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2012   2013  

Tax at statutory federal rate

    34.0 %   34.0 %

State tax, net of federal benefit

    0.0 %   0.0 %

Others

    (5.4 )%   (3.4 )%

Foreign rate differential

    0.3 %   (0.2 )%

Tax credits

    0.2 %   4.2 %

Change in valuation allowance

    (30.0 )%   (36.0 )%
           

Total

    (0.9 )%   (1.4 )%

        The tax effects of temporary differences and carryforwards that give rise to significant portions of deferred tax assets are as follows:

 
  Years Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2012   2013  

Net operating loss carryforwards

  $ 22,122   $ 29,491  

Tax credits

    1,681     2,937  

Depreciation

    6     8  

Stock compensation

    224     371  

Accruals and reserves

    279     1,363  

Others

        98  
           

    24,312     34,268  

Valuation allowance

   
(24,312

)
 
(34,268

)
           

Net deferred tax assets

  $   $  
           
           

        The Company has established a full valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets due to the uncertainty surrounding realization of these assets.

        Realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon future earnings, if any, the timing and amount of which are uncertain. Accordingly, the net deferred tax assets have been fully offset by a valuation allowance. The valuation allowance increased by $5.4 million and $10.0 million for the years ending December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2013, respectively.

        As of December 31, 2013, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards, or NOLs, for federal and California state income tax purposes of approximately $80.0 million and $40.0 million, respectively. The federal NOLs begin expiring in 2026, and the state NOLs begin expiring in 2016.

        As of December 31, 2013, the Company had research and development credit carryforwards of approximately $2.5 million and $1.8 million for federal and California state income tax purposes, respectively. The federal credit carryforward begins expiring in 2026, and the state credits carry forward indefinitely.

F-30


Table of Contents


Nevro Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

8. Income Taxes (Continued)

        Under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, the Company's ability to utilize NOLs or other tax attributes such as research tax credits, in any taxable year may be limited if the Company experiences, or has experienced, an "ownership change." A Section 382 "ownership change" generally occurs if one or more stockholders or groups of stockholders, who own at least 5% of the Company's stock, increase their ownership by more than 50 percentage points over their lowest ownership percentage within a rolling three-year period. Similar rules may apply under state tax laws. The Company may have previously experienced, and may in the future experience, one or more Section 382 "ownership changes," including in connection with the Company's initial public offering. If so, the Company may not be able to utilize a material portion of its NOLs and tax credits, even if the Company achieves profitability.

        The Company's undistributed earnings of its foreign subsidiaries are not significant.

        The Company prepares quarterly estimates of its tax provision using a discrete approach.

        The Company had unrecognized tax benefits ("UTBs") of approximately $1.1 million as of December 31 2013. All of the deferred tax assets associated with these UTBs are fully offset by a valuation allowance. The following table summarizes the activity related to UTBs (in thousands):

Balance at January 1, 2012

  $ 565  

Increases related to current year tax provisions

    89  
       

Balance at December 31, 2012

    654  

Increases related to current year tax provisions

    228  

Increases related to prior year tax provisions

    183  
       

Balance at December 31, 2013

  $ 1,065  
       

        All of these UTBs, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate before consideration of the valuation allowance.

        In accordance with ASC 740-10-50, the Company is classifying interest and penalties as a component of tax expense. There was no interest or penalties accrued at each of the adoption dates, December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2013.

        The Company files U.S. federal and state income tax returns with varying statues of limitations. The Company's tax years from inception in 2006 will remain open to examination due to the carryover of the unused NOLs and tax credits. The Company does not have any tax audits or other proceedings pending.

        The Company does not expect any material changes to the estimated amount of liability associated with its uncertain tax positions within the next 12 months.

F-31


Table of Contents


Nevro Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

9. Net Loss Per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders and Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss Per Share of Common Stock

        The following table summarizes the computation of basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders of the Company (in thousands, except share and per share data):

 
  Years ended
December 31,
  Six months ended
June 30,
 
 
  2012   2013   2013   2014  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 

Net loss

  $ (18,967 ) $ (26,014 ) $ (14,258 ) $ (14,485 )

Accretion of convertible preferred stock to redemption value

    (98 )   (153 )   (71 )   (87 )
                   

Net loss attributable to common stockholders-basic and diluted

  $ (19,065 ) $ (26,167 ) $ (14,329 ) $ (14,572 )
                   
                   

Weighted-average shares outstanding

   
902,742
   
1,090,731
   
1,080,525
   
1,161,395
 

Less: weighted average shares subject to repurchase

    (408,676 )   (213,799 )   (280,401 )   (55,092 )
                   

Weighted average shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share

    494,066     876,932     800,124     1,106,303  
                   
                   

Net loss attributable to common stockholders per share, basic and diluted

 
$

(38.59

)

$

(29.84

)

$

(17.91

)

$

(13.17

)
                   
                   

        Basic net loss attributable to common stockholders per share is computed by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted net loss attributable to common stockholders per share is computed by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares and dilutive common stock equivalents outstanding for the period, determined using the treasury-stock method and the as-if converted method, for convertible securities, if inclusion of these is dilutive. Because the Company has reported a net loss for all periods presented, diluted net loss per common share is the same as basic net loss per common share for those periods.

        The unaudited pro forma basic and diluted loss per share for the year ended December 31, 2013 and the six months ended June 30, 2014 give effect to the conversion of all shares of convertible preferred stock upon an initial public offering by treating all shares of convertible preferred stock as if they had been converted to common stock. Shares to be sold in the offering are excluded from the unaudited pro forma basic and diluted loss per share calculations. As the Company incurred net losses for the year ended December 31, 2013 and the six months ended June 30, 2014 there is no income allocation required under the two class method or dilution attributed to pro forma weighted average shares outstanding in the calculation of pro forma diluted loss per share for those periods.

F-32


Table of Contents


Nevro Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

9. Net Loss Per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders and Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss Per Share of Common Stock (Continued)

        Unaudited pro forma basic and diluted loss per share is computed as follows (in thousands, except per share data):

 
  Year ended
December 31,
2013
  Six months
ended
June 30,
2014
 
 
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 

Pro forma loss per share—basic and diluted

             

Numerator:

             

Net loss

  $ (26,014 ) $ (14,485 )
           
           

Denominator:

             

Weighted-average shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share

    876,932     1,106,303  

Adjustments to reflect the assumed conversion of convertible preferred stock

    14,635,547     15,208,048  
           

Pro forma weighted average number of shares outstanding—basic and diluted net loss per share

    15,512,479     16,314,351  
           
           

Pro forma net loss per share—basic and diluted

 
$

(1.69

)

$

(0.89

)
           
           

        The following potentially dilutive securities outstanding at the end of the periods presented have been excluded from the computation of diluted shares outstanding:

 
  December 31,   June 30,  
 
  2012   2013   2013   2014  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 

Preferred stock

    10,888,404     15,208,048     15,208,048     15,208,048  

Options to purchase common stock

    1,994,274     2,748,367     2,642,348     2,796,374  
                   

Total

    12,882,678     17,956,415     17,850,396     18,004,422  

10. Employee Benefit Plan.

        In 2007, the Company adopted a 401(K) plan for its employees whereby eligible employees may contribute up to the maximum amount permitted by the Internal Revenue Code. Under the Plan, the Company does not provide matching contributions to employees.

11. Subsequent Events

        The Company has evaluated subsequent events that occurred after December 31, 2013 through August 8, 2014, the date that the audited annual consolidated financial statements were available to be issued, and determined that no additional subsequent events had occurred that would require recognition in these consolidated financial statements and all material subsequent events that require disclosure have been disclosed. Additionally, we evaluated transactions and other events that occurred through October 27, 2014 for the purposes of recognition of subsequent events and disclosure of unrecognized subsequent events.

F-33


Table of Contents


Nevro Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

11. Subsequent Events (Continued)

        In February 2014, the Company entered into a lease agreement for office space located in Menlo Park, California for a period beginning in March 1, 2014 through August 31, 2015, with monthly payments of approximately $12,000.

12. Subsequent Events (unaudited)

        The Company has evaluated subsequent events that occurred after June 30, 2014 through September 16, 2014, the date that the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements were available to be issued, and determined that no additional subsequent events had occurred that would require recognition in these consolidated financial statements and all material subsequent events that require disclosure have been disclosed. Additionally, we evaluated transactions and other events that occurred through October 27, 2014 for the purposes of recognition of subsequent events and disclosure of unrecognized subsequent events.

        On September 10, 2014, the Company granted stock options to its employees to purchase an aggregate of 37,745 shares of the Company's common stock at an exercise price of $10.08 per share.

        On October 9, 2014, the Board of Directors adopted the 2014 Equity Incentive Award Plan (the "2014 Plan") and the 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which are subject to the approval of the Company's stockholders. Under the 2014 Plan, 1,854,166 shares of common stock are initially reserved for issuance, plus the number of shares remaining available for future awards under the Company's 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended (the "2007 Plan"), as of the pricing of the Company's initial public offering. The number of shares initially reserved for issuance under the 2014 Plan will be increased by (i) the number of shares represented by awards outstanding under the 2007 Plan that are forfeited or lapse unexercised and which following the pricing date are not issued under the 2007 Plan, and (ii) an annual increase on January 1 of each year. A total of 196,666 shares of common stock are available for sale under the 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

Credit Facility

        On October 24, 2014, the Company entered into a credit facility with Capital Royalty Partners and certain of its affiliates (the "credit facility"), whereby, subject to certain conditions, the Company has access to borrow up to $50.0 million principal amount of senior secured term loan financing in up to three draws on or before September 30, 2015. The credit facility provides for quarterly interest only payments at a fixed rate of 11.5% per annum on outstanding loans until the quarterly payment date three years after the first borrowing, followed by three years of quarterly interest payments at a fixed rate of 11.5% per annum and quarterly principal payments in equal installments. The final principal payment will also include a cash payment of 5% of the principal amount drawn. The Company submitted a notice to make the first draw in a principal amount of $20.0 million on October 24, 2014, and its expects to receive the funds on or about December 12, 2014, net of closing fees of $0.5 million. The Company is eligible to draw a second tranche in a principal amount of $10.0 million on or prior to March 31, 2015, upon meeting certain conditions. The Company may also draw a third tranche in a principal amount of $20.0 million, at its election, on or prior to September 30, 2015, upon, among other conditions, raising more than $20.0 million in net proceeds from an initial public offering, raising $30.0 million in net proceeds from a private equity financing or receiving FDA approval of the PMA for Senza. At the Company's election, 3.5% per annum of interest payments that are owed during the three year period following the first draw under the credit facility is payable in-kind, which, if so selected, would be added to the outstanding principal amount of the loans; the remaining 8.0% per

F-34


Table of Contents


Nevro Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

12. Subsequent Events (unaudited) (Continued)

annum must be paid in cash. Upon the satisfaction of certain conditions precedent on or prior to September 30, 2016, including raising more than $20.0 million in net proceeds from an initial public offering and receipt of FDA approval of the PMA for Senza, the interest only period will be extended so that the outstanding principal amount of the terms loans will be payable in a single installment at maturity (the 24th quarterly payment date after the first borrowing). The credit facility contains customary events of default, including in the event of bankruptcy or upon the occurrence of a material adverse change. The obligations under the credit facility are collateralized by substantially all of the Company's assets, including its intellectual property.

        The credit facility includes customary affirmative and negative covenants, including certain minimum financial covenants for pre-specified liquidity and revenue requirements. In particular, the Company is required to maintain a minimum of $5.0 million of cash and certain cash equivalents, and must achieve minimum revenue of $20.0 million in 2014, $25.0 million in 2015, $30.0 million in 2016, $40.0 million in 2017, $50.0 million in 2018 and $70.0 million in 2019. In addition, the credit facility prohibits the payment of cash dividends on our capital stock and also places restrictions on mergers, sales of assets, investments, incurrence of liens, incurrence of indebtedness and transactions with affiliates.

F-35


Table of Contents

 

6,250,000 Shares

LOGO

Common Stock

Prospectus

J.P. Morgan   Morgan Stanley

Leerink Partners

 

JMP Securities

                        , 2014



PART II
Information Not Required in Prospectus

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

        The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by the registrant in connection with the sale of Common Stock being registered. All amounts are estimates except for the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and the New York Stock Exchange listing fee.

Item
  Amount to
be paid
 

SEC registration fee

  $ 14,199  

FINRA filing fee

    18,829  

The New York Stock Exchange listing fee

    150,000  

Printing and engraving expenses

    300,000  

Legal fees and expenses

    1,600,000  

Accounting fees and expenses

    1,200,000  

Blue Sky, qualification fees and expenses

    20,000  

Transfer Agent fees and expenses

    20,000  

Miscellaneous expenses

    176,972  
       

Total

  $ 3,500,000  
       
       

*
To be completed by amendment.

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

        As permitted by Section 102 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, we have adopted provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws that limit or eliminate the personal liability of our directors for a breach of their fiduciary duty of care as a director. The duty of care generally requires that, when acting on behalf of the corporation, directors exercise an informed business judgment based on all material information reasonably available to them. Consequently, a director will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability for:

    any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

    any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

    any act related to unlawful stock repurchases, redemptions or other distributions or payment of dividends; or

    any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

        These limitations of liability do not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation also authorizes us to indemnify our officers, directors and other agents to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law.

        As permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated bylaws provide that:

    we may indemnify our directors, officers, and employees to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, subject to limited exceptions;

II-1


    we may advance expenses to our directors, officers and employees in connection with a legal proceeding to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, subject to limited exceptions; and

    the rights provided in our amended and restated bylaws are not exclusive.

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, attached as Exhibit 3.3 hereto, and our amended and restated bylaws, attached as Exhibit 3.5 hereto, provide for the indemnification provisions described above and elsewhere herein. We intend to enter into separate indemnification agreements with our directors and officers which may be broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in the Delaware General Corporation Law. These indemnification agreements generally require us, among other things, to indemnify our officers and directors against liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors or officers, other than liabilities arising from willful misconduct. These indemnification agreements also generally require us to advance any expenses incurred by the directors or officers as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified. In addition, we have purchased a policy of directors' and officers' liability insurance that insures our directors and officers against the cost of defense, settlement or payment of a judgment in some circumstances. These indemnification provisions and the indemnification agreements may be sufficiently broad to permit indemnification of our officers and directors for liabilities, including reimbursement of expenses incurred, arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act.

        The form of Underwriting Agreement, attached as Exhibit 1.1 hereto, provides for indemnification by the underwriters of us and our officers who sign this Registration Statement and directors for specified liabilities, including matters arising under the Securities Act.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

        The following list sets forth information as to all securities we have sold since January 1, 2011, which were not registered under the Securities Act.

    1.
    In February and March 2013, we issued an aggregate of 4,319,644 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock solely to accredited investors at a price per share of $11.11, for aggregate gross consideration of approximately $48.0 million.

    2.
    In July 2011, we issued an aggregate of 5,450,578 shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock solely to accredited investors at a price per share of $10.75, for aggregate gross consideration of approximately $58.6 million.

    3.
    We granted stock options and stock awards to employees, directors and consultants under our 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended, covering an aggregate of 3,556,586 shares of common stock, at a weighted average average exercise price of $3.32 per share. Of these, options covering an aggregate of 291,995 shares were cancelled without being exercised.

    4.
    We sold an aggregate of 1,419,536 shares of common stock to employees, directors and consultants for cash consideration in the aggregate amount of $3.4 million upon the exercise of stock options and stock awards.

        We claimed exemption from registration under the Securities Act for the sale and issuance of securities in the transactions described in paragraph (1) by virtue of Section 4(a)(2) and in paragraph (2) by virtue of Section 4(a)(2) and/or Regulation D promulgated thereunder as transactions not involving any public offering. All of the purchasers of unregistered securities for which we relied on Section 4(a)(2) and/or Regulation D represented that they were accredited investors as defined under the Securities Act. We claimed such exemption on the basis that (a) the purchasers in each case represented that they intended to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to the distribution thereof and that they either received adequate information about the registrant or had

II-2


access, through employment or other relationships, to such information and (b) appropriate legends were affixed to the stock certificates issued in such transactions.

        We claimed exemption from registration under the Securities Act for the sales and issuances of securities in the transactions described in paragraphs (3)-(4) above under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act in that such sales and issuances did not involve a public offering or under Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, in that they were offered and sold either pursuant to written compensatory plans or pursuant to a written contract relating to compensation, as provided by Rule 701.

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

         (a)    Exhibits.     See the Exhibit Index attached to this registration statement, which is incorporated by reference herein.

         (b)    Financial Statement Schedules.     Schedules not listed above have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.

Item 17. Undertakings.

        Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

        The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

    1.
    For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.

    2.
    For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

        The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

II-3



Signatures

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 3 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Menlo Park, California, on October 27, 2014.

    NEVRO CORP.

 

 

By:

 

/s/ MICHAEL DEMANE

Michael DeMane
Chief Executive Officer

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this Amendment No. 3 to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ MICHAEL DEMANE

Michael DeMane
  Chief Executive Officer and
Chairman of the Board
(Principal Executive Officer)
  October 27, 2014

/s/ ANDREW H. GALLIGAN

Andrew H. Galligan

 

Vice President of Finance and
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

October 27, 2014

*

Ali Behbahani, M.D.

 

Director

 

October 27, 2014

*

Peter T. Bisgaard

 

Director

 

October 27, 2014

*

Frank Fischer

 

Director

 

October 27, 2014

*

Wilfred E. Jaeger, M.D.

 

Director

 

October 27, 2014

*

Shawn T McCormick

 

Director

 

October 27, 2014

*

Nathan B. Pliam, M.D.

 

Director

 

October 27, 2014

*By:

 

/s/ ANDREW H. GALLIGAN


Andrew H. Galligan

Attorney-in-Fact

 

 

 

October 27, 2014

II-4



Exhibit Index

 
   
  Incorporated by
Reference
   
 
   
  Filed
Herewith
Exhibit
Number
  Exhibit Description   Form   Date   Number
  1.1   Form of Underwriting Agreement.               X

  3.1(a)

 

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, currently in effect.

 

S-1

 

10/03/2014

 

3.1(a)

 

 

  3.1(b)

 

Amendment to Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, currently in effect.

 

S-1

 

10/03/2014

 

3.1(b)

 

 

  3.2

 

Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, effecting a stock split, to be in effect prior to the consummation of this offering.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

  3.3

 

Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, to be in effect prior to the consummation of this offering.

 

S-1/A

 

10/10/2014

 

3.3

 

 

  3.4

 

Bylaws, currently in effect.

 

S-1

 

10/03/2014

 

3.4

 

 

  3.5

 

Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws, to be in effect prior to the consummation of this offering.

 

S-1/A

 

10/10/2014

 

3.5

 

 

  4.1

 

Reference is made to exhibits 3.1 through 3.5.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  4.2

 

Form of Common Stock Certificate.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

  5.1

 

Opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

10.1†

 

Amended and Restated License Agreement, dated October 2, 2006, by and among the Company and Mayo Foundation for Medical Education and Research, Venturi Group, LLC.

 

S-1/A

 

10/15/2014

 

10.1

 

 

10.2(a)†

 

Stellar Manufacturing Agreement, dated as of July 1, 2009, by and between the Company and Stellar Technologies, Inc.

 

S-1/A

 

10/15/2014

 

10.2(a)

 

 

10.2(b)†

 

First Amendment to Stellar Manufacturing Agreement, dated as of July 1, 2014, by and between the Company and Stellar Technologies, Inc.

 

S-1/A

 

10/15/2014

 

10.2(b)

 

 

10.3†

 

Supply Agreement, dated as of July 23, 2014 by and between the Company and Pro-Tech Design and Manufacturing, Inc.

 

S-1/A

 

10/15/2014

 

10.3

 

 

10.4(a)†

 

Supply Agreement, dated April 1, 2012, by and between the Company and CCC del Uruguay S.A.

 

S-1/A

 

10/15/2014

 

10.4(a)

 

 

10.4(b)†

 

Amendment to Supply Agreement, dated as of March 20, 2013, by and between the Company and CCC del Uruguay S.A.

 

S-1/A

 

10/15/2014

 

10.4(b)

 

 

10.5†

 

Product Supply and Development Agreement, dated as of April 15, 2009, by and between the Company and EaglePicher Medical Power LLC.

 

S-1/A

 

10/15/2014

 

10.5

 

 

 
   
  Incorporated by
Reference
   
 
   
  Filed
Herewith
Exhibit
Number
  Exhibit Description   Form   Date   Number
10.6(a)   Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated February 8, 2013, by and among the Company and the investors listed therein.   S-1   10/03/2014   10.6(a)    

10.6(b)

 

Amendment to Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated March 5, 2013, by and among the Company and the investors listed therein.

 

S-1

 

10/03/2014

 

10.6(b)

 

 

10.7(a)

 

Multi-Tenant Space Lease, dated as of March 15, 2010, by and between Deerfield Campbell LLC and the Company.

 

S-1

 

10/03/2014

 

10.7(a)

 

 

10.7(b)

 

First Amendment to Lease, dated as of October 18, 2012, by and between Deerfield Campbell LLC and the Company.

 

S-1

 

10/03/2014

 

10.7(b)

 

 

10.8(a)#

 

Nevro Corp. 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended as of March 5, 2013.

 

S-1

 

10/03/2014

 

10.8(a)

 

 

10.8(b)#

 

Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement (ISO) under the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended.

 

S-1

 

10/03/2014

 

10.8(b)

 

 

10.8(c)#

 

Form of Non-Incentive Stock Option Agreement (NSO) under the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended.

 

S-1

 

10/03/2014

 

10.8(c)

 

 

10.8(d)#

 

Form of Stock Purchase Right Grant Notice and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement under the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended.

 

S-1

 

10/03/2014

 

10.8(d)

 

 

10.9(a)#

 

Nevro Corp. 2014 Equity Incentive Award Plan.

 

S-1/A

 

10/10/2014

 

10.9(a)

 

 

10.9(b)#

 

Form of Stock Option Grant Notice and Stock Option Agreement under the 2014 Equity Incentive Award Plan.

 

S-1/A

 

10/10/2014

 

10.9(b)

 

 

10.9(c)#

 

Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement and Restricted Stock Award Grant Notice under the 2014 Equity Incentive Award Plan.

 

S-1/A

 

10/10/2014

 

10.9(c)

 

 

10.9(d)#

 

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement and Restricted Stock Unit Award Grant Notice under the 2014 Equity Incentive Award Plan.

 

S-1/A

 

10/10/2014

 

10.9(d)

 

 

10.10#

 

Nevro Corp. 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

 

S-1/A

 

10/10/2014

 

10.10

 

 

10.11#

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement for directors and officers.

 

S-1/A

 

10/10/2014

 

10.11

 

 

10.12(a)#

 

Offer Letter, dated as of March 8, 2011, by and between Michael DeMane and the Company.

 

S-1/A

 

10/10/2014

 

10.12(a)

 

 

10.12(b)#

 

Form of Employment Agreement by and between Michael DeMane and the Company.

 

S-1/A

 

10/10/2014

 

10.12(b)

 

 

 
   
  Incorporated by
Reference
   
 
   
  Filed
Herewith
Exhibit
Number
  Exhibit Description   Form   Date   Number
10.13#   Offer Letter, dated as of October 9, 2012, by and between Rami Elghandour and the Company.   S-1   10/03/2014   10.13    

10.14#

 

Offer Letter, dated as of May 12, 2010, by and between Andrew H. Galligan and the Company.

 

S-1

 

10/03/2014

 

10.14

 

 

10.15#

 

Offer Letter, dated as of November 1, 2012, by and between Michael Enxing and the Company.

 

S-1/A

 

10/10/2014

 

10.15

 

 

10.16#

 

Offer Letter, dated as of February 27, 2014, by and between Balakrishnan Shankar and the Company.

 

S-1/A

 

10/10/2014

 

10.16

 

 

10.17#

 

Offer Letter, dated as of January 16, 2007, by and between Andre Walker and the Company.

 

S-1/A

 

10/10/2014

 

10.17

 

 

10.18(a)

 

Amended and Restated Stockholders' Agreement, dated February 8, 2013, by and among the Company and the stockholders listed therein.

 

S-1

 

10/03/2014

 

10.15(a)

 

 

10.18(b)

 

Amendment to Amended and Restated Stockholders' Agreement, dated March 5, 2013, by and among the Company and the stockholders listed therein.

 

S-1

 

10/03/2014

 

10.15(b)

 

 

10.19#

 

Nevro Corp. Non-Employee Director Compensation Program.

 

S-1/A

 

10/10/2014

 

10.19

 

 

10.20#

 

Form of Change in Control Severance Agreement.

 

S-1/A

 

10/10/2014

 

10.20

 

 

10.21

 

Term Loan Agreement, dated October 24, 2014, by and between the Company and Capital Royalty Partners II L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

21.1

 

List of Subsidiaries.

 

S-1

 

10/03/2014

 

21.1

 

 

23.1

 

Consent of independent registered public accounting firm.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

23.2

 

Consent of Latham & Watkins LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

24.1

 

Power of Attorney. Reference is made to the signature page to the Registration Statement.

 

S-1

 

10/03/2014

 

24.1

 

 

Portions of this exhibit (indicated by asterisks) have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment and this exhibit has been filed separately with the SEC.
#
Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.



Exhibit 1.1

 

NEVRO CORP.

 

                     Shares of Common Stock

 

Underwriting Agreement

 

, 2014

 

J. P. Morgan Securities LLC
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

As Representatives of the
several Underwriters listed
in Schedule 1 hereto

 

c/o J. P. Morgan Securities LLC

383 Madison Avenue

New York, New York 10179

 

c/o Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
1585 Broadway
New York, New York 10036

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Nevro Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), proposes to issue and sell to the several underwriters listed in Schedule 1 hereto (the “Underwriters”), for whom you are acting as representatives (the “Representatives”), an aggregate of                 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company (the “Underwritten Shares”) and, at the option of the Underwriters, up to an additional               shares of common stock of the Company (the “Option Shares”).  The Underwritten Shares and the Option Shares are herein referred to as the “Shares”.  The shares of common stock of the Company to be outstanding after giving effect to the sale of the Shares are referred to herein as the “Stock”.

 

The Company hereby confirms its agreement with the several Underwriters concerning the purchase and sale of the Shares, as follows:

 

1.                                       Registration Statement .  The Company has prepared and filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (collectively, the “Securities Act”), a registration statement (File No. 333-199156), including a prospectus, relating to the Shares.  Such registration statement, as amended at the time it became effective, including the information, if any, deemed pursuant to Rule 430A, 430B or 430C under the Securities Act to be part of the registration statement at the time of its effectiveness (“Rule 430 Information”), is referred to herein as the “Registration Statement”; and as used herein, the term “Preliminary Prospectus” means each prospectus included in such registration statement (and any amendments thereto) before effectiveness, any prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(a) under the Securities Act and the prospectus included in the Registration Statement at the time of its effectiveness that omits Rule 430 Information, and the term “Prospectus” means the prospectus in the form first used (or made available upon request of purchasers pursuant to Rule 173 under the Securities Act) in connection with confirmation of sales of the Shares.  If the Company has filed an abbreviated registration statement pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act (the “Rule 462 Registration Statement”), then any reference herein to the term “Registration Statement” shall be deemed to include such Rule 462 Registration Statement.  Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.

 



 

At or prior to the Applicable Time (as defined below), the Company had prepared the following information (collectively with the pricing information set forth on Annex A, the “Pricing Disclosure Package”):  a Preliminary Prospectus dated                      , 2014 and each “free-writing prospectus” (as defined pursuant to Rule 405 under the Securities Act) listed on Annex A hereto.

 

“Applicable Time” means                    P.M., New York City time, on                 , 2014.

 

2.                                       Purchase of the Shares by the Underwriters .

 

(a)                                  The Company agrees to issue and sell the Underwritten Shares to the several Underwriters as provided in this underwriting agreement (this “Agreement”), and each Underwriter, on the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements set forth herein and subject to the conditions set forth herein, agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company the respective number of Underwritten Shares set forth opposite such Underwriter’s name in Schedule 1 hereto at a price per share (the “Purchase Price”) of $                .

 

In addition, the Company agrees to issue and sell the Option Shares to the several Underwriters as provided in this Agreement, and the Underwriters, on the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements set forth herein and subject to the conditions set forth herein, shall have the option to purchase, severally and not jointly, from the Company the Option Shares at the Purchase Price less an amount per share equal to any dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Underwritten Shares but not payable on the Option Shares.

 

If any Option Shares are to be purchased, the number of Option Shares to be purchased by each Underwriter shall be the number of Option Shares which bears the same ratio to the aggregate number of Option Shares being purchased as the number of Underwritten Shares set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule 1 hereto (or such number increased as set forth in Section 10 hereof) bears to the aggregate number of Underwritten Shares being purchased from the Company by the several Underwriters, subject, however, to such adjustments to eliminate any fractional Shares as the Representatives in their sole discretion shall make.

 

The Underwriters may exercise the option to purchase Option Shares at any time in whole, or from time to time in part, on or before the thirtieth day following the date of the Prospectus, by written notice from the Representatives to the Company.  Such notice shall set forth the aggregate number of Option Shares as to which the option is being exercised and the date and time when the Option Shares are to be delivered and paid for, which may be the same date and time as the Closing Date (as hereinafter defined) but shall not be earlier than the Closing Date nor later than the tenth full business day (as hereinafter defined) after the date of such notice (unless such time and date are postponed in accordance with the provisions of Section 10 hereof).  Except with respect to Option Shares to be purchased on the Closing Date (for which notice shall be given at least one business day prior to the Closing Date), any such notice shall be given at least two business days prior to the date and time of delivery specified therein.

 

(b)                                  The Company understands that the Underwriters intend to make a public offering of the Shares as soon after the effectiveness of this Agreement as in the judgment of the Representatives is advisable, and initially to offer the Shares on the terms set forth in the Prospectus.  The Company acknowledges and agrees that the Underwriters may offer and sell Shares to or through any affiliate of an Underwriter.

 



 

(c)                                   Payment for the Shares shall be made by wire transfer in immediately available funds to the account specified by the Company to the Representatives in the case of the Underwritten Shares, at the offices of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, 1600 El Camino Real, Menlo Park, California 94025 at 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on               , 2014, or at such other time or place on the same or such other date, not later than the fifth business day thereafter, as the Representatives and the Company may agree upon in writing or, in the case of the Option Shares, on the date and at the time and place specified by the Representatives in the written notice of the Underwriters’ election to purchase such Option Shares.  The time and date of such payment for the Underwritten Shares is referred to herein as the “Closing Date”, and the time and date for such payment for the Option Shares, if other than the Closing Date, is herein referred to as the “Additional Closing Date”.

 

Payment for the Shares to be purchased on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, shall be made against delivery to the Representatives for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters of the Shares to be purchased on such date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, with any transfer taxes payable in connection with the sale of such Shares duly paid by the Company.  Delivery of the Shares shall be made through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) unless the Representatives shall otherwise instruct.

 

(d)                                  The Company acknowledges and agrees that the Underwriters are acting solely in the capacity of an arm’s length contractual counterparty to the Company with respect to the offering of Shares contemplated hereby (including in connection with determining the terms of the offering) and not as a financial advisor or a fiduciary to, or an agent of, the Company or any other person.  Additionally, neither the Representatives nor any other Underwriter is advising the Company or any other person as to any legal, tax, investment, accounting or regulatory matters in any jurisdiction.  The Company shall consult with its own advisors concerning such matters and shall be responsible for making its own independent investigation and appraisal of the transactions contemplated hereby, and the Underwriters shall have no responsibility or liability to the Company with respect thereto.  Any review by the Underwriters of the Company, the transactions contemplated hereby or other matters relating to such transactions will be performed solely for the benefit of the Underwriters and shall not be on behalf of the Company.

 

3.                                       Representations and Warranties of the Company .  The Company represents and warrants to each Underwriter that:

 

(a)                                  Preliminary Prospectus.   No order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus has been issued by the Commission, and each Preliminary Prospectus included in the Pricing Disclosure Package, at the time of filing thereof, complied in all material respects with the Securities Act, and no Preliminary Prospectus, at the time of filing thereof, contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Company makes no representation and warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in any Preliminary Prospectus, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 7(b) hereof.

 

(b)                                  Pricing Disclosure Package .  The Pricing Disclosure Package as of the Applicable Time did not, and as of the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under

 



 

which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Company makes no representation and warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in such Pricing Disclosure Package, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 7(b) hereof.  No statement of material fact included in the Prospectus has been omitted from the Pricing Disclosure Package and no statement of material fact included in the Pricing Disclosure Package that is required to be included in the Prospectus has been omitted therefrom.

 

(c)                                   Issuer Free Writing Prospectus.  Other than the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, the Company (including its agents and representatives, other than the Underwriters in their capacity as such) has not prepared, used, authorized, approved or referred to and will not prepare, use, authorize, approve or refer to any “written communication” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) that constitutes an offer to sell or solicitation of an offer to buy the Shares (each such communication by the Company or its agents and representatives (other than a communication referred to in clause (i) below) an “Issuer Free Writing Prospectus”) other than (i) any document not constituting a prospectus pursuant to Section 2(a)(10)(a) of the Securities Act or Rule 134 under the Securities Act or (ii) the documents listed on Annex A hereto, each electronic road show and any other written communications approved in writing in advance by the Representatives.  Each such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus complied in all material respects with the Securities Act, has been or will be (within the time period specified in Rule 433) filed in accordance with the Securities Act (to the extent required thereby) and does not conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement or the Pricing Disclosure Package, and, when taken together with any other Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, the Preliminary Prospectus accompanying, or delivered prior to delivery of, such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, did not, and as of the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Company makes no representation and warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in each such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Preliminary Prospectus in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Preliminary Prospectus, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 7(b) hereof.

 

(d)                                  Emerging Growth Company .  From the time of initial confidential submission of the Registration Statement to the Commission (or, if earlier, the first date on which the Company engaged directly or through any person authorized to act on its behalf in any Testing-the-Waters Communication) through the date hereof, the Company has been and is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act (an “Emerging Growth Company”).  “Testing-the-Waters Communication” means any oral or written communication with potential investors undertaken in reliance on Section 5(d) of the Securities Act.

 

(e)                                   Testing-the-Waters Materials.  The Company (i) has not alone engaged in any Testing-the-Waters Communications other than Testing-the-Waters Communications with the consent of the Representatives with entities that are qualified institutional buyers within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act or institutions that are accredited investors within the meaning of Rule 501 under the Securities Act and (ii) has not authorized anyone other than

 



 

the Representatives to engage in Testing-the-Waters Communications.  The Company reconfirms that the Representatives have been authorized to act on its behalf in undertaking Testing-the-Waters Communications.  The Company has not distributed or approved for distribution any Written Testing-the-Waters Communications other than those listed on Annex B hereto.  “Written Testing-the-Waters Communication” means any Testing-the-Waters Communication that is a written communication within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act.  Any individual Written Testing-the-Waters Communication does not conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement or the Pricing Disclosure Package, complied in all material respects with the Securities Act, and when taken together with the Pricing Disclosure Package as of the Applicable Time, did not, and as of the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

(f)                                    Registration Statement and Prospectus.   The Registration Statement has been declared effective by the Commission.  No order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been issued by the Commission, and no proceeding for that purpose or pursuant to Section 8A of the Securities Act against the Company or related to the offering of the Shares has been initiated or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened by the Commission; as of the applicable effective date of the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, the Registration Statement and any such post-effective amendment complied and will comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act, and did not and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading; and as of the date of the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto and as of the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, the Prospectus will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Company makes no representation and warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 7(b) hereof.

 

(g)                                   Financial Statements.   The financial statements (including the related notes thereto) of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and present fairly in all material respects the financial position of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries as of the dates indicated and the results of their operations and the changes in their cash flows for the periods specified; such financial statements have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods covered thereby, except in the case of unaudited financial statements, which are subject to normal year-end adjustments and do not contain certain footnotes as permitted by the applicable rules of the Commission; and any supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement present fairly in all material respects the information required to be stated therein; and the other financial information included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus has been derived from the accounting records of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries and presents fairly in all material respects the information shown thereby.

 



 

(h)                                  No Material Adverse Change.   Since the date of the most recent financial statements of the Company included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (i) there has not been any change in the capital stock (other than the issuance of shares of Common Stock upon exercise of stock options and warrants described as outstanding in, and the grant of options and awards under existing equity incentive plans described in, the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus), short-term debt or long-term debt of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or any dividend or distribution of any kind declared, set aside for payment, paid or made by the Company on any class of capital stock, or any material adverse change, or any development involving a prospective material adverse change, in or affecting the business, properties, management, financial position, stockholders’ equity, results of operations or prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole; (ii) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has entered into any transaction or agreement (whether or not in the ordinary course of business) that is material to the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole or incurred any liability or obligation, direct or contingent, that is material to the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole; and (iii) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has sustained any loss or interference with its business that is material to the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole and that is either from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor disturbance or dispute or any action, order or decree of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority, except in each case as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

(i)                                      Organization and Good Standing.   The Company and each of its subsidiaries have been duly organized and are validly existing and in good standing under the laws of their respective jurisdictions of organization, are duly qualified to do business and are in good standing in each jurisdiction in which their respective ownership or lease of property or the conduct of their respective businesses requires such qualification, and have all power and authority necessary to own or hold their respective properties and to conduct the businesses in which they are engaged, except where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing or have such power or authority would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the business, properties, management, financial position, stockholders’ equity, results of operations or prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole or on the performance by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement (a “Material Adverse Effect”).  The Company does not own or control, directly or indirectly, any corporation, association or other entity other than the subsidiaries listed in Exhibit 21 to the Registration Statement.

 

(j)                                     Capitalization.   The Company has an authorized capitalization as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under the heading “Capitalization”; all the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued and are fully paid and non-assessable and are not subject to any pre-emptive or similar rights that have not been duly waived or satisfied; except as described in or expressly contemplated by the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no outstanding rights (including, without limitation, pre-emptive rights), warrants or options to acquire, or instruments convertible into or exchangeable for, any shares of capital stock or other equity interest in the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or any contract, commitment, agreement, understanding or arrangement of any kind relating to the issuance of any capital stock of the Company or any such subsidiary, any such convertible or exchangeable securities or any such rights, warrants or options; the capital stock of the Company conforms in all material respects to the description thereof contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; and, except as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, all the outstanding shares of capital stock or other equity interests of each subsidiary owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned directly or indirectly by the Company, free and clear of any lien, charge, encumbrance, security interest, restriction on voting or transfer or any other similar claim of any third party.

 



 

(k)                                  Stock Options.  With respect to the stock options (the “Stock Options”) granted pursuant to the stock-based compensation plans of the Company and its subsidiaries (the “Company Stock Plans”) (i) each Stock Option intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” under Section 422 of the Code so qualifies, (ii) each grant of a Stock Option was duly authorized no later than the date on which the grant of such Stock Option was by its terms to be effective (the “Grant Date”) by all necessary corporate action, including, as applicable, approval by the board of directors of the Company (or a duly constituted and authorized committee thereof) and any required stockholder approval by the necessary number of votes or written consents, and the award agreement governing such grant (if any) was duly executed and delivered by each party thereto, (iii) each such grant was made in accordance with the terms of the Company Stock Plans, and (iv) each such grant was properly accounted for in accordance with GAAP in the financial statements (including the related notes) of the Company.

 

(l)                                      Due Authorization.   The Company has full right, power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder; and all action required to be taken for the due and proper authorization, execution and delivery by it of this Agreement and the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated hereby has been duly and validly taken.

 

(m)                              Underwriting Agreement.  This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.

 

(n)                                  The Shares.  The Shares to be issued and sold by the Company hereunder have been duly authorized and, when issued and delivered and paid for as provided herein, will be duly and validly issued, will be fully paid and nonassessable and will conform to the descriptions thereof in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; and the issuance of the Shares is not subject to any preemptive or similar rights that have not been duly waived or satisfied.

 

(o)                                  [Reserved] .

 

(p)                                  No Violation or Default.   Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is (i) in violation of its charter or by-laws or similar organizational documents; (ii) in default, and no event has occurred that, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute such a default, in the due performance or observance of any term, covenant or condition contained in any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject; or (iii) in violation of any law or statute or any judgment, order, rule or regulation of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority, except, in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) above, for any such default or violation that would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(q)                                  No Conflicts.  The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement, the issuance and sale of the Shares and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not (i) conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Company or any of its

 



 

subsidiaries pursuant to, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject, (ii) result in any violation of the provisions of the charter or by-laws or similar organizational documents of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or (iii) result in the violation of any law or statute or any judgment, order, rule  or regulation of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority, except, in the case of clauses (i) and (iii) above, for any such conflict, breach, violation or default that would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(r)                                     No Consents Required.   No consent, approval, authorization, order, license, registration or qualification of or with any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority is required for the execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement, the issuance and sale of the Shares and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except for the registration of the Shares under the Securities Act and such consents, approvals, authorizations, orders and registrations or qualifications as may be required by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”), The NASDAQ Stock Market and under applicable state securities laws in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters.

 

(s)                                    Legal Proceedings.   Except as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no legal, governmental or regulatory investigations, actions, suits or proceedings pending to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is or may be a party or to which any property of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is or may be the subject that, individually or in the aggregate, if determined adversely to the Company or any of its subsidiaries, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; to the knowledge of the Company, no such investigations, actions, suits or proceedings are threatened or contemplated by any governmental or regulatory authority or threatened by others; and (i) there are no current or pending legal, governmental or regulatory actions, suits or proceedings that are required under the Securities Act to be described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus that are not so described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and (ii) there are no statutes, regulations or contracts or other documents that are required under the Securities Act to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement or described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus that are not so filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement or described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

(t)                                     Independent Accountants .  PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, who have certified certain financial statements of the Company on a consolidated basis, is an independent registered public accounting firm with respect to the Company on a consolidated basis within the applicable rules and regulations adopted by the Commission and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) and as required by the Securities Act.

 

(u)                                  Title to Real and Personal Property .  The Company and its subsidiaries have good and marketable title in fee simple (in the case of real property) to, or have valid and marketable rights to lease or otherwise use, all items of real and personal property and assets that are material to the respective businesses of the Company and its subsidiaries, in each case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, claims and defects and imperfections of title except those that (i) do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company and its subsidiaries or (ii) could not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 



 

(v)                                  Intellectual Property .  The Company and its subsidiaries own or possess sufficient rights to use, all trademarks, service marks, trade names (including all goodwill associated with the foregoing), patent rights, copyrights, domain names, licenses, approvals, trade secrets, inventions, technology, know-how, publicity rights, privacy rights, and other intellectual property and similar proprietary rights, including registrations and applications for registration thereof (collectively, “Intellectual Property Rights”) material to the conduct of the business now conducted or proposed in the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus to be conducted by them. Each material patent application owned by or exclusively licensed to the Company or its subsidiaries is being diligently prosecuted in accordance with normal industry practice, and each material issued patent owned by or exclusively licensed to the Company or its subsidiaries is being diligently maintained in accordance with normal industry practice. To the knowledge of the Company, neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has materially infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated the valid and enforceable Intellectual Property Rights of any third party, and neither the manufacture of, nor the use or sale of, any of the product candidates described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, would materially infringe or otherwise violate the known valid and enforceable Intellectual Property Rights of any third party. Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect, (i) there are no known rights of third parties to any of the Intellectual Property Rights owned or purported to be owned by the Company or its subsidiaries, (ii) there is no known infringement, misappropriation, breach or default, or the occurrence of any event that with notice or the passage of time would constitute any of the foregoing, by any third party of any of the Intellectual Property Rights of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, (iii) none of the Intellectual Property Rights used or held for use by the Company or any of its subsidiaries in their businesses has been known to be obtained or is known as being used or is known as being held for use by the Company or any of its subsidiaries in violation of any valid and enforceable contractual obligation binding on the Company or any of its subsidiaries or in violation of any valid and enforceable rights of any third party, (iv) the Company and its subsidiaries have taken reasonable steps in accordance with normal industry practice to maintain the confidentiality of all Intellectual Property Rights the value of which to the Company or any subsidiary is contingent upon maintaining the confidentiality thereof, and (v) to the Company’s knowledge, all Intellectual Property Rights owned by or exclusively licensed to the Company or any of its subsidiaries are valid and enforceable. Except as would not, if determined adversely to the Company or any of its subsidiaries, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect, there is no known pending or threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by any third party (x) challenging the Company’s or any of its subsidiaries’ rights in or to, or alleging the violation of any of the terms of, any of their Intellectual Property Rights, (y) challenging the validity, enforceability or scope of any Intellectual Property Rights owned by or exclusively licensed to the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or (z) alleging that the Company or any of its subsidiaries has infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated or conflicted with any Intellectual Property Rights of any third party, and in the case of each of (x), (y) and (z) above, the Company is unaware of any fact which would form a reasonable basis for any such action, suit, proceeding or claim that, if determined adversely to the Company or any of its subsidiaries, individually or in the aggregate, would have a Material Adverse Effect.  All founders, key employees and other employees, in each case who are currently with the Company or any of its subsidiaries, involved in the development of material Intellectual Property Rights for the Company or any of its subsidiaries have signed confidentiality and invention assignment agreements with the Company. No known developer of any material Intellectual Property Rights has failed to assign all of such developer’s rights, title and interest in such Intellectual Property Rights to the Company or its subsidiaries.

 



 

(w)                                Privacy Compliance .  To the knowledge of the Company, the Company and its subsidiaries have complied, and are presently in compliance, in all material respects, with its privacy policies and other legal obligations regarding the collection, use, transfer, storage, protection, disposal and disclosure by the Company and its subsidiaries of personally identifiable information and/or any other information collected from or provided by third parties.  The Company and its subsidiaries have taken commercially reasonable steps to protect the information technology systems and data used in connection with the operation of the Company and/or its subsidiaries.  The Company and its subsidiaries have used reasonable efforts to establish, and have established, commercially reasonable disaster recovery and security plans, procedures and facilities for the business, including, without limitation, for the information technology systems and data held or used by or for the Company and/or any of its subsidiaries. To the knowledge of the Company, there has been no security breach or attack or other compromise of or relating to any such information technology system or data.

 

(x)                                  No Undisclosed Relationships .  No relationship, direct or indirect, exists between or among the Company or any of its subsidiaries, on the one hand, and the directors, officers, stockholders, customers or suppliers of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, on the other, that is required by the Securities Act to be described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and that is not so described in such documents and in the Pricing Disclosure Package.

 

(y)                                  Investment Company Act .  The Company is not and, after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Shares and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, will not be required to register as an “investment company” or an entity “controlled” by an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (collectively, the “Investment Company Act”).

 

(z)                                   Taxes.   The Company and its subsidiaries have paid all federal, state, local and foreign taxes and filed all tax returns required to be paid or filed through the date hereof (after giving effect to any valid extensions with respect to the filing of tax returns), except where the failure to pay or file would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and except as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no tax deficiencies that have been, or would reasonably be expected to be, asserted against the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their respective properties or assets and which would, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(aa)                           Licenses and Permits.   The Company and its subsidiaries possess all licenses, certificates, permits and other authorizations issued by, and have made all declarations and filings with, the appropriate federal, state, local or foreign governmental or regulatory authorities that are necessary for the ownership or lease of their respective properties or the conduct of their respective businesses as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, except where the failure to possess or make the same would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect; and except as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received notice of any revocation or modification of any such license, certificate, permit or authorization or has any reason to believe that any such license, certificate, permit or authorization will not be renewed in the ordinary course. Except as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, as applicable, the Company and its subsidiaries (i) are, and since November 2010 have been, in compliance with all statutes, rules and regulations applicable to the ownership, testing, development, manufacture, packaging,

 


 

processing, use, distribution, storage, import, export or disposal of any product manufactured or distributed by the Company or its subsidiaries (“Applicable Laws”), except where such noncompliance would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (ii) have not received any U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) Form 483, written notice of adverse finding, warning letter, untitled letter or other correspondence or written notice from any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority alleging or asserting non-compliance with (x) any Applicable Laws or (y) any licenses, exemptions, certificates, approvals, clearances, authorizations, permits and supplements or amendments thereto required by any such Applicable Laws.

 

(bb)                           Clinical Data and Regulatory Compliance . The preclinical tests and clinical trials, and other studies (collectively, “studies”) conducted by or, to the knowledge of the Company after due inquiry, on behalf of or sponsored by the Company or its subsidiaries, or in which the Company or its subsidiaries have participated, that are described in, or the results of which are referred to in, the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus were and, if still pending, are being conducted in all material respects in accordance with the protocols, procedures and controls designed and approved for such studies and with standard medical and scientific research procedures; each description of the results of such studies is, in all material respects, accurate and fairly presents the data derived from such studies, and the Company and its subsidiaries have no knowledge of any other studies the results of which are inconsistent with, or otherwise call into question, the results described or referred to in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus; the Company and its subsidiaries have made all such filings and obtained all such approvals as have been required by the Food and Drug Administration of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services or from any other U.S. or foreign government medical device regulatory agency, or health care facility Institutional Review Board (collectively, the “Regulatory Agencies”), except where the failure to make such filings or obtain such approvals would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and neither the Company nor its subsidiaries has received any written notice of, or correspondence from, any Regulatory Agency requiring the termination, suspension or modification, other than any modification in the ordinary course, of any clinical trials that are described or referred to in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus and, to the Company’s knowledge, there are no reasonable grounds for the same; and the Company and its subsidiaries have each operated and currently are in compliance in all material respects with all applicable rules, regulations and policies of the Regulatory Agencies.

 

(cc)                             No Labor Disputes.   No labor disturbance by or dispute with employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries exists or, to the knowledge of the Company, is contemplated or threatened, and the Company is not aware of any existing or imminent labor disturbance by, or dispute with, the employees of any of its or its subsidiaries’ principal suppliers, manufacturers, contractors or customers, except as would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(dd)                           Compliance with and Liability under Environmental Laws.   (i) The Company and its subsidiaries (a) are, and at all prior times were, in compliance with any and all applicable federal, state, local and foreign laws, rules, regulations, requirements, decisions, judgments, decrees, orders and the common law relating to pollution or the protection of the environment, natural resources or human health or safety, including those relating to the generation, storage, treatment, use, handling, transportation, Release or threat of Release of Hazardous Materials (collectively, “Environmental Laws”), (b) have received and are in compliance with all permits, licenses, certificates or other authorizations or approvals required of them under applicable Environmental Laws to conduct their respective businesses, (c) have not received notice of any

 



 

actual or potential liability under or relating to, or actual or potential violation of, any Environmental Laws, including for the investigation or remediation of any Release or threat of Release of Hazardous Materials, and have no knowledge of any event or condition that would reasonably be expected to result in any such notice, (d) are not conducting or paying for, in whole or in part, any investigation, remediation or other corrective action pursuant to any Environmental Law at any location, and (e) are not a party to any order, decree or agreement that imposes any obligation or liability under any Environmental Law, and (ii) there are no costs or liabilities associated with Environmental Laws of or relating to the Company or its subsidiaries, except in the case of each of (i) and (ii) above, for any such matter, as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (iii) except as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (a) there are no proceedings that are pending, or that are known by the Company to be contemplated, against the Company or any of its subsidiaries under any Environmental Laws in which a governmental entity is also a party, other than such proceedings regarding which it is reasonably believed no monetary sanctions of $100,000 or more will be imposed, (b) the Company and its subsidiaries are not aware of any facts or issues regarding compliance with Environmental Laws, or liabilities or other obligations under Environmental Laws, including the Release or threat of Release of Hazardous Materials, that, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and (c) none of the Company and its subsidiaries anticipates material capital expenditures relating to any Environmental Laws.

 

(ee)                             Hazardous Materials .  There has been no storage, generation, transportation, use, handling, treatment, Release or threat of Release of Hazardous Materials by, relating to or caused by the Company or any of its subsidiaries (or, to the knowledge of the Company and its subsidiaries, any other entity (including any predecessor) for whose acts or omissions the Company or any of its subsidiaries is or could reasonably be expected to be liable) at, on, under or from any property or facility now or previously owned, operated or leased by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or at, on, under or from any other property or facility, in violation of any Environmental Laws or in a manner or amount or to a location that could reasonably be expected to result in any liability under any Environmental Law, except for any violation or liability which would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  “Hazardous Materials” means any material, chemical, substance, waste, pollutant, contaminant, compound, mixture, or constituent thereof, in any form or amount, including petroleum (including crude oil or any fraction thereof) and petroleum products, natural gas liquids, asbestos and asbestos containing materials, naturally occurring radioactive materials, brine, and drilling mud, regulated or which can give rise to liability under any Environmental Law.  “Release” means any spilling, leaking, seepage, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching, dumping, disposing, depositing, dispersing, or migrating in, into or through the environment, or in, into, from or through any building or structure.

 

(ff)                               Compliance with ERISA.   (i) Each employee benefit plan, within the meaning of Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), for which the Company or any member of its “Controlled Group” (defined as any organization which is a member of a controlled group of corporations within the meaning of Section 414 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”)) would have any liability (each, a “Plan”) has been maintained in compliance with its terms and the requirements of any applicable statutes, orders, rules and regulations, including but not limited to ERISA and the Code, except for noncompliance that could not reasonably be expected to result in material liability to the Company or its subsidiaries;  (ii) no prohibited transaction, within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, has occurred with respect to any Plan excluding transactions

 



 

effected pursuant to a statutory or administrative exemption that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect for the Company or its subsidiaries; (iii) for each Plan that is subject to the funding rules of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, the minimum funding standard of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, as applicable, has been satisfied (without taking into account any waiver thereof or extension of any amortization period) and is reasonably expected to be satisfied in the future (without taking into account any waiver thereof or extension of any amortization period); (iv) the fair market value of the assets of each Plan exceeds the present value of all benefits accrued under such Plan (determined based on those assumptions used to fund such Plan); (v) no “reportable event” (within the meaning of Section 4043(c) of ERISA) has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur that either has resulted, or could reasonably be expected to result, in material liability to the Company or its subsidiaries; (vi) neither the Company nor any member of the Controlled Group has incurred, nor reasonably expects to incur, any liability under Title IV of ERISA (other than contributions to the Plan or premiums to the PBGC, in the ordinary course and without default) in respect of a Plan (including a “multiemployer plan”, within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA); and (vii) there is no pending audit or investigation by the Internal Revenue Service, the U.S. Department of Labor, the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any other governmental agency or any foreign regulatory agency with respect to any Plan that could reasonably be expected to result in material liability to the Company or its subsidiaries.  None of the following events has occurred or is reasonably likely to occur: (x) a material increase in the aggregate amount of contributions required to be made to all Plans by the Company or its subsidiaries in the current fiscal year of the Company and its subsidiaries compared to the amount of such contributions made in the Company and its subsidiaries’ most recently completed fiscal year; or (y) a material increase in the Company and its subsidiaries’ “accumulated post-retirement benefit obligations” (within the meaning of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards 106) compared to the amount of such obligations in the Company and its subsidiaries’ most recently completed fiscal year.

 

(gg)                             Disclosure Controls .  The Company, on a consolidated basis, maintains a system of “disclosure controls and procedures” (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) designed to comply with the requirements of the Exchange Act and to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and forms, including controls and procedures designed to ensure that such information is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

 

(hh)                           Accounting Controls.   The Company, on a consolidated basis, maintains a system of “internal control over financial reporting” (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act) that is designed to comply with the requirements of the Exchange Act and that has been designed by, or under the supervision of, their respective principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, including, but not limited to, internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and to maintain asset accountability; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.  Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no material

 



 

weaknesses in the Company’s internal controls.  The Company’s auditors and the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company have been advised of:  (i) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal controls over financial reporting which have adversely affected or are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and (ii) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting.

 

(ii)                                   Insurance.  Except as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company and its subsidiaries have insurance covering their respective properties, operations, personnel and businesses, which insurance is in amounts and insures against such losses and risks as are generally maintained by similarly situated companies and which the Company believes are reasonably adequate to protect the Company and its subsidiaries and their respective businesses; and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has (i) received notice from any insurer or agent of such insurer that capital improvements or other expenditures are required or necessary to be made in order to continue such insurance or (ii) any reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage at reasonable cost from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business.

 

(jj)                                 No Unlawful Payments.   Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries nor any director, officer or employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or controlled affiliates nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any agent or other person associated with or acting on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries (i) has used or will use any corporate funds for any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or other unlawful expense relating to political activity; (ii) has made or taken or will make or take an act in furtherance of an offer, promise or authorization of any direct or indirect unlawful payment or benefit to any foreign or domestic government official or employee, including of any government-owned or controlled entity or of a public international organization, or any person acting in an official capacity for or on behalf of any of the foregoing, or any political party or party official or candidate for political office; (iii) has violated or will be in violation of any provision of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or any applicable law or regulation implementing the OECD Convention on Combating Bribery of Foreign Public Officials in International Business Transactions, or committed or will commit an offence under the Bribery Act 2010 of the United Kingdom or any other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption law; or (iv) has made, offered, agreed, requested or taken, or will make, offer, agree, request or take, an act in furtherance of any unlawful bribe or other unlawful benefit, including, without limitation, any rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful or improper payment or benefit.  The Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates have conducted their businesses in compliance with applicable anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws and have instituted, maintained and enforced, and will continue to maintain and enforce policies and procedures designed to promote and ensure compliance with such laws and with the representation and warranty contained herein.

 

(kk)                           Compliance with Anti-Money Laundering Laws .  The operations of the Company and its subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements, including those of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the applicable money laundering statutes of all jurisdictions where the Company or any of its subsidiaries conducts business, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “Anti-Money Laundering Laws”) and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries with respect to the Anti-Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened.

 



 

(ll)                                   No Conflicts with Sanctions Laws.  Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries, directors, officers, or employees, nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any agent, affiliate or other person associated with or acting on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is, or is owned or controlled by a Person that is, (i) currently the subject or the target of any sanctions administered or enforced by the U.S. government, (including, without limitation, the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury (“OFAC”) or the U.S. Department of State and including, without limitation, the designation as a “specially designated national” or “blocked person”), the United Nations Security Council (“UNSC”), the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury (“HMT”) or other relevant sanctions authority (collectively, “Sanctions”), nor (ii) located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the subject or target of Sanctions, including, without limitation, Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Sudan and Syria (each, a “Sanctioned Country”); and the Company will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the offering of the Shares hereunder, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity (i) to fund or facilitate any activities of or business with any person that, at the time of such funding or facilitation, is the subject or target of Sanctions, (ii) to fund or facilitate any activities of or business in any Sanctioned Country or (iii) in any other manner that will result in a violation by any person (including any person participating in the transaction, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise) of Sanctions.  For the past five years, the Company and its subsidiaries have not knowingly engaged in and are not now knowingly engaged in, and will not engage in, any dealings or transactions with any person that at the time of the dealing or transaction is or was the subject or the target of Sanctions or with any Sanctioned Country.

 

(mm)                   No Restrictions on Subsidiaries .  Except as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, no subsidiary of the Company is currently prohibited, directly or indirectly, under any agreement or other instrument to which it is a party or is subject, from paying any dividends to the Company, from making any other distribution on such subsidiary’s capital stock, from repaying to the Company any loans or advances to such subsidiary from the Company or from transferring any of such subsidiary’s properties or assets to the Company or any other subsidiary of the Company.

 

(nn)                           No Broker’s Fees.   Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is a party to any contract, agreement or understanding with any person (other than this Agreement) that would give rise to a valid claim against the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any Underwriter for a brokerage commission, finder’s fee or like payment in connection with the offering and sale of the Shares.

 

(oo)                           No Registration Rights .  No person has the right to require the Company or any of its subsidiaries to register any securities for sale under the Securities Act by reason of the filing of the Registration Statement with the Commission or the issuance and sale of the Shares.

 

(pp)                           No Stabilization.   The Company has not taken, directly or indirectly, without giving effect to activities by the Underwriters, any action designed to or that would reasonably be expected to cause or result in any stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Shares.

 

(qq)                           Margin Rules .  The application of the proceeds received by the Company from the issuance, sale and delivery of the Shares as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus will not violate Regulation T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any other regulation of such Board of Governors.

 



 

(rr)                                 Forward-Looking Statements.   No forward-looking statement (within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act) contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus has been made or reaffirmed without a reasonable basis or has been disclosed other than in good faith.

 

(ss)                               Statistical and Market Data.   Nothing has come to the attention of the Company that has caused the Company to believe that the statistical and market-related data included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus is not based on or derived from sources that are reliable and accurate in all material respects.

 

(tt)                                 Sarbanes-Oxley Act .  There is and has been no failure on the part of the Company or, to the knowledge of the Company, any of the Company’s directors or officers, in their capacities as such, to comply with any applicable provision of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), including Section 402 related to loans.

 

(uu)                           Status under the Securities Act .  At the time of filing the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, at the earliest time thereafter that the Company or any offering participant made a bona fide offer (within the meaning of Rule 164(h)(2) under the Securities Act) of the Shares and at the date hereof, the Company was not and is not an “ineligible issuer,” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

 

(vv)                           No Ratings . There are (and prior to the Closing Date, will be) no debt securities or preferred stock of, or guaranteed by, the Company or any of its subsidiaries that are rated by a “nationally recognized statistical rating organization,” as such term is defined in Section 3(a)(62) of the Exchange Act.

 

4.                                       Further Agreements of the Company .  The Company covenants and agrees with each Underwriter that:

 

(a)                                  Required Filings.   The Company will file the final Prospectus with the Commission within the time periods specified by Rule 424(b) and Rule 430A, 430B or 430C under the Securities Act, will file any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus to the extent required by Rule 433 under the Securities Act; and will furnish copies of the Prospectus and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus (to the extent not previously delivered) to the Underwriters in New York City prior to 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on the business day next succeeding the date of this Agreement in such quantities as the Representatives may reasonably request.

 

(b)                                  Delivery of Copies.   The Company will deliver, without charge, (i) to the Representatives, five signed copies of the Registration Statement as originally filed and each amendment thereto, in each case including all exhibits and consents filed therewith; and (ii) to each Underwriter (A) a conformed copy of the Registration Statement as originally filed and each amendment thereto (without exhibits) and (B) during the Prospectus Delivery Period (as defined below), as many copies of the Prospectus (including all amendments and supplements thereto and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus) as the Representatives may reasonably request.  As used herein, the term “Prospectus Delivery Period” means such period of time after the first date of the public offering of the Shares as in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters a prospectus relating to the Shares is required by law to be delivered (or required to be delivered but for Rule 172 under the Securities Act) in connection with sales of the Shares by any Underwriter or dealer.

 



 

(c)                                   Amendments or Supplements, Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses.   Before preparing, using, authorizing, approving, referring to or filing any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, and before filing any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, the Company will furnish to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters a copy of the proposed Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, amendment or supplement for review and will not prepare, use, authorize, approve, refer to or file any such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or file any such proposed amendment or supplement to which the Representatives reasonably object.

 

(d)                                  Notice to the Representatives.   The Company will advise the Representatives promptly, and confirm such advice in writing (which may be by email), (i) when the Registration Statement has become effective; (ii) when any amendment to the Registration Statement has been filed or becomes effective; (iii) when any supplement to the Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Written Testing-the Waters Communication or any amendment to the Prospectus has been filed or distributed; (iv) of any request by the Commission for any amendment to the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus or the receipt of any comments from the Commission relating to the Registration Statement or any other request by the Commission for any additional information including, but not limited to, any request for information concerning any Testing-the-Waters Communication; (v) of the issuance by the Commission of any order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus, any of the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Prospectus or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication or the initiation or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatening of any proceeding for that purpose or pursuant to Section 8A of the Securities Act; (vi) of the occurrence of any event or development within the Prospectus Delivery Period as a result of which the Prospectus, the Pricing Disclosure Package, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication as then amended or supplemented would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Prospectus, the Pricing Disclosure Package, or any such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading; and (vii) of the receipt by the Company of any notice with respect to any suspension of the qualification of the Shares for offer and sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatening of any proceeding for such purpose; and the Company will use its best efforts to prevent the issuance of any such order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus, any of the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Prospectus or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication or suspending any such qualification of the Shares and, if any such order is issued, will obtain as soon as possible the withdrawal thereof.

 

(e)                                   Ongoing Compliance.   (1) If during the Prospectus Delivery Period (i) any event or development shall occur or condition shall exist as a result of which the Prospectus as then amended or supplemented would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Prospectus is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading or (ii) it is necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus to comply with law, the Company will promptly notify the Underwriters thereof and forthwith prepare and, subject to paragraph (c) above, file with the Commission and furnish to the Underwriters and to such dealers as the Representatives may designate such amendments or supplements to the Prospectus as may be necessary so that the statements in the Prospectus as so amended or supplemented will not, in the

 



 

light of the circumstances existing when the Prospectus is delivered to a purchaser, be misleading, or so that the Prospectus will comply with law and (2) if at any time prior to the Closing Date (i) any event or development shall occur or condition shall exist as a result of which the Pricing Disclosure Package as then amended or supplemented would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Pricing Disclosure Package is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading or (ii) it is necessary to amend or supplement the Pricing Disclosure Package to comply with law, the Company will promptly notify the Underwriters thereof and forthwith prepare and, subject to paragraph (c) above, file with the Commission (to the extent required) and furnish to the Underwriters and to such dealers as the Representatives may designate such amendments or supplements to the Pricing Disclosure Package as may be necessary so that the statements in the Pricing Disclosure Package as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Pricing Disclosure Package is delivered to a purchaser, be misleading or so that the Pricing Disclosure Package will comply with law.

 

(f)                                    Blue Sky Compliance.   The Company will qualify the Shares for offer and sale under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as the Representatives shall reasonably request and will continue such qualifications in effect so long as required for distribution of the Shares; provided that the Company shall not be required to (i) qualify as a foreign corporation or other entity or as a dealer in securities in any such jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to so qualify, (ii) file any general consent to service of process in any such jurisdiction or (iii) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction if it is not otherwise so subject.

 

(g)                                   Earnings Statement.  The Company will make generally available to its security holders and the Representatives as soon as practicable an earnings statement that satisfies the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 of the Commission promulgated thereunder covering a period of at least twelve months beginning with the first fiscal quarter of the Company occurring after the “effective date” (as defined in Rule 158) of the Registration Statement; provided that the Company will be deemed to have furnished such statements to its security holders and the Representatives to the extent they are filed on the Commission’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval system.

 

(h)                                  Clear Market.   For a period of 180 days after the date of the Prospectus, the Company will not (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, or (ii) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Stock or any such other securities (whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise), without the prior written consent of the Representatives, other than (A) the Shares to be sold hereunder, (B) any shares of Stock of the Company issued upon the conversion of convertible preferred stock outstanding on the date of this Agreement in connection with the offering contemplated by this Agreement and as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (C) any shares of Stock of the Company issued upon the exercise of options granted under Company Stock Plans or warrants described as outstanding in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (D) any options and other awards granted under a Company Stock Plan described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing

 



 

Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (E) the filing by the Company of any registration statement on Form S-8 or a successor form thereto relating to a Company Stock Plan described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and (F) shares of Stock or other securities issued in connection with a transaction with an unaffiliated third party that includes a bona fide commercial relationship (including joint ventures, marketing or distribution arrangements, collaboration agreements or intellectual property license agreements) or any acquisition of assets or acquisition of not less than a majority or controlling portion of the equity of another entity, provided that (x) the aggregate number of shares issued pursuant to this clause (F) shall not exceed five percent (5%) of the total number of outstanding shares of Stock immediately following the issuance and sale of the Underwritten Shares pursuant hereto and (y) the recipient of any such shares of Stock and securities issued pursuant to this clause (F) during the 180-day restricted period described above shall enter into an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto.

 

If the Representatives, in their sole discretion, agree to release or waive the restrictions set forth in a lock-up letter described in Section 6(l) hereof for an officer or director of the Company and provide the Company with notice of the impending release or waiver substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto at least three business days before the effective date of the release or waiver, the Company agrees to announce the impending release or waiver by a press release substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver.

 

(i)                                      Use of Proceeds.   The Company will apply the net proceeds from the sale of the Shares as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under the heading “Use of proceeds”.

 

(j)                                     No Stabilization.   The Company will not take, directly or indirectly, without giving effect to activities by the Underwriters, any action designed to or that would reasonably be expected to cause or result in any stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Stock.

 

(k)                                  Reports .  During a period of three years from the date of this Agreement, the Company will furnish to the Representatives, as soon as they are available, copies of all reports or other communications (financial or other) furnished to holders of the Shares, and copies of any reports and financial statements furnished to or filed with the Commission or any national securities exchange or automatic quotation system; provided the Company will be deemed to have furnished such reports and financial statements to the Representatives to the extent they are filed on the Commission’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval system.

 

(l)                                      Record Retention .  The Company will, pursuant to reasonable procedures developed in good faith, retain copies of each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that is not filed with the Commission in accordance with Rule 433 under the Securities Act.

 

(m)                              Filings.   The Company will file with the Commission such reports as may be required by Rule 463 under the Securities Act.

 

(n)                                  Emerging Growth Company .  The Company will promptly notify the Representatives if the Company ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company at any time prior to the later of (i) completion of the distribution of Shares within the meaning of the Securities Act and (ii) completion of the 180-day restricted period referred to in Section 4(h) hereof.

 



 

5.                                       Certain Agreements of the Underwriters .  Each Underwriter hereby represents and agrees that:

 

(a)                                  It has not used, authorized use of, referred to or participated in the planning for use of, and will not use, authorize use of, refer to or participate in the planning for use of, any “free writing prospectus”, as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act (which term includes use of any written information furnished to the Commission by the Company and not incorporated by reference into the Registration Statement and any press release issued by the Company) other than (i) a free writing prospectus that contains no “issuer information” (as defined in Rule 433(h)(2) under the Securities Act) that was not included (including through incorporation by reference) in the Preliminary Prospectus or a previously filed Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, (ii) any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus listed on Annex A or prepared pursuant to Section 3(c) or Section 4(c) above (including any electronic road show), or (iii) any free writing prospectus prepared by such underwriter and approved by the Company in advance in writing (each such free writing prospectus referred to in clauses (i) or (iii), an “Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus”).

 

(b)                                  It has not and will not, without the prior written consent of the Company, use any free writing prospectus that contains the final terms of the Shares unless such terms have previously been included in a free writing prospectus filed with the Commission; provided that Underwriters may use a term sheet substantially in the form of Annex C hereto without the consent of the Company; provided further that any Underwriter using such term sheet shall notify the Company, and provide a copy of such term sheet to the Company, prior to the first use of such term sheet.

 

(c)                                   It is not subject to any pending proceeding under Section 8A of the Securities Act with respect to the offering (and will promptly notify the Company if any such proceeding against it is initiated during the Prospectus Delivery Period).

 

6.                                       Conditions of Underwriters’ Obligations.   The obligation of each Underwriter to purchase the Underwritten Shares on the Closing Date or the Option Shares on the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, as provided herein is subject to the performance by the Company of its covenants and other obligations hereunder and to the following additional conditions:

 

(a)                                  Registration Compliance; No Stop Order.   No order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall be in effect, and no proceeding for such purpose or pursuant to Section 8A under the Securities Act shall be pending before or threatened by the Commission; the Prospectus and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus shall have been timely filed with the Commission under the Securities Act (in the case of an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, to the extent required by Rule 433 under the Securities Act) and in accordance with Section 4(a) hereof; and all requests by the Commission for additional information shall have been complied with to the reasonable satisfaction of the Representatives.

 

(b)                                  Representations and Warranties.   The representations and warranties of the Company contained herein shall be true and correct on the date hereof and on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be; and the statements of the Company and its officers made in any certificates delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall be true and correct on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be.

 

(c)                                   No Material Adverse Change.   No event or condition of a type described in Section 3(h) hereof shall have occurred or shall exist, which event or condition is not described in

 


 

the Pricing Disclosure Package (excluding any amendment or supplement thereto) and the Prospectus (excluding any amendment or supplement thereto) and the effect of which in the judgment of the Representatives makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offering, sale or delivery of the Shares on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, on the terms and in the manner contemplated by this Agreement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

(d)                                  Officer’s Certificate.   The Representatives shall have received on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, a certificate, of the chief financial officer or chief accounting officer of the Company and one additional senior executive officer of the Company who is satisfactory to the Representatives (i) confirming that such officers have carefully reviewed the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and, to the knowledge of such officers, the representations set forth in Sections 3(b), 3(d) and 3(f) hereof are true and correct, (ii) confirming that the other representations and warranties of the Company in this Agreement are true and correct and that the Company has complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder at or prior to the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, and (iii) to the effect set forth in paragraphs (a)  and (c) above.

 

(e)                                   Comfort Letters.   On the date of this Agreement and on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP shall have furnished to the Representatives, at the request of the Company, letters, dated the respective dates of delivery thereof and addressed to the Underwriters, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives, containing statements and information of the type customarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; provided, that the letter delivered on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, shall use a “cut-off” date no more than three business days prior to such Closing Date or such Additional Closing Date, as the case may be.

 

(f)                                    Opinion and 10b-5 Statement of Counsel for the Company.   Latham & Watkins LLP, counsel for the Company, shall have furnished to the Representatives, at the request of the Company, their written opinion and 10b-5 statement, dated the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, and addressed to the Underwriters, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives.

 

(g)                                   Opinion of Intellectual Property Counsel for the Company . Perkins Coie LLP, special counsel for the Company with respect to intellectual property matters, shall have furnished to the Representatives, at the request of the Company, their written opinion, dated the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, and addressed to the Underwriters, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives.

 

(h)                                  Opinion and 10b-5 Statement of Counsel for the Underwriters.   The Representatives shall have received on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, an opinion and 10b-5 statement of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, with respect to such matters as the Representatives may reasonably request, and such counsel shall have received such documents and information as they may reasonably request to enable them to pass upon such matters.

 



 

(i)                                      No Legal Impediment to Issuance.   No action shall have been taken and no statute, rule, regulation or order shall have been enacted, adopted or issued by any federal, state or foreign governmental or regulatory authority that would, as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, prevent the issuance or sale of the Shares; and no injunction or order of any federal, state or foreign court shall have been issued that would, as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, prevent the issuance or sale of the Shares.

 

(j)                                     Good Standing .  The Representatives shall have received on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, satisfactory evidence of the good standing of the Company and its subsidiaries in their respective jurisdictions of organization and their good standing as foreign entities in such other jurisdictions as the Representatives may reasonably request, in each case in writing or any standard form of telecommunication from the appropriate governmental authorities of such jurisdictions.

 

(k)                                  Exchange Listing.   The Shares to be delivered on the Closing Date or Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, shall have been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange (the “Exchange”), subject to official notice of issuance.

 

(l)                                      Lock-up Agreements .  The “lock-up” agreements, each substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, between you and certain shareholders, officers and directors of the Company relating to sales and certain other dispositions of shares of Stock or certain other securities, delivered to you on or before the date hereof, shall be full force and effect on the Closing Date or Additional Closing Date, as the case may be.

 

(m)                              Additional Documents.   On or prior to the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, the Company shall have furnished to the Representatives such further certificates and documents as the Representatives may reasonably request.

 

All opinions, letters, certificates and evidence mentioned above or elsewhere in this Agreement shall be deemed to be in compliance with the provisions hereof only if they are in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters.

 

7.                                       Indemnification and Contribution .

 

(a)                                  Indemnification of the Underwriters.  The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its affiliates, directors and officers and each person, if any, who controls such Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, legal fees and other expenses incurred in connection with any suit, action or proceeding or any claim asserted, as such fees and expenses are incurred), joint or several, that arise out of, or are based upon, (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, not misleading, or (ii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any “issuer information” filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, any road show as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities Act (a “road show”) or any Pricing Disclosure Package (including any Pricing Disclosure Package that has subsequently been amended), or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, in each case except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance

 



 

upon and in conformity with any information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in subsection (b) below.

 

(b)                                  Indemnification of the Company.   Each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its directors, its officers who signed the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act to the same extent as the indemnity set forth in paragraph (a) above, but only with respect to any losses, claims, damages or liabilities that arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with any information relating to such Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, any road show or any Pricing Disclosure Package (including any Pricing Disclosure Package that has subsequently been amended), it being understood and agreed upon that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the following information in the Prospectus furnished on behalf of each Underwriter: the concession and reallowance figures appearing in the third paragraph under the caption “Underwriting”, and the information contained in the last sentence of the fourth paragraph, the fourteenth paragraph and the first sentence of the fifteenth paragraph under the caption “Underwriting.”

 

(c)                                   Notice and Procedures.   If any suit, action, proceeding (including any governmental or regulatory investigation), claim or demand shall be brought or asserted against any person in respect of which indemnification may be sought pursuant to either paragraph (a) or (b) above, such person (the “Indemnified Person”) shall promptly notify the person against whom such indemnification may be sought (the “Indemnifying Person”) in writing; provided that the failure to notify the Indemnifying Person shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have under paragraph (a) or (b) above except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure; and provided , further , that the failure to notify the Indemnifying Person shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have to an Indemnified Person otherwise than under paragraph (a) or (b) above.  If any such proceeding shall be brought or asserted against an Indemnified Person and it shall have notified the Indemnifying Person thereof, the Indemnifying Person shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person (who shall not, without the consent of the Indemnified Person, be counsel to the Indemnifying Person) to represent the Indemnified Person in such proceeding and shall pay the fees and expenses of such counsel related to such proceeding, as reasonably incurred.  In any such proceeding, any Indemnified Person shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Indemnified Person unless (i) the Indemnifying Person and the Indemnified Person shall have mutually agreed to the contrary; (ii) the Indemnifying Person has failed within a reasonable time to retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person; (iii) the Indemnified Person shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it that are different from or in addition to those available to the Indemnifying Person; or (iv) the named parties in any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the Indemnifying Person and the Indemnified Person and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interest between them.  It is understood and agreed that the Indemnifying Person shall not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Indemnified Persons, and that all such fees and expenses shall be paid or reimbursed as they are incurred.  Any such separate firm for any Underwriter, its affiliates, directors and officers and any control persons of such Underwriter shall be designated in writing by J. P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and any such separate firm for the Company, its directors, its officers who signed the

 



 

Registration Statement and any control persons of the Company shall be designated in writing by the Company.  The Indemnifying Person shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the Indemnifying Person agrees to indemnify each Indemnified Person from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment.  Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an Indemnified Person shall have requested that an Indemnifying Person reimburse the Indemnified Person for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by this paragraph, the Indemnifying Person shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 30 days after receipt by the Indemnifying Person of such request and (ii) the Indemnifying Person shall not have reimbursed the Indemnified Person in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement.  No Indemnifying Person shall, without the written consent of the Indemnified Person, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any Indemnified Person is or could have been a party and indemnification could have been sought hereunder by such Indemnified Person, unless such settlement (x) includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified Person, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Person, from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding and (y) does not include any statement as to or any admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any Indemnified Person.

 

(d)                                  Contribution.   If the indemnification provided for in paragraphs (a) and (b) above is unavailable to an Indemnified Person or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then each Indemnifying Person under such paragraph, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Person thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Person as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters on the other, from the offering of the Shares or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) but also the relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters on the other, in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.  The relative benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters on the other, shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the net proceeds (before deducting expenses) received by the Company from the sale of the Shares and the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters in connection therewith, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover of the Prospectus, bear to the aggregate offering price of the Shares.  The relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters on the other, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or by the Underwriters and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

 

(e)                                   Limitation on Liability.   The Company and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to paragraph (d) above were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in paragraph (d) above.  The amount paid or payable by an Indemnified Person as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in paragraph (d) above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Indemnified Person in connection with any such action or claim.  Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs (d) and (e), in no event shall an Underwriter be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by such Underwriter with respect to the offering of the Shares exceeds the amount of any damages that such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason

 



 

of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.  No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.  The Underwriters’ obligations to contribute pursuant to paragraphs (d) and (e) are several in proportion to their respective purchase obligations hereunder and not joint.

 

(f)                                    Non-Exclusive Remedies.   The remedies provided for in this Section 7 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available to any Indemnified Person at law or in equity.

 

8.                                       Effectiveness of Agreement .  This Agreement shall become effective upon the execution and delivery hereof by the parties hereto.

 

9.                                       Termination .  This Agreement may be terminated in the absolute discretion of the Representatives, by notice to the Company, if after the execution and delivery of this Agreement and prior to the Closing Date or, in the case of the Option Shares, prior to the Additional Closing Date (i) trading generally shall have been suspended or materially limited on or by any of the New York Stock Exchange or The NASDAQ Stock Market; (ii) trading of any securities issued or guaranteed by the Company shall have been suspended on any exchange or in any over-the-counter market; (iii) a general moratorium on commercial banking activities shall have been declared by federal or New York State authorities; or (iv) there shall have occurred any outbreak or escalation of hostilities or any change in financial markets or any calamity or crisis, either within or outside the United States, that, in the judgment of the Representatives, is material and adverse and makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offering, sale or delivery of the Shares on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, on the terms and in the manner contemplated by this Agreement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

10.                                Defaulting Underwriter .

 

(a)                                  If, on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, any Underwriter defaults on its obligation to purchase the Shares that it has agreed to purchase hereunder on such date, the non-defaulting Underwriters may in their discretion arrange for the purchase of such Shares by other persons satisfactory to the Company on the terms contained in this Agreement.  If, within 36 hours after any such default by any Underwriter, the non-defaulting Underwriters do not arrange for the purchase of such Shares, then the Company shall be entitled to a further period of 36 hours within which to procure other persons satisfactory to the non-defaulting Underwriters to purchase such Shares on such terms.  If other persons become obligated or agree to purchase the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter, either the non-defaulting Underwriters or the Company may postpone the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, for up to five full business days in order to effect any changes that in the opinion of counsel for the Company or counsel for the Underwriters may be necessary in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus or in any other document or arrangement, and the Company agrees to promptly prepare any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement and the Prospectus that effects any such changes.  As used in this Agreement, the term “Underwriter” includes, for all purposes of this Agreement unless the context otherwise requires, any person not listed in Schedule 1 hereto that, pursuant to this Section 10, purchases Shares that a defaulting Underwriter agreed but failed to purchase.

 

(b)                                  If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by the non-defaulting Underwriters and the Company as provided in paragraph (a) above, the aggregate number of Shares that remain unpurchased on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, does not exceed one-eleventh of the aggregate number of

 



 

Shares to be purchased on such date, then the Company shall have the right to require each non-defaulting Underwriter to purchase the number of Shares that such Underwriter agreed to purchase hereunder on such date plus such Underwriter’s pro rata share (based on the number of Shares that such Underwriter agreed to purchase on such date) of the Shares of such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters for which such arrangements have not been made.

 

(c)                                   If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by the non-defaulting Underwriters and the Company as provided in paragraph (a) above, the aggregate number of Shares that remain unpurchased on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, exceeds one-eleventh of the aggregate amount of Shares to be purchased on such date, or if the Company shall not exercise the right described in paragraph (b) above, then this Agreement or, with respect to any Additional Closing Date, the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase Shares on the Additional Closing Date shall terminate without liability on the part of the non-defaulting Underwriters.  Any termination of this Agreement pursuant to this Section 10 shall be without liability on the part of the Company, except that the Company will continue to be liable for the payment of expenses as set forth in Section 11 hereof and except that the provisions of Section 7 hereof shall not terminate and shall remain in effect.

 

(d)                                  Nothing contained herein shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter of any liability it may have to the Company or any non-defaulting Underwriter for damages caused by its default.

 

11.                                Payment of Expenses .

 

(a)                                  Whether or not the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are consummated or this Agreement is terminated, the Company will pay or cause to be paid all costs and expenses incident to the performance of its obligations hereunder, including without limitation, (i) the costs incident to the authorization, issuance, sale, preparation and delivery of the Shares and any taxes payable in that connection; (ii) the costs incident to the preparation, printing and filing under the Securities Act of the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (including all exhibits, amendments and supplements thereto) and the distribution thereof; (iii) the costs of reproducing and distributing this Agreement; (iv) the fees and expenses of the Company’s counsel and independent accountants; (v) the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the registration or qualification and determination of eligibility for investment of the Shares under the state or foreign securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as the Representatives may designate and the preparation, printing and distribution of a Blue Sky Memorandum (including the related fees and expenses of counsel for the Underwriters in an amount not to exceed $10,000 (excluding filing fees)); (vi) the cost of preparing stock certificates; (vii) the costs and charges of any transfer agent and any registrar; (viii) all expenses and application fees incurred in connection with any filing with, and clearance of the offering by, FINRA, in an amount not to exceed $50,000 (excluding filing fees); (ix) all expenses incurred by the Company in connection with any “road show” presentation to potential investors or Testing-the-Waters Communications, (provided, however, that the Underwriters and the Company shall each pay 50% of the cost of chartering any aircraft to be used in connection with the road show by the Company and the Underwriters) and (x) all expenses and application fees related to the listing of the Shares on the Exchange.

 

(b)                                  If (i) this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 9(ii), (ii) the Company for any reason fails to tender the Shares for delivery to the Underwriters or (iii) the Underwriters decline to purchase the Shares for any reason permitted under this Agreement, the Company agrees to reimburse the Underwriters for all out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including the fees and expenses of their counsel) reasonably incurred by the Underwriters in connection with this Agreement and the offering contemplated hereby.  For the avoidance of doubt, it is understood that the Company shall not pay or reimburse any costs, fees or expenses incurred by any Underwriter that defaults on its obligations to purchase the Shares.

 



 

12.                                Persons Entitled to Benefit of Agreement .  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and the officers and directors and any controlling persons referred to in Section 7 hereof.  Nothing in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any other person any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision contained herein.  No purchaser of Shares from any Underwriter shall be deemed to be a successor merely by reason of such purchase.

 

13.                                Survival .  The respective indemnities, rights of contribution, representations, warranties and agreements of the Company and the Underwriters contained in this Agreement or made by or on behalf of the Company or the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement or any certificate delivered pursuant hereto shall survive the delivery of and payment for the Shares and shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any termination of this Agreement or any investigation made by or on behalf of the Company or the Underwriters.

 

14.                                Certain Defined Terms .  For purposes of this Agreement, (a) except where otherwise expressly provided, the term “affiliate” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act; (b) the term “business day” means any day other than a day on which banks are permitted or required to be closed in New York City and (c) the term “subsidiary” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

 

15.                                Miscellaneous .

 

(a)                                  Authority of J. P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC.   Any action by the Underwriters hereunder may be taken by J. P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC on behalf of the Underwriters.

 

(b)                                  Notices.   All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if mailed or transmitted and confirmed by any standard form of telecommunication.  Notices to the Underwriters shall be given to the Representatives c/o J. P. Morgan Securities LLC, 383 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10179 (fax:  (212) 622-8358); Attention  Equity Syndicate Desk; c/o Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, 1585 Broadway, New York, New York 10036, Attention: Equity Syndicate Desk, with a copy to the Legal Department, and to Davis Polk and Wardwell LLP, 1600 El Camino Real, Menlo Park, California 94025 (fax: (650) 752-2111), Attention: Alan Denenberg.  Notices to the Company shall be given to it at Nevro Corp., 4040 Campbell Avenue, Suite 210, Menlo Park, California 94025 (fax:(650) 251-9415; Attention Chief Financial Officer, with a copy to (which copy shall not constitute notice): Latham & Watkins LLP, 140 Scott Drive, Menlo Park, California 94025 (fax: (650) 463-2600); Attention: Anthony J. Richmond and Brian J. Cuneo.

 

(c)                                   Governing Law.   This Agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to agreements made and to be performed in such state.

 

(d)                                  Counterparts.   This Agreement may be signed in counterparts (which may include counterparts delivered by any standard form of telecommunication), each of which shall be an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

(e)                                   Amendments or Waivers.   No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement, nor any consent or approval to any departure therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the parties hereto.

 



 

(f)                                    Headings.   The headings herein are included for convenience of reference only and are not intended to be part of, or to affect the meaning or interpretation of, this Agreement.

 



 

If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding, please indicate your acceptance of this Agreement by signing in the space provided below.

 

 

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NEVRO CORP.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

Accepted: As of the date first written above

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

J. P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC

 

 

 

MORGAN STANLEY & CO. LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

On behalf of themselves and as

 

 

 

Representatives of the several

 

 

 

Underwriters listed in Schedule 1 hereto.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

MORGAN STANLEY & CO. LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 



 

Schedule 1

 

Underwriter

 

Number of Shares

 

 

 

J. P. Morgan Securities LLC

 

 

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

 

 

Leerink Partners LLC

 

 

JMP Securities LLC

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 


 

Annex A

 

a.                                       Pricing Disclosure Package

b.                                       [ Pricing Information Provided Orally by Underwriters]

 



 

Annex B

 

Written Testing-the-Waters Communications

 

1.  Reference is made to the materials used in the testing the waters presentation made to potential investors by the Company and provided to the Commission as supplemental material on [   ], 2014, to the extent such materials are a “written communication” within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

 



 

Annex C

 

Nevro Corp.

 

Pricing Term Sheet

 

[To come]

 



 

Exhibit A

 

[Form of Waiver of Lock-up]

 

Nevro Corp.
Public Offering of Common Stock

 

, 2014

 

[Name and Address of
Officer or Director
Requesting Waiver]

 

Dear [Name]:

 

This letter is being delivered to you in connection with the offering by Nevro Corp. (the “Company”) of [        ] shares of common stock, $0.001 par value (the “Common Stock”), of the Company and the lock-up letter dated [                ], 2014 (the “Lock-up Letter”), executed by you in connection with such offering, and your request for a [waiver] [release] dated [         ], 2014, with respect to [        ] shares of Common Stock (the “Shares”).

 

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC hereby agree to [waive] [release] the transfer restrictions set forth in the Lock-up Letter, but only with respect to the Shares, effective [            ], 2014; provided , however , that such [waiver] [release] is conditioned on the Company announcing the impending [waiver] [release] by press release through a major news service at least two business days before effectiveness of such [waiver] [release].  This letter will serve as notice to the Company of the impending [waiver] [release].

 

Except as expressly [waived] [released] hereby, the Lock-up Letter shall remain in full force and effect.

 

Yours very truly,

 

 

cc:  Company

 



 

Exhibit B

 

[Form of Press Release]

 

Nevro Corp.
[Date]

 

Nevro Corp. (the “Company”) announced today that J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, the lead book-running managers in the Company’s recent public sale of [     ] shares of common stock, is [waiving] [releasing] a lock-up restriction with respect to [       ] shares of the Company’s common stock held by [certain officers or directors] [an officer or director] of the Company. The [waiver] [release] will take effect on [            ] 2014, and the shares may be sold on or after such date.

 

This press release is not an offer for sale of the securities in the United States or in any other jurisdiction where such offer is prohibited, and such securities may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an exemption from registration under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 



 

Exhibit C

 

FORM OF LOCK-UP AGREEMENT

 

, 2014

 

J. P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC
MORGAN STANLEY & CO. LLC

 

As Representatives of
the several Underwriters listed in
Schedule 1 to the Underwriting
Agreement referred to below

 

c/o J. P. Morgan Securities LLC
383 Madison Avenue
New York, NY 10179

 

c/o Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
1585 Broadway
New York, New York 10036

 

Re:                              Nevro Corp. — Public Offering

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

The undersigned understands that you, as Representatives of the several Underwriters, propose to enter into an underwriting agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) with Nevro Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), providing for the public offering (the “Public Offering”) by the several Underwriters named in Schedule 1 to the Underwriting Agreement (the “Underwriters”), of common stock, of the Company (the “Securities”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Underwriting Agreement.

 

In consideration of the Underwriters’ agreement to purchase and make the Public Offering of the Securities, and for other good and valuable consideration receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the undersigned hereby agrees that, without the prior written consent of J. P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC on behalf of the Underwriters, the undersigned will not, during the period starting on the date hereof and ending 180 days after the date of the prospectus (the “Prospectus”) relating to the Public Offering (the “Restricted Period”), (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock, $0.001 per share par value, of the Company (the “Common Stock”) or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock (including without limitation, Common Stock or such other securities which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by the undersigned in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant), or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition, (2) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Stock or such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise or (3) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any

 



 

shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock, in each case other than (A) the Securities to be sold by the undersigned pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, (B) transfers or dispositions of shares of Common Stock (i) as a bona fide gift or gifts; (ii) to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the undersigned or the immediate family of the undersigned; (iii) to any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, investment fund or other entity controlled or managed, or under common control or management by the undersigned or the immediate family of the undersigned; (iv) by will, other testamentary document or intestate succession to the legal representative, heir, beneficiary or a member of the immediate family of the undersigned; or (v) as distributions to partners, members or stockholders of the undersigned; provided that in the case of any transfer, disposition or distribution pursuant to clause (B), each transferee, donee or distributee shall execute and deliver to the Representatives a lock-up letter in the form of this agreement; and provided , further , that in the case of any transfer, disposition or distribution pursuant to clause (B), no filing by any party (donor, donee, transferor or transferee) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), or other public announcement shall be required or shall be made voluntarily in connection with such transfer or distribution (other than a filing on a Form 5), (C) the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of Common Stock, provided that (i) such plan does not provide for the transfer of Common Stock during the Restricted Period and (ii) no filing under the Exchange Act or other public announcements shall be required or voluntarily made by or on behalf of the undersigned or the Company regarding the establishment of such plan during the Restricted Period, (D) the exercise of options to purchase shares of Common Stock granted under any stock incentive plan or stock purchase plan of the Company described in the Prospectus, provided that the underlying shares shall continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in this agreement and provided further that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the Restricted Period (other than a filing on a Form 5), (E) the exercise (whether for cash, cashless, or net exercise) of warrants to purchase shares of Common Stock (or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock), excluding all manners of exercise that would involve a sale in the open market of any securities relating to such warrants, whether to cover the applicable aggregate exercise price, withholding tax obligations or otherwise, and provided that the underlying shares shall continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in this agreement and provided further that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the Restricted Period (other than a filing on a Form 5), (F) the transfer of shares of Common Stock (or any security convertible into Common Stock) to the Company upon a vesting event of the Company’s securities or upon the exercise of options to purchase the Company’s securities, in each case on a “cashless” or “net exercise” basis or to cover tax withholding obligations of the undersigned in connection with such vesting or exercise, provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the Restricted Period (other than a filing on a Form 5), (G) the transfer or disposition of the undersigned’s shares of Common Stock (or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock) that occurs by operation of law pursuant to a qualified domestic order or in connection with a divorce settlement provided that each transferee shall sign and deliver a lock-up letter substantially in the form of this Letter Agreement and provided further that any filing required to be made under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall state that such transfer is pursuant to a qualified domestic order or in connection with a divorce settlement, (H) the transfer of shares of Common Stock (or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock) pursuant to a bona fide third party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction approved by the Company’s board of directors and made to all holders of the Common Stock involving a change of control (as defined below) of the Company provided that in the event that the tender offer, merger, consolidation or other such transaction is not completed, the Common Stock owned by the undersigned shall remain subject to the restrictions contained in this Letter Agreement, or (I) the transfer or disposal of shares of Common Stock acquired on the open market following the Public Offering (including shares purchased in the Public Offering) provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the Restricted Period (other than a filing on a

 



 

Form 5).  For purposes of this Letter Agreement, “immediate family” shall mean any relationship by blood, marriage or adoption, not more remote than first cousin and “change of control” shall mean the consummation of any bona fide third party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction the result of which is that any “person” (as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), or group of persons, other than the Company, becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 of the Exchange Act) of 50% of total voting power of the voting stock of the Company.

 

If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, the undersigned further agrees that the foregoing provisions shall be equally applicable to any Company-directed Securities the undersigned may purchase in the Public Offering.

 

If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, (i) J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC on behalf of the Underwriters agree that, at least three business days before the effective date of any release or waiver of the foregoing restrictions in connection with a transfer of shares of Common Stock, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC on behalf of the Underwriters will notify the Company of the impending release or waiver, and (ii) the Company has agreed in the Underwriting Agreement to announce the impending release or waiver by press release through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver.  Any release or waiver granted by J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC on behalf of the Underwriters hereunder to any such officer or director shall only be effective two business days after the publication date of such press release.  The provisions of this paragraph will not apply if (a) the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer not for consideration and (b) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this letter to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of the transfer.

 

In the event that any holder of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock  (each, a “Holder”) other than the undersigned is permitted by the Representatives to sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of shares of Common Stock for value, the same percentage of shares of Common Stock held by the undersigned (i.e., the total number of shares of Common Stock owned by the undersigned on the date of the early release, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock of the Company initially being granted an early release and the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock of the Company owned by the record or beneficial owner initially being granted an early release on the date thereof) (the “Pro-rata Release”) shall be immediately and fully released, without any further action, on the same terms from any remaining lockup restrictions set forth herein; provided, however, that such Pro-rata Release shall not be applied in the event of (a) permission granted, in the aggregate, to Holders by the Representatives to sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of a number of shares of Common Stock in an amount less than or equal to $5,000,000 in aggregate value of the Company’s Common Stock (whether in one or multiple releases), or (b) any underwritten secondary public offering of the Company’s Common Stock during the Restricted Period, whether or not such offering or sale is wholly or partially a secondary offering (the “Underwritten Sale”); provided, however, that the undersigned, to the extent the undersigned has a contractual right to demand or require the registration of the undersigned’s Common Stock or otherwise “piggyback” on a registration statement filed by the Company for the offer and sale of its Common Stock, is offered the opportunity to participate on a pro rata basis with any other equity holders in such Underwritten Sale and on a basis consistent with such contractual rights in such Underwritten Sale and on pricing terms that are no less favorable than the terms of the Underwritten Sale, or the contractual rights are validly waived in accordance with such contractual rights. In the event that the undersigned is released from any of its obligations under this Letter Agreement or, by virtue of this Letter Agreement, becomes entitled to offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, or otherwise dispose of any Common Stock (or any securities convertible into Common Stock) prior to the date that is 180 days after the date of the Prospectus, the Representatives shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to provide at least two business days’ notice to the Chief Financial Officer of the Company

 



 

prior to the effective date of such release or waiver (the effective date of such release or waiver, the “Release Date”), stating the percentage of shares held by such person or entity to be released; provided that the failure of the Representatives to give such notice shall not give rise to any claim or liability against the Representatives other than with respect to a failure caused by the Representatives acting in bad faith.

 

In furtherance of the foregoing, the Company, and any duly appointed transfer agent for the registration or transfer of the securities described herein, are hereby authorized to decline to make any transfer of securities if such transfer would constitute a violation or breach of this Letter Agreement.

 

The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned has full power and authority to enter into this Letter Agreement.  All authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred and any obligations of the undersigned shall be binding upon the successors, assigns, heirs or personal representatives of the undersigned.

 

The undersigned understands that, if (i) either J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, on the one hand, or the Company, on the other hand, informs the other, prior to the execution of the Underwriting Agreement, that it has determined not to proceed with the Public Offering; (ii) the Underwriting Agreement does not become effective by February 13, 2015, (iii) the Underwriting Agreement (other than the provisions thereof which survive termination) shall terminate or be terminated prior to payment for and delivery of the Common Stock to be sold thereunder or (iv) the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with the Public Offering is withdrawn, the undersigned shall be released from all obligations under this Letter Agreement.  The undersigned understands that the Underwriters are entering into the Underwriting Agreement and proceeding with the Public Offering in reliance upon this Letter Agreement.

 

This Letter Agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this Letter Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to the conflict of laws principles thereof.

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

 

[ NAME OF STOCKHOLDER ]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 




Exhibit 3.2

 

NEVRO CORP.

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

Nevro Corp., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the Delaware General Corporation Law, hereby certifies as follows:

 

The name of this corporation is Nevro Corp.  The original Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on October 4, 2006 under the name NBI Development, Inc.  The Certificate of Designations, Preference and Rights of Series A Convertible Stock of NBI Development, Inc. was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on October 6, 2006.  A Certificate of Amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of NBI Development, Inc. was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on June 28, 2007.  An Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed on June 4, 2008.

 

The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto has been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242, 245 and 228 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

 

The text of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation as heretofore amended or supplemented is hereby restated and further amended to read in its entirety as set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been signed this [  ] th  day of [      ], 2014.

 

 

NEVRO CORP.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Michael DeMane

 

 

Chief Executive Officer

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

OF

 

NEVRO CORP.

 

ARTICLE I
Name of Corporation

 

The name of this corporation is Nevro Corp. (the “ Corporation ”).

 

ARTICLE II
Address of Registered Agent

 

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Zip Code 19801.  The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

 

ARTICLE III
Corporate Purpose

 

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law (“ DGCL ”).

 

ARTICLE IV
Capital Stock

 

A.                                     Reverse Stock Split and Authorized Stock . Effective upon the filing of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the “ Effective Time ”):

 

Each twenty four (24) shares of Common Stock (as defined below) issued and outstanding shall , automatically and without any action on the part of the respective holders thereof, be combined and converted into one (1) share of Common Stock, and each twenty four (24) shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock (each as defined below) issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be reclassified as one share of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock, respectively (the “ Reverse Stock Split ”).

 

Each stock certificate representing shares of any class or series of Common Stock or Preferred Stock (as defined below) immediately prior to the Effective Time shall, from and after the Effective Time, represent that number of shares of the class or series of Common Stock or Preferred Stock into which such shares shall have been reclassified pursuant to the Reverse Stock

 



 

Split; provided, however, that each holder of any stock certificate(s) that represented shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be entitled to receive, upon surrender of such certificate(s), one or more certificates (or book entry share(s)) evidencing and representing the number of shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock into which the shares represented by such certificate(s) shall have been reclassified pursuant to the Reverse Stock Split.

 

No fractional shares shall be issued for shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock pursuant to the Reverse Stock Split.  If the Reverse Stock Split would result in the issuance of any fractional share of any class or series of Common Stock or Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall, in lieu of issuing any such fractional share, pay cash in an amount equal to the fair value of such fractional share (as determined in good faith by the Board (as defined below)).  All share, per share and dollar references in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall be adjusted for the Reverse Stock Split only as explicitly provided herein.

 

The Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, “ Common Stock ” and “ Preferred Stock ,” each with par value $0.001 per share.  The total number of shares of capital stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is Eight Hundred Thirty-Six Million Nine Hundred Ninety-Three Thousand Eight Hundred Thirty-One (836,993,831) shares, consisting of Four Hundred Seventy-Two Million (472,000,000) shares of Common Stock, and Three Hundred Sixty-Four Million Nine Hundred Ninety-Three Thousand Eight Hundred Thirty-One (364,993,831) shares of Preferred Stock, One Hundred Thirty Million Five Hundred Eight Thousand Eighty-One (130,508,081) shares of which are hereby designated as the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (the “ Series A Preferred Stock ”), One Hundred Thirty Million Eight Hundred Fourteen Thousand Forty-Five (130,814,045) are hereby designated as the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock (the “ Series B Preferred Stock ”) and One Hundred Three Million Six Hundred Seventy-One Thousand Seven Hundred Five (103,671,705) shares of which are hereby designated as the Series C Convertible Preferred Stock (the “ Series C Preferred Stock ”).

 

B.                                     Terms and Provisions of Preferred Stock .  The terms and provisions of the Preferred Stock are as follows:

 

1.                                       Definitions .  Each of the following capitalized terms shall have the meanings set forth below in this Article IV(B)(1).

 

Affiliate ” shall mean, when used with respect to a specified Person, another Person that either directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Person specified.  For purposes of this definition, “ control ” (and its derivatives) means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person, whether through ownership of equity, voting or other interests, as trustee or executor, by contract or otherwise.

 



 

Available Funds and Assets ” shall mean the funds and assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its Stockholders, whether from capital, surplus or earnings, and after payment of the liabilities of the Corporation (including any loans or advances that may have been made by Stockholders to the Corporation) and the expenses of liquidation.

 

Board ” and “ Board of Directors ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

 

By-Laws ” shall mean the By-Laws of the Corporation, as amended from time to time.

 

Deemed Liquidation ” shall mean any of: (a) a sale, lease, exchange, license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s assets, including, without limitation, the sale or license of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s intellectual property other than the ordinary course, in one transaction or a series of related transactions; (b) a merger, tender offer, reorganization, business combination or other transaction as a result of which (i) the holders of the Corporation’s issued and outstanding voting securities immediately before such transaction (including a sale of securities) own or control less than a majority of the voting securities of the continuing or surviving entity immediately after such transaction or (ii) any of the Preferred Stock is converted into any other property or security (other than (A) conversion of the Preferred Stock into Common Stock as provided herein, or (B) in connection with an internal restructuring, reorganization or recapitalization of the Stock where there is no substantial change to the relative ownership percentages of the Stockholders or any other rights, as applicable to any successor entity); and/or (c) the acquisition (in one or more transactions) by any Person or Persons acting together or constituting a “group” under Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act together with any affiliates thereof (other than Stockholders as of the date hereof and their respective Affiliates) of beneficial ownership (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under such Exchange Act) or control, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of all classes of Stock entitled to vote generally in the election of members of the Board; provided , that for the avoidance of doubt, “ Deemed Liquidation ” shall not mean (a) a merger or consolidation with a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Corporation, (b) a merger effected exclusively to change the domicile of the Corporation, or (c) an equity financing in which the Corporation is the surviving corporation.

 

“Dividend Payment Date ” shall mean the date as may be determined from time to time by the Board for the payment of dividends.

 

Dividend Rate ” shall mean 8.0% of the applicable Original Issue Price per share per annum.

 

Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor federal statute, and the rule and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder, as the same shall be in effect from time to time.

 

Exempt Issuances ” shall mean (i) the issuance or sale of Common Stock or options therefore, and the issuance of shares upon exercise of such options, up to 97,913,908 shares of Common Stock and such additional shares of Common Stock in excess of 97,913,908 as are approved by the Board, under the Corporation’s current equity incentive plan or any successor equity incentive plan or program thereto; (ii) the issuance of 20,833 shares of Common

 



 

Stock issuable to Mayo Foundation for Medical Education and Research (“ Mayo ”) pursuant to Section 3.06 of the License Agreement; (iii) the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock; (iv) the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Series B Preferred Stock; (v) the issuance or sale of the Series C Preferred Stock or Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Series C Preferred Stock; (vi) the issuance of Common Stock in a Qualified Public Offering; (vii) the issuance of securities to financial institutions, equipment lessors, brokers or similar persons in connection with commercial credit arrangements, equipment financings, commercial property lease transactions or similar transactions approved by the Board, which shall include the approval of at least a majority of the Preferred Directors (as defined in the Stockholders’ Agreement); (viii) issuance of equity securities or rights to purchase equity securities issued for consideration other than cash pursuant to a merger, consolidation, acquisition or similar business combination approved by the Board, which shall include the approval of at least a majority of the Preferred Directors; (ix) issuance of securities to an entity as a component of any business relationship with such entity primarily for the purpose of (A) joint venture, technology or licensing development activities, (B) distribution, supply or manufacture of the Corporation’s products or services or (C) any other arrangements involving corporate partners primarily for purposes other than raising capital, the terms of which business relationship with such entity are approved by the Board, which shall include the approval of at least a majority of the Preferred Directors; and (x) the issuance of securities with the affirmative vote of at least 70% of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting together as a class.

 

License Agreement ” shall mean that certain Amended and Restated License Agreement, dated October 2, 2006, among the Corporation, Mayo and Venturi Group, LLC.

 

Liquidation Preference ” shall mean the sum of (i) the Original Issue Price (subject to proportional adjustment pursuant to the method set forth for adjusting the Conversion Price in Article IV(B)(4)(d)(i)) paid by a holder of Preferred Stock, and (ii) the amount of any cash dividends declared, but unpaid, in respect of such share.

 

Original Issue Price ” shall mean the Series A Original Issue Price, Series B Original Issue Price or Series C Original Issue Price, as applicable.

 

Original Issue Date ” shall mean the date on which the applicable Original Issue Price was paid, or deemed paid, by a Person to the Corporation for such share of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Series C Preferred Stock, as applicable.

 

Person ” shall mean an individual, a corporation, a partnership, a joint venture, a limited liability company or limited liability partnership, an association, a trust, estate or other fiduciary, any other legal entity, and any government or governmental entity.

 

Qualified Public Offering ” shall mean a firm commitment underwritten public offering of Common Stock of the Corporation that yields net proceeds to the Corporation of not less than $50,000,000 (before deduction of underwriters commissions and expenses); provided, however, that if such offering is consummated after March 31, 2015, such offering must also be at an equivalent price per share of Common Stock of not less than 2.5 times the

 



 

Series C Original Issue Price (as adjusted for any equity split, equity combination, in-kind equity distribution, recapitalization or similar transaction).

 

Series A Original Issue Price ” shall mean $8.736 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like occurring after the Effective Time) for each share of Series A Preferred Stock.

 

Series B Original Issue Price ” shall mean $10.752 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like occurring after the Effective Time) for each share of Series B Preferred Stock.

 

Series C Original Issue Price ” shall mean $11.112 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like occurring after the Effective Time) for each share of Series C Preferred Stock.

 

Stock ” shall mean shares of Common Stock, Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and any other capital stock of the Corporation, and securities directly or indirectly exercisable for or convertible into Common Stock, Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or any other capital stock of the Corporation.

 

Stockholder ” shall mean any stockholder of the Corporation, as the same may be amended from time to time.

 

“Stockholders’ Agreement” shall mean that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, dated on or about February 8, 2013 among the Corporation and the Stockholders of the Corporation signatory thereto, as the same may be amended from time to time.

 

Transfer(s) ” shall mean any sale, exchange, transfer, hypothecation, negotiation, gift, conveyance in trust, pledge, assignment, encumbrance or other disposition; provided , however , that any Transfer that conflicts with any provision of the Stockholders’ Agreement (as defined herein) shall be null and void.

 

2.                                       Dividends and Distributions .

 

(a)                                  Holders of Series C Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive when, as and if declared by the Board, out of funds legally available therefor, prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend (payable other than in Common Stock or other securities and rights convertible into or entitling the holder thereof to receive, directly or indirectly, additional shares of Common Stock of the Corporation, provided that an adjustment to the Conversion Price (as defined below) of such other securities or rights has been made if required by and in accordance with Article IV(B)(4)(d) below), non-cumulative preferential dividends at the Dividend Rate payable in cash on the Dividend Payment Date prior and in preference to the holders of Series B Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock or Common Stock.  Anything to the contrary herein notwithstanding, the failure to declare dividends with respect to the Series C Preferred Stock shall not constitute a default hereunder.

 



 

(b)                                  Following the payment of any dividends to the holders of Series C Preferred Stock pursuant to subsection (a) above, holders of Series B Preferred Stock and Series A Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive when, as and if declared by the Board, out of funds legally available therefor, prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend (payable other than in Common Stock or other securities and rights convertible into or entitling the holder thereof to receive, directly or indirectly, additional shares of Common Stock of the Corporation, provided that an adjustment to the Conversion Price (as defined below) of such other securities or rights has been made if required by and in accordance with Article IV(B)(4)(d) below), non-cumulative preferential dividends at the Dividend Rate payable in cash on the Dividend Payment Date.  Anything to the contrary herein notwithstanding, the failure to declare dividends with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock or Series A Preferred Stock shall not constitute a default hereunder.

 

(c)                                   After payment of all declared but unpaid dividends to the holders of the Preferred Stock pursuant to subsections (a) and (b) above and subject to Article IV(B)(2)(d), dividends may be declared and distributed to all holders of Common Stock; provided , however , that no dividend may be declared and distributed to holders of Common Stock at a rate greater than the rate at which dividends are paid to the holders of Preferred Stock based on the number of shares of Common Stock into which such shares of Preferred Stock are convertible on the date such dividend is declared.

 

(d)                                  Dividends will be payable to holders of record as they appear on the stock books of the Corporation on such record dates, not more than 60 days nor less than 10 business days preceding the Dividend Payment Date (each a “ Dividend Payment Record Date ”).  For the purposes hereof the term “ business day ” means a day in which banks are not required or authorized to close in San Francisco, California.  No Dividend Payment Record Date shall precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the Dividend Payment Record Date is adopted.  Unless all declared dividends on the Preferred Stock shall have been paid in accordance with subsections (a) and (b) above, dividends (other than in the form of shares of Common Stock) with respect to stock ranking junior to the Preferred Stock (and rights to acquire the foregoing) may not be paid or declared and set aside for payment and other distributions may not be made upon the Common Stock or on any other stock of the Corporation ranking junior to or on parity with the Preferred Stock as to dividends, nor may any Common Stock or any other stock of the Corporation ranking junior to or on parity with the Preferred Stock as to dividends be redeemed, purchased or otherwise acquired for any consideration by the Corporation (except for (i) repurchases at cost from employees and consultants pursuant to the terms of current or future contractual obligations of the Corporation, or (ii) by conversion into or exchange for stock of the Corporation ranking junior to the Preferred Stock as to dividends). The Corporation shall not permit any subsidiary of the Corporation to purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of Stock of the Corporation unless the Corporation could, under this Article IV(B)(2)(b), purchase or otherwise acquire such shares at such time and in such manner.  Dividends payable for any partial dividend period shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

 

(e)                                   Except as otherwise provided herein (including pursuant to Article IV(B)(3)), if at any time the Corporation pays less than the total amount of dividends then

 



 

declared with respect to a series of Preferred Stock, such payment shall be distributed pro rata among the holders thereof based upon the aggregate amount of the dividend then declared with respect to the shares of such series of Preferred Stock held by each such holder.

 

(f)                                    In addition to the dividends accruing on the Preferred Stock under Article IV(B)(2)(a) and (b)  above , in the event that the Corporation declares or pays any dividends upon the Common Stock or makes any distributions to the holders of the Common Stock (whether payable in cash, securities, evidence of indebtedness or other property), other than (i) dividends payable solely in shares of Common Stock, (ii) in connection with repurchases at cost from employees and consultants pursuant to the terms of current or future contractual obligations of the Corporation, or (iii) by conversion into or exchange for Stock of the Corporation ranking junior to the Preferred Stock as to dividends, the Corporation shall also declare and pay or make to the holders of the Preferred Stock at the same time that it declares and pays such dividends or makes such distributions to the holders of the Common Stock, the dividends or distributions which would have been declared and paid or made with respect to the Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of the Preferred Stock had all of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock been converted immediately prior to the record date for such dividend or the date of such distributions, or if no record date is fixed, the date as of which the record holders of the Common Stock entitled to such dividends are to be determined or the date of such distributions.

 

3.                                       Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up; Rank .

 

(a)                                  Upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or, as applicable, any Deemed Liquidation (a “ Liquidation Event ”), unless otherwise determined by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 70% of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis at any annual or special meeting of the holders of the Preferred Stock or by written consent in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, each holder of shares of Series C Preferred Stock shall be entitled to payment out of the Available Funds and Assets an amount equal to the Liquidation Preference as of the date of such distribution before any distribution is made on any securities of the Corporation ranking junior to the Series C Preferred Stock upon liquidation, including, without limitation, the Series B Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock and Common Stock of the Corporation as follows:

 

(i)                                      first, to the holders of Series C Preferred Stock pro rata in proportion to their respective ownership percentages of the issued and outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock as of the date of such Liquidation Event, until the aggregate amount distributed under this Article IV(B)(3)(a)(i) is equal to the aggregate Liquidation Preference for the Series C Preferred Stock; provided , however , that if the Available Funds and Assets shall be insufficient to permit the payment to holders of Series C Preferred Stock of the full aforesaid preferential amounts, then all of the Available Funds and Assets shall be distributed among such holders pro rata in proportion to their respective ownership percentages of the issued and outstanding Series C Preferred Stock;

 



 

(ii)                                   second, following payment in full to the holders of Series C Preferred Stock, to the holders of Series B Preferred Stock pro rata in proportion to their respective ownership percentages of the issued and outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock as of the date of such Liquidation Event, until the aggregate amount distributed under this Article IV(B)(3)(a)(ii) is equal to the aggregate Liquidation Preference for the Series B Preferred Stock; provided , however , that if the Available Funds and Assets shall be insufficient to permit the payment to holders of Series B Preferred Stock of the full aforesaid preferential amounts, then all of the Available Funds and Assets shall be distributed among such holders pro rata in proportion to their respective ownership percentages of the issued and outstanding Series B Preferred Stock; and

 

(iii)                                third, following payment in full to the holders of Series B Preferred Stock, to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock pro rata in proportion to their respective ownership percentages of the issued and outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock as of the date of such Liquidation Event, until the aggregate amount distributed under this Article IV(B)(3)(a)(iii) is equal to the aggregate Liquidation Preference for the Series A Preferred Stock; provided , however , that if the Available Funds and Assets shall be insufficient to permit the payment to holders of Series A Preferred Stock of the full aforesaid preferential amounts, then all of the Available Funds and Assets following the payment in full to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall be distributed among such holders pro rata in proportion to their respective ownership percentages of the issued and outstanding Series A Preferred Stock; and

 

(iv)                               thereafter, to the holders of shares of Common Stock, pro rata in proportion to their respective ownership percentages as of the date of such Liquidation Event.

 

(b)                                  If any assets of the Corporation to be distributed to Stockholders in connection with a Liquidation Event with respect to the Corporation are other than cash, then the value of such assets shall be their fair market value as determined in good faith by the Board, except that any securities to be distributed to Stockholders in a liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation shall be valued as follows:

 

(i)                                      The method of valuation of securities not subject to investment letter or other similar restrictions on free marketability shall be as follows:

 

(A)                                unless otherwise specified in a definitive agreement for the acquisition of the Corporation, if the securities are then traded on a national securities exchange or a national quotation system, then the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the securities on such exchange or system over the 30-day period ending three (3) days prior to the distribution;

 

(B)                                if actively traded over-the-counter, then the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid prices over the 30-day period ending three (3) days prior to the distribution; or

 

(C)                                if there is no active public market, then the value shall be the fair market value thereof, as determined in good faith by the Board.

 


 

(ii)                                   The method of valuation of securities subject to investment letter or other restrictions on free marketability shall be to make an appropriate discount from the market value determined as above in subparagraphs (i)(A), (B) or (C) of this Article IV(B)(3)(b) to reflect the approximate fair market value thereof, as determined in good faith by the Board.

 

4.                                       Conversion .

 

(a)                                  Shares of Preferred Stock may be voluntarily converted to Common Stock upon the election at any time of a holder of Preferred Stock, and shall be automatically converted into Common Stock pursuant to the terms of Article IV(B)(4)(c).  The number of shares of Common Stock to which a holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled upon conversion thereof shall be the product obtained by multiplying the then applicable Conversion Ratio (as defined below) for the shares of Preferred Stock being so converted by the number of shares of Preferred Stock being so converted.  The “ Conversion Ratio ” in effect at any time for conversion of the Preferred Stock shall be the quotient obtained by dividing the initial Conversion Price of such series of Preferred Stock by the Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock in effect at the time of such conversion.  With respect to any conversion of Preferred Stock into Common Stock, the initial “ Conversion Price ” with respect to any series of Preferred Stock shall be equal to the Original Issue Price of such series of Preferred Stock.  The Conversion Price (and hence, the Conversion Ratio) shall be subject to adjustment as provided in Article IV(B)(4)(d) hereof.

 

(b)                                  To the extent a holder of Preferred Stock elects to convert its Preferred Stock into Common Stock pursuant to Article IV(B)(4)(a) above, the record holder of such Preferred Stock shall deliver at any time during normal business hours to the principal office of the Corporation or at the office of the Corporation’s transfer agent for Common Stock (i) the certificate or certificates representing such Preferred Stock to be converted, duly endorsed in blank or accompanied by proper instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation and to the transfer agent, if applicable, duly executed by such holder or such holder’s authorized attorney and (ii) written notice to the Corporation stating that the record holder elects to convert such share or shares and stating the name or names (with addresses) and denominations in which the certificate or certificates representing the Common Stock issuable upon the conversion are to be issued and including instructions for the delivery thereof.  Conversion shall be deemed to have been effected at the time when delivery is made to the principal office of the Corporation or the office of the transfer agent of such written notice and the certificate or certificates representing the Preferred Stock to be converted, and as of such time, each Person named in such written notice as the Person to whom a certificate representing Common Stock is to be issued shall be deemed to be the holder of record of the number of Common Stock to be evidenced by that certificate.  Upon such delivery, the Corporation or the transfer agent shall promptly issue and deliver a certificate or certificates representing the number of shares of Common Stock to which such Person is entitled by reason of such conversion and shall cause such shares of Common Stock to be registered in the name of such Person.

 



 

(c)                                   Shares of Preferred Stock shall be subject to automatic conversion at the applicable Conversion Ratio then in effect as follows:

 

(i)                                      upon the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 70% of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis, to cause the conversion of all of the shares of Preferred Stock; and

 

(ii)                                   immediately prior to, but contingent upon, the consummation of a Qualified Public Offering.

 

(d)                                  The Conversion Price shall be subject to adjustment as follows:

 

(i)                                      If the Corporation (a) declares and pays a dividend or makes a distribution on shares of Common Stock, which is payable in shares of Common Stock, (b) subdivides or reclassifies its outstanding shares of Common Stock into a greater number of shares, or (c) combines or reclassifies its outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such event shall be adjusted so that the holder of a share of Preferred Stock thereafter surrendered for conversion shall be entitled to receive that number of shares of Common Stock which such holder would have owned or been entitled to receive if such share of Preferred Stock had been converted immediately prior to the happening of such event.  An adjustment made pursuant to this Article IV(B)(4)(d) shall be effective on the effective date of any such event.

 

(ii)                                   If the Corporation shall (A) sell or issue shares of Common Stock, (B) sell, issue or distribute rights, options or warrants to subscribe for or purchase any shares of Common Stock or (C) sell, issue or distribute other rights or securities convertible into or for the purchase of shares of Common Stock (each, a “ Common Stock Transaction ”), at a price per share of Common Stock (calculated as provided in Article IV(B)(4)(d)(iii)) less than the applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately before such Common Stock Transaction (the “ Section 4.d.ii Existing Conversion Price ”):

 

(x) first, the Section 4.d.ii Existing Conversion Price shall be reduced (the “ Resulting Conversion Price ”) to the amount determined by multiplying such Section 4.d.ii Existing Conversion Price by a fraction the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such Common Stock Transaction (assuming the conversion, exchange or exercise of any securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock and the exercise of any warrant or option then exercisable for Common Stock) plus the number of shares of Common Stock which the aggregate consideration received in such Common Stock Transaction by the Corporation would purchase at the Section 4.d.ii Existing Conversion Price, and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such Common Stock Transaction (assuming the conversion, exchange or exercise of any securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock and the exercise of any warrant or option exercisable for Common Stock) (the “ First Pro Forma Capitalization ”) (the calculation set forth in this subsection (x) being the “ First Antidilution Adjustment ”).

 



 

(y) second, if the Section 4.d.ii Existing Conversion Prices were reduced for (i) the Series C Preferred Stock and (ii) the Series B Preferred Stock and/or the Series A Preferred Stock as a result of the First Antidilution Adjustment, the Resulting Conversion Price for each share of Series C Preferred Stock shall be further reduced to the amount determined by multiplying such Resulting Conversion Price for each share of Series C Preferred Stock by a fraction the numerator of which shall be (A) number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such Common Stock Transaction (assuming the conversion, exchange or exercise of any securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock and the exercise of any warrant or option then exercisable for Common Stock) plus (B) the number of Additional Series A and/or B and C Shares resulting from the First Antidilution Adjustment plus (C) the number of shares obtained by dividing the aggregate investment amount in the Common Stock Transaction by the Section 4.d.ii Existing Conversion Price, and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such Common Stock Transaction immediately after applying the calculation set forth in subsection (x).  The “ Additional Series A and/or B and C Shares ” shall mean the sum of (A) the difference between (i) the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock based on the Resulting Conversion Price, minus (ii) the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock based on the Section 4.d.ii Existing Conversion Price, plus (B) the difference between (i) the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock based on the Resulting Conversion Price, minus (ii) the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock based on the Section 4.d.ii Existing Conversion Price, plus (C) the difference between (i) the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock based on the Resulting Conversion Price, minus (ii) the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock based on the Section 4.d.ii Existing Conversion Price.

 



 

The adjustment provided for in this Article IV(B)(4)(d)(ii) shall be made successively whenever a Common Stock Transaction occurs, and shall become effective upon the consummation thereof.  In determining the aggregate consideration received as a result of any such Common Stock Transaction by the Corporation, the value of consideration other than cash shall be determined in good faith by the Board.

 

(iii)                                If the Corporation makes any distribution to holders of shares of its Common Stock or to holders of any Preferred Stock, which distribution consists of or includes any securities of the Corporation or evidences of indebtedness or other assets (excluding distributions made in accordance with Article IV(B)(2)(d)) or rights, options or warrants to subscribe for or purchase any of its securities (excluding those as to which an adjustment has been made pursuant to Article IV(B)(4)(d)(ii) hereof), without making the same pro rata distribution to all holders of Preferred Stock, then in each such case, the applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately before such distribution (the “ Section 4.D.iii Existing Conversion Price ”) shall be reduced to the amount determined by multiplying the Section 4.d.iii Existing Conversion Price, by a fraction the numerator of which shall be the Section 4.d.iii Existing Conversion Price less the then fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Board) of items so distributed with respect to one share of Common Stock, and the denominator of which shall be the Section 4.d.iii Existing Conversion Price.

 

(iv)                               Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of this Article (IV)(B)(4)(d)  shall not apply to any Exempt Issuances.

 

(e)                                   For the purposes of making any adjustment to the Conversion Price as provided above, the following shall apply:

 

(i)                                      in the case of issuance of any shares of Common Stock for cash, any consideration shall be the amount of such cash, provided that in no case shall any deductions be made for any commissions, discounts or other expenses incurred by the Corporation for underwriting the issue or otherwise in connection therewith;

 

(ii)                                   in the case of issuance of any shares of Common Stock for consideration in whole or in part other than cash, the consideration other than cash shall be deemed to be the fair market value thereof as determined in good faith by the Board, without regard to the accounting treatment thereof; and

 

(iii)                                in the case of the issuance of securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock, the aggregate consideration received from the issuance of such securities shall be deemed to be the consideration received by the Corporation for the issuance of such securities plus the additional minimum consideration, if any to be received by the Corporation upon the conversion or exchange thereof (the value of such consideration in each case to be determined in the same manner as provided in the immediately preceding clauses (i) and (ii)).

 

(f)                                    In case at any time prior to the conversion of all of the issued and outstanding shares of Preferred Stock of the Corporation:

 

(i)                                      the Corporation shall authorize the granting to all the holders of shares of Common Stock rights to subscribe for or purchase any securities or any other rights in respect of the Corporation;

 



 

(ii)                                   there shall be any reclassification of the Common Stock of the Corporation (other than a subdivision or combination of the outstanding Common Stock);

 

(iii)                                there shall be any capital reorganization by the Corporation;

 

(iv)                               there shall be a consolidation or merger involving the Corporation or sale of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s property and assets (except a merger or other reorganization in which the Corporation shall be the surviving entity or a consolidation, merger or sale with a wholly-owned subsidiary);

 

(v)                                  there shall be a voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or, as applicable, a Deemed Liquidation of the Corporation; or

 

(vi)                               there shall be a distribution to holders of Common Stock or any other event described in Article IV(B)(4)(d) ,

 

then in any one or more of said cases, the Corporation shall cause to be delivered to each holder of shares of Preferred Stock, at the earliest practicable time, notice of the date on which the books of the Corporation shall close or a record shall be taken for such distribution or subscription rights or such reorganization, sale, consolidation, merger, dissolution, liquidation or winding up shall take place, as the case may be.  Such notice shall also set forth such facts as shall indicate the effect of such action (to the extent such effect may be known at the date of such notice) on the holders of shares of Preferred Stock, including on the applicable Conversion Price.  Such notice shall also specify the date, if known, of the relevant event.

 

(g)                                   No fractional shares shall be issued upon the conversion of the Preferred Stock, and the number of shares of Common Stock to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole share.  The number of shares issuable upon such conversion shall be determined on the basis of the total number of shares of Preferred Stock the holder is at the time converting into Common Stock and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon such aggregate conversion.  If the conversion would result in any fractional share, the Corporation shall, in lieu of issuing any such fractional share, pay the holder thereof an amount in cash equal to the fair market value of such fractional share on the date of conversion, as determined in good faith by the Board.

 

(h)                                  Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Price of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Article IV(B)(4) , the Corporation, at its expense, shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and prepare and furnish to each holder of Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based.  The Corporation shall, upon the written request at any time of any holder of  Preferred Stock, furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a like certificate setting forth (1) such adjustment and readjustment, (2) the Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock at the time in effect, and (3) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other property which at the time would be received upon the conversion of a share of such series of Preferred Stock.

 



 

(i)                                      In connection with the conversion of shares of Preferred Stock, the Corporation further agrees as follows:

 

(i)                                      The Corporation covenants that it will at all times reserve and keep available, free from preemptive rights, out of the aggregate of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock or issued shares of Common Stock held in its treasury, or both, for the purpose of effecting conversions of shares of Preferred Stock, the full number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon the conversion of all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock not theretofore converted.  The Corporation shall from time to time, in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, increase the authorized amount of Common Stock if at any time the number of shares of Common Stock remaining unissued shall not be sufficient to permit the conversion of all the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock.

 

(ii)                                   Before taking any action which would cause an adjustment reducing the applicable Conversion Price below the then par value (if any) of the shares of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion of shares of Preferred Stock, the Corporation will take any corporate action which may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary in order that the Corporation may validly and legally issue fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock at the adjusted applicable Conversion Price.

 

(iii)                                Except where registration is requested in a name other than the name of the registered holder, the Corporation will pay any and all documentary stamp or similar issue or transfer taxes payable in respect of the issue or delivery of shares of Common Stock on conversion of shares of Preferred Stock pursuant hereto.

 

5.                                       Status .

 

Upon conversion or exchange of the Preferred Stock, the Preferred Stock so converted shall be retired and cancelled promptly after conversion thereof.  No shares of Preferred Stock shall be reissued by the Corporation.

 

6.                                       Voting Rights .

 

The holders of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to vote on all matters subject to the vote of any of the holders of shares of Common Stock of the Corporation, and the holders of Preferred Stock shall vote together as a single class with the holders of the Common Stock at any annual or special meeting of the Stockholders, or the holders of Preferred Stock may act by written consent in the same manner as holders of shares of Common Stock, upon the following basis: each holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to such number of votes for the shares of Preferred Stock held by such holder on the record date fixed for such meeting, or on the effective date of such written consent, as shall be equal to the largest number of whole shares of Common Stock into which all of such holder’s shares of Preferred Stock are convertible immediately after the close of business on the record date fixed for such meeting or the effective date of such written consent.  Except as otherwise expressly set forth herein or as may otherwise be provided in the Stockholders’ Agreement, any action to be taken or decision to be made by the holders of Preferred Stock shall be made or taken by the holders of Preferred Stock holding at least 70% of the Preferred Stock voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis.

 



 

7.                                       Required Approvals of Holders of Preferred Stock .

 

(a)                                  So long as any shares of Series A Preferred Stock are outstanding, without the consent (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of Stockholders holding not less than a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis, the Corporation shall not take any action (by amendment, merger, recapitalization, consolidation or otherwise) that:

 

(i)                                      alters or changes the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series A Preferred Stock;

 

(ii)                                   increases or decreases the authorized number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock;

 

(iii)                                results in the redemption or repurchase of any shares of Common Stock (other than pursuant to equity incentive agreements with employees or other service providers that provide for the “call” or “put” of Common Stock in connection with termination of service); or

 

(iv)                               amends or waives any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or By-Laws in a manner adverse to the Series A Preferred Stock compared to other series of Preferred Stock.

 

(b)                                  So long as any shares of Series B Preferred Stock are outstanding, without the consent (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of Stockholders holding not less than 70% of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis, the Corporation shall not take any action (by amendment, merger, recapitalization, consolidation or otherwise) that:

 

(i)                                      alters or changes the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series B Preferred Stock;

 

(ii)                                   increases or decreases the authorized number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock;

 

(iii)                                results in the redemption or repurchase of any shares of Common Stock (other than pursuant to equity incentive agreements with employees or other service providers that provide for the “call” or “put” of Common Stock in connection with termination of service); or

 

(iv)                               amends or waives any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or By-Laws in a manner adverse to the Series B Preferred Stock compared to other series of Preferred Stock.

 

(c)                                   So long as any shares of Series C Preferred Stock are outstanding, without the consent (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of Stockholders holding not less than 71% of the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock, voting together as a single

 



 

class on an as-converted basis, the Corporation shall not take any action (by amendment, merger, recapitalization, consolidation or otherwise) that:

 

(i)                                      alters or changes the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series C Preferred Stock;

 

(ii)                                   increases or decreases the authorized number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock;

 

(iii)                                results in the redemption or repurchase of any shares of Common Stock (other than pursuant to equity incentive agreements with employees or other service providers that provide for the “call” or “put” of Common Stock in connection with termination of service); or

 

(iv)                               amends or waives any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or By-Laws in a manner adverse to the Series C Preferred Stock compared to other series of Preferred Stock.

 

(d)                                  So long as any shares of Preferred Stock are outstanding, without the consent (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of Stockholders holding not less than 70% of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis, the Corporation shall not take any action (directly or indirectly, by amendment, merger, recapitalization, consolidation, creation of a subsidiary or otherwise) that:

 

(i)                                      increases or decreases the authorized number of shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock;

 

(ii)                                   creates any new class or series of shares having rights, preferences or privileges on a parity with the Series C Preferred Stock;

 

(iii)                                results in a Deemed Liquidation;

 

(iv)                               results in any change in accounting methods or policies (other than as required by U.S. generally accepted principles) that would have a material impact on the Corporation’s financial statements, or any change in the auditors of the Corporation or any of its wholly-owned subsidiaries;

 

(v)                                  results in an equity or debt investment in any unaffiliated third party entity;

 

(vi)                               results in the commencement or termination of the employment of the chief executive officer, chief financial officer or chief operating officer of the Corporation, or amending or revising material terms of any employment agreement with any such officer; provided that changes to the salary or equity for any such officer shall not be deemed an amendment or revision of a material term of such officer’s employment agreement;

 



 

(vii)                            results in the Corporation or any of its wholly-owned subsidiaries entering into any contract or agreement with any officer, director, stockholder or employee of the Corporation or any of its wholly-owned subsidiaries or knowingly entering into any contract or agreement with any of their immediate family members of any affiliate of any such person (other than any employment or equity contract or agreement, or any contract or agreement entered into with such person on an arms length basis);

 

(viii)                         results in the granting of any exclusive rights to any material portion of the intellectual property of the Corporation to a single entity or group of affiliated entities;

 

(ix)                               results in the payment or declaration of any dividend on any shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock;

 

(x)                                  increases or decreases the authorized size of the Board; or

 

(xi)                               results in the granting of any exclusive distribution rights (A) in the U.S. market, (B) in multiple countries outside the United States with one party or two or more affiliated parties or (C) with a term of more than three years.

 

8.                                       Redemption .

 

(a)                                  Series C Preferred Stock.

 

(i)                                      The Series C Preferred Stock shall be redeemed by the Corporation out of funds lawfully available therefor (the “ Series C Redemption ”) at a price equal to the Liquidation Preference for the Series C Preferred Stock (the “ Series C R edemption Price ”), not more than 60 days after receipt by the Corporation at any time on or after the fifth anniversary of the Series C Original Issue Date, from the holders of at least 71% of the then outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock, of written notice (the “ Series C Redemption Notice ”) requesting redemption of all shares of Series C Preferred Stock (the “ Series C Redemption Date ”).  If the Corporation does not have sufficient funds legally available on the Series C Redemption Date to redeem all of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall redeem a pro rata portion of each holder’s redeemable shares of such Series C Preferred Stock out of funds legally available therefor, based on the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares to be redeemed if the legally available funds were sufficient to redeem all such shares, and shall redeem the remaining shares to have been redeemed as soon as practicable after the Corporation has funds legally available therefor.

 

(ii)                                   On or before the Series C Redemption Date, each holder of shares of Series C Preferred Stock to be redeemed, shall surrender the certificate or certificates representing such shares (or, if such registered holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) to the Corporation, and thereupon the Series C Redemption Price for such shares shall be payable to the order of the person whose name appears on such certificate or certificates as the owner thereof.  In the event less than all of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock represented by a certificate are redeemed, a new certificate representing the unredeemed shares of Series C Preferred Stock shall promptly be issued to such holder.

 



 

(iii)                                If on or prior to the Series C Redemption Date the Series C Redemption Price payable upon redemption of the shares of the Series C Preferred Stock to be redeemed on the Series C Redemption Date is paid or tendered for payment or deposited with an independent payment agent so as to be available therefor in a timely manner, then notwithstanding that the certificates evidencing any of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock so called for redemption shall not have been surrendered, all rights with respect to such shares shall forthwith after the Series C Redemption Date terminate, except only the right of the holders to receive the Series C Redemption Price without interest upon surrender of their certificate or certificates therefor.

 

(b)                                  Series B Preferred Stock.

 

(i)                                      Subject to Article IV(B)(8)(c), the Series B Preferred Stock shall be redeemed by the Corporation out of funds lawfully available therefor (the “ Series B Redemption ”) at a price equal to the Liquidation Preference for the Series B Preferred Stock (the “ Series B R edemption Price ”), not more than 60 days after receipt by the Corporation at any time on or after the later to occur of (x) the fifth anniversary of the Series B Original Issue Date and (y) immediately following the Series C Redemption Date, from the holders of at least 70% of the then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, of written notice (the “ Series B Redemption Notice ”) requesting redemption of all shares of Series B Preferred Stock (the “ Series B Redemption Date ”).  If the Corporation does not have sufficient funds legally available on the Series B Redemption Date to redeem all of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall redeem a pro rata portion of each holder’s redeemable shares of such Series B Preferred Stock out of funds legally available therefor, based on the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares to be redeemed if the legally available funds were sufficient to redeem all such shares, and shall redeem the remaining shares to have been redeemed as soon as practicable after the Corporation has funds legally available therefor.

 

(ii)                                   On or before the Series B Redemption Date, each holder of shares of Series B Preferred Stock to be redeemed, shall surrender the certificate or certificates representing such shares (or, if such registered holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) to the Corporation, and thereupon the Series B Redemption Price for such shares shall be payable to the order of the person whose name appears on such certificate or certificates as the owner thereof.  In the event less than all of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock represented by a certificate are redeemed, a new certificate representing the unredeemed shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall promptly be issued to such holder.

 

(iii)                                If on or prior to the Series B Redemption Date the Series B Redemption Price payable upon redemption of the shares of the Series B Preferred Stock to be redeemed on the Series B Redemption Date is paid or tendered for payment or deposited with an independent payment agent so as to be available therefor in a timely manner, then notwithstanding that the certificates evidencing any of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock so called for redemption shall not have been surrendered, all rights with respect to such shares shall forthwith after the Series B Redemption Date terminate, except only the right of the holders to receive the Series B Redemption Price without interest upon surrender of their certificate or certificates therefor.

 


 

(c)           Priority of Redemption.

 

In no event shall a Series B Redemption take place prior to a Series C Redemption.  If a Series B Redemption Notice is delivered prior to a Series C Redemption Notice, the Company shall have no obligation to redeem the Series B Preferred Stock and shall notify the holders of Series B Preferred Stock that the Series B Redemption cannot be consummated.

 

9.             Miscellaneous .

 

(a)           Except as otherwise expressly provided, whenever in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation notices or other communications are required to be made, delivered or otherwise given to holders of Preferred Stock, the notice may be delivered personally, by mail, or by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the Stockholder to whom the notice is given.  If mailed, such notice shall be deemed given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the Stockholder at his address as it appears on the records of the Corporation.  Notice given by a form of electronic transmission shall be deemed given: (i) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the Stockholder has consented to receive notice; (ii) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the Stockholder has consented to receive notice; (iii) if by a posting on an electronic network together with a separate notice to the Stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (a) such posting and (b) the giving of such separate notice; and (iv) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the Stockholder.

 

(b)           Except as may otherwise be required by law, the shares of Preferred Stock shall not have any designations, preferences, limitations or relative rights, other than those specifically set forth in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws of the Corporation and any applicable agreement between or among any of the Stockholders and the Corporation.

 

(c)           If any right, preference or limitation of the Preferred Stock set forth herein (as such resolution may be amended from time to time) is invalid, unlawful or incapable of being enforced by reason of any rule or law or public policy, all other rights, preferences and limitations set forth in this resolution (as so amended) which can be given effect without the invalid, unlawful or unenforceable right, preference or limitation shall, nevertheless, remain in full force and effect, and no right, preference or limitation herein set forth shall be deemed dependent upon any other such right, preference or limitation unless so expressed herein.

 

(d)           Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation may be amended by the holders of Preferred Stock holding at least 70% of the outstanding Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis, at any annual or special meeting of the holders of the Preferred Stock or by written consent in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 



 

(e)           This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall automatically terminate upon the consummation of a Qualified Public Offering.

 

C.            Common Stock .  Except as otherwise provided in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation with respect to any series of Preferred Stock) or by applicable law, the voting, dividend and liquidation rights of the holders of Common Stock are as follows:

 

1.             Voting Rights .

 

(a)           Except as may otherwise be required by law, and subject to the provisions of such resolution or resolutions as may be adopted by the Board pursuant to Article IV(B) granting the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock exclusive or special voting powers with respect to any matter (including subsequent amendments to any such series of Preferred Stock so designated), each record holder of Common Stock shall be entitled at any annual or special meeting of stockholders, including action by written consent, with respect to each share of Common Stock held by such holder as of the applicable record date, to one (1) vote per share in person or by proxy on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders of the Corporation; provided, however, that except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either voting separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock) or pursuant to the DGCL.

 

(b)           The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of shares of stock of the Corporation representing a majority of the votes represented by all outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL.

 

2.             Dividends and Distributions .  Subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock, the holders of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive such dividends and other distributions in cash, property or shares of stock of the Corporation as may be declared thereon by the Board from time to time out of assets or funds of the Corporation legally available therefor.

 

3.             Liquidation Rights .  In the event of any dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the affairs of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, after payment or provision for payment of the debts and other liabilities of the Corporation and subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock, the remaining assets and funds of the Corporation, if any, shall be divided among and paid ratably to the holders of Common Stock in proportion to the number of shares held by them.

 



 

ARTICLE V
Bylaws

 

In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by the laws of the State of Delaware, the Board is expressly authorized to make, alter, amend and repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE VI
Election of Directors; Voting Power of Directors

 

The number of directors of the Corporation shall be as from time to time fixed by, or in the manner provided in, the Bylaws of the Corporation.  Unless and except to the extent that the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so require, the election of directors need not be by written ballot.

 

Each director shall have one vote; provided that if (a) there are an even number of directors serving on the Board, and (b) any matter on which a vote of directors is taken would otherwise result in the same number of votes being cast for and against such matter (with any abstentions being counted as vote(s) against), the voting power of the Independent Director (as defined in the Stockholders’ Agreement) shall be one-half of one vote rather than one vote on such matter.

 

ARTICLE VII
Limitation on Director Liability

 

No director of the Corporation shall be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the DGCL, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended.  Any amendment, modification or repeal of the foregoing sentence shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of, or increase the liability of any director of the Corporation with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to, such amendment, modification or repeal.

 

ARTICLE VIII
Indemnification of Directors and Officers

 

To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, the Corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless, and advance expenses to any person who was or is made or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person for whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or, while a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or nonprofit entity, including service with respect to employee benefit plans maintained or sponsored by the Corporation (a “ Covered Person ”), against all liability and loss suffered and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) reasonably incurred by such Covered Person.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, except as otherwise provided in the Bylaws (as the same may provide from time to time), the Corporation shall be required to indemnify a Covered Person in connection with a proceeding (or

 



 

a part thereof) commenced by such Covered Person only if the commencement of such proceeding (or part thereof) by the Covered Person was authorized by the Bylaws, in any written agreement with the Corporation, or in the specific case by the Board; provided , however , that if a claim for indemnification (following the final disposition of an action, suit or proceeding) or advancement of expenses is not paid in full within 30 days after a written demand therefor by the Covered Person has been received by the Corporation, the Covered Person may file suit to recover the unpaid amount of such claim, and, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such claim.  Nothing contained in this Article Eight shall affect any rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses to which directors, officers, employees or agents of the Corporation otherwise may be entitled under the Bylaws, any written agreement with the Corporation or otherwise.  The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board, grant rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to any employee or agent of the Corporation to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article VIII with respect to the indemnification and advancement of expenses of directors and officers of the Corporation.  Any amendment, modification or repeal of this Article VIII shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a Covered Person existing at the time of, or increase the liability of any Covered Person with respect to any acts or omissions of such Covered Person occurring prior to, such amendment, modification or repeal.

 

ARTICLE IX
Corporate Opportunities

 

To the maximum extent permitted from time to time under the law of the State of Delaware, the Corporation renounces any interest or expectancy of the Corporation in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, business opportunities that are from time to time being presented to its officers, directors or stockholders, other than (i) those officers, directors or stockholders who are employees of the Corporation and (ii) those opportunities demonstrated by the Corporation to have been presented to such officers, directors or stockholders expressly as a result of their activities as a director, officer or stockholder of the Corporation.  No amendment or repeal of this Article IX shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any officer, director or stockholder of the Corporation for or with respect to any opportunities which such officer, director or stockholder becomes aware prior to such amendment or repeal.

 



 

ARTICLE X
Exclusive Forum

 

Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (3) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, or (4) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine.  Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Article X.

 

ARTICLE XI
Amendments

 

The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change, waive or repeal any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by the laws of the State of Delaware and this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, and all rights, preferences and privileges conferred upon stockholders, directors, officers, employees, agents and other person in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, if any, are granted subject to this reservation.

 

ARTICLE XII
Notice by Electronic Mail

 

Any notice to the Board or the Corporation’s stockholders given by the Corporation under this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation may be given by electronic mail to the full extent permitted by the DGCL.

 




Exhibit 4.2

 

COMMON NEVRO CORP. INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE SEE REVERSE SIDE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS CUSIP 64157F 10 3 THIS CERTIFIES THAT is the owner of FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE COMMON SHARES, $0.001 PAR VALUE, OF NEVRO CORP. transferable on the books of the Corporation by the holder hereof in person or by Attorney upon surrender of this certificate properly endorsed. This certificate is not valid until countersigned and registered by the Transfer Agent and Registrar. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Corporation has caused this certificate to be signed by facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers. Dated: CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER & ASSISTANT SECRETARY CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER & CHAIRMAN COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED: WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A. TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR BY AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE AMERICAN FINANCIAL PRINTING INCORPORATED – MINNEAPOLIS

 

 

 

The Corporation shall furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests a statement of the power, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock of the Corporation or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights, if any. Such requests shall be made to the Corporation’s Secretary at the principal office of the Corporation. The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations: TEN COM – as tenants in common UTMA – ____________ Custodian ____________ (Cust) (Minor) TEN ENT – as tenants by entireties under Uniform Transfers to Minors JT TEN – as joint tenants with right of survivorship Act ________________________________ and not as tenants in common (State) Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list. For value received _____ hereby sell, assign, and transfer unto (PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS INCLUDING POSTAL ZIP CODE OF ASSIGNEE) Shares of the capital stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint Attorney to transfer the said stock on the books of the within-named Corporation with full power of substitution in the premises. Dated ________________ NOTICE: THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE IN EVERY PARTICULAR WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATEVER. SIGNATURE GUARANTEED ALL GUARANTEES MUST BE MADE BY A FINANCIAL INSTITUTION (SUCH AS A BANK OR BROKER) WHICH IS A PARTICIPANT IN THE SECURITIES TRANSFER AGENTS MEDALLION PROGRAM (“STAMP”), THE NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE, INC. MEDALLION SIGNATURE PROGRAM (“MSP”), OR THE STOCK EXCHANGES MEDALLION PROGRAM (“SEMP”) AND MUST NOT BE DATED. GUARANTEES BY A NOTARY PUBLIC ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE

 

 



Exhibit 5.1

 

 

140 Scott Drive

 

Menlo Park, California 94025

 

Tel: +1.650.328.4600 Fax: +1.650.463.2600

 

www.lw.com

 

 

 

 

 

FIRM / AFFILIATE OFFICES

 

 

 

Abu Dhabi

Milan

 

Barcelona

Moscow

 

Beijing

Munich

 

Boston

New Jersey

 

Brussels

New York

October 27, 2014

Chicago

Orange County

 

Doha

Paris

 

Dubai

Riyadh

 

Düsseldorf

Rome

 

Frankfurt

San Diego

 

Hamburg

San Francisco

 

Hong Kong

Shanghai

 

Houston

Silicon Valley

 

London

Singapore

 

Los Angeles

Tokyo

 

Madrid

Washington, D.C.

 

Nevro Corp.

4040 Campbell Avenue

Menlo Park, CA 94025

 

Re:                              Form S-1 Registration Statement File No. 333-199156

Initial Public Offering of up to 7,187,500 Shares of Common Stock

of Nevro Corp.

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We have acted as special counsel to Nevro Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), in connection with the proposed issuance of up to 7,187,500 shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share (the “ Shares ”).  The Shares are included in a registration statement on Form S—1 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) on October 3, 2014 (Registration No. 333-199156) (as amended, the “ Registration Statement ”).  This opinion is being furnished in connection with the requirements of Item 601(b)(5) of Regulation S-K under the Act, and no opinion is expressed herein as to any matter pertaining to the contents of the Registration Statement or related prospectus (the “ Prospectus ”), other than as expressly stated herein with respect to the issue of the Shares.

 

As such counsel, we have examined such matters of fact and questions of law as we have considered appropriate for purposes of this letter.  With your consent, we have relied upon certificates and other assurances of officers of the Company and others as to factual matters without having independently verified such factual matters.  We are opining herein as to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”), and we express no opinion with respect to any other laws.

 

Subject to the foregoing and the other matters set forth herein, it is our opinion that, as of the date hereof, when the Shares shall have been duly registered on the books of the transfer agent and registrar therefor in the name or on behalf of the purchasers and have been issued by the Company against payment therefor in the circumstances contemplated by the form of underwriting agreement most recently filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, the issue and sale of the Shares will have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action of the Company, and the Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

 



 

This opinion is for your benefit in connection with the Registration Statement and may be relied upon by you and by persons entitled to rely upon it pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Act.  We consent to your filing this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the reference to our firm in the Prospectus under the heading “Legal Matters.”  In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

/s/ Latham & Watkins LLP

 

2




Exhibit 10.21

 

 

TERM LOAN AGREEMENT

 

dated as of

 

October 24, 2014

 

between

 

NEVRO CORP.
as Borrower,

 

The SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS from Time to Time Party Hereto,

 

and

 

Capital Royalty Partners II L.P., Capital Royalty Partners II — Parallel Fund “A” L.P. and Parallel Investment Opportunities Partners II L.P.

 

as Lenders

 

U.S. $50,000,000

 

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

 

Page

 

 

SECTION 1

DEFINITIONS

1

 

 

1.01

Certain Defined Terms

1

 

 

 

1.02

Accounting Terms and Principles

19

 

 

 

1.03

Interpretation

19

 

 

 

1.04

Changes to GAAP

20

 

 

SECTION 2

THE COMMITMENT

20

 

 

2.01

Commitments

20

 

 

 

2.02

Borrowing Procedures

21

 

 

 

2.03

Fees

21

 

 

 

2.04

Notes

21

 

 

 

2.05

Use of Proceeds

21

 

 

 

2.06

Defaulting Lenders

22

 

 

 

2.07

Substitution of Lenders

23

 

 

 

2.08

Termination of the Commitments

23

 

 

SECTION 3

PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST

24

 

 

3.01

Repayment

24

 

 

 

3.02

Interest

24

 

 

 

3.03

Prepayments

25

 

 

SECTION 4

PAYMENTS, ETC.

26

 

 

4.01

Payments

26

 

 

 

4.02

Computations

27

 

 

 

4.03

Notices

27

 

 

 

4.04

Set-Off

27

 

 

SECTION 5

YIELD PROTECTION, ETC.

27

 

 

5.01

Additional Costs

27

 

 

 

5.02

Illegality

29

 

 

 

5.03

Taxes

29

 

 

SECTION 6

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

32

 

 

6.01

Conditions to the First Term Loan

32

 

 

 

6.02

Conditions to Second Term Loan and Third Term Loan

34

 

 

 

6.03

Conditions to Each Borrowing

35

 

 

SECTION 7

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

35

 

i



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

 

Page

 

 

7.01

Power and Authority

36

 

 

 

7.02

Authorization; Enforceability

36

 

 

 

7.03

Governmental and Other Approvals; No Conflicts

36

 

 

 

7.04

Financial Statements; Material Adverse Change

36

 

 

 

7.05

Properties

37

 

 

 

7.06

No Actions or Proceedings

40

 

 

 

7.07

Compliance with Laws and Agreements

40

 

 

 

7.08

Taxes

40

 

 

 

7.09

Full Disclosure

40

 

 

 

7.10

Regulation

41

 

 

 

7.11

Solvency

41

 

 

 

7.12

Subsidiaries

41

 

 

 

7.13

Indebtedness and Liens

41

 

 

 

7.14

Material Agreements

41

 

 

 

7.15

Restrictive Agreements

41

 

 

 

7.16

Real Property

42

 

 

 

7.17

Pension Matters

42

 

 

 

7.18

Collateral; Security Interest

42

 

 

 

7.19

Regulatory Approvals

43

 

 

 

7.20

Small Business Concern

43

 

 

 

7.21

Update of Schedules

43

 

 

SECTION 8

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

43

 

 

8.01

Financial Statements and Other Information

43

 

 

 

8.02

Notices of Material Events

45

 

 

 

8.03

Existence; Conduct of Business

47

 

 

 

8.04

Payment of Obligations

47

 

 

 

8.05

Insurance

47

 

 

 

8.06

Books and Records; Inspection Rights

48

 

 

 

8.07

Compliance with Laws and Other Obligations

48

 

 

 

8.08

Maintenance of Properties, Etc.

48

 

 

 

8.09

Licenses

48

 

 

 

8.10

Action under Environmental Laws

48

 

ii



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

 

Page

 

 

 

8.11

Use of Proceeds

49

 

 

 

8.12

Certain Obligations Respecting Subsidiaries; Further Assurances

49

 

 

 

8.13

Termination of Non-Permitted Liens

50

 

 

 

8.14

Intellectual Property

50

 

 

 

8.15

Small Business Documentation

51

 

 

 

8.16

Post-Closing Items

51

 

 

SECTION 9

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

51

 

 

9.01

Indebtedness

51

 

 

 

9.02

Liens

52

 

 

 

9.03

Fundamental Changes and Acquisitions

54

 

 

 

9.04

Lines of Business

54

 

 

 

9.05

Investments

55

 

 

 

9.06

Restricted Payments

56

 

 

 

9.07

Payments of Indebtedness

56

 

 

 

9.08

Change in Fiscal Year

56

 

 

 

9.09

Sales of Assets, Etc.

56

 

 

 

9.10

Transactions with Affiliates

57

 

 

 

9.11

Restrictive Agreements

57

 

 

 

9.12

Amendments to Material Agreements

57

 

 

 

9.13

Operating Leases

58

 

 

 

9.14

Sales and Leasebacks

58

 

 

 

9.15

Hazardous Material

58

 

 

 

9.16

Accounting Changes

58

 

 

 

9.17

Compliance with ERISA

58

 

 

SECTION 10

FINANCIAL COVENANTS

58

 

 

10.01

Minimum Liquidity

58

 

 

 

10.02

Minimum Revenue

58

 

 

 

10.03

Cure Right

59

 

 

SECTION 11

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

60

 

 

11.01

Events of Default

60

 

 

 

11.02

Remedies

63

 

 

SECTION 12

MISCELLANEOUS

63

 

iii



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

 

Page

 

 

12.01

No Waiver

63

 

 

 

12.02

Notices

63

 

 

 

12.03

Expenses, Indemnification, Etc.

64

 

 

 

12.04

Amendments, Etc.

65

 

 

 

12.05

Successors and Assigns

66

 

 

 

12.06

Survival

67

 

 

 

12.07

Captions

67

 

 

 

12.08

Counterparts

67

 

 

 

12.09

Governing Law

68

 

 

 

12.10

Jurisdiction, Service of Process and Venue

68

 

 

 

12.11

Waiver of Jury Trial

68

 

 

 

12.12

Waiver of Immunity

68

 

 

 

12.13

Entire Agreement

69

 

 

 

12.14

Severability

69

 

 

 

12.15

No Fiduciary Relationship

69

 

 

 

12.16

Confidentiality

69

 

 

 

12.17

USA PATRIOT Act

69

 

 

 

12.18

Maximum Rate of Interest

69

 

 

 

12.19

Certain Waivers

70

 

 

 

12.20

Prefiling Authorization

71

 

 

SECTION 13

GUARANTEE

71

 

 

13.01

The Guarantee

71

 

 

 

13.02

Obligations Unconditional

72

 

 

 

13.03

Reinstatement

72

 

 

 

13.04

Subrogation

73

 

 

 

13.05

Remedies

73

 

 

 

13.06

Instrument for the Payment of Money

73

 

 

 

13.07

Continuing Guarantee

73

 

 

 

13.08

Rights of Contribution

73

 

 

 

13.09

General Limitation on Guarantee Obligations

74

 

 

 

SCHEDULES AND EXHIBITS

 

 

 

 

Schedule 1

-

Commitments

 

 

iv



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

Schedule 7.05(b)

-

Certain Intellectual Property

 

Schedule 7.05(c)

-

Material Intellectual Property

 

Schedule 7.06

-

Certain Litigation

 

Schedule 7.08

-

Taxes

 

Schedule 7.12

-

Information Regarding Subsidiaries

 

Schedule 7.13(a)

-

Existing Indebtedness of Borrower and its Subsidiaries

 

Schedule 7.13(b)

-

Liens Granted by the Obligors

 

Schedule 7.14

-

Material Agreements of Obligors

 

Schedule 7.15

-

Restrictive Agreements

 

Schedule 7.16

-

Real Property Owned or Leased by Borrower or any Subsidiary

 

Schedule 7.17

-

Pension Matters

 

Schedule 9.05

-

Existing Investments

 

Schedule 9.10

-

Transactions with Affiliates

 

Schedule 9.14

-

Permitted Sales and Leasebacks

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit A

-

Form of Guarantee Assumption Agreement

 

Exhibit B

-

Form of Notice of Borrowing

 

Exhibit C-1

-

Form of Term Loan Note

 

Exhibit C-2

-

Form of PIK Loan Note

 

Exhibit D

-

Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate

 

Exhibit E

-

Form of Compliance Certificate

 

Exhibit F

-

Form of Landlord Consent

 

Exhibit G

-

Form of Subordination Agreement

 

Exhibit H

-

Form of Intercreditor Agreement

 

 

v



 

TERM LOAN AGREEMENT, dated as of October 24, 2014 (this “ Agreement ”), among NEVRO CORP., a Delaware corporation (“ Borrower ”), the SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS from time to time party hereto and the Lenders from time to time party hereto.

 

WITNESSETH:

 

Borrower has requested the Lenders to make term loans to Borrower, and the Lenders are prepared to make such loans on and subject to the terms and conditions hereof.  Accordingly, the parties agree as follows:

 

SECTION 1
DEFINITIONS

 

1.01                         Certain Defined Terms .  As used herein, the following terms have the following respective meanings:

 

Accounting Change Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.04(a) .

 

Acquisition ” means any transaction, or any series of related transactions, by which any Person directly or indirectly, by means of a take-over bid, tender offer, amalgamation, merger, purchase of assets, or similar transaction having the same effect as any of the foregoing, (a) acquires any business or all or substantially all of the assets of any Person engaged in any business, (b) acquires control of securities of a Person engaged in a business representing more than 50% of the ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body if the business affairs of such Person are managed by a board of directors or other governing body, or (c) acquires control of more than 50% of the ownership interest in any Person engaged in any business that is not managed by a board of directors or other governing body.

 

Act ” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.17 .

 

Affected Lender ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.07(a) .

 

Affiliate ” means, with respect to a specified Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified.

 

Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the introduction hereto.

 

Asset Sale ” is defined in Section 9.09 .

 

Asset Sale Net Proceeds ” means the aggregate amount of the cash proceeds received from any Asset Sale, net of any bona fide costs and expenses incurred in connection with such Asset Sale, plus, with respect to any non-cash proceeds of an Asset Sale, the fair market value of such non cash proceeds as determined by Borrower in its reasonable discretion in accordance with GAAP or any other relevant accounting guidelines.

 

Assignment and Acceptance ” means an assignment and acceptance entered into by a Lender and an assignee of such Lender.

 

1



 

Bankruptcy Code ” means Title II of the United States Code entitled “Bankruptcy.”

 

Benefit Plan ” means any employee benefit plan as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA (whether governed by the laws of the United States or otherwise) to which any Obligor or Subsidiary thereof incurs or otherwise has any obligation or liability, contingent or otherwise.

 

Borrower ” has the meaning set forth in the introduction hereto.

 

Borrower Facility ” means the premises located at either (i) 4040 Campbell Avenue, Suite 210, Menlo Park, CA 94025, or (ii) 3925 Bohannon Drive, Menlo Park, CA 94025, as the context dictates, which are leased by Borrower pursuant to a Borrower Lease.

 

Borrower Landlord ” means either (i) Deerfield Campbell LLC, a California limited liability company, or (ii) Bohannon Drive Partners, LLC, as the context dictates.

 

Borrower Lease ” means either (i) the Multi-Tenant Space Lease, dated as of March 15, 2010, by and between Borrower and Deerfield Campbell LLC, as amended by First Amendment to Lease, dated as of October 18, 2012, or (ii) the Standard Multi-Tenant Office Lease, dated as of February 12, 2014, by and between Borrower and Bohannon Drive Partners, LLC, as the context dictates.

 

Borrower Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.03(b) .

 

Borrowing ” means a borrowing consisting of Loans made on the same day by the Lenders according to their respective Commitments (including without limitation a borrowing of a PIK Loan).

 

Borrowing Date ” means the date of each Borrowing.

 

Borrowing Notice Date ” means, (i) in the case of the first Borrowing, a date that is at least twelve Business Days prior to the Borrowing Date of such Borrowing and, (ii) in the case of a subsequent Borrowing, a date that is at least twenty Business Days prior to the Borrowing Date of such Borrowing.

 

Business Day ” means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which commercial banks are not authorized or required to close in New York City or San Francisco, California.

 

Capital Lease Obligations ” means, as to any Person, the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under a lease of (or other agreement conveying the right to use) real and/or personal Property which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as a capital lease on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP and, for purposes of this Agreement, the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof, determined in accordance with GAAP and as shown on such Person’s consolidated balance sheet.

 

Change of Control ” means (a) the acquisition of ownership, directly or indirectly, beneficially or of record, by any Person or group of Persons acting jointly or otherwise in concert of capital stock representing more than 50% of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding capital stock of Borrower, (b) during any period of twelve (12)

 

2



 

consecutive calendar months, the occupation of a majority of the seats (other than vacant seats) on the board of directors of Borrower by Persons who were neither (i) nominated by the board of directors of Borrower, nor (ii) appointed by directors so nominated, or (c) the acquisition of direct or indirect Control of Borrower by any Person or group of Persons acting jointly or otherwise in concert; in each case whether as a result of a tender or exchange offer, open market purchases, privately negotiated purchases or otherwise; provided however , that the occurrence of a Qualified IPO shall not be deemed a Change of Control event.

 

Claims ” includes claims, demands, complaints, grievances, actions, applications, suits, causes of action, orders, charges, indictments, prosecutions, informations (brought by a public prosecutor without grand jury indictment) or other similar processes, assessments or reassessments.

 

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time.

 

Collateral ” means any Property in which a Lien is purported to be granted under any of the Security Documents (or all such Property, as the context may require).

 

Commitment ” means, with respect to each Lender, the obligation of such Lender to make Loans to Borrower in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, which commitment is in the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 1 under the caption “Commitment”, as such Schedule may be amended from time to time.  The aggregate Commitments on the date hereof equal $50,000,000.  For purposes of clarification, the amount of any PIK Loans shall not reduce the amount of the available Commitment.

 

Commitment Period ” means the period from the date of this Agreement through and including September 30, 2015.

 

Commodity Account ” is defined in the Security Agreement.

 

Compliance Certificate ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 8.01(d) .

 

Connection Income Taxes ” means Other Connection Taxes that are imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated) or that are franchise Taxes or branch profits Taxes.

 

Contracts ” means contracts, licenses, leases, agreements, obligations, promises, undertakings, understandings, arrangements, documents, commitments, entitlements or engagements under which a Person has, or will have, any liability or contingent liability (in each case, whether written or oral, express or implied).

 

Control ” means, in respect of a particular Person, the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise.  “Controlling” and “Controlled” have meanings correlative thereto.

 

Control Agent ” means the Lender acting as “Control Agent” under the Security

 

3



 

Agreement.

 

Copyright ” is defined in the Security Agreement.

 

CRPPF ” means Capital Royalty Partners II — Parallel Fund “A” L.P.

 

Cure Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.03(a) .

 

Cure Right ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.03(a) .

 

Default ” means any Event of Default and any event that, upon the giving of notice, the lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

 

Default Rate ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.02(b) .

 

Defaulting Lender ” means, subject to Section 2.06 , any Lender that (a) has failed to perform any of its funding obligations hereunder, including in respect of its Loans, within the date required to be funded by it hereunder, (b) has notified Borrower or any Lender that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations or has made a public statement to that effect with respect to its funding obligations hereunder or under other agreements in which it commits to extend credit, or (c) has, or has a direct or indirect parent company that has, (i) become the subject of an Insolvency Proceeding, (ii) had a receiver, conservator, trustee, administrator, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with reorganization or liquidation of its business or a custodian appointed for it, or (iii) taken any action in furtherance of, or indicated its consent to, approval of or acquiescence in any such proceeding or appointment; provided that a Lender shall not be a Defaulting Lender solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any equity interest in that Lender or any direct or indirect parent company thereof by a Governmental Authority.

 

Deposit Account ” is defined in the Security Agreement.

 

Dollars ” and “ $ ” means lawful money of the United States of America.

 

Domestic Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary incorporated, formed or organized under the laws of the United States, any State of the United States or the District of Columbia.

 

Effective Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.01 .

 

Eligible Transferee ” means and includes a commercial bank, an insurance company, a finance company, a financial institution, any investment fund that invests in loans or any other “accredited investor” (as defined in Regulation D of the Securities Act) that is principally in the business of managing investments or holding assets for investment purposes; provided that so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, “Eligible Transferee” shall not include any Person that (a) is principally in the business of managing investments or holding assets for investment purposes that controls the majority of voting stock or the majority of directors of the board of directors in a company that produces, markets or sells, or develops a program to market or sell, a product in direct competition with the Borrower or is an entity active in the stimulation therapy industry, or (b) is a vulture fund as determined by the transferring

 

4


 

Lender in its reasonable discretion (other than an investment fund or financial institution providing capital or funds to any Lender, during the continuation of an event of default of such Lender in respect of its obligations to such investment fund or financial institution).

 

Environmental Law ” means any federal, state, provincial or local governmental law, rule, regulation, order, writ, judgment, injunction or decree relating to pollution or protection of the environment or the treatment, storage, disposal, release, threatened release or handling of hazardous materials, and all local laws and regulations related to environmental matters and any specific agreements entered into with any competent authorities which include commitments related to environmental matters.

 

Equity Cure Right ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.03(a) .

 

Equity Interest ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents, including membership interests (however designated, whether voting or nonvoting), of equity of such Person, including, if such Person is a partnership, partnership interests (whether general or limited) and any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of property of, such partnership, but excluding debt securities convertible or exchangeable into such equity.

 

Equivalent Amount ” means, with respect to an amount denominated in one currency, the amount in another currency that could be purchased by the amount in the first currency determined by reference to the Exchange Rate at the time of determination.

 

ERISA ” means the United States Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

 

ERISA Affiliate ” means, collectively, any Obligor, Subsidiary thereof, and any Person under common control, or treated as a single employer, with any Obligor or Subsidiary thereof, within the meaning of Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code.

 

ERISA Event ” means (i) a reportable event as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA with respect to a Title IV Plan, excluding, however, such events as to which the PBGC by regulation has waived the requirement of Section 4043(a) of ERISA that it be notified within 30 days of the occurrence of such event; (ii) a withdrawal by any Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate thereof from a Title IV Plan or the termination of any Title IV Plan resulting in liability under Sections 4063 or 4064 of ERISA; (iii) the withdrawal of any Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate thereof in a complete or partial withdrawal (within the meaning of Section 4203 and 4205 of ERISA) from any Multiemployer Plan if there is any potential liability therefore, or the receipt by any Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate thereof of notice from any Multiemployer Plan that it is in reorganization or insolvency pursuant to Section 4241 or 4245 of ERISA; (iv) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate, the treatment of a plan amendment as a termination under Section 4041 or 4041A of ERISA, or the commencement of proceedings by the PBGC to terminate a Title IV Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (v) the imposition of liability on any Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate thereof pursuant to Sections 4062(e) or 4069 of ERISA or by reason of the application of Section 4212(c) of ERISA; (vi) the failure by any Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate thereof to make any

 

5



 

required contribution to a Plan, or the failure to meet the minimum funding standard of Section 412 of the Code with respect to any Title IV Plan (whether or not waived in accordance with Section 412(c) of the Code) or the failure to make by its due date a required installment under Section 430 of the Code with respect to any Title IV Plan or the failure to make any required contribution to a Multiemployer Plan; (vii) the determination that any Title IV Plan is considered an at-risk plan or a plan in endangered to critical status within the meaning of Sections 430, 431 and 432 of the Code or Sections 303, 304 and 305 of ERISA; (viii) an event or condition which would reasonably be expected to constitute grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Title IV Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (ix) the imposition of any liability under Title I or Title IV of ERISA, other than PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon any Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate thereof; (x) an application for a funding waiver under Section 303 of ERISA or an extension of any amortization period pursuant to Section 412 of the Code with respect to any Title IV Plan; (xi) the occurrence of a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Sections 406 or 407 of ERISA for which any Obligor or any Subsidiary thereof may be directly or indirectly liable; (xii) a violation of the applicable requirements of Section 404 or 405 of ERISA or the exclusive benefit rule under Section 401(a) of the Code by any fiduciary or disqualified person for which any Obligor or any Subsidiary thereof may be directly or indirectly liable; (xiii) the occurrence of an act or omission which could give rise to the imposition on any Obligor or any Subsidiary thereof of fines, penalties, taxes or related charges under Chapter 43 of the Code or under Sections 409, 502(c), (i) or (1) or 4071 of ERISA; (xiv) the assertion of a material claim (other than routine claims for benefits) against any Plan or the assets thereof, or against any Obligor or any Subsidiary thereof in connection with any such plan; (xv) receipt from the IRS of the disqualification of any Qualified Plan under Section 401(a) of the Code, or the revocation of the tax-exempt status of any trust forming part of any Qualified Plan under Section 501(a) of the Code; (xvi) the imposition of any lien (or the fulfillment of the conditions for the imposition of any lien) on any of the rights, properties or assets of any Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate thereof, in either case pursuant to Title I or IV, including Section 302(f) or 303(k) of ERISA or to Section 401(a)(29) or 430(k) of the Code; or (xvii) the establishment or amendment by any Obligor or any Subsidiary thereof of any “welfare plan”, as such term is defined in Section 3(1) of ERISA, that provides post-employment welfare benefits in a manner that would materially increase the liability of any Obligor.

 

ERISA Funding Rules ” means the rules regarding minimum required contributions (including any installment payment thereof) to Title IV Plans, as set forth in Sections 412, 430 and 436 of the Code and Sections 302 and 303 of ERISA.

 

Event of Default ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.01 .

 

Exchange Rate ” means the rate at which any currency (the “ Pre-Exchange Currency ”) may be exchanged into another currency (the “ Post-Exchange Currency ”), as set forth on such date on the relevant Reuters screen at or about 11:00 a.m. (Central time) or such other time as a determination of exchange rate is made by the Borrower or any other relevant Person in the ordinary course of business.  In the event that such rate does not appear on the Reuters screen, the “Exchange Rate” with respect to exchanging such Pre-Exchange Currency into such Post-Exchange Currency shall be determined by reference to such other publicly available service for displaying exchange rates as may be agreed upon by Borrower and the Majority Lenders or, in

 

6



 

the absence of such agreement, such Exchange Rate shall instead be determined by the Majority Lenders by any reasonable method as they deem applicable to determine such rate, and such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 

Excluded Taxes ” means any of the following Taxes imposed on or with respect to a Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to a Recipient: (a) Taxes imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated), franchise Taxes and branch profits Taxes, in each case imposed as a result of such Recipient being organized under the laws of, or having its principal office or, in the case of any Lender, its applicable lending office located in, the jurisdiction imposing such Tax, (b) Other Connection Taxes, (c) U.S. federal withholding Taxes that are imposed on amounts payable to a Lender or for the account of such Lender with respect to any Obligation to the extent that the obligation to withhold amounts existed on the date on which (i) such Lender became a “Lender” under this Agreement or (ii) such Lender changes its lending office, except in each case to the extent such Lender is a direct or indirect assignee of any other Lender that was entitled, at the time the assignment of such other Lender became effective or at the time such Lender changed its lending office, to receive additional amounts under Section 5.03 , (d) any Taxes imposed in connection with FATCA, and (e) Taxes attributable to such Recipient’s failure to comply with Section 5.03(e) .

 

Expense Cap ” has the meaning set forth in the Fee Letter.

 

FATCA ” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof and any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

Fee Letter ” means that fee letter agreement dated as of the date hereof between Borrower and the Lenders party thereto.

 

First Term Loan ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01(b) .

 

Foreign Lender ” means a Lender that is not a U.S. Person.

 

Foreign Subsidiary ” means a Subsidiary of Borrower that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

 

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America, as in effect from time to time, set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, in the statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board and in such other statements by such other entity as may be in general use by significant segments of the accounting profession that are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination.  Subject to Section 1.02 , all references to “GAAP” shall be to GAAP applied consistently with the principles used in the preparation of the financial statements described in Section 7.04(a) .

 

Governmental Approval ” means any consent, authorization, approval, order, license, franchise, permit, certificate, accreditation, registration, filing or notice, of, issued by, from or to, or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority.

 

7



 

Governmental Authority ” means any nation, government, branch of power (whether executive, legislative or judicial), state, province or municipality or other political subdivision thereof and any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, monetary, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, including without limitation regulatory authorities, governmental departments, agencies, commissions, bureaus, officials, ministers, courts, bodies, boards, tribunals and dispute settlement panels, and other law-, rule- or regulation-making organizations or entities of any State, territory, county, city or other political subdivision of the United States.

 

Guarantee ” of or by any Person (the “ guarantor ”) means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of the guarantor guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of the guarantor, direct or indirect, (a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation or to purchase (or to advance or supply funds for the purchase of) any security for the payment thereof, (b) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the owner of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment thereof, (c) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation or (d) as an account party in respect of any letter of credit or letter of guaranty issued to support such Indebtedness or obligation; provided, that the term Guarantee shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business.  The amount of such Guarantee shall be the amount such Person is required to allocate to such Guarantee in accordance with GAAP.

 

Guarantee Assumption Agreement ” means a Guarantee Assumption Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit A by an entity that, pursuant to Section 8.12(a) , is required to become a “Subsidiary Guarantor” hereunder in favor of the Lenders.

 

Guaranteed Obligations ” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.01 .

 

Hazardous Material ” means any substance, element, chemical, compound, product, solid, gas, liquid, waste, by-product, pollutant, contaminant or material which is hazardous or toxic, and includes, without limitation, (a) asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyls and petroleum (including crude oil or any fraction thereof) and (b) any material classified or regulated as “hazardous” or “toxic” or words of like import pursuant to an Environmental Law.

 

Hedging Agreement ” means any interest rate exchange agreement, foreign currency exchange agreement, commodity price protection agreement or other interest or currency exchange rate or commodity price hedging arrangement.

 

Indebtedness ” of any Person means, without duplication, (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money or obligations of such Person with respect to deposits or advances of any kind by third parties, (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, (c) all obligations of such Person upon which interest charges are customarily paid, regardless of whether such obligation is due or not (d) all obligations of such Person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property acquired by

 

8



 

such Person, (e) all obligations of such Person in respect of the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding current accounts payable incurred in the ordinary course of business), (f) all Indebtedness of others secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property owned or acquired by such Person, whether or not the Indebtedness secured thereby has been assumed, (g) all Guarantees by such Person of Indebtedness of others, (h) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person, (i) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person as an account party in respect of letters of credit and letters of guaranty, (j) obligations under any Hedging Agreement currency swaps, forwards, futures or derivatives transactions, and (k) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person in respect of bankers’ acceptances. The Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any other entity (including any partnership in which such Person is a general partner) to the extent such Person is liable therefor as a result of such Person’s ownership interest in or other relationship with such entity, except to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness provide that such Person is not liable therefor.

 

Indemnified Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.03(b) .

 

Indemnified Taxes ” means (a) Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any Obligation and (b) to the extent not otherwise described in clause (a), Other Taxes.

 

Insolvency Proceeding ” means (i) any case, action or proceeding before any court or other Governmental Authority relating to bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, liquidation, receivership, dissolution, winding-up or relief of debtors, or (ii) any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, composition, marshaling of assets for creditors, or other, similar arrangement in respect of any Person’s creditors generally or any substantial portion of such Person’s creditors, in each case undertaken under U.S. Federal, state or foreign law, including the Bankruptcy Code.

 

Intellectual Property ” means all Patents, Trademarks, Copyright, and Technical Information, whether registered or not, domestic and foreign.  Intellectual Property shall include all:

 

(a)                                  applications or registrations relating to such Intellectual Property;

 

(b)                                  rights and privileges arising under applicable Laws with respect to such Intellectual Property;

 

(c)                                   rights to sue for past, present or future infringements of such Intellectual Property; and

 

(d)                                  rights of the same or similar effect or nature in any jurisdiction corresponding to such Intellectual Property throughout the world.

 

Interest-Only Period ” means (i) the period from and including the first Borrowing Date and through and including the twelve (12 th ) Payment Date following the first Borrowing Date, or (ii) if Borrower consummates a Qualified IPO and a Qualifying Premarket Approval on or prior to September 30, 2016, the period from and including the first Borrowing Date and through and

 

9



 

including the twenty-third (23 rd ) Payment Date following the first Borrowing Date.

 

Interest Period ” means, with respect to each Borrowing, (i) initially, the period commencing on and including the Borrowing Date thereof and ending on and excluding the next Payment Date, and, (ii) thereafter, each period beginning on and including the last Payment Date and ending on and excluding the next succeeding Payment Date; provided that the term “Interest Period” shall include any period selected by the Majority Lenders from time to time in accordance with the definition of “Default Rate”.

 

Invention ” means any novel, inventive and useful art, apparatus, method, process, machine (including article or device), manufacture or composition of matter, or any novel, inventive and useful improvement in any art, method, process, machine (including article or device), manufacture or composition of matter.

 

Investment ” means, for any Person:  (a) the acquisition (whether for cash, property, services or securities or otherwise) of capital stock, bonds, notes, debentures, partnership or other ownership interests or other securities of any other Person or any agreement to make any such acquisition (including any “short sale” or any sale of any securities at a time when such securities are not owned by the Person entering into such sale); (b) the making of any deposit with, or advance, loan or other extension of credit to, any other Person (including the purchase of property from another Person subject to an understanding or agreement, contingent or otherwise, to resell such property to such Person), but excluding any such advance, loan or extension of credit having a term not exceeding 90 days arising in connection with the sale of inventory or supplies by such Person in the ordinary course of business; (c) the entering into of any Guarantee of, or other contingent obligation with respect to, Indebtedness or other liability of any other Person and (without duplication) any amount committed to be advanced, lent or extended to such Person; or (d) the entering into of any Hedging Agreement.

 

IRS ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Service or any successor agency, and to the extent relevant, the U.S. Department of the Treasury.

 

Knowledge ” means the actual knowledge of any Responsible Officer of any Person or, so long as he or she is employed by Borrower or its Subsidiaries, the actual knowledge of Michael DeMane, Rami Elghandour and Andrew Galligan, so long as such Person is an officer of Borrower.

 

Landlord Consent ” means a Landlord Consent substantially in the form of Exhibit F , or otherwise reasonably satisfactory to the Majority Lenders.

 

Laws ” means, collectively, all international, foreign, federal, state, provincial, territorial, municipal and local statutes, treaties, rules, guidelines, regulations, ordinances, codes and administrative or judicial precedents or authorities, including the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and all applicable administrative orders, directed duties, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authority, in each case whether or not having the force of law.

 

Lenders ” means Capital Royalty Partners II L.P., CRPPF and PIOP, together with their

 

10



 

successors and each assignee of a Lender pursuant to Section 12.05(b)  and “Lender” means any one of them.

 

Lien ” means any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge or other security interest, or any lease, title retention agreement, mortgage, restriction, easement, right-of-way, option or adverse claim (of ownership or possession) or other encumbrance of any kind or character whatsoever or any preferential arrangement that has the practical effect of creating a security interest.

 

Liquidity ” means the balance of unencumbered cash and Permitted Cash Equivalent Investments (which for greater certainty shall not include any undrawn credit lines), in each case, to the extent held in an account over which the Lenders shall have a first priority perfected security interest upon the execution of a control agreement over such account as required by the Security Agreement.

 

Loan ” means (i) each loan advanced by a Lender pursuant to Section 2.01 and (ii) each PIK Loan deemed to have been advanced by a Lender pursuant to Section 3.02(d) .  For purposes of clarification, any calculation of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Loans on any date of determination shall include both the aggregate principal amount of loans advanced pursuant to Section 2.01 and not yet repaid, and all PIK Loans deemed to have been advanced and not yet repaid, on or prior to such date of determination.

 

Loan Documents ” means, collectively, this Agreement, the Fee Letter, the Notes, the Security Documents, any subordination agreement or any intercreditor agreement entered into by Lenders with any other creditors of Obligors, and any other present or future document, instrument, agreement or certificate executed by Obligors for the benefit of Lenders in connection with this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, all as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified.

 

Loss ” means judgments, debts, liabilities, expenses, costs, damages or losses, contingent or otherwise, whether liquidated or unliquidated, matured or unmatured, disputed or undisputed, contractual, legal or equitable, including loss of value, professional fees, including fees and disbursements of legal counsel on a full indemnity basis, and all costs incurred in investigating or pursuing any Claim or any proceeding relating to any Claim.

 

Majority Lenders ” means, at any time, Lenders having at such time in excess of 50% of the aggregate Commitments (or, if such Commitments are terminated, the outstanding principal amount of the Loans) then in effect, ignoring, in such calculation, the Commitments of and outstanding Loans owing to any Defaulting Lender.

 

Margin Stock ” means “margin stock” within the meaning of Regulations U and X.

 

Material Adverse Change ” and “ Material Adverse Effect ” mean a material adverse change in or effect on (i) the business, condition (financial or otherwise), operations, performance, or Property of Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (ii) the ability of any Obligor to perform its obligations under the Loan Documents, or (iii) the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability of the Loan Documents or the rights and remedies of the Lenders under any of the Loan Documents.

 

11



 

Material Agreements ” means (A) the agreements which are listed in Schedule 7.14 (as updated by Borrower from time to time in accordance with Section 7.21 to list all such agreements that meet the description set forth in clause (B) of this definition) and (B) all other agreements to which the Obligors are party from time to time, the absence or termination of any of which would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; provided, however, that “Material Agreements” exclude all: (i) licenses implied by the sale of a product; and (ii) paid-up licenses for commonly available software programs under which an Obligor is the licensee.  “Material Agreement” means any one such agreement.

 

Material Indebtedness ” means, at any time, any Indebtedness of any Obligor, the outstanding principal amount of which, individually or in the aggregate, exceeds $1,000,000 (or the Equivalent Amount in other currencies).

 

Material Intellectual Property ” means, the Obligor Intellectual Property described in Schedule 7.05(c)  and any other Obligor Intellectual Property after the date hereof the loss of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Maturity Date ” means the earlier to occur of (i) the twenty-fourth (24 th ) Payment Date following the first Borrowing Date, and (ii) the date on which the Loans are accelerated pursuant to Section 11.02 .

 

Maximum Rate ” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.18.

 

Milestone Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.02(b)(iv).

 

Minimum Required Revenue ” has the meaning set forth in Section in 10.02.

 

Multiemployer Plan ” means any multiemployer plan, as defined in Section 400l(a)(3) of ERISA, to which any ERISA Affiliate incurs or otherwise has any obligation or liability, contingent or otherwise.

 

Non-Consenting Lender ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.07(a) .

 

Non-Disclosure Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.16 .

 

Note ” means a promissory note executed and delivered by Borrower to the Lenders in accordance with Section 2.04 or 3.02(d) .

 

Notice of Borrowing ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.02 .

 

Obligations ” means, with respect to any Obligor, all amounts, obligations, liabilities, covenants and duties of every type and description owing by such Obligor to any Lender, any other indemnitee hereunder or any participant, solely arising out of, under, or in connection with, any Loan Document, whether direct or indirect (regardless of whether acquired by assignment), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, whether liquidated or not, now existing or hereafter arising and however acquired, and whether or not evidenced by any instrument or for the payment of money, including, without duplication, (i) if such Obligor is Borrower, all Loans, (ii) all interest, whether or not accruing after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or after the

 

12



 

commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or similar proceeding, and whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in any such proceeding, and (iii) all other fees, expenses (including fees, charges and disbursement of counsel), interest, commissions, charges, costs, disbursements, indemnities and reimbursement of amounts paid and other sums chargeable to such Obligor under any Loan Document.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Obligations” does not include any obligations under a warrant, equity or similar instrument.

 

Obligor Intellectual Property ” means Intellectual Property owned by or exclusively licensed to any of the Obligors.

 

Obligors ” means, collectively, Borrower and the Subsidiary Guarantors and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

Other Connection Taxes ” means, with respect to any Recipient, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such Recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising from such Recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Loan or Loan Document).

 

Other Taxes ” means all present or future stamp, court or documentary, intangible, recording, filing or similar Taxes that arise from any payment made under, from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, from the receipt or perfection of a security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document, except any such Taxes that are Other Connection Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment (other than an assignment made pursuant to Section 5.03(g) ).

 

Participant ” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.05(e) .

 

Patents ” is defined in the Security Agreement.

 

Payment Date ” means each March 31, June 30, September 30, December 31 and the Maturity Date, commencing on the first such date to occur following the first Borrowing Date; provided that , if any such date shall occur on a day that is not a Business Day, the applicable Payment Date shall be the next preceding Business Day.

 

PBGC ” means the United States Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA and any successor entity performing similar functions.

 

Permitted Acquisition ” means any acquisition by Borrower or any of its wholly-owned Subsidiaries, whether by purchase, merger or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the assets of, all of the Equity Interests of, or a business line or unit or a division of, any Person; provided that :

 

(a)                                  immediately prior to, and after giving effect thereto, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom;

 

13



 

(b)                                  all transactions in connection therewith shall be consummated, in all material respects, in accordance with all applicable Laws and in conformity with all applicable Governmental Approvals;

 

(c)                                   in the case of the acquisition of all of the Equity Interests of such Person, all of the Equity Interests (except for any such securities in the nature of directors’ qualifying shares required pursuant to applicable Law) acquired, or otherwise issued by such Person or any newly formed Subsidiary of Borrower in connection with such acquisition, shall be owned 100% by an Obligor or any other Subsidiary, and Borrower shall have taken, or caused to be taken, as of the date such Person becomes a Subsidiary of Borrower, each of the actions set forth in Section 8.12 , if applicable;

 

(d)                                  Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall be in compliance with the financial covenants set forth in Section 10.01 and Section 10.02 on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such acquisition; and

 

(e)                                   such Person (in the case of an acquisition of Equity Interests) or assets (in the case of an acquisition of assets or a division) (i) shall be engaged or used, as the case may be, in the same business or lines of business in which Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries are engaged, or a business reasonably related thereto or (ii) shall have a similar customer base as Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries.

 

Permitted Acquisitions Liquidity Threshold ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.03(e) .

 

Permitted Cash Equivalent Investments ” means (i) marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States or any agency or any State thereof having maturities of not more than two (2) years from the date of acquisition, (ii) commercial paper (x) maturing no more than one (1) year after its creation and having a credit rating of P-1 from Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., or A-1 or higher from Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or (y) having a credit rating of A2 or higher from Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., or A or higher from Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, (iii) any certificate of deposit, time deposit or bankers acceptance, maturing not more than two (2) years after its date of issuance, which is issued by any bank organized under the laws of the United States (or any state thereof) and which has (x) a credit rating of A2 or higher from Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., or A or higher from Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group and (y) a combined capital and surplus greater than One Billion Dollars ($1,000,000,000), and (iv) any publicly traded or SEC-regulated money market funds or other investment vehicles holding any of the foregoing Permitted Cash Equivalent Investments.

 

Permitted Cure Debt ” means Indebtedness incurred in connection with the exercise of the Subordinated Debt Cure Right and (i) that is governed by documentation containing representations, warranties, covenants and events of default no more burdensome or restrictive than those contained in the Loan Documents, (ii) that has a maturity date later than the Maturity Date, (iii) in respect of which no cash payments of principal or interest are required prior to the Maturity Date, and (iv) in respect of which the holders have agreed in favor of Borrower and Lenders (A) that prior to the date on which the Commitments have expired or been terminated and all Obligations have been paid in full indefeasibly in cash, such holders will not exercise any

 

14


 

remedies (other than any conversion or similar rights) available to them in respect of such Indebtedness, and (B) that such Indebtedness is unsecured, and (C) to terms of subordination in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit G or otherwise satisfactory to the Majority Lenders.

 

Permitted Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness permitted under Section 9.01 .

 

Permitted Liens ” means any Liens permitted under Section 9.02 .

 

Permitted Priority Debt ” means Indebtedness of Borrower, in an amount not to exceed at any time 80% of the face amount at such time of Borrower’s non delinquent accounts receivable; provided that (a) such Indebtedness, if secured, is secured solely by Borrower’s cash, accounts receivable, and inventory, and (b) the holders or lenders thereof have executed and delivered to Lenders an intercreditor agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit H with changes (if any) as are satisfactory to the Majority Lenders, or otherwise in a form reasonably acceptable to the Majority Lenders (which acceptance shall not be reasonably withheld).

 

Permitted Priority Liens ” means (i) Liens permitted under Section 9.02(c), (d), (e), (f), (g), (j), and (k) , and (to the extent required under applicable bankruptcy law relating to licensee rights) (n)  and (ii) Liens permitted under Section 9.02(b)  provided that such Liens are also of the type described in Section 9.02(c), (d), (e), (f), (g), (j), and (k), or of the type described in Section 9.02(n)  (to the extent required under applicable bankruptcy law relating to licensee rights) .

 

Permitted Refinancing ” means, with respect to any Indebtedness, any extensions, renewals and replacements of such Indebtedness; provided that such extension, renewal or replacement (i) shall not increase the outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness except by an amount equal to any fees owing under the existing Indebtedness and expenses reasonably incurred in connection with such extension, renewal, refinancing or replacement and by an amount equal to any existing commitments unutilized thereunder, (ii) contains terms relating to outstanding principal amount, amortization, maturity, collateral (if any) and subordination (if any), and other material terms taken as a whole no less favorable in any material respect to Borrower and its Subsidiaries or the Lenders (if applicable) than the terms of any agreement or instrument governing such existing Indebtedness, (iii) shall have an applicable interest rate which does not exceed the rate of interest of the Indebtedness being replaced, and (iv) shall not contain any new requirement to grant any lien or security or to give any guarantee that was not an existing requirement of such Indebtedness.

 

Person ” means any individual, corporation, company, voluntary association, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization or Governmental Authority or other entity of whatever nature.

 

PIK Loan ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.02(d) .

 

PIK Period ” means the period beginning on the first Borrowing Date through and including the earlier to occur of (i) the twelve (12 th ) Payment Date after the first Borrowing Date and (ii) the date on which any Default shall have occurred and is continuing ( provided that if such Default shall have been cured or waived, the PIK Period shall resume until the earlier to

 

15



 

occur of the next Default that is continuing and has not been waived and the twelve (12 th ) Payment Date after the first Borrowing Date).

 

PIOP ” means Parallel Investment Opportunities Partners II L.P., a Delaware limited partnership.

 

Plan ” means any employee pension benefit plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, and in respect of which Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate is (or, if such plan were terminated, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an “employer” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.

 

Product ” means the Senza HF-SCS System, and each of its successors.

 

Property ” of any Person means any property or assets, or interest therein, of such Person.

 

Proportionate Share ” means, with respect to any Lender, the percentage obtained by dividing (a) the sum of the Commitment (or, if the Commitments are terminated, the outstanding principal amount of the Loans) of such Lender then in effect by (b) the sum of the Commitments (or, if the Commitments are terminated, the outstanding principal amount of the Loans) of all Lenders then in effect.

 

Qualified IPO ” means an underwritten initial public offering of the Equity Interests of Borrower which generates net cash proceeds of at least $20,000,000 and results in a listing of such entity’s Equity Interests on a recognized public securities exchange.

 

Qualified Plan ” means an employee benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) other than a Multiemployer Plan that is maintained or sponsored by any Obligor and that is intended to be tax qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code.

 

Qualified Private Financing ” means a private offering of the Equity Interests (including in the form of subordinated convertible debt where such debt is subordinated to the Obligations and governed by such terms of subordination substantially similar to those provided in Exhibit G hereto) of Borrower which generates net cash proceeds of at least $30,000,000.

 

Qualifying Premarket Approval ” means the Borrower’s receipt of premarket approval from the United States Food and Drug Administration for the sales and marketing of the Product.

 

Real Property Security Documents ” means the Landlord Consent and any mortgage or deed of trust or any other real property security document executed or required hereunder to be executed by any Obligor and granting a security interest in real Property owned or leased (as tenant) by any Obligor in favor of the Lenders.

 

Recipient ” means any Lender.

 

Redemption Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.03(a) .

 

16



 

Redemption Price ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.03(a) .

 

Register ” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.05(d) .

 

Regulation T ” means Regulation T of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as amended.

 

Regulation U ” means Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as amended.

 

Regulation X ” means Regulation X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as amended.

 

Regulatory Approvals ” means any registrations, licenses, authorizations, permits or approvals issued by any Governmental Authority and applications or submissions related to any of the foregoing.

 

Relevant Insurance Policies ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.05 .

 

Requirement of Law ” means, as to any Person, any statute, law, treaty, rule or regulation or determination, order, injunction or judgment of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its Properties or revenues.

 

Responsible Officer ” of any Person means each of the president, chief executive officer, chief financial officer and chief business officer of such Person.

 

Restricted Payment ” means any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any Equity Interest of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any such shares of capital stock of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any option, warrant or other right to acquire any such shares of capital stock of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

Restrictive Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.15 .

 

Revenue ” of a Person means all revenue properly recognized under GAAP, consistently applied, less all rebates, discounts and other price allowances in accordance with GAAP.

 

SBA ” means U.S. Small Business Administration.

 

SBIC ” means Small Business Investment Company.

 

SBIC Act ” means Small Business Investment Act of 1958, as amended.

 

Second Term Loan ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01(c) .

 

Securities Account ” has the meaning set forth in the Security Agreement.

 

17



 

Security Agreement ” means the Security Agreement, dated as of the Effective Date, among the Obligors and the Lenders, granting a security interest in the Obligors’ personal Property in favor of the Lenders.

 

Security Documents ” means, collectively, the Security Agreement, each Short-Form IP Security Agreement, each Real Property Security Document, and each other security document, control agreement or financing statement entered into or filed to perfect Liens in favor of the Lenders.

 

Short-Form IP Security Agreements ” means short-form copyright, patent or trademark (as the case may be) security agreements, dated as of the Effective Date, entered into by one or more Obligors in favor of the Lenders, each in form and substance satisfactory to the Majority Lenders (and as amended, modified or replaced from time to time).

 

Solvent ” means, with respect to any Person at any time, that (a) the present fair saleable value of the Property of such Person is greater than the total amount of liabilities (including contingent liabilities) of such Person, (b) the present fair saleable value of the Property of such Person is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on its debts as they become absolute and matured, and (c) such Person has not incurred and does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts or liabilities beyond such Person’s ability to pay as such debts and liabilities mature.

 

Specified Financial Covenants ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.03(a) .

 

Subordinated Debt Cure Right ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.03(a) .

 

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person (the “ parent ”) at any date, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity the accounts of which would be consolidated with those of the parent in the parent’s consolidated financial statements if such financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP as of such date, as well as any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity (a) of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than 50% of the equity or more than 50% of the ordinary voting power or, in the case of a partnership, more than 50% of the general partnership interests are, as of such date, owned, controlled or held, or (b) that is, as of such date, otherwise Controlled, by the parent or one or more subsidiaries of the parent or by the parent and one or more subsidiaries of the parent.

 

Subsidiary Guarantors ” means each of the Subsidiaries of Borrower identified under the caption “SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS” on the signature pages hereto and each Subsidiary of Borrower that becomes, or is required to become, a “Subsidiary Guarantor” after the date hereof pursuant to Section 8.12(a) or (b) .

 

Substitute Lender ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.07(a) .

 

Taxes ” means all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings (including backup withholding), assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

 

18



 

Technical Information ” means all trade secrets and other proprietary or confidential information, including any information of a scientific, technical, or business nature in any form or medium, standards and specifications, conceptions, ideas, innovations, discoveries, Invention disclosures, all documented research, developmental, demonstration or engineering work and all other proprietary or confidential information, data, plans, specifications, reports, summaries, experimental data, manuals, models, samples, know-how, systems, methodologies, computer programs, information technology and any other similar information.

 

Term Loan ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01(d) .

 

Third Term Loan ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01(d) .

 

Title IV Plan ” means an employee benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) other than a Multiemployer Plan (i) that is maintained or sponsored by any Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate thereof or to which any Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate thereof has any outstanding obligations or liabilities and (ii) that is or was subject to Section 412 of the Code, Section 302 of ERISA or Title IV of ERISA.

 

Trademarks ” is defined in the Security Agreement.

 

Transactions ” means the execution, delivery and performance by each Obligor of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which such Obligor is a party and the Borrowings (and the use of the proceeds of the Loans).

 

U.S. Person ” means a “United States Person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

 

U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.03(e)(ii)(B)(3) .

 

Use of Proceeds Statement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.01(f)(xi) .

 

1.02                         Accounting Terms and Principles .  All accounting determinations required to be made pursuant hereto shall, unless expressly otherwise provided herein, be made in accordance with GAAP.  All components of financial calculations made to determine compliance with this Agreement, including Section 10 , shall be adjusted to include or exclude, as the case may be, without duplication, such components of such calculations attributable to any Acquisition consummated after the first day of the applicable period of determination and prior to the end of such period, as determined in good faith by Borrower based on assumptions expressed therein and that were reasonable based on the information available to Borrower at the time of preparation of the Compliance Certificate setting forth such calculations.

 

1.03                         Interpretation .  For all purposes of this Agreement, except as otherwise expressly provided herein or unless the context otherwise requires, (a) the terms defined in this Agreement include the plural as well as the singular and vice versa; (b) words importing gender include all genders; (c) any reference to a Section, Annex, Schedule or Exhibit refers to a Section of, or Annex, Schedule or Exhibit to, this Agreement; (d) any reference to “this Agreement” refers to this Agreement, including all Annexes, Schedules and Exhibits hereto, and the words

 

19



 

herein, hereof, hereto and hereunder and words of similar import refer to this Agreement and its Annexes, Schedules and Exhibits as a whole and not to any particular Section, Annex, Schedule, Exhibit or any other subdivision; (e) references to days, months and years refer to calendar days, months and years, respectively; (f) all references herein to “include” or “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”; (g) the word “from” when used in connection with a period of time means “from and including” and the word “until” means “to but not including”; and (h) accounting terms not specifically defined herein shall be construed in accordance with GAAP (except for the term “property” , which shall be interpreted as broadly as possible, including, in any case, cash, securities, other assets, rights under contractual obligations and permits and any right or interest in any property, except where otherwise noted).  Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, references to organizational documents, agreements (including the Loan Documents) and other contractual instruments shall be deemed to include all permitted subsequent amendments, restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications thereto.

 

1.04                         Changes to GAAP .  If, after the date hereof, any change occurs in GAAP or in the application thereof and such change would cause any amount required to be determined for the purposes of the covenants to be maintained or calculated pursuant to Section 8 , 9 or 10 to be materially different than the amount that would be determined prior to such change, then:

 

(a)                                  Borrower will provide a detailed notice of such change (an “ Accounting Change Notice ”) to the Lenders within 30 days of such change;

 

(b)                                  either Borrower or the Majority Lenders may indicate within 90 days following the date of the Accounting Change Notice that they wish to revise the method of calculating such financial covenants or amend any such amount, in which case the parties will in good faith attempt to agree upon a revised method for calculating the financial covenants;

 

(c)                                   until Borrower and the Majority Lenders have reached agreement on such revisions, (i) such financial covenants or amounts will be determined without giving effect to such change and (ii) all financial statements, Compliance Certificates and similar documents provided hereunder shall be provided together with a reconciliation between the calculations and amounts set forth therein before and after giving effect to such change in GAAP;

 

(d)                                  if no party elects to revise the method of calculating the financial covenants or amounts, then the financial covenants or amounts will not be revised and will be determined in accordance with GAAP without giving effect to such change; and

 

(e)                                   any Event of Default arising as a result of such change which is cured by operation of this Section 1.04 shall be deemed to be of no effect ab initio .

 

SECTION 2
THE COMMITMENT

 

2.01                         Commitments .

 

(a)                                  Each Lender agrees severally, on and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement (including Section 6 ), to make up to three (3) term loans to Borrower

 

20



 

(provided that PIK Loans shall be deemed not to constitute “term loans” for purposes of this Section 2.01 ), each on a Business Day during the Commitment Period in Dollars in an aggregate principal amount for such Lender not to exceed such Lender’s Commitment; provided , however , that at no time shall any Lender be obligated to make a Loan in excess of such Lender’s Proportionate Share of the amount by which the then effective Commitments exceeds the aggregate principal amount of Loans outstanding at such time, excluding PIK Loans.  Amounts of Loans repaid may not be reborrowed.

 

(b)                                  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement (including Section 6 ), each Lender with a Commitment severally and not jointly agrees to make a loan to Borrower on the Effective Date, in an amount equal to such Lender’s Proportionate Share of $20,000,000 (the “ First Term Loan ”).

 

(c)                                   At the Borrower’s option, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement (including Section 6 ), each Lender with a Commitment severally and not jointly agrees to make a loan to Borrower on any Business Day after the Effective Date, in an amount equal to such Lender’s Proportionate Share of $10,000,000 (the “ Second Term Loan ”).

 

(d)                                  At the Borrower’s option, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement (including Section 6 ), each Lender with a Commitment severally and not jointly agrees to make a loan to Borrower on any Business Day after the Effective Date, in an amount equal to such Lender’s pro rata share of $20,000,000 (the “ Third Term Loan ” and together with the First Term Loan and the Second Term Loan, each individually, a “ Term Loan ”).

 

2.02                         Borrowing Procedures .  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement (including Section 6 ), each Borrowing (other than a Borrowing of PIK Loans) shall be made on written notice in the form of Exhibit B given by Borrower to Capital Royalty Partners II L.P. not later than 11:00 a.m. (Central time) on the Borrowing Notice Date (a “ Notice of Borrowing ”).

 

2.03                         Fees .  The Borrower shall pay to the Lenders such fees as described in the Fee Letter and issue the Shares (as defined in the Fee Letter) to the Lenders as described in the Fee Letter.

 

2.04                         Notes .  If requested by any Lender, the Loans of such Lender shall be evidenced by one or more promissory notes (each a “ Note ”).  Borrower shall prepare, execute and deliver to the Lenders such promissory note(s) payable to the Lenders (or, if requested by the Lenders, to the Lenders and their registered assigns) and in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit C-1 .  Thereafter, the Loans and interest thereon shall at all times (including after assignment pursuant to Section 12.05 ) be represented by one or more promissory notes in such form payable to the payee named therein (or, if such promissory note is a registered note, to such payee and its registered assigns).

 

2.05                         Use of Proceeds .  Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Loans for general working capital purposes and corporate purposes and to pay fees, costs and expenses incurred in connection with the Transactions ; provided that the Lenders shall have no responsibility as to the use of any proceeds of Loans in the amount made by PIOP.  No portion of any proceeds of Loans in the amount made by PIOP (i) will be used to acquire realty or to discharge an obligation

 

21



 

relating to the prior acquisition of realty; (ii) will be used outside of the United States (except to pay for services to be rendered outside the United States and to acquire from abroad inventory, material and equipment or property rights for use or sale in the United States, unless prohibited by Part 107.720 of the United States Code of Federal Regulations); or (iii) will be used for any purpose contrary to the public interest (including but not limited to activities which are in violation of law) or inconsistent with free competitive enterprise, in each case, within the meaning of Part 107.720 of Title 13 of the United States Code of Federal Regulations.  Borrower will use the proceeds of the Loans in the amount made by PIOP for only those purposes specified in the SBA Form 1031 provided to the Lenders, and Borrower shall not violate any SBA regulations which may be applicable to it.

 

2.06                         Defaulting Lenders .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then, until such time as that Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, to the extent permitted by applicable law:

 

(a)                                  Waivers and Amendments .  Such Defaulting Lender’s right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent with respect to this Agreement shall be restricted as set forth in Section 12.04 .

 

(b)                                  Reallocation of Payments .  Any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts received by the Lenders for the account of such Defaulting Lender (whether voluntary or mandatory, at maturity, pursuant to Section 11 or otherwise), shall be applied at such time or times as follows: first, as Borrower may request (so long as no Event of Default exists), to the funding of any Loan in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement; second, if so determined by the Majority Lenders and Borrower, to be held in a non-interest bearing deposit account and released in order to satisfy obligations of such Defaulting Lender to fund Loans under this Agreement; third, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Lenders as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by any Lender against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; fourth, so long as no Event of Default exists, to the payment of any amounts owing to Borrower as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by Borrower against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; and fifth, to such Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that if (A) such payment is a payment of the principal amount of any Loans in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has not fully funded its appropriate share and (B) such Loans were made at a time when the conditions set forth in Section 6 were satisfied or waived, such payment shall be applied solely to pay the Loans of all non-Defaulting Lenders on a pro rata basis prior to being applied to the payment of any Loans of such Defaulting Lender.  Any payments, prepayments or other amounts paid or payable to a Defaulting Lender that are applied (or held) to pay amounts owed by a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this Section 2.06(b)  shall be deemed paid to and redirected by such Defaulting Lender, and each Lender irrevocably consents hereto.

 

(c)                                   Defaulting Lender Cure .  If Borrower and the Majority Lenders agree in writing in its and their sole discretion that a Defaulting Lender should no longer be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender, that Lender will, to the extent applicable, purchase that portion of outstanding Loans of the other Lenders or take such other actions as necessary to cause the

 

22



 

Loans to be held on a pro rata basis by the Lenders in accordance with their Proportionate Share, whereupon that Lender will cease to be a Defaulting Lender; provided that no adjustments will be made retroactively with respect to fees accrued or payments made by or on behalf of Borrower while that Lender was a Defaulting Lender; and provided, further, that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no change hereunder from Defaulting Lender to Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender.

 

2.07                         Substitution of Lenders .

 

(a)                                  Substitution Right .  If any Lender (an “ Affected Lender ”), (i) becomes a Defaulting Lender or (ii) does not consent to any amendment, waiver or consent to any Loan Document for which the consent of the Majority Lenders is obtained but that requires the consent of other Lenders (a “ Non-Consenting Lender ”), then (x) Borrower may elect to pay in full such Affected Lender with respect to all Obligations due to such Affected Lender or (y) either Borrower or the Majority Lenders shall identify any willing Lender or Affiliate of any Lender or Eligible Transferee (in each case, a “ Substitute Lender ”) to substitute for such Affected Lender; provided that any substitution of a Non-Consenting Lender shall occur only with the consent of Majority Lenders .

 

(b)                                  Procedure .  To substitute such Affected Lender or pay in full all Obligations owed to such Affected Lender, Borrower shall deliver a notice to such Affected Lender.  The effectiveness of such payment or substitution shall be subject to the delivery by Borrower (or, as may be applicable in the case of a substitution, by the Substitute Lender) of (i) payment for the account of such Affected Lender, of, to the extent accrued through, and outstanding on, the effective date for such payment or substitution, all Obligations then owing to such Affected Lender (which for the avoidance of doubt, shall not include any prepayment premium) and (ii) in the case of a substitution, an Assignment and Acceptance executed by the Substitute Lender, which shall thereunder, among other things, agree to be bound by the terms of the Loan Documents.

 

(c)                                   Effectiveness .  Upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.07(a)  and (b) , the Control Agent shall record such substitution or payment in the Register, whereupon (i) in the case of any payment in full of an Affected Lender, such Affected Lender’s Commitments shall be terminated and (ii) in the case of any substitution of an Affected Lender, (A) such Affected Lender shall sell and be relieved of, and the Substitute Lender shall purchase and assume, all rights and claims of such Affected Lender under the Loan Documents, except that the Affected Lender shall retain such rights under the Loan Documents that expressly provide that they survive the repayment of the Obligations and the termination of the Commitments, (B) such Affected Lender shall no longer constitute a “Lender” hereunder and such Substitute Lender shall become a “Lender” hereunder and (C) such Affected Lender shall execute and deliver an Assignment and Acceptance to evidence such substitution; provided , however , that the failure of any Affected Lender to execute any such Assignment and Acceptance shall not render such sale and purchase (or the corresponding assignment) invalid.

 

2.08                         Termination of the Commitments .  In the event the Effective Date has not occurred by December 13, 2014 , Borrower may, by written notice to Lenders, which notice shall

 

23



 

be effective without any further act by any party hereto, terminate this Agreement, and thereupon (i) the Commitments and all other obligations of the parties hereunder (other than obligations which, by their terms, explicitly survive termination of this Agreement) shall terminate immediately such that this Agreement shall be of no further force and effect, (ii) the Security Documents, to the extent in effect, and all obligations of the parties thereunder (other than obligations which, by their terms, explicitly survive termination) shall terminate and shall be of no further force and effect, and all security interests thereunder shall be automatically released and (iii) Borrower shall be authorized to file any termination statements under the Code or otherwise to effectuate the foregoing release, and Control Agent and the Lenders agree to take such action and enter into such documentation as Borrower shall reasonably request to effectuate the foregoing release.

 

SECTION 3
PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST

 

3.01                         Repayment .

 

(a)                                  Repayment .  During the Interest-Only Period, no payments of principal of the Loans shall be due.  Subject to the last sentence of this Section 3.01(a), Borrower agrees to repay to the Lenders the outstanding principal amount of the Loans, on each Payment Date occurring after the Interest-Only Period, in equal installments on such Payment Date until the Maturity Date.  The amounts of such installments shall be calculated by dividing (i) the sum of the aggregate principal amount of the Loans outstanding on the first day following the end of the Interest-Only Period, by (b) the number of Payment Dates remaining prior to the Maturity Date.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Borrower consummates a Qualified IPO and a Qualifying Premarket Approval on or prior to September 30, 2016, and the Lenders have received the Milestone Notice from Borrower following such consummation or approval, Borrower shall instead repay to the Lenders the outstanding principal amount of the Loans on the Maturity Date in a single installment.

 

(b)                                  Application .  Any optional or mandatory prepayment of the Loans shall be applied to the installments thereof under Section 3.01(a)  pro rata with respect to each payment due on a Payment Date.  To the extent not previously paid, the principal amount of the Loans, together with all other outstanding Obligations, shall be due and payable on the Maturity Date.

 

3.02                         Interest .

 

(a)                                  Interest Generally .  Subject to Section 3.02(d) , Borrower agrees to pay to the Lenders interest on the unpaid principal amount of the Loans and the amount of all other outstanding Obligations, in the case of the Loans, for the period from the applicable Borrowing Date, and in the case of any other Obligation, from the date such other Obligation is due and payable pursuant to the terms herein, in each case, until paid in full, at a rate per annum equal to 11.50%.

 

(b)                                  Default Interest .  Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the interest payable pursuant to Section 3.02(a)  shall increase at the election of the Majority Lenders or automatically upon an Event of Default

 

24


 

under Section 11.01(h) , (i)  or (j)  by 4.00% per annum (such aggregate increased rate, the “ Default Rate ”).  Notwithstanding any other provision herein (including Section 3.02(d) ), if interest is required to be paid at the Default Rate, it shall be paid entirely in cash.  If any Obligation is not paid when due under the applicable Loan Document, the amount thereof shall accrue interest at a rate equal to 4.00% per annum (without duplication of interest payable at the Default Rate).

 

(c)                                   Interest Payment Dates .  Subject to Section 3.02(d) , accrued interest on the Loans shall be payable in arrears on each Payment Date with respect to the most recently completed Interest Period in cash, and upon the payment or prepayment of the Loans (on the principal amount being so paid or prepaid); provided that interest payable at the Default Rate shall be payable from time to time on demand.

 

(d)                                  Paid In-Kind Interest .  Notwithstanding Sections 3.02(a)  through (c) , at any time during the PIK Period, Borrower may elect to pay the interest on the outstanding principal amount of the Loans payable pursuant to Section 3.01 as follows: (i) only 8.00% of the 11.50% per annum interest in cash and (ii) 3.50% of the 11.50% per annum interest as compounded interest, added to the aggregate principal amount of the Loans (the amount of any such compounded interest being a “ PIK Loan ”).  At the request of the Lenders, each PIK Loan may be evidenced by a Note in the form of Exhibit C-2 .  The principal amount of each PIK Loan shall accrue interest in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement applicable to the Loans.

 

(e)                                   AHYDO Catch-Up Payment . If a Loan would otherwise constitute an “applicable high yield discount obligation” within the meaning of Section 163(i) of the Code, on each Payment Date ending on or after the fifth anniversary of the Effective Date, Borrower shall pay in cash a minimum amount of interest (including original issue discount) that has been previously accrued and unpaid, as shall be necessary to ensure the Loan shall not be considered an “applicable high yield discount obligation”.

 

3.03                         Prepayments .

 

(a)                                  Optional Prepayments .  Borrower shall have the right to optionally prepay, without premium or penalty, the outstanding principal amount of the Loans in whole or in part at any time (a “ Redemption Date ”) for an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Loans being prepaid plus any accrued but unpaid interest and any fees then due and owing (such aggregate amount, the “ Redemption Price ”).  No partial prepayment shall be made under this Section 3.03(a)  in connection with any event described in clause (x) of Section 3.03(b) .

 

(b)                                  Mandatory Prepayments .

 

(i)                                      Asset Sales .  In the event of any contemplated Asset Sale or series of Asset Sales (other than any Asset Sale permitted under Section 9.09 ) yielding Asset Sale Net Proceeds in excess of $1,000,000, Borrower shall provide fifteen (15) days’ prior written notice of such Asset Sale to the Lenders and, if within such notice period Majority Lenders advise Borrower that a prepayment is required (or Borrower advises Lenders that it elects to make a prepayment) pursuant to this Section 3.03(b)(i) , Borrower shall:  (x) if the assets sold represent

 

25



 

substantially all of the assets or revenues of Borrower, or represent any specific line of business which either on its own or together with other lines of business sold over the term of this Agreement account for revenue generated by such lines of business exceeding 10% of the revenue of Borrower in the immediately preceding year, prepay the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Loans in an amount equal to the Redemption Price applicable on the date of such Asset Sale in accordance with Section 3.03(a) , and (y) in the case of all other Asset Sales not described in the foregoing clause (x) , prepay the Loans in an amount equal to the entire amount of the Asset Sale Net Proceeds of such Asset Sale, plus any accrued but unpaid interest and any fees then due and owing, credited in the following order:

 

(A)                                first, in reduction of Borrower’s obligation to pay any unpaid interest and any fees then due and owing;

 

(B)                                second, in reduction of Borrower’s obligation to pay any Claims or Losses referred to in Section 12.03 then due and owing;

 

(C)                                third, in reduction of Borrower’s obligation to pay any amounts due and owing on account of the unpaid principal amount of the Loans;

 

(D)                                fourth, in reduction of any other Obligation then due and owing; and

 

(E)                                 fifth, to Borrower or such other Persons as may lawfully be entitled to or directed by Borrower to receive the remainder.

 

(ii)                                   Change of Control .  In the event of an impending Change of Control, Borrower shall immediately provide notice of such impending Change of Control to the Lenders and, if within 10 days of receipt of such notice Majority Lenders notify Borrower in writing that a prepayment is required pursuant to this Section 3.03(b)(ii)  (or Borrower advises Lenders that it elects to make such prepayment on such date in such notice), Borrower shall prepay the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Loans in an amount equal to the Redemption Price applicable on the date of such Change of Control in accordance with Section 3.03(a) .

 

SECTION 4
PAYMENTS, ETC.

 

4.01                         Payments .

 

(a)                                  Payments Generally .  Each payment of principal, interest and other amounts to be made by the Obligors under this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be made in Dollars, in immediately available funds, without deduction, set off or counterclaim, to an account to be designated by the Majority Lenders by prior written notice to Borrower at least five (5) Business Days prior the date on which such payment shall become due (each such payment made after such time on such due date to be deemed to have been made on the next succeeding Business Day).

 

26



 

(b)                                  Application of Payments .  Each Obligor shall, at the time of making each payment under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, specify to the Lenders the amounts payable by such Obligor hereunder to which such payment is to be applied (and in the event that Obligors fail to so specify, or if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Lenders may apply such payment in the manner they determine to be appropriate).

 

(c)                                   Non-Business Days .  If the due date of any payment under this Agreement (other than of principal of or interest on the Loans) would otherwise fall on a day that is not a Business Day, such date shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and, in the case of any payment accruing interest, interest thereon shall be payable for the period of such extension.

 

4.02                         Computations .  All computations of interest and fees hereunder shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and actual days elapsed during the period for which payable.

 

4.03                         Notices .  Each notice of optional prepayment shall be effective only if received by the Lenders not later than 4:00 p.m. (Central time) on the date one Business Day prior to the date of prepayment.  Each notice of optional prepayment shall specify the amount to be prepaid and the date of prepayment.

 

4.04                         Set-Off .

 

(a)                                  Set-Off Generally .  Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the Lenders are hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other indebtedness at any time owing by the Lenders to or for the credit or the account of Borrower against any and all of the Obligations, whether or not the Lenders shall have made any demand and although such obligations may be unmatured. The Lenders agree promptly to notify Borrower after any such set-off and application, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application.  The rights of the Lenders and their Affiliates under this Section 4.04 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of set-off) that the Lenders and their Affiliates may have.

 

(b)                                  Exercise of Rights Not Required .  Nothing contained herein shall require the Lenders to exercise any such right or shall affect the right of the Lenders to exercise, and retain the benefits of exercising, any such right with respect to any other indebtedness or obligation of Borrower.

 

SECTION 5
YIELD PROTECTION, ETC.

 

5.01                         Additional Costs .

 

(a)                                  Change in Requirements of Law Generally .  If, on or after the date hereof, the adoption of any Requirement of Law, or any change in any Requirement of Law, or any change in the interpretation or administration thereof by any court or other Governmental

 

27



 

Authority charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by any of the Lenders (or its lending office) with any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any such Governmental Authority, shall impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve (including any such requirement imposed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), special deposit, contribution, insurance assessment or similar requirement, in each case that becomes effective after the date hereof, against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by, a Lender (or its lending office) or shall impose on a Lender (or its lending office) any other condition affecting the Loans or the Commitment, and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost from what such cost would have been on the date hereof to such Lender of making or maintaining the Loans, or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, by an amount deemed by such Lender to be material (other than (i) Indemnified Taxes, (ii) Taxes described in clauses (c)  through (e)  of the definition of “Excluded Taxes”, and (iii) Connection Income Taxes) then Borrower shall pay to such Lender on reasonable demand such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender for such increased cost or reduction; provided that Borrower shall only be required to pay such amounts if such Lender demands such amounts from all other borrowers of such Lender determined by such Lender in its sole reasonable discretion to be similarly situated as Borrower.

 

(b)                                  Change in Capital Requirements .  If a Lender shall have determined in its reasonable discretion that, on or after the date hereof, the adoption of any Requirement of Law regarding capital adequacy, or any change therein, or any change in the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or any request or directive regarding capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of law) of any such Governmental Authority, in each case that becomes effective after the date hereof, has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on capital of a Lender (or its parent) as a consequence of a Lender’s obligations hereunder or the Loans to a level below that which a Lender (or its parent) could have achieved but for such adoption, change, request or directive by an amount reasonably deemed by it to be material, then upon written request stating the reasons for such request, Borrower shall pay to such Lender on reasonable demand such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender (or its parent) for such reduction; provided that Borrower shall only be required to pay such amounts if such Lender demands such amounts from all other borrowers of such Lender determined by such Lender in its sole reasonable discretion to be similarly situated as Borrower.

 

(c)                                   Notification by Lender .  The Lenders will promptly notify Borrower in writing of any event of which it has knowledge, occurring after the date hereof, which will entitle a Lender to compensation pursuant to this Section 5.01 .  Before giving any such notice pursuant to this Section 5.01(c)  such Lender shall designate a different lending office if such designation (x) will, in the reasonable judgment of such Lender, avoid the need for, or reduce the amount of, such compensation and (y) will not, in the reasonable judgment of such Lender, be materially disadvantageous to such Lender.  A certificate of the Lender claiming compensation under this Section 5.01 , setting forth the additional amount or amounts to be paid to it hereunder, shall be conclusive and binding on Borrower in the absence of manifest error so long as such Lender demands such amounts from all other borrowers of such Lender determined by such Lender in its sole reasonable discretion to be similarly situated as Borrower.

 

28



 

(d)                                  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to constitute a change in Requirements of Law for all purposes of this Section 5.01 , regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.

 

5.02                         Illegality .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, in the event that on or after the date hereof the adoption of or any change in any Requirement of Law or in the interpretation or application thereof by any competent Governmental Authority shall make it unlawful for a Lender or its lending office to make or maintain the Loans (and, in the reasonable opinion of such Lender, the designation of a different lending office would either not avoid such unlawfulness or would be disadvantageous to such Lender), then such Lender shall promptly notify Borrower thereof, following which, to the extent that such Lender so notifies all other borrowers of such Lender determined by such Lender in its sole reasonable discretion to be similarly situated as Borrower, (a) the Lender’s Commitment shall be suspended until such time as such Lender may again make and maintain the Loans hereunder and (b) if such Requirement of Law shall so mandate, the Loans shall be prepaid by Borrower on or before such date as shall be mandated by such Requirement of Law in an amount equal to the Redemption Price applicable on the date of such prepayment in accordance with Section 3.03(a) .

 

5.03                         Taxes .

 

(a)                                  Payments Free of Taxes .  Any and all payments by or on account of any Obligation shall be made without deduction or withholding for any Taxes, except as required by applicable law. If any applicable law requires the deduction or withholding of any Tax from any such payment by an Obligor, then such Obligor shall be entitled to make such deduction or withholding and shall timely pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law and, if such Tax is an Indemnified Tax, then the sum payable by such Obligor shall be increased as necessary so that after such deduction or withholding has been made (including such deductions and withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 5.03 ) the applicable Recipient receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deduction or withholding been made.

 

(b)                                  Payment of Other Taxes by Borrower .  Borrower shall timely pay to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law, or at the option of each Lender, timely reimburse it for, Other Taxes.

 

(c)                                   Evidence of Payments .  As soon as practicable after any payment of Taxes by Borrower to a Governmental Authority pursuant to this Section 5.03 , Borrower shall deliver to each Lender the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment.

 

(d)                                  Indemnification .  Borrower shall reimburse and indemnify each Recipient, within 10 days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes (including

 

29



 

Indemnified Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section 5.03 ) payable or paid by such Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to such Recipient and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to Borrower by a Lender shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 

(e)                                   Status of Lenders .

 

(i)                                      Any Lender that is entitled to an exemption from, or reduction of withholding Tax with respect to payments made under any Loan Document shall timely deliver to Borrower such properly completed and executed documentation reasonably requested by Borrower as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding.  In addition, any Lender shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by applicable law as reasonably requested by Borrower as will enable Borrower to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding two sentences, the completion, execution and submission of such documentation (other than such documentation set forth in Section 5.03(e)(ii)(A) , (B) or (D) ) shall not be required if in the Lender’s reasonable judgment such completion, execution or submission would subject such Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Lender.

 

(ii)                                   Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in the event that Borrower is a U.S. Person:

 

(A)                                any Lender that is a U.S. Person shall deliver to Borrower on or prior to the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of Borrower), executed originals of IRS Form W-9 (or successor form) certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. Federal backup withholding tax;

 

(B)                                any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to Borrower (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of Borrower), whichever of the following is applicable:

 

(1)                                  in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party (x) with respect to payments of interest under any Loan Document, executed originals of IRS Form W-8BEN or Form W-8BEN-E (or successor form) establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. Federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “interest” article of such tax treaty and (y) with respect to any other applicable payments under any Loan Document, IRS Form W-8BEN or Form W-8BEN-E (or successor form) establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. Federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “business profits” or “other income” article of such tax treaty;

 

30



 

(2)                                  executed originals of IRS Form W-8ECI (or successor form);

 

(3)                                  in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit D to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, a “10 percent shareholder” of the applicable Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code (a “ U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate ”) and (y) executed originals of IRS Form W-8BEN or Form W-8BEN-E (or successor form); or

 

(4)                                  to the extent a Foreign Lender is not the beneficial owner, executed originals of IRS Form W-8IMY (or successor form), accompanied by IRS Form W-8ECI (or successor form), IRS Form W-8BEN (or successor form), a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate, IRS Form W-9 (or successor form), and/or other certification documents from each beneficial owner, as applicable; provided that if the Foreign Lender is a partnership and one or more direct or indirect partners of such Foreign Lender are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, such Foreign Lender may provide a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate on behalf of each such direct and indirect partner.

 

(C)                                any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to Borrower (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of Borrower), executed originals of any other form prescribed by applicable law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in U.S. Federal withholding Tax, duly completed, together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable law to permit Borrower to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made; and

 

(D)                                if a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to Borrower at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by Borrower any forms and information necessary for the Borrower to comply with its obligations under FATCA (including the determination of the amount to be deducted and withheld from such payment, if any) or to establish that such Lender is not subject to withholding tax under FATCA.

 

Each Lender agrees that if any form or certification it previously delivered expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, it shall update such form or certification or promptly notify Borrower in writing of its legal inability to do so.

 

(f)                                    Treatment of Certain Refunds .  If any party determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it has received a refund of any Taxes as to which it has been indemnified pursuant to this Section 5.03 (including by the payment of additional amounts pursuant to this Section 5.03 ), it shall pay to the indemnifying party an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made under this Section 5.03 with respect

 

31



 

to the Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including Taxes) of such indemnified party and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund). Such indemnifying party, upon the request of such indemnified party, shall repay to such indemnified party the amount paid over pursuant to this Section 5.03(f)  (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) in the event that such indemnified party is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 5.03(f) , in no event will the indemnified party be required to pay any amount to an indemnifying party pursuant to this Section 5.03(f)  the payment of which would place the indemnified party in a less favorable net after-Tax position than the indemnified party would have been in if the indemnification payments or additional amounts giving rise to such refund had never been paid. This Section 5.03(f)  shall not be construed to require any indemnified party to make available its Tax returns (or any other information relating to its Taxes that it deems confidential) to the indemnifying party or any other Person.

 

(g)                                   Mitigation Obligations.   If Borrower is required to pay any Indemnified Taxes or additional amounts to any Lender or to any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 5.01 or this Section 5.03 , then such Lender shall (at the request of Borrower) use commercially reasonable efforts to designate a different lending office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign and delegate its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or Affiliates if, in the sole reasonable judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment and delegation would (i) eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 5.01 or this Section 5.03 , as the case may be, in the future, (ii) not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and (iii) not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender. Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment and delegation.

 

SECTION 6
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

 

6.01                         Conditions to the First Term Loan .  The obligation of each Lender to make the First Term Loan shall not become effective until the following conditions precedent shall have been satisfied or waived in writing by the Majority Lenders (provided that the Lenders’ decision to fund the First Term Loan shall be deemed to constitute Lenders’ satisfaction that such conditions have been met)(the date such conditions precedent have been satisfied or waived, the “ Effective Date ”):

 

(a)                                  Amount of First Term Loan .  The amount of the First Term Loan shall equal $20,000,000.

 

(b)                                  Terms of Material Agreements, Etc .  Lenders shall be reasonably satisfied with the terms and conditions of all of the Obligors’ Material Agreements.

 

(c)                                   No Law Restraining Transactions .  No applicable law or regulation shall restrain, prevent or, in the reasonable judgment of the Lenders, impose materially adverse conditions upon the Transactions.

 

32



 

(d)                                  Payment of Fees .  Lenders shall be satisfied with the arrangements to deduct the fees set forth in the Fee Letter (including without limitation the financing fee required pursuant to the Fee Letter) from the proceeds advanced.

 

(e)                                   Lien Searches .  Lenders shall be satisfied with Lien searches regarding Borrower and its Subsidiaries made within two Business Days prior to the Effective Date.

 

(f)                                    Documentary Deliveries .  The Lenders shall have received the following documents, each of which shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Lenders:

 

(i)                                      Agreement .  This Agreement duly executed and delivered by Borrower.

 

(ii)                                   Security Documents .

 

(A)                                The Security Agreement, duly executed and delivered by Borrower.

 

(B)                                Each of the Short-Form IP Security Agreements, duly executed and delivered by the applicable Obligor.

 

(C)                                Original share certificates or other documents or evidence of title with regard to all Equity Interests owned by the Obligors (to the extent that such Equity Interests are certificated), together with share transfer documents, undated and executed in blank.

 

(D)                                Duly executed control agreements in favor of the Lenders for all Deposit Accounts, Securities Accounts and Commodity Accounts owned by the Obligors in the United States, in each case, as required under the Security Documents.

 

(E)                                 Evidence of filing of UCC-1 financing statements against each Obligor in its jurisdiction of formation or incorporation, as the case may be.

 

(F)                                  Without limitation, all other documents and instruments reasonably required to perfect the Lenders’ Lien on, and security interest in, the Collateral required to be delivered on or prior to the Effective Date shall have been duly executed and delivered and be in proper form for filing, and shall create in favor of the Lenders, a perfected Lien on, and security interest in, the Collateral, subject to no Liens other than Permitted Liens.

 

(iii)                                Notes .  The Notes requested in accordance with Section 2.04 .

 

(iv)                               Approvals .  Copies of all material licenses, consents, authorizations and approvals of, and notices to and filings and registrations with, any Governmental Authority (including all foreign exchange approvals), and of all third-party consents and approvals, necessary in connection with the making and performance by the Obligors of the Loan Documents and the Transactions.

 

(v)                                  Corporate Documents .  Certified copies of the constitutive documents of each Obligor (if publicly available in such Obligor’s jurisdiction of formation) and

 

33



 

of resolutions of the Board of Directors (or shareholders, if applicable) of each Obligor authorizing the making and performance by it of the Loan Documents to which it is a party.

 

(vi)                               Incumbency Certificate.   A certificate of each Obligor as to the authority, incumbency and specimen signatures of the persons who have executed the Loan Documents and any other documents in connection herewith on behalf of the Obligors.

 

(vii)                            Officer’s Certificate .  A certificate, dated the Effective Date and signed by a Responsible Officer of Borrower, confirming compliance with the conditions set forth in Section 6.03(b) .

 

(viii)                         Opinions of Counsel .  A favorable opinion, dated the Effective Date, of counsel to each Obligor in form acceptable to the Lenders and their counsel.

 

(ix)                               Insurance .  Certificates of insurance evidencing the existence of all Relevant Insurance Policies required to be maintained by Borrower pursuant to Section 8.05(b)  and the designation of the Lenders as the loss payees or additional named insured, as the case may be, under Relevant Insurance Policies.

 

(x)                                  Other Liens .  Duly executed and delivered copies of such acknowledgement letters as are reasonably requested by the Lenders with respect to existing Liens.

 

(xi)                               SBA Forms .  Completed SBA Forms 480, 652, and 1031 (Parts A and B), showing Borrower’s financial projections (including balance sheets and income and cash flow statements) for the period described therein and a representation to PIOP of Borrower’s intended use of proceeds of the Loans (the “ Use of Proceeds Statement ”).

 

6.02                         Conditions to Second Term Loan and Third Term Loan .

 

(a)                                  Second Term Loan .  The obligation of each Lender to make the Second Term Loan is subject to the following conditions precedent:

 

(i)                                      Borrowing Date .  The Borrowing in respect of the Second Term Loan shall occur on or prior to March 31, 2015.

 

(ii)                                   Amount of Borrowing .  The amount of the Second Term Loan shall equal $10,000,000.

 

(b)                                  Third Term Loan .  The obligation of each Lender to make the Third Term Loan is subject to the following conditions precedent:

 

(i)                                      Number of Borrowings .  The funding of the First Term Loan and the Second Term Loan shall have occurred.

 

34


 

(ii)                                   Borrowing Date .  The Borrowing in respect of the Third Term Loan shall occur on or prior to September 30, 2015.

 

(iii)                                Amount of Borrowing .  The amount of the Third Term Loan shall equal $20,000,000.

 

(iv)                               Borrowing Milestone .  The Borrower shall have (i) consummated either a Qualified IPO or a Qualified Private Financing, or (ii) received a Qualifying Premarket Approval, and have provided the Lenders notice of such consummation or approval (the “ Milestone Notice ”).

 

(c)                                   Financing Fee .  Except in the case of any PIK Loan, each Lender shall have received its portion of the fees payable pursuant to the Fee Letter.

 

6.03                         Conditions to Each Borrowing .  The obligation of each Lender to make a Loan as part of any Borrowing (including the First Term Loan) is also subject to satisfaction of the following further conditions precedent on the applicable Borrowing Date:

 

(a)                                  Commitment Period .  Except in the case of any PIK Loan, such Borrowing Date shall occur during the Commitment Period.

 

(b)                                  No Default; Representations and Warranties .  Both immediately prior to the making of such Loan and immediately after giving effect thereto and to the intended use thereof:

 

(i)                                      no Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and

 

(ii)                                   the representations and warranties made by Borrower in Section 7 shall be true in all material respects (or in the case of any representation and warranty subject to a materiality qualifier, true) on and as of the Borrowing Date, and immediately after giving effect to the application of the proceeds of the Borrowing, with the same force and effect as if made on and as of such date (except that representations and warranties that refer to a specific earlier date shall be true in all material respects (or in the case of any representation and warranty subject to a materiality qualifier, true) on such earlier date).

 

(c)                                   Notice of Borrowing.   Except in the case of any PIK Loan, Capital Royalty Partners II L.P. shall have received a Notice of Borrowing as and when required pursuant to Section 2.02 .

 

Each Borrowing shall constitute a certification by Borrower to the effect that the conditions set forth in this Section 6.03 have been fulfilled as of the applicable Borrowing Date.

 

SECTION 7
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

Borrower represents and warrants to the Lenders that:

 

35



 

7.01                         Power and Authority .  Each of Borrower and its Subsidiaries (a) is a duly organized and validly existing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization, (b) has all requisite corporate or other applicable power, and has all material governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals necessary to own its assets and carry on its business as now being or as proposed to be conducted except to the extent that failure to have the same could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (c) is qualified to do business and is in good standing in all jurisdictions in which failure so to qualify could reasonably be expected (either individually or in the aggregate) to have a Material Adverse Effect, and (d) has full power, authority and legal right to make and perform each of the Loan Documents to which it is a party and, in the case of Borrower, to borrow the Loans hereunder.

 

7.02                         Authorization; Enforceability .  The Transactions are within each Obligor’s corporate or other applicable powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other applicable action and, if required, by all necessary shareholder action.  This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by each Obligor and constitutes, and each of the other Loan Documents to which it is a party when executed and delivered by such Obligor will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Obligor, enforceable against each Obligor in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by (a) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws of general applicability affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights and (b) the application of general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

 

7.03                         Governmental and Other Approvals; No Conflicts .  The Transactions (a) do not require any consent or approval of, registration or filing with, or any other action by, any Governmental Authority or any third party, except for (i) such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect and (ii) filings and recordings in respect of the Liens created pursuant to the Security Documents, (b) will not violate any applicable law or regulation or the charter, bylaws or other organizational documents of Borrower and its Subsidiaries or any order of any Governmental Authority, other than any such violations that, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (c) will not violate or result in a default under any Material Agreement or agreement creating or evidencing any Material Indebtedness, or give rise to a right thereunder to require any payment to be made by any such Person, and (d) will not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) on any asset of Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

 

7.04                         Financial Statements; Material Adverse Change .

 

(a)                                  Financial Statements .  Borrower has heretofore furnished to the Lenders certain financial statements as provided for in Section 8.01 .  Such financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position and results of operations and cash flows of Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of such dates and for such periods in accordance with GAAP, subject to year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes in the case of the statements previously-delivered statements of the type described in Section 8.01(b) .  Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries has any material contingent liabilities or unusual forward or long-term commitments not disclosed in the aforementioned financial statements.

 

36



 

(b)                                  No Material Adverse Change .  Since December 31, 2013, there has been no Material Adverse Change.

 

7.05                         Properties .

 

(a)                                  Property Generally .  Each Obligor has good and marketable fee simple title to, or valid leasehold interests in, all its real and personal Property material to its business, subject only to Permitted Liens and except for minor defects in title that do not interfere with its ability to conduct its business as currently conducted or to utilize such properties for their intended purposes.

 

(b)                                  Intellectual Property .  The Obligors represent and warrant to the Lenders as of the date hereof as follows, and the Obligors acknowledge that the Lenders are relying on such representations and warranties in entering into this Agreement:

 

(i)                                      Schedule 7.05(b)  (as amended from time to time by Borrower in accordance with Section 7.21 ) contains:

 

(A)                                a complete and accurate list of all applied for or registered Patents owned by each Obligor, including the jurisdiction and patent number, and indicating which Obligor owns such rights;

 

(B)                                a complete and accurate list of all applied for or registered Trademarks owned by each Obligor, including the jurisdiction, trademark application or registration number and the application or registration date; and

 

(C)                                a complete and accurate list of all applied for or registered Copyrights owned by each Obligor;

 

(ii)                                   Each Obligor either (a) owns all right, title and interest in and to the Obligor Intellectual Property set forth on Schedule 7.05(b)  as owned by such Obligor, free and clear of any Liens of any kind whatsoever other than Permitted Liens or (b) has the right to use any Obligor Intellectual Property licensed to such Obligor within the field of such license.  Without limiting the foregoing, and except as set forth in Schedule 7.05(b)  (as amended from time to time by Borrower in accordance with Section 7.21 ):

 

(A)                                other than with respect to the Material Agreements, or as permitted by Section 9.09 , the Obligors have not transferred ownership of Material Intellectual Property, in whole or in part, to any other Person who is not an Obligor;

 

(B)                                other than (i) the Material Agreements, (ii) customary restrictions in in-bound licenses of Intellectual Property and non-disclosure agreements, or (iii) as would have been or is permitted by Section 9.09 , there are no judgments, covenants not to sue, permits, grants, licenses, Liens (other than Permitted Liens), Claims, or other agreements or arrangements relating to the Material Intellectual Property, including any development, submission, services, research, license or support agreements, which bind, obligate or otherwise restrict the Obligors in any manner that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

37



 

(C)                                the use of any of the Obligor Intellectual Property, as currently used by each Obligor, to Borrower’s Knowledge, does not breach, violate, infringe or interfere with or constitute a misappropriation of any valid rights arising under any Intellectual Property of any other Person;

 

(D)                                there are no pending or, to Borrower’s Knowledge, threatened in writing Claims against the Obligors asserted by any other Person relating to any Obligor’s rights in the Obligor Intellectual Property, including any Claims of adverse ownership, invalidity, infringement, misappropriation, violation or other opposition to or conflict with such Intellectual Property except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; the Obligors have not received any written notice from any Person that conduct of Borrower’s business, the use of the Obligor Intellectual Property, or the manufacture, use or sale of any product or the performance of any service by Borrower infringes upon, violates or constitutes a misappropriation of, or may infringe upon, violate or constitute a misappropriation of, or otherwise interfere with, any other Intellectual Property of any other Person;

 

(E)                                 to the Knowledge of Borrower, none of the Obligor Intellectual Property owned or exclusively licensed to Obligors is being infringed, violated, misappropriated or otherwise used by any other Person without the express authorization of the Obligors.  Without limiting the foregoing, the Obligors have not provided written notice to any other Person on notice of actual or potential infringement, violation or misappropriation of any of the Obligor Intellectual Property material to the Borrower’s business; the Obligors have not initiated the enforcement of any Claim (which Claim is currently pending) with respect to any of the Obligor Intellectual Property material to the Borrower’s business;

 

(F)                                  all relevant current and former employees and contractors of Borrower, who as part of their day-to-day activities created or developed Material Intellectual Property for Borrower, have executed written confidentiality and invention assignment Contracts with Borrower that irrevocably assign to Borrower or its designee all of their rights to any Inventions relating to Borrower’s business that are conceived or reduced to practice by such employees within the scope of their employment or by such contractors within the scope of their contractual relationship with Borrower, to the extent permitted by applicable law;

 

(G)                                to the Knowledge of the Borrower, the Obligor Intellectual Property is all the Intellectual Property necessary for the operation of Borrower’s business as it is currently conducted or as currently contemplated to be conducted, except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(H)                               each Obligor has taken reasonable precautions to protect the secrecy, confidentiality and value of its Obligor Intellectual Property consisting of trade secrets and confidential information, except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(I)                                    each Obligor has delivered (or posted on a data site accessible to the Lenders) to the Lenders accurate and complete copies of all Material Agreements relating to the Obligor Intellectual Property;

 

38



 

(J)                                    there are no pending or, to the Knowledge of the Borrower, threatened in writing Claims against the Obligors asserted by any other Person relating to the Material Agreements, including any Claims of breach or default under such Material Agreements, except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(iii)                                With respect to the Material Intellectual Property owned or exclusively licensed to an Obligor consisting of Patents, except as set forth in Schedule 7.05(b)  (as amended from time to time by Borrower in accordance with Section 7.21 ), and without limiting the representations and warranties in Section 7.05(b)(ii) :

 

(A)                                each of the issued claims in such Patents, to Borrower’s Knowledge, is valid and enforceable;

 

(B)                                with respect to Material Intellectual Property owned by an Obligor, the inventors named in such Patents have executed written Contracts with Borrower or its predecessor-in-interest that properly and irrevocably assigns to Borrower or predecessor-in-interest all of their rights to any of the Inventions claimed in such Patents to the extent permitted by applicable law;

 

(C)                                none of the material Patents, or the Inventions claimed in them, have been dedicated to the public except as a result of intentional decisions made by the applicable Obligor;

 

(D)                                with respect to Material Intellectual Property owned by an Obligor, to Borrower’s Knowledge, all prior art material to such Patents was adequately disclosed to or considered by the respective patent offices during prosecution of such Patents to the extent required by applicable law or regulation except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(E)                                 subsequent to the issuance of such Patents, no disclaimer or other voluntary reduction in the term or scope of the Inventions claimed in any such Patent has been filed;

 

(F)                                  with respect to owned Material Intellectual Property, except as set forth in Schedule 7.06 , no Patent Rights included therein have been the subject of any interference, re-examination or opposition proceedings, nor are the Obligors aware of any basis for any such interference, re-examination or opposition proceedings;

 

(G)                                no such issued Patents, to Borrower’s Knowledge, have ever been finally adjudicated to be invalid, unpatentable or unenforceable for any reason in any administrative, arbitration, judicial or other proceeding, and, the Obligors have not received any notice asserting that such Patents are invalid, unpatentable or unenforceable; if any of such Patents is terminally disclaimed to another patent or patent application, all patents and patent applications subject to such terminal disclaimer are included in the Collateral;

 

(H)                               the Borrower has no Knowledge that any prior owner of such Patents or their respective agents or representatives have engaged in any conduct, or omitted to perform any necessary act, the result of which would invalidate or render unpatentable or unenforceable any such Patents; and

 

39



 

(I)                                    all maintenance fees, annuities, and the like due or payable on the Patents have been timely paid or the failure to so pay was the result of an intentional decision by the applicable Obligor or would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.

 

(c)                                   Material Intellectual Property Schedule 7.05(c)  (as amended from time to time by Borrower in accordance with Section 7.21 ) contains an accurate list of the Obligor Intellectual Property that is material to Borrower’s business with an indication as to whether the applicable Obligor owns or has an exclusive or non-exclusive license to such Obligor Intellectual Property.

 

7.06                         No Actions or Proceedings .

 

(a)                                  Litigation .  There is no litigation, investigation or proceeding pending or, to the best of Borrower’s Knowledge, threatened with respect to Borrower and its Subsidiaries by or before any Governmental Authority or arbitrator (i) that either individually or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, except as specified in Schedule 7.06 (as amended from time to time by Borrower in accordance with Section 7.21 ) or (ii) that involves this Agreement or the Transactions.

 

(b)                                  Environmental Matters .  The operations and Property of Borrower and its Subsidiaries comply with all applicable Environmental Laws, except to the extent the failure to so comply (either individually or in the aggregate) could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(c)                                   Labor Matters .  Borrower has not engaged in unfair labor practices and there are no material labor actions or disputes involving the employees of Borrower.

 

7.07                         Compliance with Laws and Agreements .  Each of the Obligors is in compliance with all laws, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority applicable to it or its property and all indentures, agreements and other instruments binding upon it or its property, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.  On the date hereof and on each Borrowing Date, no Default has occurred and is continuing.

 

7.08                         Taxes .  Except as set forth on Schedule 7.08 , each of the Obligors has timely filed or caused to be filed all material tax returns and reports required to have been filed and has paid or caused to be paid all taxes (assessed above $100,000) required to have been paid by it, except taxes that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which such Obligor has set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP.

 

7.09                         Full Disclosure .  Borrower has disclosed (or posted on a data site accessible to the Lenders) to the Lenders all Material Agreements to which any Obligor is subject, and all other matters to its Knowledge, that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.  None of the reports, financial statements, certificates or other information furnished by or on behalf of the Obligors to the Lenders in connection with the negotiation of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or delivered hereunder or thereunder (as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished)

 

40



 

contains any material misstatement of material fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made and taken as a whole, not misleading; provided that , with respect to projected financial information, Borrower represents only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time.

 

7.10                         Regulation .

 

(a)                                  Investment Company Act .  Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is an “investment company” as defined in, or subject to regulation under, the Investment Company Act of 1940.

 

(b)                                  Margin Stock .  Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose, whether immediate, incidental or ultimate, of buying or carrying Margin Stock, and no part of the proceeds of the Loans will be used to buy or carry any Margin Stock in violation of Regulation T, U or X.

 

7.11                         Solvency .  Borrower is and, immediately after giving effect to the Borrowing and the use of proceeds thereof will be, Solvent.

 

7.12                         Subsidiaries .  Set forth on Schedule 7.12 is a complete and correct list of all Subsidiaries as of the date hereof.  Each such Subsidiary is duly organized and validly existing under the jurisdiction of its organization shown in said Schedule 7.12 , and the percentage ownership by Borrower of each such Subsidiary is as shown in said Schedule 7.12 .

 

7.13                         Indebtedness and Liens .  Set forth on Schedule 7.13(a)  is a complete and correct list of all Indebtedness for borrowed money of each Obligor outstanding as of the date hereof.  Schedule 7.13(b)  is a complete and correct list of all Liens (other than Permitted Liens) granted by Borrower and other Obligors with respect to their respective Property and outstanding as of the date hereof.

 

7.14                         Material Agreements .  Set forth on Schedule 7.14 (as amended from time to time by Borrower in accordance with Section 7.21 ) is a complete and correct list of (i) each Material Agreement and (ii) each agreement creating or evidencing any Material Indebtedness.  No Obligor is in material default under any such Material Agreement or agreement creating or evidencing any Material Indebtedness.  Except as otherwise disclosed on Schedule 7.14 , all material vendor purchase agreements and provider contracts of the Obligors are in full force and effect without material modification from the form in which the same were disclosed to the Lenders.

 

7.15                         Restrictive Agreements .  None of the Obligors is subject to any material indenture, agreement, instrument or other arrangement that prohibits, restricts or imposes any condition upon (a) the ability of Borrower or any Subsidiary to create, incur or permit to exist any Lien upon any of its property or assets (other than (x) customary provisions in contracts (including without limitation leases and licenses of Intellectual Property and non-disclosure agreements) restricting the assignment thereof, (y) restrictions or conditions imposed by any agreement governing secured Permitted Indebtedness permitted under Section 9.01(i) , to the

 

41



 

extent that such restrictions or conditions apply only to the property or assets securing such Indebtedness, and (z) agreements (including licenses) entered into in connection with joint ventures or corporate collaborations), or (b) the ability of any Subsidiary to pay dividends or other distributions with respect to any shares of its capital stock or to make or repay loans or advances to Borrower or any other Subsidiary or to Guarantee Indebtedness of Borrower or any other Subsidiary (each, a “ Restrictive Agreement ”), in each case except those listed on Schedule 7.15 or pursuant to this Agreement or any Security Document.

 

7.16                         Real Property .

 

(a)                                  Generally .  Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries owns or leases (as tenant thereof) any real property, except as described on Schedule 7.16  (as amended from time to time by Borrower in accordance with Section 7.21 ).

 

(b)                                  Borrower Lease .  (i) Borrower has delivered (or posted on a data site accessible to the Lenders) a true, accurate and complete copy of the Borrower Lease to Lenders.

 

(ii)                                   Borrower Lease is in full force and effect and no default has occurred under the Borrower Lease and, to the Knowledge of Borrower, there is no existing condition which, but for the passage of time or the giving of notice, could reasonably be expected to result in a default under the terms of the Borrower Lease.

 

(iii)                                Borrower is the tenant under the Borrower Lease and has not transferred, sold, assigned, conveyed, disposed of, mortgaged, pledged, hypothecated, or encumbered any of its interest in, the Borrower Lease.

 

7.17                         Pension Matters Schedule 7.17 sets forth, as of the date hereof, a complete and correct list of, and that separately identifies, (a) all Title IV Plans, and (b) all Multiemployer Plans.  Each Qualified Plan, and each trust thereunder, intended to qualify for tax exempt status under Section 401 or 501 of the Code or other Requirements of Law so qualifies.  Each Obligor and each of its ERISA Affiliates has met all applicable requirements under the ERISA Funding Rules with respect to each Title IV Plan, and no waiver of the minimum funding standards under the ERISA Funding Rules has been applied for or obtained.  Except for those that could not, in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect, (x) each Benefit Plan is in compliance with applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other Requirements of Law, (y) there are no existing or pending (or to the Knowledge of any Obligor or Subsidiary, threatened) claims (other than routine claims for benefits in the normal course), sanctions, actions, lawsuits or other proceedings or investigation involving any Benefit Plan to which any Obligor or Subsidiary thereof incurs or otherwise has or could have an obligation or any liability or Claim and (z) as of the date hereof no ERISA Event has occurred in connection with which obligations and liabilities (contingent or otherwise) remain outstanding or is reasonably expected to occur.

 

7.18                         Collateral; Security Interest .  Each Security Document is effective to create in favor of the Lenders a legal, valid and enforceable security interest in the Collateral subject thereto and subject to the perfection requirements specifically set out in the Security Documents and registration requirements with respect to Intellectual Property, each such security interest is perfected to the extent required by (and has the priority required by) the applicable Security

 

42



 

Document.  The Security Documents collectively are effective to create in favor of the Lenders a legal, valid and enforceable security interest in the Collateral, which security interests are first-priority (subject only to Permitted Priority Liens).

 

7.19                         Regulatory Approvals .  Borrower and its Subsidiaries hold, and will continue to hold, either directly or through licensees and agents, all Regulatory Approvals, licenses, permits and similar governmental authorizations of a Governmental Authority necessary or required for Borrower and its Subsidiaries to conduct their operations and business in the manner currently conducted, except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

7.20                         Small Business Concern .  Borrower, together with its “affiliates” (as that term is defined in Title 13 of the United States Code of Federal Regulations) is a “Small Business” within the meaning of the SBIC Act, and the regulations promulgated thereunder (including part 107 and 121 of Title 13 of the United States Code of Federal Regulations). Borrower’s primary business activity does not involve, directly or indirectly, providing funds to others (other than to its Subsidiaries), the purchase or discounting of debt obligations, factoring or long term leasing of equipment with no provision for maintenance or repair, and Borrower is not classified under Major Group 65 (Real Estate) or Industry No. 1531 (Operative Builders) of the SIC Manual.  Borrower acknowledges that it has been advised that PIOP is a Small Business Investment Company and licensee under the SBIC Act.  The information regarding Borrower and its affiliates set forth in the SBA Form 480, Form 652, and Form 1031 is accurate and complete.  Borrower acknowledges that the Lenders are relying on the representations and warranties made by Borrower to the SBA in the SBA Form 480 provided to the Lenders.

 

7.21                         Update of Schedules .  Each of Schedules 7.05(b)  (in respect of the lists of Patents, Trademarks, and Copyrights under Section 7.05(b)(i) ), 7.05(c) , 7.06 , 7.14 and 7.16 may be updated by Borrower from time to time in order to reflect any material change of such Schedule as of any upcoming date on which representations and warranties are made incorporating the information contained on such Schedule.  Such update may be accomplished by Borrower providing to the Majority Lenders, in writing (including by electronic means), a revised version of such Schedule in accordance with the provisions of Section 12.02 .  Each such updated Schedule shall be effective immediately upon the receipt thereof by the Lenders.

 

SECTION 8
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

 

Each Obligor covenants and agrees with the Lenders that, from the Effective Date, until the Commitments have expired or been terminated and all Obligations (other than contingent indemnification or reimbursement obligations for which no claim has been made) have been paid in full in cash:

 

8.01                         Financial Statements and Other Information .  Borrower will furnish to the Lenders:

 

(a)                                  as soon as available and in any event within 60 days after the end of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year (or 90 days, in the case of the fourth fiscal quarter),

 

43



 

the consolidated balance sheets of the Obligors as of the end of such quarter, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows of Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such quarter and the portion of the fiscal year through the end of such quarter, prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, all in reasonable detail and setting forth in comparative form the figures for the corresponding period in the preceding fiscal year, together with a certificate of a Responsible Officer of Borrower stating that such financial statements fairly present, in all material respects, the financial condition of Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at such date and the results of operations of Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the period ended on such date and have been prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, subject to changes resulting from normal, year-end audit adjustments and except for the absence of notes;

 

(b)                                  as soon as available and in any event within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, the consolidated balance sheets of Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such fiscal year, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows of Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such fiscal year, prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, all in reasonable detail and setting forth in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, accompanied by a report and opinion thereon of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP or another firm of independent certified public accountants of recognized national standing reasonably acceptable to the Majority Lenders, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and shall not be subject to any “going concern” or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit, and in the case of such consolidating financial statements, certified by a Responsible Officer of Borrower;

 

(c)                                   together with the report of Borrower’s independent certified public accountants delivered pursuant to Section 8.01(b) , a certificate of such independent public accountants stating that (i) such financial statements fairly present in all material respects the financial position, results of operations and cash flow of Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the dates indicated and for the periods indicated therein in accordance with GAAP without qualification as to the scope of the audit or as to going concern and without any other similar qualification and (ii) in the course of the regular audit of the businesses of Borrower and its Subsidiaries;

 

(d)                                  together with the financial statements required pursuant to Sections 8.01(a)  and (b) , a compliance certificate of a Responsible Officer as of the end of the applicable accounting period (which delivery may, unless a Lender requests executed originals, be by electronic communication including fax or email and shall be deemed to be an original authentic counterpart thereof for all purposes) in the form of Exhibit E (a “ Compliance Certificate ”) including details of any issues that are material that are raised by auditors;

 

(e)                                   promptly upon receipt thereof, copies of all letters of representation signed by an Obligor to its auditors and copies of all auditor reports delivered for each fiscal quarter;

 

(f)                                    as soon as available, if prepared, a consolidated financial forecast for Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the following five fiscal years (or such shorter period of time as

 

44


 

may be prepared), including forecasted consolidated balance sheets, consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows of Borrower and its Subsidiaries;

 

(g)                                   promptly, and in any event within five Business Days after receipt thereof by an Obligor thereof, copies of each notice or other correspondence received from any securities regulator or exchange to the authority of which Borrower may become subject from time to time concerning any investigation or possible investigation or other material inquiry by such agency regarding financial or other operational results of such Obligor;

 

(h)                                  the information regarding insurance maintained by Borrower and its Subsidiaries as required under Section 8.05 ;

 

(i)                                      promptly following Majority Lenders’ written request at any time, proof of Borrower’s compliance with Section 10.01 ; and

 

(j)                                     so long as the Equity Interests of Borrower are not listed on a recognized public securities exchange, within five (5) days of delivery, copies of all statements, reports and notices (including board kits) made available to holders of Borrower’s Equity Interests or holders of Permitted Cure Debt, provided that any such material may be redacted by Borrower to exclude information relating to the Lenders (including Borrower’s strategy regarding the Loans), information subject to attorney client privilege, information deemed highly confidential by the Board of Directors, and any information that would create a conflict of interest.

 

8.02                         Notices of Material Events .  Borrower will furnish to the Lenders written notice of the following promptly after a Responsible Officer first learns of the existence of:

 

(a)                                  the occurrence of any Default;

 

(b)                                  notice of the occurrence of any event with respect to its property or assets resulting in a Loss aggregating to an amount greater than $1,000,000 (or the Equivalent Amount in other currencies) or more that is not covered by insurance;

 

(c)                                   (A) any proposed acquisition of stock, assets or property by any Obligor that would reasonably be expected to result in material environmental liability under Environmental Laws, and (B)(1) spillage, leakage, discharge, disposal, leaching, migration or release of any Hazardous Material required to be reported to any Governmental Authority under applicable Environmental Laws, and (2) all material actions, suits, claims, notices of violation, hearings, investigations or proceedings pending, or to the best of Borrower’s Knowledge, threatened against or affecting Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or with respect to the ownership, use, maintenance and operation of their respective businesses, operations or properties, relating to Environmental Laws or Hazardous Material;

 

(d)                                  the assertion of any environmental matter by any Person against, or with respect to the activities of, Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and any alleged violation of or non-compliance with any Environmental Laws or any permits, licenses or authorizations which could reasonably be expected to involve damages in excess of $500,000 other than any environmental matter or alleged violation that, if adversely determined, could not reasonably be expected to (either individually or in the aggregate) have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

45



 

(e)                                   the filing or commencement of any action, suit or proceeding by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority against or affecting Borrower or any of its Affiliates that, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(f)                                    (i) on or prior to any filing by any ERISA Affiliate of any notice of intent to terminate any Title IV Plan, a copy of such notice and (ii) promptly, and in any event within ten days, after any Responsible Officer of any ERISA Affiliate knows or has reason to know that a request for a minimum funding waiver under Section 412 of the Code has been filed with respect to any Title IV Plan or Multiemployer Plan, a notice (which may be made by telephone if promptly confirmed in writing) describing such waiver request and any action that any ERISA Affiliate proposes to take with respect thereto, together with a copy of any notice filed with the PBGC or the IRS pertaining thereto;

 

(g)                                   (i) the termination of any Material Agreement; (ii) the receipt by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of any material notice under any Material Agreement; (iii) the entering into of any new Material Agreement by an Obligor; or (iv) any material amendment to a Material Agreement, in each case, so long as the Equity Interests of Borrower are not listed on a recognized public securities exchange;

 

(h)                                  the reports and notices as required by the Security Documents;

 

(i)                                      within 30 days of the date thereof, or, if earlier, on the date of delivery of any financial statements pursuant to Section 8.01 , notice of any material change in accounting policies or financial reporting practices by the Obligors;

 

(j)                                     promptly after the occurrence thereof, notice of any labor controversy resulting in or reasonably likely to result in any strike, work stoppage, boycott, shutdown or other material labor disruption against or involving an Obligor;

 

(k)                                  a licensing agreement or arrangement entered into by Borrower or any Subsidiary in connection with any infringement or alleged infringement of the Intellectual Property of another Person that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(l)                                      any other development that results in, or could reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(m)                              concurrently with the delivery of financial statements under Section 8.01(b) , the creation or other acquisition of any material Intellectual Property by Borrower or any Subsidiary after the date hereof and during such prior fiscal year which is registered or becomes registered or the subject of an application for registration with the U.S. Copyright Office or the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, as applicable, or with any other equivalent foreign Governmental Authority;

 

(n)                                  any change to any Obligor’s ownership of Deposit Accounts, Securities Accounts and Commodity Accounts, by delivering to Lenders an updated Annex 7 to the

 

46



 

Security Agreement setting forth a complete and correct list of all such accounts as of the date of such change; or

 

(o)                                  such other information respecting the operations, properties, business or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Obligors (including with respect to the Collateral) as the Majority Lenders may from time to time reasonably request.

 

Each notice delivered under this Section 8.02 shall be accompanied by a statement of a financial officer or other executive officer of Borrower setting forth the details of the event or development requiring such notice and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto, to the extent applicable.

 

8.03                         Existence; Conduct of Business .

 

(a)                                  Such Obligor will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its legal existence and the rights, licenses, permits, privileges and franchises material to the conduct of its business in the ordinary course of business; provided that the foregoing shall not prohibit any merger, amalgamation, consolidation, liquidation or dissolution permitted under Section 9.03 .

 

(b)                                  Without obtaining the prior written approval of PIOP, Borrower will not change within one (1) year after the date hereof, Borrower’s business activity to a business activity to which a licensee under the SBIC Act is prohibited from providing funds by the SBIC Act, as more specifically set forth under Part 107.720 of Title 13 of the United States Code of Federal Regulations.  If Borrower’s business activity changes to such a prohibited business activity or the proceeds are used for ineligible business activities, Borrower will use all commercially reasonable efforts and cooperate in good faith to assist PIOP to sell or transfer its Proportionate Share of the Loans in a commercially reasonable manner; provided that in no way shall this be considered PIOP’s sole remedy if Borrower’s business activity changes to such a prohibited business activity.

 

8.04                         Payment of Obligations .  Such Obligor will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, pay and discharge its obligations, including (i) all material taxes, fees, assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed upon it or upon its properties or assets prior to the date on which penalties attach thereto, and all lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies which, if unpaid, might become a Lien upon any properties or assets of Borrower or any Subsidiary, except to the extent such taxes, fees, assessments or governmental charges or levies, or such claims are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and are adequately reserved against in accordance with GAAP; (ii) all lawful claims which, if unpaid, would by law become a Lien upon its property not constituting a Permitted Lien; and (iii) all Indebtedness other than Permitted Indebtedness, as and when due and payable, but subject to any subordination provisions contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing such Indebtedness.

 

8.05                         Insurance .  Such Obligor will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain, with financially sound and reputable insurance companies, insurance in such amounts and against such risks as are customarily maintained by companies engaged in the same or similar

 

47



 

businesses operating in the same or similar locations. Upon the reasonable request of Majority Lenders, Borrower shall furnish the Lenders from time to time with full information as to the insurance carried by it and, if so requested, copies of all such insurance policies (“ Relevant Insurance Policies ”).  Borrower shall use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure, or cause others to ensure, that all Relevant Insurance Policies required under this Section 8.05 shall provide that they shall not be terminated or cancelled nor shall any such policy be materially changed in a manner adverse to Borrower without at least 30 days’ prior written notice to Borrower and the Lenders.  Receipt of notice of termination or cancellation of any Relevant Insurance Policies or reduction of coverages or amounts thereunder shall entitle the Lenders to renew any such policies, cause the coverages and amounts thereof to be maintained at levels required pursuant to the first sentence of this Section 8.05 or otherwise to obtain similar insurance in place of such policies, in each case at the expense of Borrower.

 

8.06                         Books and Records; Inspection Rights .  Such Obligor will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, keep proper books of record and account in which full, true and correct entries are made of all dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities.  Such Obligor will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, permit any representatives designated by the Lenders, upon reasonable prior notice, to visit and inspect its properties, to examine and make extracts from its books and records, and to discuss its affairs, finances and condition with its officers and independent accountants, all at such reasonable times (but not more often than once a year unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing).

 

8.07                         Compliance with Laws and Other Obligations .  Such Obligor will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, (i) comply in all material respects with all laws, rules, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority applicable to it or its property (including Environmental Laws) and (ii) comply in all material respects with all terms of Indebtedness and all other Material Agreements, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

8.08                         Maintenance of Properties, Etc .  Such Obligor shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, maintain and preserve all of its properties necessary or useful in the proper conduct of its business in good working order and condition in accordance with the general practice of other Persons of similar character and size, ordinary wear and tear and damage from casualty or condemnation excepted.

 

8.09                         Licenses .  Such Obligor shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, obtain and maintain all licenses, authorizations, consents, filings, exemptions, registrations and other Governmental Approvals necessary in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents, the consummation of the Transactions or the operation and conduct of its business and ownership of its properties, except where failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

8.10                         Action under Environmental Laws .  Such Obligor shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, upon becoming aware of the presence of any Hazardous Materials or the existence of any environmental liability under applicable Environmental Laws with respect to their respective businesses, operations or properties, take all actions, at their cost and expense, as shall be necessary or advisable to investigate and clean up the condition of their respective

 

48



 

businesses, operations or properties, including all required removal, containment and remedial actions, and restore their respective businesses, operations or properties to a condition in compliance with applicable Environmental Laws.

 

8.11                         Use of Proceeds .  The proceeds of the Loans will be used only as provided in Section 2.05 .  No part of the proceeds of the Loans will be used, whether directly or indirectly, for any purpose that entails a violation of any of the Regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, including Regulations T, U and X.  Neither Borrower nor any of its affiliates (as that term is defined in Section 121.103 of Title 13 of the United States Code of Federal Regulation) will engage in any activities or use directly or indirectly the proceeds from the Loans for any purpose for which an SBIC is prohibited from providing funds by the SBIC Act as set forth in Section 107.720 of Title 13 of the United States Code of Federal Regulation.

 

8.12                         Certain Obligations Respecting Subsidiaries; Further Assurances .

 

(a)                                  Subsidiary Guarantors .  Such Obligor will take such action, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to take such action, from time to time as shall be necessary to ensure that all Subsidiaries that are Domestic Subsidiaries, and such Foreign Subsidiaries as are required under Section 8.12(b) , are “Subsidiary Guarantors” hereunder.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in the event that Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall form or acquire any new Subsidiary that is a Domestic Subsidiary or a Foreign Subsidiary meeting the requirements of Section 8.12(b) , such Obligor and its Subsidiaries concurrently will:

 

(i)                                      cause such new Subsidiary to become a “Subsidiary Guarantor” hereunder, and a “Grantor” under the Security Agreement, pursuant to a Guarantee Assumption Agreement;

 

(ii)                                   take such action or cause such Subsidiary to take such action (including delivering such shares of stock together with undated transfer powers executed in blank) as shall be necessary to create and perfect valid and enforceable first priority (subject to Permitted Priority Liens) Liens on substantially all of the personal property of such new Subsidiary as collateral security for the obligations of such new Subsidiary hereunder as provided in and to the extent required hereunder and under the Security Documents and the Guarantee Assumption Agreement;

 

(iii)                                to the extent that the parent of such Subsidiary is not a party to the Security Agreement or has not otherwise pledged Equity Interests in its Subsidiaries in accordance with the terms of the Security Agreement and this Agreement, cause the parent of such Subsidiary to execute and deliver a pledge agreement in favor of the Lenders in respect of all outstanding issued shares of such Subsidiary; and

 

(iv)                               deliver such proof of corporate action, incumbency of officers, opinions of counsel as reasonably requested by the Majority Lenders and other documents as is consistent with those delivered by each Obligor pursuant to Section 6.01 or as the Majority Lenders shall have requested.

 

(b)                                  Foreign Subsidiaries .  In the event that, at any time, Foreign Subsidiaries have, in the aggregate, (i) total revenues constituting 5% or more of the total revenues of

 

49



 

Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, or (ii) total assets constituting 5% or more of the total assets of Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, promptly (and, in any event, within 30 days after such time other than as provided in Section 8.16 ) Obligors shall cause one or more of such Foreign Subsidiaries to become Subsidiary Guarantors in the manner set forth in Section 8.12(a) , such that, after such Subsidiaries become Subsidiary Guarantors, the non-guarantor Foreign Subsidiaries in the aggregate shall cease to have revenues or assets, as applicable, that meet the thresholds set forth in clauses (i)  and (ii)  above; provided that no Foreign Subsidiary shall be required to become a Subsidiary Guarantor if doing so would result in material adverse tax consequences for Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

 

(c)                                   Further Assurances.   Such Obligor will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, take such action from time to time as shall reasonably be requested by the Majority Lenders to effectuate the provisions of this Agreement.

 

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Obligor will, and will cause each Person that is required to be a Subsidiary Guarantor to, take such action from time to time (including executing and delivering such assignments, security agreements, control agreements and other instruments) as shall be reasonably requested by the Majority Lenders to create, in favor of the Lenders, perfected security interests and Liens in substantially all of the personal property of such Obligor as collateral security for the Obligations; provided that any such security interest or Lien shall be subject to the relevant requirements of the Security Documents.

 

8.13                         Termination of Non-Permitted Liens .  In the event that any Obligor shall become aware or be notified by the Lenders of the existence of any outstanding Lien against any Property of such Obligor, which Lien is not a Permitted Lien, such Obligor shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to promptly terminate or cause the termination of such Lien.

 

8.14                         Intellectual Property .

 

(a)                                  Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement or any other Loan Document to the contrary, the Lenders are not assuming any liability or obligation of any Obligor or any of its Affiliates of whatever nature, whether presently in existence or arising or asserted hereafter.  All such liabilities and obligations shall be retained by and remain obligations and liabilities of the Obligors and/or their Affiliates as the case may be.  Without limiting the foregoing, the Lenders are not assuming and shall not be responsible for any liabilities or Claims of Obligors or their Affiliates, whether present or future, absolute or contingent and whether or not relating to the Obligors, the Obligor Intellectual Property, and/or the Material Agreements, and Borrower shall indemnify and save harmless the Lenders from and against all such liabilities, Claims and Liens.

 

(b)                                  In the event that the Obligors acquire Obligor Intellectual Property during the term of this Agreement, then the provisions of this Agreement shall automatically apply thereto and any such Obligor Intellectual Property shall automatically constitute part of the Collateral under the Security Documents, without further action by any party, in each case from and after the date of such acquisition (except that any representations or warranties of any Obligor shall apply to any such Obligor Intellectual Property only from and after the date, if any,

 

50



 

subsequent to such acquisition that such representations and warranties are brought down or made anew as provided herein).

 

8.15                         Small Business Documentation .  Borrower shall accurately complete, execute, and deliver to PIOP prior to the first Borrowing date, SBA Forms 480, 652, and 1031 (Parts A and B).

 

8.16                         Post-Closing Items .

 

(a)                                  Borrower shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause each Borrower Landlord to execute and deliver to Lenders, not later than thirty (30) days from the date hereof, the Landlord Consent.

 

(b)                                  Borrower shall use commercially reasonable efforts to execute and deliver to the Lenders, not later than sixty (60) days from the date hereof, such duly executed Intellectual Property security agreements as the Lenders may require with respect to foreign Intellectual Property, and, not later than sixty (60) days from the date hereof, take such other action as the Lenders may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate to duly record or otherwise perfect the security interest created thereunder in that portion of the Collateral consisting of Intellectual Property located outside the United States.

 

(c)                                   Any Foreign Subsidiary existing on the Effective Date and required to become a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to Section 8.12 shall only be required to take such action required by Section 8.12 within a commercially reasonably time period after the Effective Date.

 

SECTION 9
NEGATIVE COVENANTS

 

Each Obligor covenants and agrees with the Lenders that, from the Effective Date, until the Commitments have expired or been terminated and all Obligations (other than contingent indemnification or reimbursement obligations for which no claim has been made) have been paid in full in cash:

 

9.01                         Indebtedness .  Such Obligor will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Indebtedness, whether directly or indirectly, except:

 

(a)                                  the Obligations;

 

(b)                                  Indebtedness existing on the date hereof and set forth on Schedule 7.13(a)  and Permitted Refinancings thereof;

 

(c)                                   Indebtedness fully subordinated to the Obligations pursuant to terms acceptable to the Majority Lenders in their reasonable discretion or pursuant to terms substantially similar to those set forth in form of subordination agreement attached hereto as Exhibit G ;

 

51



 

(d)                                  Permitted Priority Debt;

 

(e)                                   accounts payable to trade creditors for goods and services and current operating liabilities (not the result of the borrowing of money) incurred in the ordinary course of Borrower’s or such Subsidiary’s business in accordance with customary terms and paid within the specified time, unless contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and reserved for in accordance with GAAP;

 

(f)                                    Indebtedness consisting of guarantees resulting from endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection by any Obligor in the ordinary course of business;

 

(g)                                   Indebtedness (i) of any Obligor to any other Obligor and (ii) of any Obligor or Subsidiary of an Obligor to any other Obligor or Subsidiary of an Obligor, for intercompany indebtedness in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices;

 

(h)                                  Guarantees by any Obligor of Indebtedness of any other Obligor; provided that the aggregate outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness, when added to the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Indebtedness permitted in reliance on Section 9.01(i) , does not exceed $500,000 (or the Equivalent Amount in other currencies) at any time;

 

(i)                                      normal course of business equipment financing; provided that (i) if secured, the collateral therefor consists solely of the assets being financed, the products and proceeds thereof and books and records related thereto, and (ii) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness, when added to the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Indebtedness permitted in reliance on Section 9.01(h) , does not exceed $500,000 (or the Equivalent Amount in other currencies) at any time;

 

(j)                                     Permitted Cure Debt;

 

(k)                                  Indebtedness approved in advance in writing by the Majority Lenders;

 

(l)                                      Indebtedness under credit cards used in the ordinary course of business;

 

(m)                              Indebtedness in connection with non-speculative hedges, swaps or collars relating to foreign currency exchange entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

(n)                                  Indebtedness with respect to letters of credit issued solely to support a real estate lease entered into in the ordinary course of business; and

 

(o)                                  other Indebtedness in an aggregate amount not exceeding $500,000 at any time outstanding.

 

9.02                         Liens .  Such Obligor will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien on any property or asset now owned by it, or assign or sell any income or revenues (including accounts receivable) or rights in respect of any thereof, except:

 

(a)                                  Liens securing the Obligations;

 

52



 

(b)                                  any Lien on any property or asset of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries existing on the date hereof and set forth in Schedule 7.13(b) ; provided that (i) no such Lien shall extend to any other property or asset of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and (ii) any such Lien shall secure only those obligations which it secures on the date hereof and extensions, renewals and replacements thereof that do not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof;

 

(c)                                   Liens securing “Permitted Priority Debt”, as described in the definition thereof;

 

(d)                                  Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 9.01(i) ; provided that such Liens are restricted solely to the collateral described in Section 9.01(i) ;

 

(e)                                   Liens imposed by law which were incurred in the ordinary course of business, including (but not limited to) carriers’, warehousemen’s and mechanics’ liens and other similar liens arising in the ordinary course of business and which (x) do not in the aggregate materially detract from the value of the Property subject thereto or materially impair the use thereof in the operations of the business of such Person or (y) are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, for which adequate reserves have been made if required in accordance with GAAP;

 

(f)                                    pledges or deposits made in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance or other similar social security legislation;

 

(g)                                   Liens securing taxes, assessments and other governmental charges, the payment of which is not yet due or is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly initiated and diligently conducted and for which such reserve or other appropriate provisions, if any, as shall be required by GAAP shall have been made;

 

(h)                                  servitudes, easements, rights of way, restrictions and other similar encumbrances on real Property imposed by applicable Laws and encumbrances consisting of zoning or building restrictions, easements, licenses, restrictions on the use of property or minor imperfections in title thereto which, in the aggregate, are not material, and which do not in any case materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of any of the Obligors;

 

(i)                                      with respect to any real Property, (A) such defects or encroachments as might be revealed by an up-to-date survey of such real Property; (B) the reservations, limitations, provisos and conditions expressed in the original grant, deed or patent of such property by the original owner of such real Property pursuant to applicable Laws; and (C) rights of expropriation, access or user or any similar right conferred or reserved by or in applicable Laws, which, in the aggregate for (A), (B) and (C), are not material, and which do not in any case materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of any of the Obligors;

 

(j)                                     Bankers liens, rights of setoff and similar Liens incurred on deposits made in the ordinary course of business;

 

53



 

(k)                                  deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts and leases (not to include Indebtedness, except for Indebtedness permitted under Section 9.01(n) ), statutory obligations, surety bonds (other than bonds related to judgments or litigation), performance bonds, credit cards and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

(l)                                      Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under Section 11.01(k)  or securing appeal or other surety bonds related to such judgments;

 

(m)                              Liens on property of any Obligor securing obligations (other than Indebtedness for borrowed money), in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $500,000; and

 

(n)                                  licenses of any Product or Intellectual Property that is permitted under Section 9.09 .

 

provided that no Lien otherwise permitted under any of the foregoing Sections 9.02(b)  through (m)  shall apply to any Material Intellectual Property.

 

9.03                         Fundamental Changes and Acquisitions .  Such Obligor will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, (i) enter into any transaction of merger, amalgamation or consolidation (ii) liquidate, wind up or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution) (iii) make any Acquisition or otherwise acquire any business or substantially all the property from, or capital stock of, or be a party to any acquisition of, any Person, except:

 

(a)                                  Investments permitted under Section 9.05(e) or (f) ;

 

(b)                                  the merger, amalgamation or consolidation of any Subsidiary Guarantor with or into any other Obligor;

 

(c)                                   the sale, lease, transfer or other disposition by any Subsidiary Guarantor of any or all of its property (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to any other Obligor; and

 

(d)                                  the sale, transfer or other disposition of the capital stock of any Subsidiary to any Obligor; and

 

(e)                                   Permitted Acquisitions, the amount of aggregate cash consideration for which does not exceed the sum of (A) $20,000,000 in the aggregate, and (B)  provided that Borrower has Liquidity of at least 110% of all outstanding Obligations hereunder (the “ Permitted Acquisitions Liquidity Threshold ”), the difference between the amount of Borrower’s Liquidity and the Permitted Acquisitions Liquidity Threshold, as determined at the time of the execution of any term sheet or definitive documentation relating to such acquisition.

 

9.04                         Lines of Business .  Such Obligor will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, engage to any material extent in any business other than the business engaged in on the date hereof by Borrower or any Subsidiary or a business reasonably related thereto.

 

54


 

9.05                         Investments .  Such Obligor will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, make, directly or indirectly, or permit to remain outstanding any Investments except:

 

(a)                                  Investments outstanding on the date hereof and identified in Schedule 9.05 ;

 

(b)                                  operating deposit and securities accounts with banks;

 

(c)                                   extensions of credit in the nature of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising from the sales of goods or services in the ordinary course of business;

 

(d)                                  Permitted Cash Equivalent Investments;

 

(e)                                   Investments in Borrower’s direct or indirect wholly-owned Subsidiary Guarantors (for greater certainty, Borrower shall not be permitted to have any direct or indirect Subsidiaries that are not wholly-owned Subsidiaries);

 

(f)                                    Investments in Borrower’s direct or indirect Subsidiaries that are not Subsidiary Guarantors in an aggregate amount not exceeding $350,000 in any fiscal year;

 

(g)                                   Hedging Agreements entered into in the ordinary course of Borrower’s financial planning solely to hedge currency risks (and not for speculative purposes);

 

(h)                                  Investments consisting of security deposits with utilities and other like Persons made in the ordinary course of business;

 

(i)                                      employee loans, travel advances and guarantees in accordance with Borrower’s usual and customary practices with respect thereto (if permitted by applicable law) which in the aggregate shall not exceed $200,000 outstanding at any time (or the Equivalent Amount in other currencies);

 

(j)                                     Investments received in connection with any Insolvency Proceedings in respect of any customers, suppliers or clients and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers, suppliers or clients;

 

(k)                                  Investments permitted under Section 9.03 ;

 

(l)                                      Investments in joint ventures, corporate collaborations, partnerships or similar arrangements, provided that the cash and non-cash investment by Borrower in such Investments, cannot exceed $1,000,000 in the aggregate;

 

(m)                              Indebtedness permitted under Section 9.01(a), (f)  and (h) ; and

 

(n)                                  other Investments by Borrower consisting of cash equivalents, provided, that each such Investment is made in accordance with Borrower’s Investment Policy, dated March 14, 2013, as amended or modified by Borrower’s audit committee in its reasonable business judgment from time to time.

 

55



 

9.06                         Restricted Payments .  Such Obligor will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, declare or make, or agree to pay or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, except:

 

(a)                                  Borrower may declare and pay dividends with respect to its capital stock payable solely in additional shares of its common stock;

 

(b)                                  Borrower may purchase, redeem, retire, or otherwise acquire shares of its capital stock or other Equity Interests with the proceeds received from a substantially concurrent issue of new shares of its capital stock or other Equity Interests;

 

(c)                                   dividends or other distributions by any Subsidiary Guarantor to any other Obligor;

 

(d)                                  for the purpose of repurchasing Borrower’ stock, where such repurchase is in connection with the issuance of Borrower’s stock to management or members of the Board of Directors of Borrower, in an amount not exceeding $750,000 in repurchases in any fiscal year;

 

(e)                                   to pay customary fees, taxes and expenses of members of the Board of Directors of Borrower, in an amount approved by the compensation committee of the Board of Directors in its reasonable business judgment; and

 

(f)                                    to pay any fees, taxes or expenses in connection with a Qualified IPO.

 

9.07                         Payments of Indebtedness .  Such Obligor will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, make any payments in respect of any Indebtedness other than (i) payments of the Obligations, (ii) scheduled payments of other Indebtedness and (iii) repayment of intercompany Indebtedness permitted in reliance upon Section 9.01(g) .

 

9.08                         Change in Fiscal Year .  Such Obligor will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, maintain a last day of its fiscal year different from that in effect on the date hereof.

 

9.09                         Sales of Assets, Etc .  Unless the prepayment required under Section 3.03(b)(i)  simultaneously is made, such Obligor will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, sell, lease, exclusively license (in terms of geography or field of use), transfer, or otherwise dispose of any of its Property (including accounts receivable and capital stock of Subsidiaries) to any Person in one transaction or series of transactions (any thereof, an “ Asset Sale ”), except:

 

(a)                                  transfers of cash in the ordinary course of its business;

 

(b)                                  sales of inventory in the ordinary course of its business;

 

(c)                                   development and other collaborative arrangements where such arrangements provide for the licenses under or disclosure of Patents, Trademarks, Copyrights or other Intellectual Property rights where such license requires periodic payments based on per unit sales of a product over a period of time or other consideration and provided that such licenses must be true licenses as opposed to licenses that are sales transactions in substance;

 

56



 

(d)                                  licenses entered into in the ordinary course of business of Obligor Intellectual Property or other property owned by an Obligor which may only be exclusive with respective to geographical location outside the US, provided that such licenses must be true licenses as opposed to licenses that are sales transactions in substance;

 

(e)                                   non-exclusive licenses of Obligor Intellectual Property entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

(f)                                    transfers of Property by any Subsidiary Guarantor to any other Obligor;

 

(g)                                   dispositions of any Property that is obsolete or worn out or no longer used or useful in the Business;

 

(h)                                  any transaction permitted under Section 9.03 or 9.05 ; and

 

(i)                                      other Asset Sales not exceeding $250,000 in the aggregate in any fiscal year.

 

9.10                         Transactions with Affiliates .  Such Obligor will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, sell, lease, license or otherwise transfer any assets to, or purchase, lease, license or otherwise acquire any assets from, or otherwise engage in any other transactions with, any of its Affiliates, except:

 

(a)                                  transactions between or among Obligors;

 

(b)                                  any transaction permitted under Section 9.01 , 9.05 , 9.06 or 9.09 ;

 

(c)                                   customary compensation and indemnification of, and other employment arrangements with, directors, officers and employees of Borrower or any Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business,

 

(d)                                  Borrower may issue Equity Interests to Affiliates in exchange for cash, provided that the terms thereof are no less favorable (including the amount of cash received by Borrower) to Borrower than those that would be obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person not an Affiliate of Borrower; and

 

(e)                                   the transactions set forth on Schedule 9.10 .

 

9.11                         Restrictive Agreements .  Such Obligor will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into, incur or permit to exist any Restrictive Agreement other than (a) restrictions and conditions imposed by law or by this Agreement, (b) Restrictive Agreements listed on Schedule 7.15 , and (c) Restricted Agreements in form and substance consistent with the Restrictive Agreements existing on the date hereof.

 

9.12                         Amendments to Material Agreements .  Such Obligor will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, enter into any amendment to or modification of any Material Agreement in any manner that is materially adverse to the Lenders or terminate any Material Agreement if such termination is materially adverse to the Lenders.

 

57



 

9.13                         Operating Leases .  Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, make any expenditures in respect of operating leases, except for:

 

(a)                                  real estate operating leases;

 

(b)                                  vehicle operating leases,

 

(c)                                   operating leases between Borrower and any of its wholly-owned Subsidiaries or between any of Borrower’s wholly-owned Subsidiaries; and

 

(d)                                  operating leases that would not cause Borrower and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, to make payments exceeding $250,000 (or the Equivalent Amount in other currencies) in any fiscal year.

 

9.14                         Sales and Leasebacks .  Except as disclosed on Schedule 9.14 , such Obligor will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, become liable, directly or indirectly, with respect to any lease, whether an operating lease or a Capital Lease Obligation, of any property (whether real, personal, or mixed), whether now owned or hereafter acquired, (i) which Borrower or such Subsidiary has sold or transferred or is to sell or transfer to any other Person and (ii) which Borrower or such Subsidiary intends to use for substantially the same purposes as property which has been or is to be sold or transferred.

 

9.15                         Hazardous Material .  Such Obligor will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, use, generate, manufacture, install, treat, release, store or dispose of any Hazardous Material, except in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws or where the failure to comply could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.

 

9.16                         Accounting Changes .  Such Obligor will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, make any significant change in accounting treatment or reporting practices, except as required or permitted by GAAP or any other applicable accounting regime.

 

9.17                         Compliance with ERISA .  No ERISA Affiliate shall cause or suffer to exist (a) any event that could result in the imposition of a Lien with respect to any Title IV Plan or Multiemployer Plan or (b) any other ERISA Event that would, in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.  No Obligor or Subsidiary thereof shall cause or suffer to exist any event that could result in the imposition of a Lien with respect to any Benefit Plan.

 

SECTION 10
FINANCIAL COVENANTS

 

10.01                  Minimum Liquidity .  On and after the Effective Date, Borrower shall maintain Liquidity, as of the end of each Business Day, in an amount which shall exceed the greater of (i) $5,000,000 and (ii) to the extent Borrower has incurred Permitted Priority Debt, Liquidity, if any, required of Borrower by Borrower’s Permitted Priority Debt creditors.

 

10.02                  Minimum Revenue .  Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall have annual Revenue in accordance with GAAP (for each respective calendar year, the “ Minimum Required Revenue ”):

 

58



 

(a)                                  during the twelve month period beginning on January 1, 2014, of at least $20,000,000;

 

(b)                                  during the twelve month period beginning on January 1, 2015, of at least $25,000,000;

 

(c)                                   during the twelve month period beginning on January 1, 2016, of at least $30,000,000;

 

(d)                                  during the twelve month period beginning on January 1, 2017, of at least $40,000,000;

 

(e)                                   during the twelve month period beginning on January 1, 2018, of at least $50,000,000; and

 

(f)                                    during the twelve month period beginning on January 1, 2019, of at least $70,000,000.

 

10.03                  Cure Right .

 

(a)                                  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 11 , in the event that the Borrower fails to comply with the covenants contained in Section 10.02(a)  through (e)  (such covenants for such applicable periods being the “ Specified Financial Covenants ”), Borrower shall have the right within 90 (ninety) days after the end of the respective calendar year :

 

(i)                                      to issue additional shares of Equity Interests in exchange for cash (the “ Equity Cure Right ”), and/or

 

(ii)                                   to borrow Permitted Cure Debt (the “ Subordinated Debt Cure Right ” and, collectively with the Equity Cure Right, the “ Cure Right ”),

 

in an aggregate amount equal to (x) two (2) multiplied by (y) the applicable Minimum Required Revenue less Borrower’s actual annual Revenue over the relevant testing period for the applicable Minimum Required Revenue (the “ Cure Amount ”).  The cash therefrom immediately shall be contributed as equity or subordinated debt (only as permitted pursuant to Section 9.01 ), as applicable, to Borrower, and upon the receipt by Borrower of the Cure Amount pursuant to the exercise of such Cure Right, such Cure Amount shall be deemed to constitute Revenue of Borrower in such period for purposes of the Specified Financial Covenants and the Specified Financial Covenants shall be recalculated for all purposes under the Loan Documents. If, after giving effect to the foregoing recalculation, Borrower shall then be in compliance with the requirements of the Specified Financial Covenants, Borrower shall be deemed to have satisfied the requirements of the Specified Financial Covenants as of the relevant date of determination with the same effect as though there had been no failure to comply therewith at such date, and the applicable breach of the Specified Financial Covenants that had occurred, the related Default and Event of Default, shall be deemed cured without any further action of Borrower or Lenders for all purposes under the Loan Documents.

 

59



 

(b)                                  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary (i)  the aggregate net proceeds in respect of any Cure Amount received by Borrower from investors investing in or lending to Borrower pursuant to Section 10.03(a)  shall be used to immediately prepay the Loan, without any prepayment premium, credited in the order set forth in Sections 3.03(b)(i)(A)-(E) .

 

SECTION 11
EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

11.01                  Events of Default .  Each of the following events, occurring on or after the Effective Date (except in the case of (h) through (j) below), shall constitute an “ Event of Default ”:

 

(a)                                  Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of any Loan when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at the due date thereof or at a date fixed for prepayment thereof or otherwise, and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of three (3) Business Days;

 

(b)                                  any Obligor shall fail to pay any Obligation (other than an amount referred to in Section 11.01(a) ) when and as the same shall become due and payable, and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of (i) in the case of Obligations payable on demand and consisting of indemnified amounts or costs and expenses, fifteen (15) Business Days, and (ii) in all other cases, seven (7) Business Days;

 

(c)                                   any representation or warranty made by or on behalf of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any amendment or modification hereof or thereof, or in any report, certificate, financial statement or other document furnished pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any amendment or modification hereof or thereof, when taken as a whole, shall be materially misleading and incorrect when made;

 

(d)                                  any Obligor shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in Section 8.02, 8.03(a)  (with respect to Borrower’s existence), 8.11 , 8.12 , 8.14 , 8.17(c) , 9 or 10 ;

 

(e)                                   any Obligor shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in this Agreement (other than those specified in Section 11.01(a) , (b)  or (d) ) or any other Loan Document, and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of 25 or more days;

 

(f)                                    Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall fail to make any payment (whether of principal or interest and regardless of amount) in respect of any Material Indebtedness, when and as the same shall become due and payable after giving effect to any applicable grace or cure period as originally provided by the terms of such Indebtedness;

 

(g)                                   (i) any “event of default” or similar event by any Obligor under, any Material Agreement, or any other breach under any Material Agreement that has not been cured within the timeframe permitted thereunder, (ii) any material breach of, or “event of default” or similar event under, the documentation governing any Material Indebtedness, or (iii) any event

 

60



 

or condition occurs (A) that results in any Material Indebtedness becoming due prior to its scheduled maturity or (B) that enables or permits (with or without the giving of notice, the lapse of time or both) the holder or holders of such Material Indebtedness or any trustee or agent on its or their behalf to cause such Material Indebtedness to become due, or to require the prepayment, repurchase, redemption or defeasance thereof, prior to its scheduled maturity; provided that this Section 11.01(g)  shall not apply to secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the voluntary sale or transfer of the property or assets securing such Material Indebtedness.

 

(h)                                  any Obligor with assets (at fair market value) constituting more than five percent (5%) of the asset value of Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis:

 

(i)                                      becomes insolvent, or generally does not or becomes unable to pay its debts or meet its liabilities as the same become due, or admits in writing its inability to pay its debts generally, or declares any general moratorium on its indebtedness, or proposes a compromise or arrangement or deed of company arrangement between it and any class of its creditors;

 

(ii)                                   commits an act of bankruptcy or makes an assignment of its property for the general benefit of its creditors or makes a proposal (or files a notice of its intention to do so);

 

(iii)                                institutes any proceeding seeking to adjudicate it an insolvent, or seeking liquidation, dissolution, winding-up, reorganization, compromise, arrangement, adjustment, protection, moratorium, relief, stay of proceedings of creditors generally (or any class of creditors), or composition of it or its debts or any other relief, under any federal, provincial or foreign Law now or hereafter in effect relating to bankruptcy, winding-up, insolvency, reorganization, receivership, plans of arrangement or relief or protection of debtors or at common law or in equity, or files an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding;

 

(iv)                               applies for the appointment of, or the taking of possession by, a receiver, interim receiver, receiver/manager, sequestrator, conservator, custodian, administrator, trustee, liquidator, voluntary administrator, receiver and manager or other similar official for it or any substantial part of its property; or

 

(v)                                  takes any action, corporate or otherwise, to approve, effect, consent to or authorize any of the actions described in this Section 11.01(h)  or (i) , or otherwise acts in furtherance thereof or fails to act in a timely and appropriate manner in defense thereof;

 

(i)                                      any petition is filed, application made or other proceeding instituted against or in respect of any Obligor with assets (at fair market value) constituting more than five percent (5%) of the asset value of Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis (and not removed, dismissed or stayed for a period of forty-five (45) days):

 

(i)                                      seeking to adjudicate it an insolvent;

 

(ii)                                   seeking a receiving order against it;

 

61



 

(iii)                                seeking liquidation, dissolution, winding-up, reorganization, compromise, arrangement, adjustment, protection, moratorium, relief, stay of proceedings of creditors generally (or any class of creditors), deed of company arrangement or composition of it or its debts or any other relief under any federal, provincial or foreign law now or hereafter in effect relating to bankruptcy, winding-up, insolvency, reorganization, receivership, plans of arrangement or relief or protection of debtors or at common law or in equity; or

 

(iv)                               seeking the entry of an order for relief or the appointment of, or the taking of possession by, a receiver, interim receiver, receiver/manager, sequestrator, conservator, custodian, administrator, trustee, liquidator, voluntary administrator, receiver and manager or other similar official for it or any substantial part of its property, and such petition, application or proceeding continues undismissed, or unstayed and in effect, for a period of forty-five (45) days after the institution thereof; provided that if an order, decree or judgment is granted or entered (whether or not entered or subject to appeal) against Borrower or such Subsidiary thereunder in the interim, such grace period will cease to apply; provided further that if Borrower or such Subsidiary files an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding, such grace period will cease to apply;

 

(j)                                     any other event occurs which, under the laws of any applicable jurisdiction, has an effect equivalent to any of the events referred to in either of Section 11.01(h)  or (i) ;

 

(k)                                  one or more judgments for the payment of money in an aggregate amount in excess of $500,000 (or the Equivalent Amount in other currencies), which is not covered by insurance, shall be rendered against any Obligor or any combination thereof and the same shall remain undischarged for a period of 45 consecutive days during which execution shall not be effectively stayed, or any action shall be legally taken by a judgment creditor to attach or levy upon any assets of any Obligor to enforce any such judgment;

 

(l)                                      (i) an ERISA Event shall have occurred that, in the opinion of the Lenders, when taken together with all other ERISA Events that have occurred, could reasonably be expected to result in liability of Borrower and its Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount exceeding (i) $250,000 in any year or (ii) $750,000 for all periods until repayment of all Obligations;

 

(m)                              a Change of Control (subject, for the avoidance of doubt, to Borrower’s right to prepay under Section 3.03(b)(ii)) shall have occurred;

 

(n)                                  a Material Adverse Change shall have occurred;

 

(o)                                  (i) any material Lien created by any of the Security Documents shall at any time not constitute a valid and perfected Lien on the applicable Collateral (to the extent perfection is required herein or therein) in favor of the Lenders, free and clear of all other Liens (other than Permitted Liens), (ii) except for expiration in accordance with its terms, any of the Security Documents or any Guarantee of any of the Obligations (including that contained in Section 13 ) shall for whatever reason cease to be in full force and effect, or (iii) any of the Security Documents or any Guarantee of any of the Obligations (including that contained in Section 13 ), or the enforceability thereof, shall be repudiated or contested by any Obligor; and

 

62



 

(p)                                  any injunction, whether temporary or permanent, shall be rendered against any Obligor that prevents the Obligors from selling or manufacturing the Product or its commercially available successors, or any of their other material and commercially available products in the United States for more than 45 consecutive calendar days;

 

11.02                  Remedies .  Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of any Event of Default, then, and in every such event (other than an Event of Default described in Section 11.01(h) , (i)  or (j) ), and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such event, Majority Lenders may, by notice to Borrower, take either or both of the following actions, at the same or different times: (i) terminate the Commitments, and thereupon the Commitments shall terminate immediately, and (ii) declare the Loans then outstanding to be due and payable in whole (or in part, in which case any principal not so declared to be due and payable may thereafter be declared to be due and payable), and thereupon the principal of the Loans so declared to be due and payable, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other Obligations, shall become due and payable immediately (in the case of the Loans, at the Redemption Price therefor), without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by each Obligor; and in case of an Event of Default described in Section 11.01(h) , (i)  or (j) , the Commitment shall automatically terminate and the principal of the Loans then outstanding, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other Obligations, shall automatically become due and payable immediately (in the case of the Loans, at the Redemption Price therefor), without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by each Obligor.

 

SECTION 12
MISCELLANEOUS

 

12.01                  No Waiver .  No failure on the part of the Lenders to exercise and no delay in exercising, and no course of dealing with respect to, any right, power or privilege under any Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege under any Loan Document preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege.  The remedies provided herein are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.

 

12.02                  Notices .  All notices, requests, instructions, directions and other communications provided for herein (including any modifications of, or waivers, requests or consents under, this Agreement) shall be given or made in writing (including by telecopy or electronic mail) delivered, if to Borrower, another Obligor or the Lenders, to its address specified on the signature pages hereto or its Guarantee Assumption Agreement, as the case may be, or at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a notice to the other parties.  Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, all such communications shall be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt of a legible copy thereof, in each case given or addressed as aforesaid.  All such communications provided for herein by telecopy or electronic mail shall be confirmed in writing promptly after the delivery of such communication (it being understood that non-receipt of written confirmation of such communication shall not invalidate such communication).  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, all notices, documents, certificates and other deliverables to the Lenders by any Obligor may be made solely to the Control Agent

 

63



 

and the Control Agent shall promptly deliver such notices, documents, certificates and other deliverables to the other Lenders hereunder.

 

12.03                  Expenses, Indemnification, Etc .

 

(a)                                  Expenses .  Borrower agrees to pay or reimburse (i) the Lenders for all of their reasonable out of pocket costs and expenses (including the reasonable fees and expenses of Morrison & Foerster LLP, special counsel to the Lenders, and any sales, goods and services or other similar taxes applicable thereto, and printing, reproduction, document delivery, communication and travel costs) in connection with (x) the negotiation, preparation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the making of the Loans (exclusive of post-closing costs), (y) post-closing costs and (z) the negotiation or preparation of any modification, supplement or waiver of any of the terms of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents (whether or not consummated) and (ii) the Lenders for all of their out of pocket costs and expenses (including the fees and expenses of legal counsel) in connection with any enforcement or collection proceedings resulting from the occurrence of an Event of Default; provided, however, that Borrower shall not be required to pay or reimburse any amounts pursuant to Section 12.03(a)(i)(x)  in excess of the Expense Cap; provided further that , so long as the Loans are consummated, then such fees shall be credited from the fees paid by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.03 .

 

(b)                                  Indemnification .  Borrower hereby indemnifies the Lenders, their Affiliates, and their respective directors, officers, employees, attorneys, agents, advisors and controlling parties (each, an “ Indemnified Party ”) from and against, and agrees to hold them harmless against, any and all Claims and Losses of any kind (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel), joint or several, that may be incurred by or asserted or awarded against any Indemnified Party, in each case arising out of or in connection with or relating to any investigation, litigation or proceeding or the preparation of any defense with respect thereto arising out of or in connection with or relating to this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or any use made or proposed to be made with the proceeds of the Loans, whether or not such investigation, litigation or proceeding is brought by Borrower, any of its shareholders or creditors, an Indemnified Party or any other Person, or an Indemnified Party is otherwise a party thereto, and whether or not any of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 6 are satisfied or the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement are consummated, except to the extent such Claim or Loss is found in a final, non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from such Indemnified Party’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.  No Obligor shall assert any claim against any Indemnified Party, on any theory of liability, for consequential, indirect, special or punitive damages arising out of or otherwise relating to this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or the actual or proposed use of the proceeds of the Loans.  Borrower, its Subsidiaries and Affiliates and their respective directors, officers, employees, attorneys, agents, advisors and controlling parties are each sometimes referred to in this Agreement as a “ Borrower Party .”  No Lender shall assert any claim against any Borrower Party, on any theory of liability, for consequential, indirect, special or punitive damages arising out of or otherwise relating to this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or the actual or proposed use of the proceeds of the Loans.

 

64


 

12.04                  Amendments, Etc .  Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, any provision of this Agreement may be modified or supplemented only by an instrument in writing signed by Borrower and the Majority Lenders.  Any consent, approval, (including without limitation any approval of or authorization for any amendment to any of the Loan Documents), instruction or other expression of the Lenders under any of the Loan Documents may be obtained by an instrument in writing signed in one or more counterparts by Majority Lenders; provided however, that the consent of all of the Lenders shall be required to:

 

(a)                                  amend, modify, discharge, terminate or waive any of the terms of this Agreement if such amendment, modification, discharge, termination or waiver would increase the amount of the Loans, reduce the fees payable hereunder, reduce interest rates or other amounts payable with respect to the Loans, extend any date fixed for payment of principal, interest or other amounts payable relating to the Loans or extend the repayment dates of the Loans;

 

(b)                                  amend the provisions of Section 6 as it applies to any specific Lender’s obligation to fund the Loans hereunder;

 

(c)                                   amend, modify, discharge, terminate or waive any Security Document if the effect is to release a material part of the Collateral subject thereto otherwise than pursuant to the terms hereof or thereof; or

 

(d)                                  amend this Section 12.04 .

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Defaulting Lender shall not have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder (and any amendment, waiver or consent which by its terms requires the consent of all Lenders or each affected Lender may be effected with the consent of the applicable Lenders other than Defaulting Lenders), except that (x) the Commitment of any Defaulting Lender may not be increased or extended without the consent of such Lender and (y) any waiver, amendment or modification requiring the consent of all Lenders or each affected Lender that by its terms affects any Defaulting Lender more adversely than other affected Lenders shall require the consent of such Defaulting Lender.

 

12.05                  Successors and Assigns .

 

(a)                                  General .  The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Majority Lenders.  No Lender may assign or otherwise transfer any of their rights or obligations hereunder except (i) to an assignee in accordance with the provisions of Section 12.05(b) , (ii) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of Section 12.05(e)  or (iii) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of Section 12.05(f) , and any other attempted assignment or transfer by any Lender shall be null and void.  Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants to the extent provided in Section 12.05(d)

 

65



 

and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Indemnified Parties) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Assignments by Lenders .  Any of the Lenders may at any time assign to one or more Eligible Transferees (or, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, to any Person) all or a portion of their rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of the Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it); provided, however, that no such assignment shall be made to Borrower, an Affiliate of Borrower, or any employees or directors of Borrower or, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, any other Person that is not an Eligible Assignee.  Subject to the recording thereof by the Lenders pursuant to Section 12.05(c) , from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Acceptance, the assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of the Lenders under this Agreement, and correspondingly the assigning Lender shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Acceptance covering all of a Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto) but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Section 5 and Section 12.03 .  Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section 12.05(b)  shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with Section 12.05(e) .

 

(c)                                   Amendments to Loan Documents .  Each of the Lenders and the Obligors agrees to enter into such amendments to the Loan Documents, and such additional Security Documents and other instruments and agreements, in each case in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Lenders and the Obligors, as shall reasonably be necessary to implement and give effect to any assignment made under this Section 12.05 .

 

(d)                                  Register .  Each Lender, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of Borrower, shall maintain at one of its offices (which shall be the office of the Control Agent) a register for the recordation of the name and address of any assignee of the Lenders and the Commitment and outstanding principal amount of the Loans owing thereto (the “ Register ”).  The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, absent manifest error, and Borrower shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as the “Lender” hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary.  The Register shall be available for inspection by Borrower, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

 

(e)                                   Participations .  Any of the Lenders may at any time, without the consent of, or notice to, Borrower, sell participations to any Person (other than a natural person or Borrower or any of Borrower’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries) (each, a “ Participant ”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and/or obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of the Commitment and/or the Loans owing to it); provided that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (iii) Borrower shall continue to deal solely and directly with the Lenders in connection therewith.

 

66



 

Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver that would (i) increase or extend the term of such Lender’s Commitment, (ii) extend the date fixed for the payment of principal of or interest on the Loans or any portion of any fee hereunder payable to the Participant, (iii) reduce the amount of any such payment of principal, or (iv) reduce the rate at which interest is payable thereon to a level below the rate at which the Participant is entitled to receive such interest.  Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 5 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to Section 12.05(b) ; provided that such Participant (A) agrees to be subject to the provisions of Section 5.03(g )   as if it were an assignee under Section 12.05(b) ; and (B) shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Sections 5.01 or 5.03 with respect to any participation, than its participating Lender would have been entitled to receive.  To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 4.04(a)  as though it were the Lender.

 

(f)                                    Limitations on Rights of Participants .  A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 5.01 or 5.03 than a Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with Borrower’s prior written consent.

 

(g)                                   Certain Pledges .  The Lenders may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement and any other Loan Document to secure obligations of the Lenders, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank; provided that no such pledge or assignment shall release the Lenders from any of their obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for the Lenders as a party hereto.

 

12.06                  Survival .  The obligations of Borrower under Sections 5.01 , 5.02 , 5.03 , 12.03 , 12.05 , 12.09 , 12.10 , 12.11 , 12.12 , 12.13 , 12.14 and Section 13 (solely to the extent guaranteeing any of the obligations under the foregoing Sections) shall survive the repayment of the Loans and the termination of the Commitment and, in the case of the Lenders’ assignment of any interest in the Commitment or the Loans hereunder, shall survive, in the case of any event or circumstance that occurred prior to the effective date of such assignment, the making of such assignment, notwithstanding that the Lenders may cease to be “Lenders” hereunder. In addition, each representation and warranty made, or deemed to be made by a notice of the Loans, herein or pursuant hereto shall survive the making of such representation and warranty.

 

12.07                  Captions .  The table of contents and captions and section headings appearing herein are included solely for convenience of reference and are not intended to affect the interpretation of any provision of this Agreement.

 

12.08                  Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument and any of the parties hereto may execute this Agreement by signing any such counterpart.

 

67



 

12.09                  Governing Law .  This Agreement and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York, without regard to principles of conflicts of laws that would result in the application of the laws of any other jurisdiction; provided that Section 5-1401 of the New York General Obligations Law shall apply.

 

12.10                  Jurisdiction, Service of Process and Venue .

 

(a)                                  Submission to Jurisdiction .  Each Obligor agrees that any suit, action or proceeding with respect to this Agreement or any other Loan Document to which it is a party or any judgment entered by any court in respect thereof may be brought initially in the federal or state courts in Houston, Texas or in the courts of its own corporate domicile and irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of each such court for the purpose of any such suit, action, proceeding or judgment.  This Section 12.10(a)  is for the benefit of the Lenders only and, as a result, no Lender shall be prevented from taking proceedings in any other courts with jurisdiction.  To the extent allowed by applicable Laws, the Lenders may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.

 

(b)                                  Alternative Process .  Nothing herein shall in any way be deemed to limit the ability of the Lenders to serve any such process or summonses in any other manner permitted by applicable law.

 

(c)                                   Waiver of Venue, Etc .  Each Obligor irrevocably waives to the fullest extent permitted by law any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document and hereby further irrevocably waives to the fullest extent permitted by law any claim that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.  A final judgment (in respect of which time for all appeals has elapsed) in any such suit, action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in any court to the jurisdiction of which such Obligor is or may be subject, by suit upon judgment.

 

12.11                  Waiver of Jury Trial .  EACH OBLIGOR AND EACH LENDER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY.

 

12.12                  Waiver of Immunity .  To the extent that any Obligor may be or become entitled to claim for itself or its Property or revenues any immunity on the ground of sovereignty or the like from suit, court jurisdiction, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution of a judgment or execution of a judgment, and to the extent that in any such jurisdiction there may be attributed such an immunity (whether or not claimed), such Obligor hereby irrevocably agrees not to claim and hereby irrevocably waives such immunity with respect to its obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

68



 

12.13                  Entire Agreement .  This Agreement and the other Loan Documents constitute the entire agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof.  EACH OBLIGOR ACKNOWLEDGES, REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IN DECIDING TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS OR IN TAKING OR NOT TAKING ANY ACTION HEREUNDER OR THEREUNDER, IT HAS NOT RELIED, AND WILL NOT RELY, ON ANY STATEMENT, REPRESENTATION, WARRANTY, COVENANT, AGREEMENT OR UNDERSTANDING, WHETHER WRITTEN OR ORAL, OF OR WITH THE LENDERS OTHER THAN THOSE EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS.

 

12.14                  Severability .  If any provision hereof is found by a court to be invalid or unenforceable, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law the parties agree that such invalidity or unenforceability shall not impair the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof.

 

12.15                  No Fiduciary Relationship .  Borrower acknowledges that the Lenders have no fiduciary relationship with, or fiduciary duty to, Borrower arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, and the relationship between the Lenders and Borrower is solely that of creditor and debtor.  This Agreement and the other Loan Documents do not create a joint venture among the parties.

 

12.16                  Confidentiality .  The Lenders agree to maintain the confidentiality of the Confidential Information (as defined in the Non-Disclosure Agreement (defined below)) in accordance with the terms of that certain non-disclosure agreement dated July 14, 2014 between Borrower and Capital Royalty L.P. (the “ Non-Disclosure Agreement ”).  Any new Lender that becomes party to this Agreement hereby agrees to be bound by the terms of the Non-Disclosure Agreement.  The parties to this Agreement shall prepare a mutually agreeable press release announcing the completion of this transaction, subject to timing approved by the Borrower.

 

12.17                  USA PATRIOT Act .  The Lenders hereby notify Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “ Act ”), they are required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies Borrower, which information includes the name and address of Borrower and other information that will allow such Lender to identify Borrower in accordance with the Act.

 

12.18                  Maximum Rate of Interest .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any Loan Document, the interest paid or agreed to be paid under the Loan Documents shall not exceed the maximum rate of non-usurious interest permitted by applicable Law (in each case, the “ Maximum Rate ”).  If the Lenders shall receive interest in an amount that exceeds the Maximum Rate, the excess interest shall be applied to the principal of the Loans, and not to the payment of interest, or, if the excessive interest exceeds such unpaid principal, the amount exceeding the unpaid balance shall be refunded to the applicable Obligor.  In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged, or received by the Lenders exceeds the Maximum Rate, the Lenders may, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, (a) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee, or premium rather than interest, (b) exclude voluntary

 

69



 

prepayments and the effects thereof, (c) amortize, prorate, allocate, and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of the Indebtedness and other obligations of any Obligor hereunder, or (d) allocate interest between portions of such Indebtedness and other obligations under the Loan Documents to the end that no such portion shall bear interest at a rate greater than that permitted by applicable Law.

 

12.19                  Certain Waivers .

 

(a)                                  Real Property Security Waivers .

 

(i)                                      Each Obligor acknowledges that all or any portion of the Obligations may now or hereafter be secured by a Lien or Liens upon real property evidenced by certain documents including, without limitation, deeds of trust and assignments of rents.  Lenders may, pursuant to the terms of said real property security documents and applicable law, foreclose under all or any portion of one or more of said Liens by means of judicial or nonjudicial sale or sales.  Each Obligor agrees that Lenders may exercise whatever rights and remedies they may have with respect to said real property security, all without affecting the liability of any Obligor under the Loan Documents, except to the extent Lenders realize payment by such action or proceeding.  No election to proceed in one form of action or against any party, or on any obligation shall constitute a waiver of Lenders’ rights to proceed in any other form of action or against any Obligor or any other Person, or diminish the liability of any Obligor, or affect the right of Lenders to proceed against any Obligor for any deficiency, except to the extent Lenders realize payment by such action, notwithstanding the effect of such action upon any Obligor’s rights of subrogation, reimbursement or indemnity, if any, against Obligor or any other Person.

 

(ii)                                   To the extent permitted under applicable law, each Obligor hereby waives any rights and defenses that are or may become available to such Obligor by reason of Sections 2787 to 2855, inclusive, of the California Civil Code.

 

(iii)                                To the extent permitted under applicable law, each Obligor hereby waives all rights and defenses that such Obligor may have because the Obligations are or may be secured by real property.  This means, among other things:

 

(A)                                Lenders may collect from any Obligor without first foreclosing on any real or personal property collateral pledged by any other Obligor;

 

(B)                                If Lenders foreclose on any real property collateral pledged by any Obligor:

 

(1)                                  The amount of the Loans may be reduced only by the price for which that collateral is sold at the foreclosure sale, even if the collateral is worth more than the sale price; and

 

(2)                                  Lenders may collect from each Obligor even if Lenders, by foreclosing on the real property collateral, have destroyed any right that such Obligor may have to collect from any other Obligor.

 

70



 

(3)                                  To the extent permitted under applicable law, this is an unconditional and irrevocable waiver of any rights and defenses each Obligor may have because the Obligations are or may be secured by real property.  These rights and defenses include, but are not limited to, any rights or defenses based upon Section 580a, 580b, 580d or 726 of the California Code of Civil Procedure.

 

(iv)                               To the extent permitted under applicable law, each Obligor waives all rights and defenses arising out of an election of remedies by Lenders, even though that election of remedies, such as a nonjudicial foreclosure with respect to security for a guaranteed obligation, has destroyed such Obligor’s rights of subrogation and reimbursement against the principal by the operation of Section 580d of the California Code of Civil Procedure or otherwise.

 

(b)                                  Waiver of Marshaling .  Without limiting the foregoing in any way, each Obligor hereby irrevocably waives and releases, to the extent permitted by Law, any and all rights it may have at any time (whether arising directly or indirectly, by operation of law, contract or otherwise) to require the marshaling of any assets of any Obligor, which right of marshaling might otherwise arise from any payments made or obligations performed.

 

12.20                  Prefiling Authorization .  The Borrower hereby confirms the authority of the Lenders, to file (including prefile prior to the execution of the Security Agreement) any and all UCC-1 financing statements or other records naming the Borrower, as debtor, and the Lenders, as secured parties, and describing the Collateral in any manner as the Lenders may reasonably determine and identifying such Collateral as all of debtor’s assets or describing the Collateral by type, in such office or offices as the Lenders deem necessary or desirable, in order to perfect the security interests purported to be created by the Security Documents.  The Lenders agree to terminate these filings promptly upon the request of Borrower should the First Term Loan not fund for any reason.

 

SECTION 13
GUARANTEE

 

13.01                  The Guarantee .  The Subsidiary Guarantors hereby jointly and severally guarantee to the Lenders and their successors and assigns the prompt payment in full when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the principal of and interest on the Loans and all fees and other amounts from time to time owing to the Lenders by Borrower under this Agreement or under any other Loan Document and by any other Obligor under any of the Loan Documents, in each case strictly in accordance with the terms thereof (such obligations being herein collectively called the “ Guaranteed Obligations ”).  The Subsidiary Guarantors hereby further jointly and severally agree that if Borrower shall fail to pay in full when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) any of the Guaranteed Obligations, the Subsidiary Guarantors will promptly pay the same, without any demand or notice whatsoever, and that in the case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any of the Guaranteed Obligations, the same will be promptly paid in full when due (whether at extended maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) in accordance with the terms of such extension or renewal.

 

71



 

13.02                  Obligations Unconditional .  The obligations of the Subsidiary Guarantors under Section 13.01 are absolute and unconditional, joint and several, irrespective of the value, genuineness, validity, regularity or enforceability of the obligations of Borrower under this Agreement or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein, or any substitution, release or exchange of any other guarantee of or security for any of the Guaranteed Obligations, and, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, irrespective of any other circumstance whatsoever that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a surety or guarantor, it being the intent of this Section 13.02 that the obligations of the Subsidiary Guarantors hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional, joint and several, under any and all circumstances.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, it is agreed that the occurrence of any one or more of the following shall not alter or impair the liability of the Subsidiary Guarantors hereunder, which shall remain absolute and unconditional as described above:

 

(a)                                  at any time or from time to time, without notice to the Subsidiary Guarantors, the time for any performance of or compliance with any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall be extended, or such performance or compliance shall be waived;

 

(b)                                  any of the acts mentioned in any of the provisions of this Agreement or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein shall be done or omitted;

 

(c)                                   the maturity of any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall be accelerated, or any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall be modified, supplemented or amended in any respect, or any right under this Agreement or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein shall be waived or any other guarantee of any of the Guaranteed Obligations or any security therefor shall be released or exchanged in whole or in part or otherwise dealt with; or

 

(d)                                  any lien or security interest granted to, or in favor of, the Lenders as security for any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall fail to be perfected.

 

The Subsidiary Guarantors hereby expressly waive diligence, presentment, demand of payment, protest and all notices whatsoever, and any requirement that the Lenders exhaust any right, power or remedy or proceed against Borrower under this Agreement or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein, or against any other Person under any other guarantee of, or security for, any of the Guaranteed Obligations.

 

13.03                  Reinstatement .  The obligations of the Subsidiary Guarantors under this Section 13 shall be automatically reinstated if and to the extent that for any reason any payment by or on behalf of Borrower in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations is rescinded or must be otherwise restored by any holder of any of the Guaranteed Obligations, whether as a result of any proceedings in bankruptcy or reorganization or otherwise, and the Subsidiary Guarantors jointly and severally agree that they will indemnify the Lenders on demand for all reasonable costs and expenses (including fees of counsel) incurred by the Lenders in connection with such rescission or restoration, including any such costs and expenses incurred in defending against any claim alleging that such payment constituted a preference, fraudulent transfer or similar payment under any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law.

 

72



 

13.04                  Subrogation .  The Subsidiary Guarantors hereby jointly and severally agree that until the payment and satisfaction in full of all Guaranteed Obligations and the expiration and termination of the Commitment of the Lenders under this Agreement they shall not exercise any right or remedy arising by reason of any performance by them of their guarantee in Section 13.01 , whether by subrogation or otherwise, against Borrower or any other guarantor of any of the Guaranteed Obligations or any security for any of the Guaranteed Obligations.

 

13.05                  Remedies .  The Subsidiary Guarantors jointly and severally agree that, as between the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Lenders, the obligations of Borrower under this Agreement and under the other Loan Documents may be declared to be forthwith due and payable as provided in Section 11 (and shall be deemed to have become automatically due and payable in the circumstances provided in Section 11 ) for purposes of Section 13.01 notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such declaration (or such obligations from becoming automatically due and payable) as against Borrower and that, in the event of such declaration (or such obligations being deemed to have become automatically due and payable), such obligations (whether or not due and payable by Borrower) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Subsidiary Guarantors for purposes of Section 13.01 .

 

13.06                  Instrument for the Payment of Money .  Each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby acknowledges that the guarantee in this Section 13 constitutes an instrument for the payment of money, and consents and agrees that the Lenders, at their sole option, in the event of a dispute by such Subsidiary Guarantor in the payment of any moneys due hereunder, shall have the right to proceed by motion for summary judgment in lieu of complaint pursuant to N.Y. Civ. Prac. L&R § 3213.

 

13.07                  Continuing Guarantee .  The guarantee in this Section 13 is a continuing guarantee, and shall apply to all Guaranteed Obligations whenever arising.

 

13.08                  Rights of Contribution .  The Subsidiary Guarantors hereby agree, as between themselves, that if any Subsidiary Guarantor shall become an Excess Funding Guarantor (as defined below) by reason of the payment by such Subsidiary Guarantor of any Guaranteed Obligations, each other Subsidiary Guarantor shall, on demand of such Excess Funding Guarantor (but subject to the next sentence), pay to such Excess Funding Guarantor an amount equal to such Subsidiary Guarantor’s Pro rata Share (as defined below and determined, for this purpose, without reference to the properties, debts and liabilities of such Excess Funding Guarantor) of the Excess Payment (as defined below) in respect of such Guaranteed Obligations.  The payment obligation of a Subsidiary Guarantor to any Excess Funding Guarantor under this Section 13.08 shall be subordinate and subject in right of payment to the prior payment in full of the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under the other provisions of this Section 13 and such Excess Funding Guarantor shall not exercise any right or remedy with respect to such excess until payment and satisfaction in full of all of such obligations.

 

For purposes of this Section 13.08 , (i) “ Excess Funding Guarantor ” means, in respect of any Guaranteed Obligations, a Subsidiary Guarantor that has paid an amount in excess of its Pro rata Share of such Guaranteed Obligations, (ii) “ Excess Payment ” means, in respect of any Guaranteed Obligations, the amount paid by an Excess Funding Guarantor in excess of its Pro rata Share of such Guaranteed Obligations and (iii) “ Pro Rata Share ” means, for any Subsidiary

 

73



 

Guarantor, the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of (x) the amount by which the aggregate present fair saleable value of all properties of such Subsidiary Guarantor (excluding any shares of stock of any other Subsidiary Guarantor) exceeds the amount of all the debts and liabilities of such Subsidiary Guarantor (including contingent, subordinated, unmatured and unliquidated liabilities, but excluding the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder and any obligations of any other Subsidiary Guarantor that have been Guaranteed by such Subsidiary Guarantor) to (y) the amount by which the aggregate fair saleable value of all properties of all of the Subsidiary Guarantors exceeds the amount of all the debts and liabilities (including contingent, subordinated, unmatured and unliquidated liabilities, but excluding the obligations of Borrower and the Subsidiary Guarantors hereunder and under the other Loan Documents) of all of the Subsidiary Guarantors, determined (A) with respect to any Subsidiary Guarantor that is a party hereto on the first Borrowing Date, as of such Borrowing Date, and (B) with respect to any other Subsidiary Guarantor, as of the date such Subsidiary Guarantor becomes a Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder.

 

13.09                  General Limitation on Guarantee Obligations .  In any action or proceeding involving any provincial, territorial or state corporate law, or any state or federal bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other law affecting the rights of creditors generally, if the obligations of any Subsidiary Guarantor under Section 13.01 would otherwise, taking into account the provisions of Section 13.08 , be held or determined to be void, invalid or unenforceable, or subordinated to the claims of any other creditors, on account of the amount of its liability under Section 13.01 , then, notwithstanding any other provision hereof to the contrary, the amount of such liability shall, without any further action by such Subsidiary Guarantor, the Lenders or any other Person, be automatically limited and reduced to the highest amount that is valid and enforceable and not subordinated to the claims of other creditors as determined in such action or proceeding.

 

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

74


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

BORROWER:

 

 

 

NEVRO CORP.

 

 

 

By

/s/ Andrew Galligan

 

 

Name: Andrew Galligan

 

 

Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

Address for Notices:

 

4040 Campbell Avenue, Suite 210

 

Menlo Park, CA 94025

 

Attn: Andrew Galligan

 

Tel.: 650.433.3205

 

Fax: 650.433.3984

 

Email: galligan@nevro.com

 



 

LENDERS:

 

 

 

CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II L.P.

 

By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II GP L.P., its General Partner

 

By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II GP LLC, its General Partner

 

 

 

 

By

/s/ Charles Tate

 

 

 

Name:

Charles Tate

 

 

 

Title:

Sole Member

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address for Notices:

 

 

 

1000 Main Street, Suite 2500

 

Houston, TX 77002

 

Attn:

General Counsel

 

Tel.:

713.209.7350

 

Fax:

713.209.7351

 

Email:

adorenbaum@crglp.com

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II — PARALLEL FUND “A” L.P.

 

By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II — PARALLEL FUND “A” GP L.P., its General Partner

 

By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II — PARALLEL FUND “A” GP LLC, its General Partner

 

 

 

 

By

/s/ Charles Tate

 

 

 

Name:

Charles Tate

 

 

 

Title:

Sole Member

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address for Notices:

 

 

 

1000 Main Street, Suite 2500

 

Houston, TX 77002

 

Attn:

General Counsel

 

Tel.:

713.209.7350

 

Fax:

713.209.7351

 

Email:

adorenbaum@crglp.com

 

 



 

PARALLEL INVESTMENT OPPORTUNITIES PARTNERS II L.P.

 

 

 

By PARALLEL INVESTMENT OPPORTUNITIES PARTNERS II GP L.P., its General Partner

 

 

 

By PARALLEL INVESTMENT OPPORTUNITIES PARTNERS II GP LLC, its General Partner

 

 

 

 

By

/s/ Charles Tate

 

 

 

Name:

Charles Tate

 

 

 

Title:

Sole Member

 

 

 

Address for Notices:

 

 

 

1000 Main Street, Suite 2500

 

Houston, TX 77002

 

Attn:

General Counsel

 

Tel.:

713.209.7350

 

Fax:

713.209.7351

 

Email:

adorenbaum@crglp.com

 

 



 

Schedule 1
to Term Loan Agreement

 

COMMITMENTS

 

Lender

 

Commitment

 

Proportionate Share

 

Capital Royalty Partners II L.P.

 

$

20,000,000

 

40

%

Capital Royalty Partners II — Parallel Fund “A” L.P.

 

$

20,000,000

 

40

%

Parallel Investment Opportunities Partners II L.P.

 

$

10,000,000

 

20

%

TOTAL

 

$

50,000,000

 

100

%

 


 

Schedule 7.05(b)

to Term Loan Agreement

 

CERTAIN INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

 

Patents (as of September 29, 2014):

 

Country
code

 

Application
No.

 

Description

 

Filing
Date

 

Priority
Date

 

Patent No.

 

Issue Date

 

Pub. No.

 

Pub. Date

US

 

12/264,836

 

Multi-Frequency Neural Treatments and Associated Systems and Methods

 

11/04/08

 

11/05/07

 

 

 

 

 

US 2009-0204173

 

8/19/2009

AU

 

2008324795

 

Multi-Frequency Neural Treatments and Associated Systems and Methods

 

11/05/08

 

11/05/07

 

 

 

 

 

AU 2008324795

 

5/14/2009

AU

 

2014215942

 

Multi-Frequency Neural Treatments and Associated Systems and Methods

 

08/19/14

 

11/05/07

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CA

 

2704564

 

Multi-Frequency Neural Treatments and Associated Systems and Methods

 

11/05/08

 

11/05/07

 

 

 

 

 

CA 2704564

 

5/14/2009

EP

 

08847097.6

 

Multi-Frequency Neural Treatments and Associated Systems and Methods

 

11/05/08

 

11/05/07

 

 

 

 

 

EP 2207587

 

7/21/2010

EP

 

12190892.5

 

Multi-Frequency Neural Treatments and Associated Systems and Methods

 

10/30/12

 

11/05/07

 

EP 2630984 B1

 

7/16/2014

 

EP 2630984 A1

 

8/28/2013

EP

 

14178370.4

 

Multi-Frequency Neural Treatments and Associated Systems and Methods

 

07/24/14

 

11/05/07

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

JP

 

2010-532333

 

Multi-Frequency Neural Treatments and Associated Systems and Methods

 

11/05/08

 

11/05/07

 

 

 

 

 

JP 2011-502586

 

1/27/2011

US

 

13/620,307

 

Multi-Frequency Neural Treatments and Associated Systems and Methods

 

09/14/12

 

11/05/07

 

 

 

 

 

US 2013-0211487

 

8/15/2013

US

 

13/705,021

 

Multi-Frequency Neural Treatments and Associated Systems and Methods

 

12/04/12

 

11/05/07

 

8,768,472

 

7/1/2014

 

US 2013-0096643

 

4/18/2013

US

 

13/705,045

 

Multi-Frequency Neural Treatments and Associated Systems and Methods

 

12/04/12

 

11/05/07

 

8,774,926

 

7/8/2014

 

US 2013-0096644

 

4/18/2013

US

 

14/181,549

 

Multi-Frequency Neural Treatments and Associated Systems and Methods

 

02/14/14

 

11/05/07

 

 

 

 

 

US 2014-0163660

 

6/12/2014

DE

 

20 2008 018 506.8

 

Multi-Frequency Neural Treatments and Associated Systems and Methods

 

08/18/14

 

11/05/07

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US

 

12/104,230

 

Treatment Devices with Deliver-Activated Inflatable Members, and Associated Systems and Methods for Treating the Spinal Cord and Other Tissues

 

04/16/08

 

04/16/08

 

8,326,439

 

12/4/2012

 

US 2009-0264973

 

10/22/2009

US

 

13/678,435

 

Treatment Devices with Deliver-Activated Inflatable Members, and Associated Systems and Methods for Treating the Spinal Cord and Other Tissues

 

11/15/12

 

04/16/08

 

8,712,552

 

4/29/2014

 

US 2013-0144305

 

6/6/2013

US

 

12/468,688

 

Implantable Neural Stimulation Electrode Assemblies and Methods for Stimulating Spinal Neural Sites

 

05/19/09

 

05/19/08

 

 

 

 

 

US 2009-0319013

 

12/24/2009

EP

 

09751405.3

 

Implantable Neural Stimulation Electrode Assemblies and Methods for Stimulating Spinal Neural Sites

 

05/19/09

 

05/19/08

 

 

 

 

 

EP 2318090

 

5/11/2011

 



 

US

 

12/129,078

 

Percutaneous Leads with Laterally Displaceable Sections, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

05/29/08

 

05/19/08

 

8,108,052

 

1/31/2012

 

US 2009-0299444

 

12/3/2009

US

 

12/362,244

 

Systems and Methods for Producing Asynchronous Neural Responses to Treat Pain and/or Other Patient Conditions

 

01/29/09

 

01/29/09

 

8,255,057

 

8/28/2012

 

US 2010-0191307

 

7/29/2010

EP

 

10703574.3

 

Systems and Methods for Producing Asynchronous Neural Responses to Treat Pain and/or Other Patient Conditions

 

01/28/10

 

01/29/09

 

 

 

 

 

EP 2396075

 

12/21/2011

CA

 

2750570

 

Systems and Methods for Producing Asynchronous Neural Responses to Treat Pain and/or Other Patient Conditions

 

01/28/10

 

01/29/09

 

 

 

 

 

CA 2750570

 

8/5/2010

AU

 

2010208187

 

Systems and Methods for Producing Asynchronous Neural Responses to Treat Pain and/or Other Patient Conditions

 

01/28/10

 

01/29/09

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AU

 

2013202918

 

Systems and Methods for Producing Asynchronous Neural Responses to Treat Pain and/or Other Patient Conditions

 

04/08/13

 

01/29/09

 

AU 2013202918

 

1/2/2014

 

UA 20132092918

 

5/2/2013

US

 

13/544,727

 

Systems and Methods for Producing Asynchronous Neural Responses to Treat Pain and/or Other Patient Conditions

 

07/09/12

 

01/29/09

 

8,509,906

 

8/13/2013

 

US 2013-0041425

 

2/14/2013

US

 

13/857,960

 

Systems and Methods for Producing Asynchronous Neural Responses to Treat Pain and/or Other Patient Conditions

 

04/05/13

 

01/29/09

 

8,849,410

 

9/30/2014

 

US 2014-0180359

 

6/26/2014

US

 

14/483,061

 

Systems and Methods for Producing Asynchronous Neural Responses to Treat Pain and/or Other Patient Conditions

 

09/10/14

 

01/29/09

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US

 

12/703,683

 

Systems and Method for Delivering Neural Therapy Correlated with Patient Status

 

02/10/10

 

02/10/09

 

8,355,797

 

1/15/2013

 

US 2010-0211135

 

8/19/2010

CA

 

2751579

 

Systems and Method for Delivering Neural Therapy Correlated with Patient Status

 

02/10/10

 

02/10/09

 

 

 

 

 

CA 2751579

 

8/19/2010

EP

 

10705946.1

 

Systems and Method for Delivering Neural Therapy Correlated with Patient Status

 

02/10/10

 

02/10/09

 

EP 2403589

 

1/22/2014

 

EP 2403589

 

1/11/2012

EP

 

14151730.0

 

Systems and Method for Delivering Neural Therapy Correlated with Patient Status

 

01/20/14

 

02/10/09

 

 

 

 

 

EP 2762197

 

8/6/2014

US

 

13/740,917

 

Systems and Method for Delivering Neural Therapy Correlated with Patient Status

 

01/14/13

 

02/10/09

 

 

 

 

 

US 2013-0261694

 

10/3/2013

AU

 

2010213807

 

Systems and Method for Delivering Neural Therapy Correlated with Patient Status

 

02/10/10

 

02/10/09

 

 

 

 

 

AU 2010213807

 

8/25/2011

AU

 

2013203268

 

Systems and Method for Delivering Neural Therapy Correlated with Patient Status

 

04/09/13

 

02/10/09

 

AU 2013203268

 

1/16/2014

 

AU 2013203268

 

5/2/2013

EP

 

10730001.4

 

Systems and Methods for Adjusting Electrical Therapy Based on Impedance Changes

 

06/25/10

 

07/08/09

 

 

 

 

 

EP 2451523

 

5/16/2012

US

 

12/499,769

 

Systems and Methods for Adjusting Electrical Therapy Based on Impedance Changes

 

07/08/09

 

07/08/09

 

8,311,639

 

11/13/2012

 

US 2011-0009927

 

1/13/2011

US

 

13/669,377

 

Systems and Methods for Detecting Faults and/or Adjusting Electrical Therapy Based on Impedance Changes

 

11/05/12

 

11/04/11

 

 

 

 

 

US 2013-0116752

 

5/9/2013

 



 

US

 

13/908,817

 

Systems and Methods for Detecting Faults and/or Adjusting Electrical Therapy Based on Impedance Changes

 

06/03/13

 

11/04/11

 

8,639,351

 

1/28/2014

 

US 2013-310892

 

11/21/2013

US

 

14/149,654

 

Systems and Methods for Detecting Faults and/or Adjusting Electrical Therapy Based on Impedance Changes

 

01/07/14

 

11/04/11

 

 

 

 

 

US 2014-0142655

 

5/22/2014

JP

 

2012-519569

 

Systems and Method for Delivering Neural Therapy Correlated with Patient Status

 

06/25/10

 

07/08/09

 

 

 

 

 

JP 2012-532672

 

12/20/2012

JP

 

2014-029140

 

Systems and Method for Delivering Neural Therapy Correlated with Patient Status

 

02/19/14

 

07/08/09

 

 

 

 

 

JP 2014-097424

 

5/29/2014

CA

 

2767358

 

Systems and Method for Delivering Neural Therapy Correlated with Patient Status

 

06/25/10

 

07/08/09

 

 

 

 

 

CA 2767358

 

1/13/2011

US

 

13/620,519

 

Systems and Methods for Adjusting Electrical Therapy Based on Impedance Changes

 

09/14/12

 

07/08/09

 

8,457,759

 

6/4/2013

 

US 2013-0073007

 

3/21/2013

AU

 

2010270830

 

“Parameter Learning and Automatic Implementation” - Systems and Method for Delivering Neural Therapy Correlated with Patient Status

 

06/25/10

 

07/08/09

 

 

 

 

 

AU 2010270830

 

2/2/2012

EP

 

10767788.2

 

Spinal Cord Modulation for Inducing Paresthetic and Anesthetic Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

04/22/10

 

04/22/09

 

EP 2421600

 

3/5/2014

 

EP 2421600

 

2/29/2012

EP

 

14152029.6

 

Spinal Cord Modulation for Inducing Paresthetic and Anesthetic Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

01/21/14

 

04/22/09

 

 

 

 

 

EP 2756864

 

7/23/2014

US

 

12/765,685

 

Spinal Cord Modulation for Inducing Paresthetic and Anesthetic Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

04/22/10

 

04/22/09

 

 

 

 

 

US 2010-0274312

 

10/28/2010

US

 

14/292,671

 

Spinal Cord Modulation for Inducing Paresthetic and Anesthetic Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

05/30/14

 

04/22/09

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AU

 

2010238752

 

Spinal Cord Modulation for Inducing Paresthetic and Anesthetic Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

04/22/10

 

04/22/09

 

 

 

 

 

AU 2010238752

 

11/10/2011

AU

 

2014218410

 

Spinal Cord Modulation for Inducing Paresthetic and Anesthetic Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

08/28/14

 

04/22/09

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CA

 

2758944

 

Spinal Cord Modulation for Inducing Paresthetic and Anesthetic Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

04/22/10

 

04/22/09

 

 

 

 

 

CA 2758944

 

10/28/2010

US

 

12/510,930

 

Linked Area Parameter Adjustment for Spinal Cord Stimulation and Associated Systems and Methods

 

07/28/09

 

07/28/09

 

8,498,710

 

7/30/2013

 

US 2011-0029040

 

2/3/2011

US

 

13/914,494

 

Linked Area Parameter Adjustment for Spinal Cord Stimulation and Associated Systems and Methods

 

06/06/13

 

07/28/09

 

8,712,535

 

4/29/2014

 

US 2014-0031893

 

1/30/2014

US

 

14/226,644

 

Linked Area Parameter Adjustment for Spinal Cord Stimulation and Associated Systems and Methods

 

03/26/14

 

07/28/09

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

JP

 

2012-523004

 

Linked Area Parameter Adjustment for Spinal Cord Stimulation and Associated Systems and Methods

 

07/28/10

 

07/28/09

 

 

 

 

 

JP 2013500779

 

1/10/2013

AU

 

2010279054

 

Linked Area Parameter Adjustment for Spinal Cord Stimulation and Associated Systems and Methods

 

07/28/10

 

07/28/09

 

 

 

 

 

AU 2010279054

 

2/16/2012

CA

 

2769384

 

Linked Area Parameter Adjustment for Spinal Cord Stimulation and Associated Systems and Methods

 

07/28/10

 

07/28/09

 

 

 

 

 

CA 2769384

 

2/3/2011

EP

 

10739797.8

 

Linked Area Parameter Adjustment for Spinal Cord Stimulation and Associated Systems and Methods

 

07/28/10

 

07/28/09

 

 

 

 

 

EP 2459271

 

6/6/2012

US

 

12/765,747

 

Selective High Frequency Spinal Cord Stimulation for Inhibiting Pain with Reduced Side Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

04/22/10

 

05/08/09

 

8,712,533

 

4/29/2014

 

US 2010-0274314

 

10/28/2010

US

 

13/245,450

 

Selective High Frequency Spinal Cord Stimulation for Inhibiting Pain with Reduced Side Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

09/26/11

 

05/08/09

 

8,170,675

 

5/1/2012

 

US 2012-0016437

 

1/19/2012

US

 

13/245,471

 

Selective High Frequency Spinal Cord Stimulation for Inhibiting Pain with Reduced Side Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

09/26/11

 

05/08/09

 

8,209,021

 

6/26/2012

 

US 2012-0016438

 

1/19/2012

US

 

13/398,693

 

Selective High Frequency Spinal Cord Stimulation for Inhibiting Pain with Reduced Side Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

02/16/12

 

05/08/09

 

8,396,559

 

3/12/2013

 

US 2012-0158093

 

6/21/2012

US

 

13/446,944

 

Selective High Frequency Spinal Cord Stimulation for Inhibiting Pain with Reduced Side Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

04/13/12

 

05/08/09

 

8,355,792

 

1/15/2013

 

US 2012-0197369

 

8/2/2012

US

 

13/446,970

 

Selective High Frequency Spinal Cord Stimulation for Inhibiting Pain with Reduced Side Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

04/13/12

 

05/08/09

 

8,359,102

 

1/22/2013

 

US 2012-0203303

 

8/9/2012

US

 

13/446,992

 

Selective High Frequency Spinal Cord Stimulation for Inhibiting Pain with Reduced Side Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

04/13/12

 

05/08/09

 

8,359,103

 

1/22/2013

 

US 2012-0203319

 

8/9/2012

US

 

13/447,026

 

Selective High Frequency Spinal Cord Stimulation for Inhibiting Pain with Reduced Side Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

04/13/12

 

05/08/09

 

8,509,905

 

8/13/2013

 

US 2012-0203304

 

8/9/2012

US

 

13/447,050

 

Selective High Frequency Spinal Cord Stimulation for Inhibiting Pain with Reduced Side Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

04/13/12

 

05/08/09

 

8,428,748

 

4/23/2013

 

US 2012-0209349

 

8/16/2012

 



 

US

 

13/620,235

 

Selective High Frequency Spinal Cord Stimulation for Inhibiting Pain with Reduced Side Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

09/14/12

 

05/08/09

 

 

 

 

 

US 2013-0172955

 

7/4/2013

US

 

13/725,770

 

Selective High Frequency Spinal Cord Stimulation for Inhibiting Pain with Reduced Side Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

12/21/12

 

05/08/09

 

8,694,109

 

4/8/2014

 

US 2013-0110196

 

5/2/2013

US

 

13/728,965

 

Selective High Frequency Spinal Cord Stimulation for Inhibiting Pain with Reduced Side Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

12/27/12

 

05/08/09

 

8,718,781

 

5/6/2014

 

US 2013-0123879

 

5/16/2013

US

 

13/830,788

 

Selective High Frequency Spinal Cord Stimulation for Inhibiting Pain with Reduced Side Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

03/14/13

 

05/08/09

 

8,554,326

 

10/8/2013

 

US 2013-0204320

 

8/8/2013

US

 

13/830,886

 

Selective High Frequency Spinal Cord Stimulation for Inhibiting Pain with Reduced Side Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

03/14/13

 

05/08/09

 

 

 

 

 

US 2013-0204321

 

8/8/2013

US

 

13/830,992

 

Selective High Frequency Spinal Cord Stimulation for Inhibiting Pain with Reduced Side Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

03/14/13

 

05/08/09

 

 

 

 

 

US 2013-0204338

 

8/8/2013

US

 

13/831,057

 

Selective High Frequency Spinal Cord Stimulation for Inhibiting Pain with Reduced Side Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

03/14/13

 

05/08/09

 

8,718,782

 

5/6/2014

 

US 2013-0204322

 

8/8/2013

US

 

14/037,193

 

Selective High Frequency Spinal Cord Stimulation for Inhibiting Pain with Reduced Side Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

09/25/13

 

05/08/09

 

8,792,988

 

7/29/2014

 

US 2014-0031896

 

1/30/2014

US

 

14/037,230

 

Selective High Frequency Spinal Cord Stimulation for Inhibiting Pain with Reduced Side Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

09/25/13

 

05/08/09

 

8,862,239

 

10/14/2014

 

US 2014-0025134

 

1/23/2014

US

 

14/037,262

 

Selective High Frequency Spinal Cord Stimulation for Inhibiting Pain with Reduced Side Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

09/25/13

 

05/08/09

 

 

 

 

 

US 2014-0025146

 

1/23/2014

US

 

14/164,044

 

Selective High Frequency Spinal Cord Stimulation for Inhibiting Pain with Reduced Side Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

01/24/14

 

05/08/09

 

 

 

 

 

US 2014-0142673

 

5/22/2014

US

 

14/164,057

 

Selective High Frequency Spinal Cord Stimulation for Inhibiting Pain with Reduced Side Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

01/24/14

 

05/08/09

 

 

 

 

 

US 2014-0142656

 

5/22/2014

 


 

US

 

14/164,082

 

Selective High Frequency Spinal Cord Stimulation for Inhibiting Pain with Reduced Side Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

01/24/14

 

05/08/09

 

 

 

 

 

US 2014-0142657

 

5/22/2014

US

 

14/164,096

 

Selective High Frequency Spinal Cord Stimulation for Inhibiting Pain with Reduced Side Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

01/24/14

 

05/08/09

 

 

 

 

 

US 2014-0142658

 

5/22/2014

US

 

14/164,100

 

Selective High Frequency Spinal Cord Stimulation for Inhibiting Pain with Reduced Side Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

01/24/14

 

05/08/09

 

 

 

 

 

US 2014-0142659

 

5/22/2014

US

 

14/199,867

 

Selective High Frequency Spinal Cord Stimulation for Inhibiting Pain with Reduced Side Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

03/06/14

 

05/08/09

 

 

 

 

 

US 2014-0188187

 

7/3/2014

US

 

14/261,369

 

Selective High Frequency Spinal Cord Stimulation for Inhibiting Pain with Reduced Side Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

04/24/14

 

05/08/09

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CN

 

201080027829.0

 

Selective High Frequency Spinal Cord Stimulation for Inhibiting Pain with Reduced Side Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

04/22/10

 

05/08/09

 

 

 

 

 

CN 102458569

 

5/16/2012

EP

 

12190886.7

 

Selective High Frequency Spinal Cord Stimulation for Inhibiting Pain with Reduced Side Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

10/30/12

 

05/08/09

 

 

 

 

 

EP 2586488

 

5/1/2013

AU

 

2010238763

 

Selective High Frequency Spinal Cord Stimulation for Inhibiting Pain with Reduced Side Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

04/22/10

 

05/08/09

 

AU 2010238763

 

9/12/2013

 

AU 2010238763

 

11/10/2011

AU

 

2013200870

 

Selective High Frequency Spinal Cord Stimulation for Inhibiting Pain with Reduced Side Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

02/18/13

 

05/08/09

 

AU 2013200870

 

7/25/2013

 

AU 2013200870

 

3/7/2013

AU

 

2013202376

 

Selective High Frequency Spinal Cord Stimulation for Inhibiting Pain with Reduced Side Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

04/03/13

 

05/08/09

 

AU 2013202376

 

9/26/2013

 

AU 2013202376

 

5/2/2013

AU

 

2013205599

 

Selective High Frequency Spinal Cord Stimulation for Inhibiting Pain with Reduced Side Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

05/01/13

 

05/08/09

 

AU 2013205599 B2

 

3/13/2014

 

AU 2013205599

 

5/23/2013

AU

 

2013263724

 

Selective High Frequency Spinal Cord Stimulation for Inhibiting Pain with Reduced Side Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

11/27/13

 

05/08/09

 

AU 2013263724

 

3/20/2014

 

AU 2013263724

 

12/19/2013

 



 

AU

 

2013263726

 

Selective High Frequency Spinal Cord Stimulation for Inhibiting Pain with Reduced Side Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

11/27/13

 

05/08/09

 

 

 

 

 

AU 2013263726

 

12/13/2013

AU

 

2013263729

 

Selective High Frequency Spinal Cord Stimulation for Inhibiting Pain with Reduced Side Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

11/27/13

 

05/08/09

 

AU 2013263729 B2

 

5/27/2014

 

AU 2013263729

 

12/19/2013

AU

 

2013263731

 

Selective High Frequency Spinal Cord Stimulation for Inhibiting Pain with Reduced Side Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

11/27/13

 

05/08/09

 

AU 2013263731 B2

 

9/4/2014

 

AU 2013263731

 

12/19/2013

AU

 

2014221243

 

Selective High Frequency Spinal Cord Stimulation for Inhibiting Pain with Reduced Side Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

09/04/14

 

05/08/09

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

KR

 

10-2011-7027646

 

Selective High Frequency Spinal Cord Stimulation for Inhibiting Pain with Reduced Side Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

04/22/10

 

05/08/09

 

 

 

 

 

KR 20120024623

 

3/14/2012

CA

 

2758975

 

Selective High Frequency Spinal Cord Stimulation for Inhibiting Pain with Reduced Side Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

04/22/10

 

05/08/09

 

 

 

 

 

CA 2758975

 

10/28/2010

EP

 

10160641.6

 

Selective High Frequency Spinal Cord Stimulation for Inhibiting Pain with Reduced Side Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

04/21/10

 

05/08/09

 

EP 2243510

 

4/9/2014

 

EP 2243510

 

10/27/2010

JP

 

2012-507399

 

Selective High Frequency Spinal Cord Stimulation for Inhibiting Pain with Reduced Side Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

04/22/10

 

05/08/09

 

 

 

 

 

JP 2012524629

 

10/18/2012

US

 

13/935,294

 

Couplings for Implanted Leads and External Stimulators, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

07/03/13

 

09/18/09

 

 

 

 

 

US 2013-0325092

 

12/5/2013

EP

 

10817939

 

Couplings for Implanted Leads and External Stimulators, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

09/17/10

 

09/18/09

 

 

 

 

 

EP 2477693

 

7/25/2012

AU

 

2010295422

 

Couplings for Implanted Leads and External Stimulators, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

09/17/10

 

09/18/09

 

AU 2010295422 B2

 

8/14/2014

 

AU 2010295422

 

5/10/2012

US

 

12/765,810

 

Devices for Controlling High Frequency Spinal Cord Modulation for Inhibiting Pain, and Associated Systems and Methods, Including Simplified Controllers

 

04/22/10

 

04/22/09

 

 

 

 

 

US 2010-0274317

 

10/28/2010

US

 

12/765,824

 

Devices for Controlling High Frequency Spinal Cord Modulation for Inhibiting Pain, and Associated Systems and Methods, Including Simplified Controllers

 

04/22/10

 

04/22/09

 

8,838,248

 

9/16/2014

 

US 2010-0274318

 

10/28/2010

 



 

US

 

12/765,790

 

Devices for Controlling High Frequency Spinal Cord Modulation for Inhibiting Pain, and Associated Systems and Methods, Including Simplified Controllers

 

04/22/10

 

04/22/09

 

8,694,108

 

4/8/2014

 

US 2010-0274316

 

10/28/2010

US

 

13/245,500

 

Devices for Controlling High Frequency Spinal Cord Modulation for Inhibiting Pain, and Associated Systems and Methods, Including Simplified Controllers

 

09/26/11

 

04/22/09

 

8,423,147

 

4/16/2013

 

US 2012-0016439

 

1/19/2012

US

 

14/480,348

 

Devices for Controlling High Frequency Spinal Cord Modulation for Inhibiting Pain, and Associated Systems and Methods, Including Simplified Controllers

 

09/08/14

 

04/22/09

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CN

 

201080027826.7

 

Devices for Controlling High Frequency Spinal Cord Modulation for Inhibiting Pain, and Associated Systems and Methods, Including Simplified Controllers

 

04/22/10

 

04/22/09

 

 

 

 

 

CN 102458568

 

5/16/2012

AU

 

2010238768

 

Devices for Controlling High Frequency Spinal Cord Modulation for Inhibiting Pain, and Associated Systems and Methods, Including Simplified Controllers

 

04/22/10

 

04/22/09

 

 

 

 

 

AU 2010238768

 

11/10/2011

CA

 

2759018

 

Devices for Controlling High Frequency Spinal Cord Modulation for Inhibiting Pain, and Associated Systems and Methods, Including Simplified Controllers

 

04/22/10

 

04/22/09

 

 

 

 

 

CA 2759018

 

10/28/2010

KR

 

10-2011-7027645

 

Devices for Controlling High Frequency Spinal Cord Modulation for Inhibiting Pain, and Associated Systems and Methods, Including Simplified Controllers

 

04/22/10

 

04/22/09

 

 

 

 

 

KR 20120028307

 

3/22/2012

EP

 

10160733.1

 

Devices for Controlling High Frequency Spinal Cord Modulation for Inhibiting Pain, and Associated Systems and Methods, Including Simplified Controllers

 

04/22/10

 

04/22/09

 

 

 

 

 

EP 2243511

 

10/28/2010

JP

 

2012-507401

 

Devices for Controlling High Frequency Spinal Cord Modulation for Inhibiting Pain, and Associated Systems and Methods, Including Simplified Controllers

 

04/22/10

 

04/22/09

 

 

 

 

 

JP 2012524630

 

10/18/2012

US

 

12/895,403

 

Systems and Methods for Positioning Implanted Devices in a Patient

 

09/30/10

 

09/30/10

 

 

 

 

 

US 2012-0083856

 

4/5/2012

US

 

12/895,438

 

Systems and Methods for Detecting Intrathecal Penetration

 

09/30/10

 

09/30/10

 

8,805,519

 

8/12/2014

 

US 2012-0083709

 

4/5/2012

US

 

14/326,301

 

Systems and Methods for Detecting Intrathecal Penetration

 

07/08/14

 

09/30/10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US

 

13/076,197

 

Systems and Methods for Selecting Neural Modulation Contacts from Among Multiple Contacts

 

03/30/11

 

03/30/11

 

 

 

 

 

US 2012-0253422

 

10/4/2012

US

 

13/308,436

 

Extended Pain Relief via High Frequency Spinal Cord Modulation, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

11/30/11

 

11/30/10

 

8,649,874

 

2/11/2014

 

US 2012-0172946

 

7/5/2012

 



 

US

 

14/163,149

 

Extended Pain Relief via High Frequency Spinal Cord Modulation, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

01/24/14

 

11/30/10

 

 

 

 

 

US 2014-0207207

 

7/24/2014

AU

 

2011336606

 

Extended Pain Relief via High Frequency Spinal Cord Modulation, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

06/24/13

 

11/30/10

 

 

 

 

 

AU 2011336606

 

7/18/2013

US

 

13/232,714

 

Tapered, Curved Stylet for Inserting Spinal Cord Modulation Leads and Associated Systems and Methods

 

09/14/11

 

09/14/11

 

 

 

 

 

US 2013-0066331

 

3/14/2013

US

 

13/750,802

 

Lead Anchor and Associated Systems and Methods

 

01/25/13

 

01/25/12

 

 

 

 

 

US 2013-0204336

 

8/8/2013

EP

 

13741117.9

 

Lead Anchor and Associated Systems and Methods

 

07/25/14

 

01/25/12

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AU

 

2013211937

 

Lead Anchor and Associated Systems and Methods

 

08/18/14

 

01/25/12

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US

 

13/645,387

 

Modeling Positions of Implanted Devices in a Patient

 

10/04/12

 

10/04/11

 

 

 

 

 

US 2013-0096642

 

4/18/2013

AU

 

2012318586

 

Modeling Positions of Implanted Devices in a Patient

 

04/28/14

 

10/04/11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EP

 

12838699.2

 

Modeling Positions of Implanted Devices in a Patient

 

03/31/14

 

10/04/11

 

 

 

 

 

EP 2763743

 

8/13/2014

US

 

13/291,985

 

Medical Device Contact Assemblies for Use with Implantable Leads, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

11/08/11

 

11/08/11

 

 

 

 

 

US 2013-0116754

 

5/9/2013

EP

 

EP 12847854.2

 

Medical Device Contact Assemblies for Use with Implantable Leads, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

05/07/14

 

11/08/11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AU

 

201235722

 

Medical Device Contact Assemblies for Use with Implantable Leads, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

06/01/14

 

11/08/11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US

 

13/831,151

 

Selective High Frequency Spinal Cord Modulation for Inhibiting Pain, including Migraine Pain with Reduced Side Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

03/14/13

 

09/08/11

 

 

 

 

 

US 2013-0204323

 

8/8/2013

US

 

13/831,241

 

Selective High Frequency Spinal Cord Modulation for Inhibiting Pain, including Migraine Pain with Reduced Side Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

03/14/13

 

09/08/11

 

 

 

 

 

US 2013-0261695

 

10/3/2013

US

 

13/607,617

 

Selective High Frequency Spinal Cord Modulation for Inhibiting Pain, including Migraine Pain with Reduced Side Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

09/07/12

 

09/08/11

 

 

 

 

 

US 2013-0066411

 

3/14/2013

US

 

13/831,300

 

Selective High Frequency Spinal Cord Modulation for Inhibiting Pain, including Migraine Pain with Reduced Side Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

03/14/13

 

09/08/11

 

 

 

 

 

US 2013-0204324

 

8/8/2013

US

 

13/831,381

 

Selective High Frequency Spinal Cord Modulation for Inhibiting Pain, including Migraine Pain with Reduced Side Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

03/14/13

 

09/08/11

 

 

 

 

 

US 2013-0261696

 

10/3/2013

 



 

AU

 

2012304370

 

Selective High Frequency Spinal Cord Modulation for Inhibiting Pain, including Migraine Pain with Reduced Side Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

03/04/13

 

09/08/11

 

 

 

 

 

AU 2012304370

 

3/20/2014

US

 

13/669,350

 

Medical Device Communication and Charging Assemblies for Use with Implantable Pulse Generators, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

11/05/12

 

11/04/11

 

 

 

 

 

US 2013-0116763

 

5/9/2013

US

 

29/436,395

 

Implantable Signal Generator

 

11/05/12

 

11/05/12

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US

 

29/451,693

 

Implantable Signal Generator

 

04/05/13

 

11/05/12

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AU

 

2012332102

 

Medical Device Communication and Charging Assemblies for Use with Implantable Pulse Generators, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

05/21/14

 

11/04/11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EP

 

002230656-0001/0002

 

Implantable Signal Generator

 

05/04/13

 

11/05/12

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

KR

 

30-2013-23603

 

Implantable Signal Generator

 

05/03/13

 

11/05/12

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CN

 

201330153914.8

 

Implantable Signal Generator

 

05/03/13

 

11/05/12

 

ZL201330153914.8

 

5/7/2014

 

 

 

 

AU

 

348008

 

Implantable Signal Generator

 

05/03/13

 

11/05/12

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EP

 

EP 12846703.2

 

Medical Device Communication and Charging Assemblies for Use with Implantable Pulse Generators, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

05/07/14

 

11/04/11

 

 

 

 

 

EP 2773423

 

9/10/2014

WO

 

US2013/034711

 

Devices Controlling High Frequency Spinal Cord Modulation for Inhibiting Pain, and Associated Systems and Methods, Including Controllers for Automated Parameter Selection

 

03/29/13

 

04/02/12

 

 

 

 

 

WO 2013-151906

 

10/10/2013

US

 

13/831,539

 

Devices Controlling High Frequency Spinal Cord Modulation for Inhibiting Pain, and Associated Systems and Methods, Including Controllers for Automated Parameter Selection

 

03/14/13

 

04/02/12

 

8,676,331

 

3/18/2014

 

US 2013-0261697

 

10/3/2013

US

 

14/167,968

 

Devices Controlling High Frequency Spinal Cord Modulation for Inhibiting Pain, and Associated Systems and Methods, Including Controllers for Automated Parameter Selection

 

01/29/14

 

04/02/12

 

 

 

 

 

US 2014-0200627

 

7/17/2014

US

 

13/710,341

 

Lead Insertion Devices and Associated Systems and Methods

 

12/10/12

 

12/10/12

 

 

 

 

 

US 2014-0163655

 

6/12/2014

US

 

13/922,765

 

Autonomic Nervous System Control via High Frequency Spinal Cord Modulation and Associated Systems and Methods

 

06/20/13

 

06/22/12

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US

 

14/161,512

 

System and Method for Systematically Testing a Plurality of Therapy Programs in a Patient Therapy Devices

 

01/22/14

 

01/22/13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US

 

14/161,554

 

Systems and Methods for Automatically Programming Patient Therapy Devices

 

01/22/14

 

01/22/13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US

 

14/309,830

 

Active Fixation Spinal Cord Stimulation Lead and Anchor Tool

 

06/19/14

 

06/28/13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

WO

 

US2014/43522

 

Active Fixation Spinal Cord Stimulation Lead and Anchor Tool

 

06/20/14

 

06/28/13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US

 

14/161,592

 

Systems and Methods for Deploying Patient Therpay Devices

 

01/22/14

 

01/22/13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US

 

14/268,575

 

Molded Header for Implanted Spinal Cord Pulse Generators and Associated Systems and Methods

 

05/02/14

 

05/03/13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

WO

 

US2014/36576

 

Molded Header for Implanted Spinal Cord Pulse Generators and Associated Systems and Methods

 

05/02/14

 

05/03/13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US

 

14/447,095

 

Physician Programmer with Enhanced Graphical User Interface, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

07/30/14

 

07/31/13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US

 

62/000,985

 

Implanted Pulse Generators with Reduced Power Consumption Via Signal Strength/Duration Characteristics, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

05/20/14

 

05/20/14

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US

 

14/300,193

 

Methods and Systems for Disease Treatment Using High Frequency Electrical Stimulation

 

06/09/14

 

06/10/13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US

 

61/901,255

 

Spinal Cord Modulation for Inhibiting Pain Via Short Pulse Width Waverforms, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

11/07/13

 

11/07/13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US

 

61/949,966

 

Systems and Methods for Responding to Perceived Therapy Loss During Spinal Cord Stimulation

 

03/07/14

 

03/07/14

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US

 

61/987,891

 

MRI Compatible Medical Devices

 

05/02/14

 

05/02/14

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Licensed Patents (as of September 30, 2014):

 

Country
code

 

Application
No.

 

Title

 

Filing
Date

 

Priority
Date

 

Patent
No.

 

Issue
Date

 

Pub. No.

 

Pub. Date

US

 

11/370,967

 

HF Regional Anesthetic

 

03/07/06

 

03/07/06

 

8,027,718

 

9/27/2011

 

US 2007-0213771

 

9/13/2007

US

 

12/045,394

 

Neural Block Therapy

 

03/10/08

 

09/26/05

 

8,798,754

 

8/5/2014

 

US 2008-0154333

 

6/26/2008

US

 

14/059,246

 

Neural Block Therapy

 

10/21/13

 

09/26/05

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

Trademarks (as of September 29, 2014):

 

Country

 

Mark Name

 

Current Appl. No

 

Current Appl. Date

 

Current Reg No

 

Current Reg Date

 

CLASSGOODS

United States

 

HF10

 

85/849,876

 

02/14/2013

 

 

 

 

 

(010 - INTERNATIONAL) Medical device, namely, an electrical stimulation device for pain control; medical device for use in tissue and neural tissue for modulating neurological signals; electrical neuromodulation therapy device for pain control

Australia

 

HF10

 

1572217

 

08/01/2013

 

1572217

 

11/27/2013

 

(010 - INTERNATIONAL) Medical device, namely, an electrical stimulation device for pain control; medical device for use in tissue and neural tissue for modulating neurological signals; electrical neuromodulation therapy device for pain control

Canada

 

HF10

 

1,630,524

 

06/11/2013

 

 

 

 

 

(W - NATIONAL) Medical device, namely, an electrical stimulation device for pain control; medical device for use in tissue and neural tissue for modulating neurological signals; electrical neuromodulation therapy device for pain control

Switzerland

 

HF10

 

57034/2013

 

06/12/2013

 

648.337

 

06/12/2013

 

(010 - INTERNATIONAL) Medical device, namely, an electrical stimulation device for pain control; medical device for use in tissue and neural tissue for modulating neurological signals; electrical neuromodulation therapy device for pain control

Community Trademark (European Union)

 

HF10

 

011888922

 

06/11/2013

 

011888922

 

11/04/2013

 

(010 - INTERNATIONAL) Medical devices, namely, an electrical stimulation device for pain control; medical device for use in tissue and neural tissue for modulating neurological signals; electrical neuromodulation therapy device for pain control.

 



 

Turkey

 

HF10

 

2013/68539

 

08/13/2013

 

 

 

 

 

(010 - INTERNATIONAL) Medical device, namely, an electrical stimulation device for pain control; medical device for use in tissue and neural tissue for modulating neurological signals; electrical neuromodulation therapy device for pain control

United States

 

LEADERSHIP THROUGH INNOVATION

 

85/873,959

 

03/12/2013

 

 

 

 

 

(010 - INTERNATIONAL) Medical and surgical instruments and apparatus, namely, neuromodulation devices and components therefor

Australia

 

LEADERSHIP THROUGH INNOVATION

 

1576954

 

08/27/2013

 

1576954

 

12/11/2013

 

(010 - INTERNATIONAL) Medical and surgical instruments and apparatus, namely, neuromodulation devices and components therefor

Community Trademark (European Union)

 

LEADERSHIP THROUGH INNOVATION

 

012083796

 

08/22/2013

 

 

 

 

 

(010 - INTERNATIONAL) Medical and surgical instruments and apparatus; medical and surgical instruments and apparatus, namely, neuromodulation devices and components therefor

United States

 

NEVRO

 

77/165,563

 

04/25/2007

 

3,923,415

 

02/22/2011

 

(010 - INTERNATIONAL) Medical device, namely, an implantable electrical stimulation device for pain control

United States

 

NEVRO

 

85/066,199

 

06/18/2010

 

4,280,175

 

01/22/2013

 

(010 - INTERNATIONAL) Medical and surgical instruments and apparatus and components therefor; namely, devices for use in tissue and neural tissue for modulating neurological signals

United States

 

NEVRO

 

85/254,957

 

03/01/2011

 

 

 

 

 

(044 - INTERNATIONAL) Professional consultation in the use of medical equipment, namely, devices for use in tissue and neural tissue for modulating neurological signals

 



 

Australia

 

NEVRO

 

1400511

 

12/17/2010

 

1400511

 

08/05/2011

 

(010 - INTERNATIONAL) Medical and surgical instruments and apparatus and components therefor; namely, devices for use in tissue and neural tissue for modulating neurological signals

Canada

 

NEVRO

 

1,508,364

 

12/17/2010

 

 

 

 

 

(W - NATIONAL) (1) Medical and surgical instruments and apparatus and components therefor; namely, devices for use in tissue and neural tissue for modulating neurological signals for the treatment of pain.

Community Trademark (European Union)

 

NEVRO

 

009606815

 

12/17/2010

 

009606815

 

06/08/2013

 

(010 - INTERNATIONAL) Medical and surgical instruments and apparatus and components therefor; devices for use in tissue and neural tissue for modulating neurological signals

Japan

 

NEVRO

 

98308/2010

 

12/17/2010

 

5434918

 

08/26/2011

 

(010 - INTERNATIONAL) Medical and surgical instruments and apparatus and components therefor; namely, devices for use in tissue and neural tissue for modulating neurological signals

United States

 

NEVRO AND DESIGN

 

85/066,213

 

06/18/2010

 

4,280,176

 

01/22/2013

 

(010 - INTERNATIONAL) Medical and surgical instruments and apparatus and components therefor, namely, devices for use in tissue and neural tissue for modulating neurological signals

Australia

 

NEVRO LOGO

 

1620827

 

05/05/2014

 

 

 

 

 

(010 - INTERNATIONAL) Medical and surgical devices; medical and surgical instruments and apparatus and components therefor, namely, devices for use in tissue and neural tissue for modulating neurological signals

 



 

Community Trademark (European Union)

 

NEVRO LOGO

 

12847372

 

05/06/2014

 

 

 

 

 

(010 - INTERNATIONAL) Medical and surgical devices; medical and surgical instruments and apparatus and components therefor, namely, devices for use in tissue and neural tissue for modulating neurological signals. (044 - INTERNATIONAL) Professional consultation in the use of medical equipment, namely, devices for use in tissue and neural tissue for modulating neurological signals

United States

 

SENZA

 

77/775,635

 

07/07/2009

 

4,242,293

 

11/13/2012

 

(010 - INTERNATIONAL) Medical device, namely, an implantable electrical stimulation device for pain control

Canada

 

SENZA

 

1,485,349

 

06/16/2010

 

 

 

 

 

(W - NATIONAL) (1) Medical device, namely, an implantable electrical stimulation device for pain control.

Community Trademark (European Union)

 

SENZA

 

008451825

 

07/27/2009

 

008451825

 

01/27/2010

 

(010 - INTERNATIONAL) Surgical and medical apparatus and instruments; medical device, namely, an implantable electrical stimulation device for pain contol

Japan

 

SENZA

 

048661/2010

 

06/18/2010

 

5417330

 

06/10/2011

 

(010 - INTERNATIONAL) Medical device, namely, an implantable electrical stimulation device for pain control

United States

 

LEADERSHIP THROUGH EVIDENCE

 

86/097,185

 

10/21/2013

 

 

 

 

 

(010 - INTERNATIONAL) Medical and surgical instruments and apparatus, namely, neuromodulation devices and components therefor

United States

 

LEADERSHIP THROUGH COLLABORATION

 

86/097,172

 

10/21/2013

 

 

 

 

 

(010 - INTERNATIONAL) Medical and surgical instruments and apparatus, namely, neuromodulation devices and components therefor

United States

 

BURST

 

86/219,400

 

03/12/2014

 

 

 

 

 

(010 - INTERNATIONAL) Medical device

United States

 

BURST STIMULATION

 

86/219,378

 

03/12/2014

 

 

 

 

 

(010 - INTERNATIONAL) Medical device

 



 

United States

 

PARESTHESIA-FREE BURST

 

86/219,444

 

03/12/2014

 

 

 

 

 

(010 - INTERNATIONAL) Medical device

United States

 

PARESTHESIA-FREE STIMULATION

 

86/219,440

 

03/12/2014

 

 

 

 

 

(010 - INTERNATIONAL) Medical device

United States

 

PARESTHESIA-FREE HIGH FREQUENCY

 

86/219,432

 

03/12/2014

 

 

 

 

 

(010 - INTERNATIONAL) Medical device

United States

 

PARESTHESIA-FREE SCS

 

86/219,425

 

03/12/2014

 

 

 

 

 

(010 - INTERNATIONAL) Medical device

United States

 

HF-SCS

 

86/219,419

 

03/12/2014

 

 

 

 

 

(010 - INTERNATIONAL) Medical device

United States

 

HIGH FREQUENCY BURST

 

86/219,408

 

03/12/2014

 

 

 

 

 

(010 - INTERNATIONAL) Medical device

United States

 

HIGH FREQUENCY SCS

 

86/219,391

 

03/12/2014

 

 

 

 

 

(010 - INTERNATIONAL) Medical device

United States

 

HIGH FREQUENCY

 

86/219,384

 

03/12/2014

 

 

 

 

 

(010 - INTERNATIONAL) Medical device

United States

 

GOT DATA?

 

86/351663

 

07/29/2014

 

 

 

 

 

(010 - INTERNATIONAL) Medical device

 

Copyrights (as of September 29, 2014):

 

None.

 


 

Schedule 7.05(c) 
to Term Loan Agreement

 

MATERIAL INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

 

As of September 30, 2014:

 

Country
code

 

Application 
No.

 

Description

 

Filing
Date

 

Priority
Date

 

Patent No.

 

Issue Date

 

Pub. No.

 

Pub. Date

US

 

12/264,836

 

Multi-Frequency Neural Treatments and Associated Systems and Methods

 

11/04/08

 

11/05/07

 

 

 

 

 

US 2009-0204173

 

8/19/2009

AU

 

2008324795

 

Multi-Frequency Neural Treatments and Associated Systems and Methods

 

11/05/08

 

11/05/07

 

 

 

 

 

AU 2008324795

 

5/14/2009

AU

 

2014215942

 

Multi-Frequency Neural Treatments and Associated Systems and Methods

 

08/19/14

 

11/05/07

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CA

 

2704564

 

Multi-Frequency Neural Treatments and Associated Systems and Methods

 

11/05/08

 

11/05/07

 

 

 

 

 

CA 2704564

 

5/14/2009

EP

 

08847097.6

 

Multi-Frequency Neural Treatments and Associated Systems and Methods

 

11/05/08

 

11/05/07

 

 

 

 

 

EP 2207587

 

7/21/2010

EP

 

12190892.5

 

Multi-Frequency Neural Treatments and Associated Systems and Methods

 

10/30/12

 

11/05/07

 

EP 2630984 B1

 

7/16/2014

 

EP 2630984 A1

 

8/28/2013

EP

 

14178370.4

 

Multi-Frequency Neural Treatments and Associated Systems and Methods

 

07/24/14

 

11/05/07

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

JP

 

2010-532333

 

Multi-Frequency Neural Treatments and Associated Systems and Methods

 

11/05/08

 

11/05/07

 

 

 

 

 

JP 2011-502586

 

1/27/2011

US

 

13/620,307

 

Multi-Frequency Neural Treatments and Associated Systems and Methods

 

09/14/12

 

11/05/07

 

 

 

 

 

US 2013-0211487

 

8/15/2013

US

 

13/705,021

 

Multi-Frequency Neural Treatments and Associated Systems and Methods

 

12/04/12

 

11/05/07

 

8,768,472

 

7/1/2014

 

US 2013-0096643

 

4/18/2013

US

 

13/705,045

 

Multi-Frequency Neural Treatments and Associated Systems and Methods

 

12/04/12

 

11/05/07

 

8,774,926

 

7/8/2014

 

US 2013-0096644

 

4/18/2013

US

 

14/181,549

 

Multi-Frequency Neural Treatments and Associated Systems and Methods

 

02/14/14

 

11/05/07

 

 

 

 

 

US 2014-0163660

 

6/12/2014

DE

 

20 2008 018 506.8

 

Multi-Frequency Neural Treatments and Associated Systems and Methods

 

08/18/14

 

11/05/07

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

US

 

12/765,747

 

Selective High Frequency Spinal Cord Stimulation for Inhibiting Pain with Reduced Side Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

04/22/10

 

05/08/09

 

8,712,533

 

4/29/2014

 

US 2010-0274314

 

10/28/2010

US

 

13/245,450

 

Selective High Frequency Spinal Cord Stimulation for Inhibiting Pain with Reduced Side Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

09/26/11

 

05/08/09

 

8,170,675

 

5/1/2012

 

US 2012-0016437

 

1/19/2012

US

 

13/245,471

 

Selective High Frequency Spinal Cord Stimulation for Inhibiting Pain with Reduced Side Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

09/26/11

 

05/08/09

 

8,209,021

 

6/26/2012

 

US 2012-0016438

 

1/19/2012

US

 

13/398,693

 

Selective High Frequency Spinal Cord Stimulation for Inhibiting Pain with Reduced Side Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

02/16/12

 

05/08/09

 

8,396,559

 

3/12/2013

 

US 2012-0158093

 

6/21/2012

US

 

13/446,944

 

Selective High Frequency Spinal Cord Stimulation for Inhibiting Pain with Reduced Side Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

04/13/12

 

05/08/09

 

8,355,792

 

1/15/2013

 

US 2012-0197369

 

8/2/2012

US

 

13/446,970

 

Selective High Frequency Spinal Cord Stimulation for Inhibiting Pain with Reduced Side Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

04/13/12

 

05/08/09

 

8,359,102

 

1/22/2013

 

US 2012-0203303

 

8/9/2012

US

 

13/446,992

 

Selective High Frequency Spinal Cord Stimulation for Inhibiting Pain with Reduced Side Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

04/13/12

 

05/08/09

 

8,359,103

 

1/22/2013

 

US 2012-0203319

 

8/9/2012

US

 

13/447,026

 

Selective High Frequency Spinal Cord Stimulation for Inhibiting Pain with Reduced Side Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

04/13/12

 

05/08/09

 

8,509,905

 

8/13/2013

 

US 2012-0203304

 

8/9/2012

US

 

13/447,050

 

Selective High Frequency Spinal Cord Stimulation for Inhibiting Pain with Reduced Side Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

04/13/12

 

05/08/09

 

8,428,748

 

4/23/2013

 

US 2012-0209349

 

8/16/2012

US

 

13/620,235

 

Selective High Frequency Spinal Cord Stimulation for Inhibiting Pain with Reduced Side Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

09/14/12

 

05/08/09

 

 

 

 

 

US 2013-0172955

 

7/4/2013

 



 

US

 

13/725,770

 

Selective High Frequency Spinal Cord Stimulation for Inhibiting Pain with Reduced Side Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

12/21/12

 

05/08/09

 

8,694,109

 

4/8/2014

 

US 2013-0110196

 

5/2/2013

US

 

13/728,965

 

Selective High Frequency Spinal Cord Stimulation for Inhibiting Pain with Reduced Side Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

12/27/12

 

05/08/09

 

8,718,781

 

5/6/2014

 

US 2013-0123879

 

5/16/2013

US

 

13/830,788

 

Selective High Frequency Spinal Cord Stimulation for Inhibiting Pain with Reduced Side Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

03/14/13

 

05/08/09

 

8,554,326

 

10/8/2013

 

US 2013-0204320

 

8/8/2013

US

 

13/830,886

 

Selective High Frequency Spinal Cord Stimulation for Inhibiting Pain with Reduced Side Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

03/14/13

 

05/08/09

 

 

 

 

 

US 2013-0204321

 

8/8/2013

US

 

13/830,992

 

Selective High Frequency Spinal Cord Stimulation for Inhibiting Pain with Reduced Side Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

03/14/13

 

05/08/09

 

 

 

 

 

US 2013-0204338

 

8/8/2013

US

 

13/831,057

 

Selective High Frequency Spinal Cord Stimulation for Inhibiting Pain with Reduced Side Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

03/14/13

 

05/08/09

 

8,718,782

 

5/6/2014

 

US 2013-0204322

 

8/8/2013

US

 

14/037,193

 

Selective High Frequency Spinal Cord Stimulation for Inhibiting Pain with Reduced Side Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

09/25/13

 

05/08/09

 

8,792,988

 

7/29/2014

 

US 2014-0031896

 

1/30/2014

US

 

14/037,230

 

Selective High Frequency Spinal Cord Stimulation for Inhibiting Pain with Reduced Side Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

09/25/13

 

05/08/09

 

8,862,239

 

10/14/2014

 

US 2014-0025134

 

1/23/2014

US

 

14/037,262

 

Selective High Frequency Spinal Cord Stimulation for Inhibiting Pain with Reduced Side Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

09/25/13

 

05/08/09

 

 

 

 

 

US 2014-0025146

 

1/23/2014

 



 

US

 

14/164,044

 

Selective High Frequency Spinal Cord Stimulation for Inhibiting Pain with Reduced Side Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

01/24/14

 

05/08/09

 

 

 

 

 

US 2014-0142673

 

5/22/2014

US

 

14/164,057

 

Selective High Frequency Spinal Cord Stimulation for Inhibiting Pain with Reduced Side Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

01/24/14

 

05/08/09

 

 

 

 

 

US 2014-0142656

 

5/22/2014

US

 

14/164,082

 

Selective High Frequency Spinal Cord Stimulation for Inhibiting Pain with Reduced Side Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

01/24/14

 

05/08/09

 

 

 

 

 

US 2014-0142657

 

5/22/2014

US

 

14/164,096

 

Selective High Frequency Spinal Cord Stimulation for Inhibiting Pain with Reduced Side Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

01/24/14

 

05/08/09

 

 

 

 

 

US 2014-0142658

 

5/22/2014

US

 

14/164,100

 

Selective High Frequency Spinal Cord Stimulation for Inhibiting Pain with Reduced Side Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

01/24/14

 

05/08/09

 

 

 

 

 

US 2014-0142659

 

5/22/2014

US

 

14/199,867

 

Selective High Frequency Spinal Cord Stimulation for Inhibiting Pain with Reduced Side Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

03/06/14

 

05/08/09

 

 

 

 

 

US 2014-0188187

 

7/3/2014

US

 

14/261,369

 

Selective High Frequency Spinal Cord Stimulation for Inhibiting Pain with Reduced Side Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

04/24/14

 

05/08/09

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CN

 

201080027829.0

 

Selective High Frequency Spinal Cord Stimulation for Inhibiting Pain with Reduced Side Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

04/22/10

 

05/08/09

 

 

 

 

 

CN 102458569

 

5/16/2012

EP

 

12190886.7

 

Selective High Frequency Spinal Cord Stimulation for Inhibiting Pain with Reduced Side Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

10/30/12

 

05/08/09

 

 

 

 

 

EP 2586488

 

5/1/2013

AU

 

2010238763

 

Selective High Frequency Spinal Cord Stimulation for Inhibiting Pain with Reduced Side Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

04/22/10

 

05/08/09

 

AU 2010238763

 

9/12/2013

 

AU 2010238763

 

11/10/2011

 



 

AU

 

2013200870

 

Selective High Frequency Spinal Cord Stimulation for Inhibiting Pain with Reduced Side Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

02/18/13

 

05/08/09

 

AU 2013200870

 

7/25/2013

 

AU 2013200870

 

3/7/2013

AU

 

2013202376

 

Selective High Frequency Spinal Cord Stimulation for Inhibiting Pain with Reduced Side Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

04/03/13

 

05/08/09

 

AU 2013202376

 

9/26/2013

 

AU 2013202376

 

5/2/2013

AU

 

2013205599

 

Selective High Frequency Spinal Cord Stimulation for Inhibiting Pain with Reduced Side Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

05/01/13

 

05/08/09

 

AU 2013205599 B2

 

3/13/2014

 

AU 2013205599

 

5/23/2013

AU

 

2013263724

 

Selective High Frequency Spinal Cord Stimulation for Inhibiting Pain with Reduced Side Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

11/27/13

 

05/08/09

 

AU 2013263724

 

3/20/2014

 

AU 2013263724

 

12/19/2013

AU

 

2013263726

 

Selective High Frequency Spinal Cord Stimulation for Inhibiting Pain with Reduced Side Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

11/27/13

 

05/08/09

 

 

 

 

 

AU 2013263726

 

12/13/2013

AU

 

2013263729

 

Selective High Frequency Spinal Cord Stimulation for Inhibiting Pain with Reduced Side Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

11/27/13

 

05/08/09

 

AU 2013263729 B2

 

5/27/2014

 

AU 2013263729

 

12/19/2013

AU

 

2013263731

 

Selective High Frequency Spinal Cord Stimulation for Inhibiting Pain with Reduced Side Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

11/27/13

 

05/08/09

 

AU 2013263731 B2

 

9/4/2014

 

AU 2013263731

 

12/19/2013

AU

 

2014221243

 

Selective High Frequency Spinal Cord Stimulation for Inhibiting Pain with Reduced Side Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

09/04/14

 

05/08/09

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

KR

 

10-2011-7027646

 

Selective High Frequency Spinal Cord Stimulation for Inhibiting Pain with Reduced Side Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

04/22/10

 

05/08/09

 

 

 

 

 

KR 20120024623

 

3/14/2012

 



 

CA

 

2758975

 

Selective High Frequency Spinal Cord Stimulation for Inhibiting Pain with Reduced Side Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

04/22/10

 

05/08/09

 

 

 

 

 

CA 2758975

 

10/28/2010

EP

 

10160641.6

 

Selective High Frequency Spinal Cord Stimulation for Inhibiting Pain with Reduced Side Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

04/21/10

 

05/08/09

 

EP 2243510

 

4/9/2014

 

EP 2243510

 

10/27/2010

JP

 

2012-507399

 

Selective High Frequency Spinal Cord Stimulation for Inhibiting Pain with Reduced Side Effects, and Associated Systems and Methods

 

04/22/10

 

05/08/09

 

 

 

 

 

JP 2012524629

 

10/18/2012

 


 

Schedule 7.06
to Term Loan Agreement

 

CERTAIN LITIGATION

 

None.

 



 

Schedule 7.08
to Term Loan Agreement

 

TAXES

 

None.

 



 

Schedule 7.12
to Term Loan Agreement

 

INFORMATION REGARDING SUBSIDIARIES

 

Subsidiary

 

Jurisdiction of
Organization

 

Direct Equity
Holder

 

Percentage of
Subsidiary held
by Direct
Equity Holder

 

Nevro Medical Sarl

 

Switzerland

 

Borrower

 

100

%

Nevro Medical Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

Borrower

 

100

%

Nevro Medical Pty Ltd.

 

Australia

 

Borrower

 

100

%

 



 

Schedule 7.13(a)
to Term Loan Agreement

 

EXISTING INDEBTEDNESS OF BORROWER AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

 

None.

 



 

Schedule 7.13(b)
to Term Loan Agreement

 

LIENS GRANTED BY THE OBLIGORS

 

None.

 



 

Schedule 7.14
to Term Loan Agreement

 

MATERIAL AGREEMENTS OF OBLIGORS

 

International Distribution Agreement between Nevro Corp. and Joymed, dated as of November 10, 2010.

 

International Distribution Agreement between Nevro Corp. and NeuroMedical srl, dated as of March 24, 2011.

 

Stellar Manufacturing Agreement between Stellar Technologies, Inc. and Nevro Corp., dated as of July 1, 2009.

 

Supplier Agreement between Stellar Technologies, Inc. and Nevro Corp., dated as of October 1, 2008.

 

Supplier Quality Agreement between Stellar Technologies, Inc. and Nevro Corp., dated as of January 30, 2012.

 



 

Schedule 7.15
to Term Loan Agreement

 

RESTRICTIVE AGREEMENTS

 

None.

 

 



 

Schedule 7.16
to Term Loan Agreement

 

REAL PROPERTY OWNED OR LEASED BY BORROWER OR ANY SUBSIDIARY

 

3925 Bohannon Drive, Menlo Park, CA 94025 - Leased

4040 Campbell Avenue, Suite 100 and 210, Menlo Park, CA - Leased

Chistoph Merian-Ring 11, 4153 Reinach, Switzerland - Leased

 



 

Schedule 7.17
to Term Loan Agreement

 

PENSION MATTERS

 

None.

 



 

Schedule 9.05
to Term Loan Agreement

 

EXISTING INVESTMENTS

 

None.

 


 

Schedule 9.10
to Term Loan Agreement

 

TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES

 

None.

 



 

Schedule 9.14
to Term Loan Agreement

 

PERMITTED SALES AND LEASEBACKS

 

None.

 



 

Exhibit A
to Term Loan Agreement

 

FORM OF GUARANTEE ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

 

GUARANTEE ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT dated as of [DATE] by [NAME OF ADDITIONAL SUBSIDIARY GUARANTOR], a                  [corporation][limited liability company] (the “ Additional Subsidiary Guarantor ”), in favor of Capital Royalty Partners II L.P., Capital Royalty Partners II — Parallel Fund “A” L.P. and Parallel Investment Opportunities Partners II L.P., as Lenders (the “ Lenders ”) under that certain Term Loan Agreement, dated as of October 24, 2014 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, renewed, refinanced or replaced, the “ Loan Agreement ”), among NEVRO CORP., a Delaware corporation (“ Borrower ”), the lenders party thereto and the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto.

 

Pursuant to Section 8.12(a)  of the Loan Agreement, the Additional Subsidiary Guarantor hereby agrees to become a “Subsidiary Guarantor” for all purposes of the Loan Agreement, and a “Grantor” for all purposes of the Security Agreement.  Without limiting the foregoing, the Additional Subsidiary Guarantor hereby, jointly and severally with the other Subsidiary Guarantors, guarantees to the Lenders and its successors and assigns the prompt payment in full when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of all Guaranteed Obligations (as defined in Section 13.01 of the Loan Agreement) in the same manner and to the same extent as is provided in Section 13 of the Loan Agreement. In addition, as of the date hereof, the Additional Subsidiary Guarantor hereby makes the representations and warranties set forth in Sections 7.01 , 7.02 , 7.03 , 7.05(a) , 7.06 , 7.07 , 7.08 and 7.18 of the Loan Agreement, and in Section 2 of the Security Agreement, with respect to itself and its obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, as if each reference in such Sections to the Loan Documents included reference to this Agreement, such representations and warranties to be made as of the date hereof.

 

The Additional Subsidiary Guarantor hereby instructs its counsel to deliver the opinions referred to in Section 8.12(a)) , to the extent reasonably requested by the Majority Lenders, of the Loan Agreement to the Lenders.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Additional Subsidiary Guarantor has caused this Guarantee Assumption Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

[ADDITIONAL SUBSIDIARY GUARANTOR]

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

Exhibit A-1



 

Exhibit B
to Term Loan Agreement

 

FORM OF NOTICE OF BORROWING

 

Date :                [                    ]

 

To:                              Capital Royalty Partners II L.P. and the other Lenders

1000 Main Street, Suite 2500
Houston, TX 77002
Attn:
                    General Counsel

 

Re:  Borrowing under Term Loan Agreement

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

The undersigned, NEVRO CORP., a Delaware corporation (“ Borrower ”), refers to the Term Loan Agreement, dated as of October 24, 2014 (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”), among Borrower, Capital Royalty Partners II L.P., Capital Royalty Partners II — Parallel Fund “A” L.P. and Parallel Investment Opportunities Partners II L.P., and other parties from time to time party thereto as lenders (“ Lenders ”), and the subsidiary guarantors from time to time party thereto.  The terms defined in the Loan Agreement are herein used as therein defined.

 

Borrower hereby gives you notice irrevocably, pursuant to Section 2.02 of the Loan Agreement, of the borrowing of the Loan specified herein:

 

1.                                       The proposed Borrowing Date is [                    ].

 

2.                                       The amount of the proposed Borrowing is $[                    ].

 

3.                                       The payment instructions with respect to the funds to be made available to Borrower are as follows:

 

Bank name:                             [                    ]

Bank Address:                 [                    ]

Routing Number:                                                   [                    ]

Account Number:                                                [                    ]

Swift Code:                                                                                 [                    ]

 

Borrower hereby certifies that the following statements are true on the date hereof, and will be true on the date of the proposed borrowing of the Loan, before and after giving effect thereto and to the application of the proceeds therefrom:

 

a)                                      the representations and warranties made by Borrower in Section 7 of the Loan Agreement are true in all material respects on and as of the Borrowing Date and immediately after giving effect to the application of the proceeds of the Borrowing with the same force and

 

Exhibit B-1



 

effect as if made on and as of such date except that the representation regarding representations and warranties that refer to a specific earlier date shall be that they were true in all material respects on such earlier date;

 

b)                                      on and as of the Borrowing Date, there has occurred no Material Adverse Change since [                    ]; and

 

c)                                       no Default exists or would result from such proposed borrowing.

 

Exhibit B-2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Borrower has caused this Notice of Borrowing to be duly executed and delivered as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

BORROWER:

 

NEVRO CORP.

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Exhibit B-3



 

Exhibit C-1
to Term Loan Agreement

 

FORM OF TERM LOAN NOTE

 

U.S. $[                        ]

 

[DATE]

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, NEVRO CORP., a Delaware corporation (“ Borrower ”), hereby promises to pay to [Capital Royalty Partners II L.P./ Capital Royalty Partners II — Parallel Fund “A” L.P./Parallel Investment Opportunities Partners II L.P.] or its assigns (the “ Lender ”) at the Lender’s principal office in 1000 Main Street, Suite 2500, Houston, TX 77002, in immediately available funds, the aggregate principal sum set forth above, or, if less, the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Loans made by the Lender pursuant to Section 2.01 of the Term Loan Agreement, dated as of October 24, 2014 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, renewed, refinanced or replaced, the “ Loan Agreement ”), among Borrower, the Lender, the other lenders party thereto and the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto, on the date or dates specified in the Loan Agreement, together with interest on the principal amount of such Loans from time to time outstanding thereunder at the rates, and payable in the manner and on the dates, specified in the Loan Agreement.

 

This Note is a Note issued pursuant to the terms of Section 2.04 of the Loan Agreement, and this Note and the holder hereof are entitled to all the benefits and security provided for thereby or referred to therein, to which Loan Agreement reference is hereby made for a statement thereof.  All defined terms used in this Note, except terms otherwise defined herein, shall have the same meaning as in the Loan Agreement.

 

THIS NOTE AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS THAT WOULD RESULT IN THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION; PROVIDED THAT SECTION 5-1401 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW SHALL APPLY.

 

FOR PURPOSES OF SECTIONS 1272, 1273 AND 1275 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED, AND THE RULES AND REGULATIONS THEREUNDER, THIS NOTE IS BEING ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT; PLEASE CONTACT [NAME OF CFO OR TAX DIRECTOR OF ISSUER], [TITLE], [ADDRESS], TELEPHONE: [TEL #] TO OBTAIN INFORMATION REGARDING THE ISSUE PRICE, THE AMOUNT OF ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT AND THE YIELD TO MATURITY.

 

Borrower hereby waives demand, presentment, protest or notice of any kind hereunder, other than notices provided for in the Loan Documents.  The non-exercise by the holder hereof of any of its rights hereunder in any particular instance shall not constitute a waiver thereof in such particular or any subsequent instance.

 

THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THE LOAN AGREEMENT.

 

Exhibit C-1



 

 

NEVRO CORP.

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

Exhibit C-2



 

Exhibit C-2
to Term Loan Agreement

 

FORM OF PIK LOAN NOTE

 

U.S. $[                        ]

 

[DATE]

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, [INSERT NAME OF BORROWER] (“ Borrower ”), hereby promises to pay to [Capital Royalty Partners II L.P./Capital Royalty Partners II — Parallel Fund “A” L.P./Parallel Investment Opportunities II, LP] or its assigns (the “ Lender ”) at the Lender’s principal office in 1000 Main Street, Suite 2500, Houston, TX 77002, in immediately available funds, the aggregate principal sum set forth above, or, if less, the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all PIK Loans made by the Lender pursuant to Section 3.02(d)  of the Term Loan Agreement, dated as of October 24, 2014 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, renewed, refinanced or replaced, the “ Loan Agreement ”), among Borrower, the Lender, the other lenders party thereto and the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto, on the date or dates specified in the Loan Agreement, together with interest on the principal amount of such PIK Loans from time to time outstanding thereunder at the rates, and payable in the manner and on the dates, specified in the Loan Agreement.

 

This Note is a Note issued pursuant to the terms of Section 3.02(d)  of the Loan Agreement, and this Note and the holder hereof are entitled to all the benefits and security provided for thereby or referred to therein, to which Loan Agreement reference is hereby made for a statement thereof.  All defined terms used in this Note, except terms otherwise defined herein, shall have the same meaning as in the Loan Agreement.

 

The Lender may supplement this Note by attaching to this Note a schedule (the “ Note Schedule ”) to evidence additional PIK Loans made by the Lender to Borrower following the date first above written.  The Lender may endorse thereon the date such additional PIK Loan is made and the principal amount of such additional PIK Loan when made.  Such Note Schedule shall form part of this Note and all references to this Note shall mean this Note, as supplemented by such Note Schedule.

 

THIS NOTE AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS THAT WOULD RESULT IN THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION; PROVIDED THAT SECTION 5-1401 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW SHALL APPLY.

 

FOR PURPOSES OF SECTIONS 1272, 1273 AND 1275 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED, AND THE RULES AND REGULATIONS THEREUNDER, THIS NOTE IS BEING ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT; PLEASE CONTACT [NAME OF CFO OR TAX DIRECTOR OF ISSUER], [TITLE], [ADDRESS], TELEPHONE: [TEL #] TO OBTAIN INFORMATION REGARDING THE ISSUE PRICE, THE AMOUNT OF ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT AND THE YIELD TO MATURITY.

 

Exhibit C-2-1



 

Borrower hereby waives demand, presentment, protest or notice of any kind hereunder, other than notices provided for in the Loan Documents.  The non-exercise by the holder hereof of any of its rights hereunder in any particular instance shall not constitute a waiver thereof in such particular or any subsequent instance.

 

THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THE LOAN AGREEMENT.

 

 

NEVRO CORP.

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

Exhibit C-2-2


 

PIK NOTE SCHEDULE

 

This Note Schedule supplements that certain Note issued by Borrower to [Capital Royalty Partners II L.P./Capital Royalty Partners II — Parallel Fund “A” L.P./Parallel Investment Opportunities II L.P.](1) or its assigns on [ DATE ].

 

Date of additional PIK Loan

 

Amount of additional PIK
Loan made

 

Notation made by(2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


(1)  Delete as appropriate for each Note.

(2)  Insert name of party making notation (e.g. Borrower or Lender).

 

Exhibit C-2-3



 

Exhibit D
to Term Loan Agreement

 

FORM OF U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

Reference is made to the Term Loan Agreement, dated as of October 24, 2014 (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”), among NEVRO CORP., a Delaware corporation (“ Borrower ”), Capital Royalty Partners II L.P., Capital Royalty Partners II — Parallel Fund “A” L.P. and Parallel Investment Opportunities Partners II L.P., and other parties from time to time party thereto as lenders (“ Lenders ”), and the subsidiary guarantors from time to time party thereto.  [                                            ] (the “ Foreign Lender ”) is providing this certificate pursuant to Section 5.03(e)(ii)(B)  of the Loan Agreement.  The Foreign Lender hereby represents and warrants that:

 

1.                                       The Foreign Lender is the sole record owner of the Loans as well as any obligations evidenced by any Note(s) in respect of which it is providing this certificate;

 

2.                                       The Foreign Lender’s direct or indirect partners/members are the sole beneficial owners of the Loans as well as any obligations evidenced by any Note(s) in respect of which it is providing this certificate;

 

3.                                       Neither the Foreign Lender nor its direct or indirect partners/members is a “bank” for purposes of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”).  In this regard, the Foreign Lender further represents and warrants that:

 

(a)                                  neither the Foreign Lender nor its direct or indirect partners/members is subject to regulatory or other legal requirements as a bank in any jurisdiction; and

 

(b)                                  neither the Foreign Lender nor its direct or indirect partners/members has been treated as a bank for purposes of any tax, securities law or other filing or submission made to any Governmental Authority, any application made to a rating agency or qualification for any exemption from tax, securities law or other legal requirements;

 

3.                                       Neither the Foreign Lender nor its direct or indirect partners/members is a 10-percent shareholder of Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code; and

 

4.                                       Neither the Foreign Lender nor its direct or indirect partners/members is a controlled foreign corporation receiving interest from a related person within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

 

[Signature follows]

 

Exhibit D-1



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this certificate to be duly executed and delivered as of the date indicated below.

 

[NAME OF NON-U.S. LENDER]

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

Exhibit D-2



 

Exhibit E
to Term Loan Agreement

 

FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

[DATE]

 

This certificate is delivered pursuant to Section 8.01(d)  of, and in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated in, the Term Loan Agreement, dated as of October 24, 2014 (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”), among NEVRO CORP., a Delaware corporation (“ Borrower ”), Capital Royalty Partners II L.P., Capital Royalty Partners II — Parallel Fund “A” L.P. and Parallel Investment Opportunities Partners II L.P., and other parties from time to time party thereto as lenders (“ Lenders ”), and the subsidiary guarantors from time to time party thereto.  Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein are used herein as defined in the Loan Agreement.

 

The undersigned, a duly authorized Responsible Officer of Borrower having the name and title set forth below under his signature, hereby certifies, on behalf of Borrower for the benefit of the Secured Parties and pursuant to Section 8.01(d)  of the Loan Agreement that such Responsible Officer of Borrower is familiar with the Loan Agreement and that, in accordance with each of the following sections of the Loan Agreement, each of the following is true in all material respects on the date hereof, both before and immediately after giving effect to any Loan to be made on or before the date hereof:

 

In accordance with Section  8.01 [ (a)/(b) ] of the Loan Agreement, attached hereto as Annex A are the financial statements for the [fiscal quarter/fiscal year] ended [                    ] required to be delivered pursuant to Section 8.01 [ (a)/(b) ] of the Loan Agreement.  Such financial statements fairly present in all material respects the consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flow of Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the dates indicated therein and for the periods indicated therein in accordance with GAAP [(subject to the absence of footnote disclosure and normal year-end audit adjustments)](3)  [without qualification as to the scope of the audit or as to going concern and without any other similar qualification together with the certificate from Borrower’s independent auditors with respect to such financial statements required to be delivered pursuant to Section 8.01(c)  of the Loan Agreement.  The examination by such auditors in connection with such financial statements has been made in accordance with the standards of the United States’ Public Company accounting Oversight Board (or any successor entity).](4)

 

Attached hereto as Annex B are the calculations used to determine compliance with each financial covenant contained in Section 10 of the Loan Agreement.

 

No Default or Event of Default is continuing as of the date hereof[, except as provided for on Annex C attached hereto, with respect to each of which Borrower proposes to take the

 


(3)  Insert language in brackets only for quarterly certifications.

(4)  Insert language in brackets only for annual certifications.

 

Exhibit E-1



 

actions set forth on Annex C ].

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this certificate on the date first written above.

 

 

NEVRO CORP.

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

Exhibit E-2



 

Annex A to Compliance Certificate

 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

[see attached]

 

Exhibit E-3



 

Annex B to Compliance Certificate

 

CALCULATIONS OF FINANCIAL COVENANT COMPLIANCE

 

I.

 

Section 10.01: Minimum Liquidity

 

 

A.

 

Amount of unencumbered cash and Permitted Cash Equivalent Investments (which for greater certainty shall not include any undrawn credit lines), in each case, to the extent held in an account over which the Lenders have a first priority perfected security interest:

 

$

B.

 

The greater of:

 

$

 

 

(1)                                  $5,000,000 and

 

 

 

 

(2)                                  to the extent Borrower has incurred Permitted Priority Debt, the minimum cash and cash equivalents balance, if any, required of Borrower by Borrower’s Permitted Priority Debt creditors

 

 

 

 

Is Line IA equal to or greater than Line IB?:

 

Yes: In compliance; No: Not in compliance

II.

 

Section 10.02(a)-(e): Minimum Revenue—Subsequent Periods

 

 

A.

 

Revenues during the twelve month period beginning on January 1, 2014

 

$

 

 

[Is line II.A equal to or greater than $20,000,000?

 

Yes: In compliance; No: Not in compliance](5)

B.

 

Revenues during the twelve month period beginning on January 1, 2015

 

$

 

 

[Is line II.B equal to or greater than $25,000,000?

 

Yes: In compliance; No: Not in compliance](6)

C.

 

Revenues during the twelve month period beginning on January 1, 2016

 

$

 

 

[Is line II.C equal to or greater than $30,000,000?

 

Yes: In compliance; No: Not in compliance](7)

D.

 

Revenues during the twelve month period beginning on January 1, 2017

 

$

 


(5)  Include bracketed entry only on the Compliance Certificate to be delivered within 90 days of the end of 2014 pursuant to Section 8.01(b) of the Loan Agreement.

(6)  Include bracketed entry only on the Compliance Certificate to be delivered within 90 days of the end of 2015 pursuant to Section 8.01(b) of the Loan Agreement.

(7)  Include bracketed entry only on the Compliance Certificate to be delivered within 90 days of the end of 2016 pursuant to Section 8.01(b) of the Loan Agreement.

 

Exhibit E-4



 

 

 

[Is line II.D equal to or greater than $40,000,000?

 

Yes: In compliance; No: Not in compliance](8)

E.

 

Revenues during the twelve month period beginning on January 1, 2018

 

 

 

 

[Is line II.E equal to or greater than $50,000,000?

 

Yes: In compliance; No: Not in compliance](9)

F.

 

Revenues during the twelve month period beginning on January 1, 2019

 

 

 

 

[Is line II.F equal to or greater than $70,000,000?

 

Yes: In compliance; No: Not in compliance](10)

 


(8)  Include bracketed entry only on the Compliance Certificate to be delivered within 90 days of the end of 2017 pursuant to Section 8.01(b) of the Loan Agreement.

(9)  Include bracketed entry only on the Compliance Certificate to be delivered within 90 days of the end of 2018 pursuant to Section 8.01(b) of the Loan Agreement.

(10)  Include bracketed entry only on the Compliance Certificate to be delivered within 90 days of the end of 2019 pursuant to Section 8.01(b) of the Loan Agreement.

 

Exhibit E-5


 

Exhibit F
to Term Loan Agreement

 

FORM OF LANDLORD CONSENT

 

WHEREAS, NEVRO CORP., a Delaware corporation (“ Debtor ”), has entered into a term loan agreement, dated as of October 24, 2014, and a security agreement (collectively, the “ Agreements ”), dated as of [                    ], 2014, with CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II L.P. (“ CRPII ”), CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II — PARALLEL FUND “A” L.P. and PARALLEL INVESTMENT OPPORTUNITIES PARTNERS II L.P., each in its capacity as a lender (together with the other lenders party thereto from time to time, the “ Lenders ”) and a secured party, with CRPII as control agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, “ Agent ”), pursuant to which Lenders have been granted a security interest in all of Debtor’s personal property, including but not limited to inventory, equipment and trade fixtures (hereinafter “ Personal Property ”); and

 

WHEREAS, [                    ] (the “ Landlord ”) is the owner of the real property located at [                    ] (the “ Premises ”); and

 

WHEREAS, Landlord and Debtor have entered into that certain Lease dated [                    ][, as amended by [                      ] dated [                    ]] ([collectively,] the “ Lease ”); and

 

WHEREAS, certain of the Personal Property has or may become affixed to or be located on, wholly or in part, the Premises.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of any loans or other financial accommodation extended by Lenders to Debtor at any time, and other good and valuable consideration, the parties agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Landlord subordinates to Lenders all security interests or other interests or rights Landlord may now or hereafter have in, or to any of the Personal Property, whether for rent or otherwise, while Debtor is indebted to Lenders.

 

2.                                       The Personal Property may be installed in or located on the Premises and is not and shall not be deemed a fixture or part of the real estate and shall at all times be considered personal property.

 

3.                                       Agent or its representatives may enter upon the Premises during normal business hours, and upon not less than 24 hours’ advance notice, to inspect the Personal Property.

 

4.                                       Upon and during the continuance of an Event of Default under the Agreements, Agent or its representatives, at Agent’s option, upon written notice delivered to Landlord not less than ten (10) business days in advance, may enter the Premises during normal business hours for the purpose of repossessing, removing or otherwise dealing with said Personal Property; provided that neither Agent nor Lenders shall be permitted to operate the business of Debtor on the Premises or sell, auction or otherwise dispose of any Personal Property at the Premises or advertise any of the foregoing; and such license shall continue, from the date Agent enters the Premises for as long as Agent reasonably deems necessary but not to exceed a period of ten (10) days.  During the period Agent occupies the Premises, it shall pay to Landlord the rent provided

 

Exhibit F-1



 

under the Lease relating to the Premises, prorated on a per diem basis to be determined on a thirty (30) day month, without incurring any other obligations of Debtor.

 

5.                                       Agent shall pay to Landlord any costs for damage to the Premises or the building in which the Premises is located in removing or otherwise dealing with said Personal Property pursuant to paragraph 4 above, and shall indemnify and hold harmless Landlord from and against (i) all claims, disputes and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, suffered or incurred by Landlord arising from Agent’s exercise of any of its rights hereunder, and (ii) any injury to third persons, caused by actions of Agent pursuant to this consent.

 

6.                                       Landlord agrees to give notice to Agent in writing by certified mail or facsimile of Landlord’s intent to exercise its remedies in response to any default by Debtor of any of the provisions of the Lease, to:

 

Capital Royalty Partners II L.P.

1000 Main Street, Suite 2500

Houston, TX 77002

Attention: General Counsel

Fax: 713.209.7351

 

7.                                       Landlord shall have no obligation to preserve or protect the Personal Property or take any action in connection therewith, and Lenders waive all claims they may now or hereafter have against Landlord in connection with the Personal Property.

 

8.                                       This consent shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the earlier of (i) the date on which all indebtedness secured by the Personal Property indefeasibly is paid in full in cash and (ii) the date on which the Lease is terminated or expires.

 

9.                                       Nothing contained herein shall be construed to amend the Lease, and the Lease remains unchanged and in full force and effect.

 

This consent shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New York.

 

This consent may not be changed or terminated orally and is binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of Landlord, Agent, Lenders and Debtor and the heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns of Landlord, Agent, Lenders and Debtor.

 

[Signature Page follows]

 

Exhibit F-2



 

Dated this                                         , 2014.

 

 

LANDLORD:

 

 

 

[                    ]

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

LENDERS:

 

 

 

CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II L.P.

 

By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II GP L.P., its General Partner

 

By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II GP LLC, its General Partner

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

Charles Tate

 

 

Sole Member

 

 

 

CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II — PARALLEL FUND “A” L.P.

 

By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II — PARALLEL FUND “A” GP L.P., its General Partner

 

By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II — PARALLEL FUND “A” GP LLC, its General Partner

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

Charles Tate

 

 

Sole Member

 

 

 

PARALLEL INVESTMENT OPPORTUNITIES PARTNERS II L.P.

 

By PARALLEL INVESTMENT OPPORTUNITIES PARTNERS II GP L.P., its General Partner

 

By PARALLEL INVESTMENT OPPORTUNITIES PARTNERS II GP LLC, its General Partner

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

Charles Tate

 

 

Sole Member

 

 

Exhibit F-3



 

Acknowledged and Agreed:

 

NEVRO CORP.

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Exhibit F-4



 

Exhibit G
to Term Loan Agreement

 

FORM OF SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT

 

This Subordination Agreement is made as of [                ] (this “ Agreement ”) among Capital Royalty Partners II L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ CRII ”), Capital Royalty Partners II — Parallel Fund “A” L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ CRPPFA ”), and Parallel Investment Opportunities Partners II L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ Parallel Investment ” and, collectively with CRII, CRPPFA and their successors and assigns, the “ Senior Lenders ”), and [                    ], a [                    ] [corporation] (“ Subordinated Creditor ”).

 

RECITALS:

 

A.                                     Nevro Corp., a Delaware corporation (“ Borrower ”), will, as of the date hereof, issue in favor of Subordinated Creditor the Subordinated Note (as defined below).

 

B.                                     Senior Lenders and Borrower have entered into the Senior Loan Agreement (as defined below) and the Senior Security Agreement (as defined below) under which Borrower has granted a security interest in the Collateral (as defined below) in favor of Senior Lenders as security for the payment of Borrower’s obligations under the Senior Loan Agreement.

 

C.                                     To induce Senior Lenders to make and maintain the credit extensions to Borrower under the Senior Loan Agreement, Subordinated Creditor is willing to subordinate the Subordinated Debt (as defined below) to the Senior Debt (as defined below) on the terms and conditions herein set forth.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, THE PARTIES AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

 

1.                                       Definitions .  As used herein, the following terms have the following meanings:

 

Collateral ” has the meaning set forth in the Senior Security Agreement.

 

Enforcement Action ” means, with respect to any indebtedness, obligation (contingent or otherwise) or Collateral at any time held by any lender or noteholder, (i) commencing, by judicial or non-judicial means, the enforcement with respect to such indebtedness, obligation or Collateral of any of the default remedies available under any of the applicable agreements or documents of such Senior Lender or noteholder, the UCC or other applicable law (other than the mere issuance of a notice of default), (ii) repossessing, selling, leasing or otherwise disposing of all or any part of such Collateral, or exercising account debtor or obligor notification or collection rights with respect to all or any portion thereof, or attempting or agreeing to do so, or (iii) appropriating, setting off or applying to such lender or noteholder’s claim any part or all of such Collateral or other property in the possession of, or coming into the possession of, such lender or noteholder or its agent, trustee or bailee.

 

Insolvency Event ” means that Borrower shall have applied for, consented to or acquiesced in the appointment of a trustee, receiver or other custodian for it or any of its property, or made a general assignment for the benefit of creditors and, in the absence of such

 

Exhibit G-1



 

application, consented or acquiesced, permitted or suffer to exist the appointment of a trustee, receiver or other custodian for it or for a substantial part of its property, and such trustee, receiver or other custodian shall not have been discharged within sixty days; or permitted or suffered to exist the commencement of any bankruptcy, reorganization, debt arrangement or other case or proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency law, or any dissolution, winding up or liquidation proceeding, in respect of it, and if any such case or proceeding was not commenced by it, such case or proceeding shall have been consented to or acquiesced in by it or shall have resulted in the entry of an order for relief or shall have remained for sixty (60) days undismissed.

 

Senior Debt ” means the Obligations (as defined in the Senior Loan Agreement).

 

Senior Discharge Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3 .

 

Senior Loan Agreement ” means that certain Term Loan Agreement, dated as of October 24, 2014, by and among Borrower and the Senior Lenders, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, but without giving effect to any amendment and/or restatement, supplement, renewal or other modification prohibited by this Agreement.

 

Senior Loan Documents ” means, collectively, the Loan Documents (as defined in the Senior Loan Agreement), in each case as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, but without giving effect to any amendment and/or restatement, supplement, renewal or other modification prohibited by this Agreement.

 

Senior Security Agreement ” means that certain Security Agreement, dated as of [                    ], among Borrower, the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto, and the Secured Parties (as defined therein), as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, but without giving effect to any amendment and/or restatement, supplement, renewal or other modification prohibited by this Agreement.

 

Subordinated Debt Documents ” means, collectively, the Subordinated Note and all loan documents relating thereto and any security documents under which a lien is granted to secure the Subordinated Debt, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, but without giving effect to any amendment and/or restatement, supplement, renewal or other modification prohibited by this Agreement.

 

Subordinated Debt ” means and includes all obligations, liabilities and indebtedness of Borrower owed to Subordinated Creditor, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, or now existing or hereafter incurred, including without limitation, principal, premium (if any), interest, fees, charges, expenses, costs, professional fees and expenses, and reimbursement obligations.

 

Subordinated Note ” means that certain $[                    ] subordinated promissory note, dated [                    ], issued by Borrower to Subordinated Creditor, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, but without giving effect to any amendment and/or restatement, supplement, renewal or other modification prohibited by this Agreement.

 

Exhibit G-2



 

UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code of any applicable jurisdiction and, if the applicable jurisdiction shall not have any Uniform Commercial Code, the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York.

 

2.                                       Liens .  Subordinated Creditor represents and warrants that (11)[the Subordinated Debt is unsecured.  Subordinated Creditor agrees that it will not request or accept any security interest in any Collateral to secure the Subordinated Debt] [all liens and security interests, if any, that secure the Subordinated Debt, are hereby subordinated to the liens and security interests securing the Senior Debt, regardless of the time, manner or order of perfection of any such liens and security interests].

 

3.                                       Payment Subordination .  (a) Until all of the Senior Debt (other than contingent indemnification or reimbursement obligations for which no claim has been made or other obligations which, by their terms, survive termination of the Senior Loan Documents) is indefeasibly paid in full in cash and all commitments of Senior Lenders under the Senior Loan Documents have been terminated (such date, the “ Senior Discharge Date ”), (a) all payments in respect of the Subordinated Debt are subordinated in right and time of payment to all payments in respect of the Senior Debt, and (b) Subordinated Creditor will not demand or receive from Borrower (and Borrower will not pay) any part of the Subordinated Debt, whether by payment, prepayment, or otherwise, or accelerate the Subordinated Debt.

 

(b)                                  Subordinated Creditor must deliver to Senior Lenders in the form received (except for endorsement or assignment by Subordinated Creditor) any payment, distribution, security or proceeds it receives on the Subordinated Debt other than according to this Agreement.

 

4.                                       Subordination of Remedies .  Until the Senior Discharge Date, Subordinated Creditor will not accelerate the maturity of all or any portion of the Subordinated Debt, exercise any remedy with respect to the Collateral, or take any other Enforcement Action with respect to the Subordinated Debt.

 

5.                                       Insolvency Proceedings .  These provisions remain in full force and effect, despite an Insolvency Event, and Senior Lenders’ claims against Borrower and Borrower’s estate will be fully paid before any payment is made to Subordinated Creditor.

 

6.                                       Release of Liens . In the event of any private or public sale or other disposition, by or with the consent of Senior Lenders, of all or any portion of the Collateral, Subordinated Creditor agrees that such sale or disposition shall be free and clear of any liens Subordinated Creditor may have on such Collateral.  Subordinated Creditor agrees that, in connection with any such sale or other disposition, (i) Senior Lenders are authorized to file any and all UCC and other applicable lien releases and/or terminations in respect of any liens held by Subordinated Creditor in connection with such a sale or other disposition, and (ii) it shall execute any and all lien releases or other documents reasonably requested by Senior Lenders in connection therewith.  In furtherance of the foregoing, Subordinated Creditor hereby appoints Senior Lenders as its attorney-in-fact, with full authority in the place and stead of Subordinated Creditor and full

 


(11)  Select one, as appropriate.

 

Exhibit G-3



 

power of substitution and in the name of Subordinated Creditor or otherwise, to execute and deliver any document or instrument which Subordinated Creditor is required to deliver pursuant to this Section 6 , such appointment being coupled with an interest and irrevocable.  Subordinated Creditor agrees that Senior Lenders may release or refrain from enforcing its security interest in any Collateral, or permit the use or consumption of such Collateral by Borrower free of any Subordinated Creditor security interest, without incurring any liability to Subordinated Creditor.

 

7.                                       Attorney-In-Fact .  Until the Senior Discharge Date, Subordinated Creditor irrevocably appoints Senior Lenders as its attorney-in-fact, with power of attorney with power of substitution, in Subordinated Creditor’s name or in Senior Lenders’ name, for Senior Lenders’ use and benefit without notice to Subordinated Creditor, to do the following in any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar proceeding involving Borrower:

 

(a)                                  file any claims for the Subordinated Debt on behalf of Subordinated Creditor if Subordinated Creditor does not do so at least 30 days before the time to file claims expires, and

 

(b)                                  accept or reject any plan of reorganization or arrangement for Subordinated Creditor and vote Subordinated Creditor’s claims in respect of the Subordinated Debt in any way it chooses.

 

Such power of attorney is irrevocable and coupled with an interest.

 

8.                                       Legend; Amendment of Debt .  (a)  Subordinated Creditor will immediately put a legend on the Subordinated Note that the Subordinated Note is subject to this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  No amendment of the Subordinated Debt documents will modify this Agreement in any way that terminates or impairs the subordination of the Subordinated Debt or the subordination of any security interest or lien that Senior Lenders have in Borrower’s property.  No amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of the Subordinated Debt Documents (including any refinancing thereof) shall be made without first obtaining the consent of Senior Lenders, if the effect thereof is to:  (i) increase the interest rate on the Subordinated Debt or change (to earlier dates) the dates upon which principal, interest and other sums are due under the Subordinated Note; (ii) alter the redemption, prepayment or subordination provisions thereof; (iii) impose on Borrower or any guarantor of the Subordinated Debt any new or additional prepayment charges, premiums, reimbursement obligations, reimbursable costs or expenses, fees or other payment obligations; (iv) alter the representations, warranties, covenants, events of default, remedies and other provisions in a manner which would make such provisions materially more onerous, restrictive or burdensome to Borrower or any guarantor of the Subordinated Debt; or (v) otherwise increase the obligations of Borrower or any guarantor of the Subordinated Debt in respect of the Subordinated Debt or confer additional rights upon Subordinated Creditor, which individually or in the aggregate would be materially adverse to Borrower or any guarantor of the Subordinated Debt or Senior Lenders.

 

(c)                                   At any time without notice to Subordinated Creditor, Senior Lenders may take such action with respect to the Senior Debt as Senior Lenders, in their sole discretion, may deem appropriate, including, without limitation, terminating advances, increasing the principal,

 

Exhibit G-4



 

extending the time of payment, increasing interest rates, renewing, compromising or otherwise amending any documents affecting the Senior Debt and any Collateral securing the Senior Debt, and enforcing or failing to enforce any rights against Borrower or any other person.  No action or inaction will impair or otherwise affect Senior Lenders’ rights under this Agreement.

 

9.                                       Representations and Warranties .  Subordinated Creditor represents and warrants to Senior Lenders that:

 

(a)                                  all action on the part of Subordinated Creditor, its officers, directors, partners, members and shareholders, as applicable, necessary for the authorization of this Agreement and the performance of all obligations of Subordinated Creditor hereunder has been taken;

 

(b)                                  this Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of Subordinated Creditor, enforceable against Subordinated Creditor in accordance with its terms;

 

(c)                                   the execution, delivery and performance of and compliance with this Agreement by Subordinated Creditor will not (i) result in any material violation or default of any term of any of Subordinated Creditor’s charter, formation or other organizational documents (such as Articles or Certificate of Incorporation, bylaws, partnership agreement, operating agreement, etc.) or (ii) violate any material applicable law, rule or regulation.

 

10.                                Term; Reinstatement .  This Agreement shall remain effective until the Senior Discharge Date.  If, after the Senior Discharge Date, Senior Lenders must disgorge any payments made on the Senior Debt for any reason (including, without limitation, the bankruptcy of Borrower), this Agreement and the relative rights and priorities provided in it, will be reinstated as to all disgorged payments as though the payments had not been made, and Subordinated Creditor will immediately pay Senior Lenders all payments received under the Subordinated Debt to the extent the payments or retention thereof would have been prohibited under this Agreement.

 

11.                                Successors and Assigns .  This Agreement binds Subordinated Creditor, its successors or assigns, and benefits Senior Lenders’ successors or assigns.  This Agreement is for Subordinated Creditor’s and Senior Lenders’ benefit and not for the benefit of Borrower or any other party.  Subordinated Creditor shall not sell, assign, pledge, dispose of or otherwise transfer all or any portion of the Subordinated Debt or any related document or any interest in any Collateral therefor unless prior to the consummation of any such action, the transferee thereof shall execute and deliver to Senior Lenders an agreement of such transferee to be bound hereby, or an agreement substantially identical to this Agreement providing for the continued subjection of the Subordinated Debt, the interests of the transferee in the Collateral and the remedies of the transferee with respect thereto as provided herein with respect to Subordinated Creditor and for the continued effectiveness of all of the other rights of Senior Lenders arising under this Agreement, in each case in form satisfactory to Senior Lenders.

 

12.                                Further Assurances .  Subordinated Creditor hereby agrees to execute such documents and/or take such further action as Senior Lenders may at any time or times reasonably request in order to carry out the provisions and intent of this Agreement, including, without

 

Exhibit G-5



 

limitation, ratifications and confirmations of this Agreement from time to time hereafter, as and when requested by Senior Lenders.

 

13.                                Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

 

14.                                Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial .  (a)  This Agreement and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York, without regard to principles of conflicts of laws that would result in the application of the laws of any other jurisdiction; provided that Section 5-1401 of the New York General Obligations Law shall apply.

 

(b)                                  EACH PARTY HERETO WAIVES ITS RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREIN.

 

15.                                Entire Agreement .  This Agreement represents the entire agreement with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior negotiations, agreements and commitments.  Senior Lenders and Subordinated Creditor are not relying on any representations by the other creditor party or Borrower in entering into this Agreement, and each of Senior Lenders and Subordinated Creditor has kept and will continue to keep itself fully apprised of the financial and other condition of Borrower.  This Agreement may be amended only by written instrument signed by Senior Lenders and Subordinated Creditor.

 

16.                                Legal Fees .  In the event of any legal action to enforce the rights of a party under this Agreement, the party prevailing in such action shall be entitled, in addition to such other relief as may be granted, all reasonable costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred in such action.

 

17.                                Severability .  Any provision of this Agreement which is illegal, invalid, prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent such illegality, invalidity, prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating or impairing the remaining provisions hereof or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

18.                                Notices .  All notices, demands, instructions and other communications required or permitted to be given to or made upon any party hereto shall be in writing and shall be delivered or sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid, or by overnight courier or messenger service or by facsimile or electronic mail, message confirmed, and shall be deemed to be effective for purposes of this Agreement on the day that delivery is made or refused.  Unless otherwise specified in a notice mailed or delivered in accordance with the foregoing sentence, notices, demands, instructions and other communications in writing shall be given to or made upon the respective parties hereto at their respective addresses and facsimile numbers indicated on the signature pages hereto.

 

[Signature pages follow]

 

Exhibit G-6


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

SUBORDINATED CREDITOR:

 

[                    ]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Address for Notices:

 

 

SENIOR LENDERS:

 

 

 

CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II L.P.

 

By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II GP L.P., its General Partner

 

By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II GP LLC, its General Partner

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

Name:

Charles Tate

 

 

Title:

Sole Member

 

 

 

 

 

Address for Notices:

 

 

 

 

 

1000 Main Street, Suite 2500

 

Houston, TX 77002

 

Attn:

General Counsel

 

Tel.:

713.209.7350

 

Fax:

713.209.7351

 

Email:

adorenbaum@crglp.com

 

Exhibit G-7



 

 

CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II — PARALLEL FUND “A” L.P.

 

 

 

By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II — PARALLEL FUND “A” GP L.P., its General Partner

 

By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II — PARALLEL FUND “A” GP LLC, its General Partner

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

Name: Charles Tate

 

 

Title: Sole Member

 

 

 

 

Address for Notices:

 

 

 

1000 Main Street, Suite 2500

 

Houston, TX 77002

 

Attn:

General Counsel

 

Tel.:

713.209.7350

 

Fax:

713.209.7351

 

Email:

adorenbaum@crglp.com

 

 

 

 

PARALLEL INVESTMENT OPPORTUNITIES PARTNERS II L.P.

 

 

 

 

By PARALLEL INVESTMENT OPPORTUNITIES PARTNERS II GP L.P., its General Partner

 

 

 

 

By PARALLEL INVESTMENT OPPORTUNITIES PARTNERS II GP LLC, its General Partner

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

Name: Charles Tate

 

 

Title: Sole Member

 

 

 

 

Address for Notices:

 

 

 

1000 Main Street, Suite 2500

 

Houston, TX 77002

 

Attn:

General Counsel

 

Tel.:

713.209.7350

 

Fax:

713.209.7351

 

Email:

adorenbaum@crglp.com

 

Exhibit G-8



 

NEVRO CORP.

 

By

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

Address for Notices:

 

[                    ]

 

[                    ]

 

[                    ]

 

Attn:

[                    ]

 

Tel.:

[                    ]

 

Fax:

[                    ]

 

Email:

[                    ]

 

 

Exhibit G-9



 

Exhibit H
to Term Loan Agreement

 

FORM OF INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT

 

This Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of [                    ] (this “ Agreement ”), is made among Capital Royalty Partners II L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ CRII ”), Capital Royalty Partners II — Parallel Fund “A” L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ CRPPF ”), and Parallel Investment Opportunities Partners II L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ PIOP ”, and collectively with CRII, CRPPF and their successors and assignees, “ CR ”), and [INSERT NAME OF A/R LENDER], a [                    ] (“ [A/R Lender] ”).

 

RECITALS

 

A.                                     [A/R Lender] and Nevro Corp., a Delaware corporation (“ Borrower ”), have entered into the A/R Facility Agreement (as defined below), which, along with any other obligations owing to [A/R Lender] by Borrower, is secured by certain property of Borrower and the other Obligors (as defined below).

 

B.                                     CR and Borrower have entered into that certain Term Loan Agreement, dated as of October 24, 2014 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ CR Credit Agreement ”), which is secured by certain property of Borrower and the other Obligors.

 

C.                                     To induce each of [A/R Lender] and CR (collectively, “ Creditors ” and each individually, a “ Creditor ”) to make and maintain the credit extensions under the A/R Facility Agreement and the CR Credit Agreement, respectively, the other Creditor is willing to enter into this Agreement to, among other things, subordinate certain of its liens on the terms and conditions herein set forth.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, THE PARTIES AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

 

1.                                       Definitions .

 

(a)                                  As used herein, the following terms have the following meanings:

 

A/R Facility Agreement ” means that certain [Credit Agreement] between [A/R Lender] and Borrower dated as of [                          ] as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

A/R Facility Documents ” means the A/R Facility Agreement and all [Loan Documents], each as defined in the A/R Facility Agreement.

 

A/R Facility Senior Collateral ” means [all Collateral in which [A/R Lender] has a security interest, and which consists of] (i) [Borrower’s] accounts, (ii) [Borrower’s] inventory, (iii) to the extent evidencing, governing, securing or otherwise related to [Borrower’s] accounts or inventory, [Borrower’s] general intangibles (excluding Intellectual Property), chattel paper, instruments and documents, (iv) cash proceeds of [Borrower’s] accounts and inventory, and (v)

 

Exhibit H-1



 

proceeds of insurance policies covering [Borrower’s] accounts and inventory received with respect to such accounts and inventory; provided that , for purposes of clarification, notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall “A/R Facility Senior Collateral” include (A) any right, title or interest of any Obligor in any Intellectual Property, any licenses, or any proceeds of the sale or licensing of any Intellectual Property or licenses, (B) equipment, (C) to the extent evidencing, governing, securing or otherwise related to equipment, any general intangibles, chattel paper, instruments or documents, or (D) proceeds of equipment or proceeds of insurance policies with respect to equipment.

 

Bankruptcy Code ” means the federal bankruptcy law of the United States as from time to time in effect, currently as Title 11 of the United States Code.  Section references to current sections of the Bankruptcy Code shall refer to comparable sections of any revised version thereof if section numbering is changed.

 

Claim ” means, (i) in the case of [A/R Lender], any and all present and future “claims” (used in its broadest sense, as contemplated by and defined in Section 101(5) of the Bankruptcy Code, but without regard to whether such claim would be disallowed under the Bankruptcy Code) of [A/R Lender] now or hereafter arising or existing under or relating to the A/R Facility Documents (with the portion of [A/R Lender]’s Claim at any time consisting of the aggregate principal amount of indebtedness under the A/R Facility Documents not to exceed the lesser of $[                    ] and 80% of the face amount at such time of Borrower’s non delinquent accounts receivable), whether joint, several, or joint and several, whether fixed or indeterminate, due or not yet due, contingent or non-contingent, matured or unmatured, liquidated or unliquidated, or disputed or undisputed, whether under a guaranty or a letter of credit, and whether arising under contract, in tort, by law, or otherwise, any interest or fees thereon (including interest or fees that accrue after the filing of a petition by or against any Obligor under the Bankruptcy Code, irrespective of whether allowable under the Bankruptcy Code), any costs of Enforcement Actions, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, and any prepayment or termination fees, and (ii) in the case of CR, any and all present and future “claims” (used in its broadest sense, as contemplated by and defined in Section 101(5) of the Bankruptcy Code, but without regard to whether such claim would be disallowed under the Bankruptcy Code) of CR now or hereafter arising or existing under or relating to the CR Documents, whether joint, several, or joint and several, whether fixed or indeterminate, due or not yet due, contingent or non-contingent, matured or unmatured, liquidated or unliquidated, or disputed or undisputed, whether under a guaranty or a letter of credit, and whether arising under contract, in tort, by law, or otherwise, any interest or fees thereon (including interest or fees that accrue after the filing of a petition by or against any Obligor under the Bankruptcy Code, irrespective of whether allowable under the Bankruptcy Code), any costs of Enforcement Actions, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, and any prepayment or termination fees.

 

Collateral ” means all real or personal property of any Obligor in which any Creditor now or hereafter has a security interest.

 

Common Collateral ” means all Collateral in which both [A/R Lender] and CR have a security interest.

 

CR Documents ” means all documentation related to the CR Credit Agreement and all

 

Exhibit H-2



 

Loan Documents (as defined in the CR Credit Agreement), including security or pledge agreements and all other related agreements.

 

CR Senior Collateral ” means all Collateral in which CR has a security interest, other than the A/R Facility Senior Collateral.

 

Credit Documents ” means, collectively, the CR Documents and the A/R Facility Documents.

 

Enforcement Action ” means, with respect to any Creditor and with respect to any Claim of such Creditor or any item of Collateral in which such Creditor has or claims a security interest, lien, or right of offset, any action, whether judicial or nonjudicial, to repossess, collect, offset, recoup, give notification to third parties with respect to, sell, dispose of, foreclose upon, give notice of sale, disposition, or foreclosure with respect to, or obtain equitable or injunctive relief with respect to, such Claim or Collateral.  The filing by any Creditor of, or the joining in the filing by any Creditor of, an involuntary bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding against any Obligor also is an Enforcement Action.

 

Intellectual Property ” means, collectively, all copyrights, copyright registrations and applications for copyright registrations, including all renewals and extensions thereof, all rights to recover for past, present or future infringements thereof and all other rights whatsoever accruing thereunder or pertaining thereto (collectively, “ Copyrights ”), all patents and patent applications, including the inventions and improvements described and claimed therein together with the reissues, divisions, continuations, renewals, extensions and continuations in part thereof, all damages and payments for past or future infringements thereof and rights to sue therefor, and all rights corresponding thereto throughout the world and all income, royalties, damages and payments now or hereafter due and/or payable under or with respect thereto (collectively, “ Patents ”), and all trade names, trademarks and service marks, logos, trademark and service mark registrations, and applications for trademark and service mark registrations, including all renewals of trademark and service mark registrations, all rights to recover for all past, present and future infringements thereof and all rights to sue therefor, and all rights corresponding thereto throughout the world (collectively, “ Trademarks ”), together, in each case, with the product lines and goodwill of the business connected with the use of, and symbolized by, each such trade name, trademark and service mark, together with (a) all inventions, processes, production methods, proprietary information, know-how and trade secrets; (b) all licenses or user or other agreements granted to any Obligor with respect to any of the foregoing, in each case whether now or hereafter owned or used; (c) all information, customer lists, identification of suppliers, data, plans, blueprints, specifications, designs, drawings, recorded knowledge, surveys, engineering reports, test reports, manuals, materials standards, processing standards, performance standards, catalogs, computer and automatic machinery software and programs; (d) all field repair data, sales data and other information relating to sales or service of products now or hereafter manufactured; (e) all accounting information and all media in which or on which any information or knowledge or data or records may be recorded or stored and all computer programs used for the compilation or printout of such information, knowledge, records or data; (f) all licenses, consents, permits, variances, certifications and approvals of governmental agencies now or hereafter held by any Obligor; and (g) all causes of action, claims and warranties now or hereafter owned or acquired by any Obligor in respect of any of the items

 

Exhibit H-3



 

listed above.

 

Junior Collateral ” means, (i) in the case of [A/R Lender], all Common Collateral consisting of CR Senior Collateral and (ii) in the case of CR, all Common Collateral consisting of A/R Facility Senior Collateral.

 

Obligor ” means Borrower, each subsidiary thereof and each other person or entity that provides a guaranty of, or collateral for, any Claim of any Creditor.

 

Proceeds Sweep Period ” means the period beginning on the later to occur of (i) the occurrence of an event of default under any Creditor’s Credit Documents and (ii) receipt by the other Creditor of written notice from such Creditor of such event of default, and ending on the date on which such event of default shall have been waived in writing by the Creditor issuing such notice.

 

Senior Collateral ” means, (i) in the case of [A/R Lender], all A/R Facility Senior Collateral and (ii) in the case of CR, all CR Senior Collateral.

 

UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code of any applicable jurisdiction and, if the applicable jurisdiction shall not have any Uniform Commercial Code, the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York. The following terms have the meanings given to them in the applicable UCC:  “account”, “chattel paper”, “commodity account”, “deposit account”, “document”, “equipment”, “general intangible”, “instrument”, “inventory”, “proceeds” and “securities account”.

 

2.                                       Lien Subordination .

 

(a)  Notwithstanding the respective dates of attachment or perfection of the security interests of CR and the security interests of [A/R Lender], or any contrary provision of the UCC, or any applicable law or decision, or the provisions of the Credit Documents, and irrespective of whether [A/R Lender] or CR holds possession of all or any part of the Collateral, (i) all now existing and hereafter arising security interests of [A/R Lender] in any A/R Facility Senior Collateral shall at all times be senior to the security interests of CR in such A/R Facility Senior Collateral, and (ii) all now existing and hereafter arising security interests of CR in any CR Senior Collateral shall at all times be senior to the security interests of [A/R Lender] in such CR Senior Collateral.

 

(b)                                  Each Creditor hereby:

 

(i)                                      acknowledges and consents to (A) [Borrower][each Obligor] granting to the other Creditor a security interest in the Common Collateral of such other Creditor, (B) the other Creditor filing any and all financing statements and other documents as deemed necessary by the other Creditor in order to perfect its security interest in its Common Collateral, and (C) [Borrower’s][each Obligor’s] entry into the Credit Documents to which the other Creditor is a party; and

 

(ii)                                   acknowledges, agrees and covenants, notwithstanding Section 2(c) , that it shall not contest, challenge or dispute the validity, attachment, perfection, priority or

 

Exhibit H-4



 

enforceability of the other Creditor’s security interest in the Common Collateral, or the validity, priority or enforceability of the other Creditor’s Claim.

 

(c)                                   Subject to Section 2(b)(ii) , the priorities provided for herein with respect to security interests and liens are applicable only to the extent that such security interests and liens are enforceable, perfected and have not been avoided; if a security interest or lien is judicially determined to be unenforceable or unperfected or is judicially avoided with respect to one or more Claims or any part thereof, the priorities provided for herein shall not be available to such security interest or lien to the extent that it is avoided or determined to be unenforceable.  Nothing in this Section 2(c)  affects the operation of any turnover of payment provisions hereof, or of any other agreements among any of the parties hereto.

 

3.                                       Distribution of Proceeds of Common Collateral.

 

(a)                                  During each Proceeds Sweep Period, all proceeds including proceeds of any sale, exchange, collection, or other disposition of:

 

(i)                                      A/R Facility Senior Collateral shall be distributed first, to [A/R Lender], in an amount up to the amount of [A/R Lender]’s Claim; then, to CR, in an amount up to the amount of CR’s Claim;

 

(ii)                                   CR Senior Collateral shall be distributed first, to CR, in an amount up to the amount of CR’s Claim; then, to [A/R Lender], in an amount up to the amount of [A/R Lender]’s Claim.

 

(b)                                  Each Creditor shall promptly deliver any payment, distribution, security or proceeds received by it during each Proceeds Sweep Period constituting its Junior Collateral to the other Creditor, in the form received (except for endorsement or assignment) for application to the other Creditor’s Claims in accordance with Section 3(a) .

 

(c)                                   At all times other than during a Proceeds Sweep Period, all proceeds including proceeds of any sale, exchange, collection, or other disposition of Collateral shall be distributed or applied, as applicable, in accordance with the CR Documents and the A/R Facility Documents.

 

4.                                       Subordination of Remedies .  Each Creditor (for purposes of this Section 4 , the “ Junior Creditor ”) agrees that, (i) unless and until all Claims of the other Creditor (for purposes of this Section 4 , the “ Senior Creditor ”) have been indefeasibly paid in full and all commitments of the Senior Creditor under its Credit Documents have been terminated, or (ii) until the expiration of a period of 180 days from the date of notice of default under the Senior Creditor’s Credit Documents given by the Senior Creditor to the Junior Creditor, whichever is earlier, and whether or not any Insolvency Proceeding has been commenced by or against any Obligor, the Junior Creditor shall not, without the prior written consent of the Senior Creditor, enforce, or attempt to enforce, any rights or remedies under or with respect to any of such Junior Creditor’s Junior Collateral, including causing or compelling the pledge or delivery of such Junior Collateral, any attachment of, levy upon, execution against, foreclosure upon or the taking of other action against or institution of other proceedings with respect to any such Junior Collateral, notifying any account debtors of any Obligor, asserting any claim or interest in any insurance with respect

 

Exhibit H-5



 

to such Junior Collateral, or exercising any rights under any lockbox agreement, account control agreement, landlord waiver or bailee’s letter or similar agreement or arrangement with respect to such Junior Collateral, or institute or commence, or join with any person or entity in commencing, any action or proceeding with respect to such rights or remedies (including any action of foreclosure, enforcement, collection or execution and any Insolvency Proceeding involving any Obligor), except that notwithstanding the foregoing, at all times, including during a Proceeds Sweep Period, the Junior Creditor shall be able to exercise its rights under a lockbox agreement or an account control agreement with respect to any deposit account, securities account or commodity account constituting Collateral, including its rights to freeze such account or exercise any rights of offset, provided that any distribution or withdrawal from such account shall be applied in accordance with Section 3(a) .

 

5.                                       Insolvency Proceedings .  In the event of any Obligor’s insolvency, reorganization or any case or proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or laws relating to the relief of debtors, including, without limitation, any voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar statutory or common law proceeding or arrangement involving any Obligor, the readjustment of its liabilities, any assignment for the benefit of its creditors or any marshalling of its assets or liabilities (each, an “ Insolvency Proceeding ”), (a) this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with Section 510(a) of the United States Bankruptcy Code, (b) the Collateral shall include, without limitation, all Collateral arising during or after any such Insolvency Proceeding.

 

6.                                       Notice of Default .  Each Creditor shall give to the other prompt written notice of the occurrence of any default or event of default (which has not been promptly waived or cured) under any of its Credit Documents of which it has knowledge (and any subsequent cure or waiver thereof) and shall, simultaneously with giving any notice of default or acceleration to Borrower, provide to the other Creditor a copy of such notice of default.  [A/R Lender] acknowledges and agrees that any event of default under the A/R Facility Documents shall be deemed to be an event of default under the CR Documents.

 

7.                                       Release of Liens . In the event of any private or public sale or other disposition, by or with the consent of any Creditor (for purposes of this Section 7 , the “ Senior Creditor ”), of all or any portion of such Creditor’s Senior Collateral, the other Creditor (for purposes of this Section 7 , the “ Junior Creditor ”) agrees that such sale or disposition shall be free and clear of such Junior Creditor’s liens, provided that such sale or disposition is made in accordance with the UCC.  The Junior Creditor agrees that, in connection with any such sale or other disposition, (i) the Senior Creditor is authorized to file any and all UCC and other applicable lien releases and/or terminations in respect of the liens held by the Junior Creditor in connection with such a sale or other disposition, and (ii) it shall execute any and all lien releases or other documents reasonably requested by the Senior Creditor in connection therewith.

 

8.                                       Agent for Perfection .

 

(a)                                  [A/R Lender] acknowledges that applicable provisions of the UCC may require, in order to properly perfect CR’s security interest in the Common Collateral securing the CR Claims, that CR possess certain of such Common Collateral, and may require the execution of control agreements in favor of CR concerning such Common Collateral.  In order to help ensure

 

Exhibit H-6



 

that CR’s security interest in such Common Collateral is properly perfected (but subject to and without waiving the other provisions of this Agreement), [A/R Lender] agrees to hold both for itself and, solely for the purposes of perfection and without incurring any duties or obligations to CR as a result thereof or with respect thereto, for the benefit of CR, any such Common Collateral, and agrees that CR’s lien in such Common Collateral shall be deemed perfected in accordance with applicable law.

 

(b)                                  CR acknowledges that applicable provisions of the UCC may require, in order to properly perfect [A/R Lender]’s security interest in the Common Collateral securing the [A/R Lender] Claims, that [A/R Lender] possess certain of such Common Collateral, and may require the execution of control agreements in favor of [A/R Lender] concerning such Common Collateral.  In order to help ensure that [A/R Lender]’s security interest in such Common Collateral is properly perfected (but subject to and without waiving the other provisions of this Agreement), CR agrees to hold both for itself and, solely for the purposes of perfection and without incurring any additional duties or obligations to [A/R Lender] as a result thereof or with respect thereto, for the benefit of [A/R Lender], any such Common Collateral, and agrees that [A/R Lender]’s lien in such Common Collateral shall be deemed perfected in accordance with applicable law.

 

9.                                       Credit Documents .

 

(a)                                  Each Creditor represents and warrants that it has provided to the other true, correct and complete copies of all Credit Documents which relate to its credit agreement.

 

(b)                                  At any time and from time to time, without notice to the other Creditor, each Creditor may take such actions with respect to its Claims as such Creditor, in its sole discretion, may deem appropriate, including, without limitation, terminating advances under its Credit Documents, increasing the principal amount, extending the time of payment, increasing applicable interest to the default rate, renewing, compromising or otherwise amending the terms of any documents affecting its Claims and any Collateral therefor, and enforcing or failing to enforce any rights against Borrower or any other person, and no such action or inaction described in this sentence shall impair or otherwise affect such Creditor’s rights hereunder; provided, however, that [A/R Lender] shall not increase the portion of [A/R Lender]’s Claim consisting of principal to an amount in excess of $[                    ] without the prior written consent of CR.  Each Creditor waives the benefits, if any, of any statutory or common law rule that may permit a subordinating creditor to assert any defenses of a surety or guarantor, or that may give the subordinating creditor the right to require a senior creditor to marshal assets, and each Creditor agrees that it shall not assert any such defenses or rights.

 

(c)                                   Each Creditor agrees that any other Creditor may release or refrain from enforcing its security interest in the Collateral, or permit the use or consumption of such Collateral by any Obligor free of the other Creditor’s security interest, without incurring any liability to any other Creditor.

 

(d)                                  [A/R Lender] agrees that without the prior written consent of CR, [A/R Lender] shall not amend the A/R Facility Agreement to permit the principal amount of Borrower’s draws

 

Exhibit H-7


 

thereunder to exceed the sum of 80% of the face amount of Borrower’s non delinquent accounts receivable determined as of the date of any such draw.

 

10.                                Waiver of Right to Require Marshaling .  Each Creditor hereby expressly waives any right that it otherwise might have to require any other Creditor to marshal assets or to resort to Collateral in any particular order or manner, whether provided for by common law or statute.  No Creditor shall be required to enforce any guaranty or any security interest or lien given by any person or entity as a condition precedent or concurrent to the taking of any Enforcement Action with respect to the Collateral.

 

11.                                Representations and Warranties .  Each Creditor represents and warrants to the other that:

 

(a)                                  all action on the part of such Creditor, its officers, directors, partners, members and shareholders, as applicable, necessary for the authorization of this Agreement and the performance of all obligations of such Creditor hereunder has been taken;

 

(b)                                  this Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of such Creditor, enforceable against such Creditor in accordance with its terms;

 

(c)                                   the execution, delivery and performance of and compliance with this Agreement by such Creditor will not (i) result in any material violation or default of any term of any of such Creditor’s charter, formation or other organizational documents (such as Articles or Certificate of Incorporation, bylaws, partnership agreement, operating agreement, etc.) or (ii) violate any material applicable law, rule or regulation.

 

12.                                Disgorgement .

 

(a)                                  If, at any time after payment in full of the [A/R Lender] Claims any payments of the [A/R Lender] Claims must be disgorged by [A/R Lender] for any reason (including, without limitation, any Insolvency Proceeding), this Agreement and the relative rights and priorities set forth herein shall be reinstated as to all such disgorged payments as though such payments had not been made and CR shall immediately pay over to [A/R Lender] all money or funds received or retained by CR with respect to the CR Claims to the extent that such receipt or retention would have been prohibited hereunder.

 

(b)                                  If, at any time after payment in full of the CR Claims any payments of the CR Claims must be disgorged by CR for any reason (including, without limitation, any Insolvency Proceeding), this Agreement and the relative rights and priorities set forth herein shall be reinstated as to all such disgorged payments as though such payments had not been made and [A/R Lender] shall immediately pay over to CR all money or funds received or retained by [A/R Lender] with respect to the [A/R Lender] Claims to the extent that such receipt or retention would have been prohibited hereunder.

 

13.                                Successors and Assigns .  This Agreement shall bind any successors or assignees of each Creditor.  This Agreement shall remain effective until all Claims are indefeasibly paid or otherwise satisfied in full and Creditors have no commitment to extend credit under the Credit Documents.  This Agreement is solely for the benefit of the Creditors and not for the benefit of

 

Exhibit H-8



 

Borrower or any other party.  Each Creditor shall not sell, assign, pledge, dispose of or otherwise transfer all or any portion of its Claims or any of its Credit Documents or any interest in any Common Collateral unless prior to the consummation of any such action, the transferee thereof shall execute and deliver to the other Creditor an agreement of such transferee to be bound hereby, or an agreement substantially identical to this Agreement providing for the continued subjection of such Claims, the interests of the transferee in the Collateral and the remedies of the transferee with respect thereto as provided herein with respect to the transferring Creditor and for the continued effectiveness of all of the other rights of the other Creditor arising under this Agreement, in each case in form satisfactory to the other Creditor.

 

14.                                Further Assurances .  Each Creditor hereby agrees to execute such documents and/or take such further action as the other Creditor may at any time or times reasonably request in order to carry out the provisions and intent of this Agreement, including, without limitation, ratifications and confirmations of this Agreement from time to time hereafter, as and when requested by the other Creditor.

 

15.                                Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

 

16.                                Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial .

 

(a)  This Agreement and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York without regard to principles of conflicts of laws that would result in the application of the laws of any other jurisdiction.

 

(b)                                  EACH CREDITOR WAIVES ITS RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREIN.

 

17.                                Entire Agreement .  This Agreement represents the entire agreement with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior negotiations, agreements and commitments.  Each Creditor is not relying on any representations by the other Creditor, Borrower or any other Obligor in entering into this Agreement, and each Creditor has kept and will continue to keep itself fully apprised of the financial and other condition of each Obligor.  This Agreement may be amended only by written instrument signed by the Creditors.

 

18.                                Relationship among Creditors . The relationship among the Creditors is, and at all times shall remain solely that of Creditors.  Creditors shall not under any circumstances be construed to be partners or joint venturers of one another; nor shall the Creditors under any circumstances be deemed to be in a relationship of confidence or trust or a fiduciary relationship with one another, or to owe any fiduciary duty to one another.  Creditors do not undertake or assume any responsibility or duty to one another to select, review, inspect, supervise, pass judgment upon or otherwise inform each other of any matter in connection with any Obligor’s property, any Collateral held by any Creditor or the operations of any Obligor.  Each Creditor shall rely entirely on its own judgment with respect to such matters, and any review, inspection,

 

Exhibit H-9



 

supervision, exercise of judgment or supply of information undertaken or assumed by any Creditor in connection with such matters is solely for the protection of such Creditor.

 

19.                                Severability .  Any provision of this Agreement which is illegal, invalid, prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent such illegality, invalidity, prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating or impairing the remaining provisions hereof or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

20.                                Notices .  All notices, demands, instructions and other communications required or permitted to be given to or made upon any party hereto shall be in writing and shall be delivered or sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid, or by overnight courier or messenger service or by facsimile, message confirmed, and shall be deemed to be effective for purposes of this Agreement on the day that delivery is made or refused.  Unless otherwise specified in a notice mailed or delivered in accordance with the foregoing sentence, notices, demands, instructions and other communications in writing shall be given to or made upon the respective parties hereto at their respective addresses and facsimile numbers indicated on the signature pages hereto.

 

[Signature pages follow.]

 

Exhibit H-10



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Intercreditor Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

[A/R Lender]:

 

 

 

[INSERT NAME OF A/R LENDER]

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

Name:

[                    ]

 

Title:

[                    ]

 

 

 

 

Address for Notices:

 

 

 

 

[                    ]

 

[                    ]

 

[                    ]

 

Tel:

[                    ]

 

Email:

[                    ]

 

[Signature Page to Intercreditor Agreement]

 



 

CR:

 

CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II L.P.

 

 

 

By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II GP L.P., its General Partner

 

 

 

By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II GP LLC, its General Partner

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

Charles Tate

 

 

Sole Member

 

 

 

 

Address for Notices:

 

1000 Main Street, Suite 2500

 

Houston, TX 77002

 

Attn:

General Counsel

 

Tel.:

713.209.7350

 

Fax:

713.209.7351

 

Email:

adorenbaum@crglp.com

 

 

 

CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II — PARALLEL FUND “A” L.P.

 

 

 

By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II — PARALLEL FUND “A” GP L.P., its General Partner

 

 

 

By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II — PARALLEL FUND “A” GP LLC, its General Partner

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

Charles Tate

 

 

Sole Member

 

 

 

 

Address for Notices:

 

1000 Main Street, Suite 2500

 

Houston, TX 77002

 

Attn:

General Counsel

 

Tel.:

713.209.7350

 

Fax:

713.209.7351

 

Email:

adorenbaum@crglp.com

 

 

[Signature Page to Intercreditor Agreement]

 



 

PARALLEL INVESTMENT OPPORTUNITIES PARTNERS II L.P.

 

 

 

 

By PARALLEL INVESTMENT OPPORTUNITIES PARTNERS II GP L.P., its General Partner

 

 

 

 

By PARALLEL INVESTMENT OPPORTUNITIES PARTNERS II GP LLC, its General Partner

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

Charles Tate

 

 

Sole Member

 

 

 

 

Address for Notices:

 

1000 Main Street, Suite 2500

 

Houston, TX 77002

 

Attn:

General Counsel

 

Tel.:

713.209.7350

 

Fax:

713.209.7351

 

Email:

adorenbaum@crglp.com

 

 

[Signature Page to Intercreditor Agreement]

 



 

Acknowledged and Agreed to:

 

BORROWER:

 

NEVRO CORP.

 

By:

 

 

Name:

[                    ]

 

Title:

[                    ]

 

 

 

Address for Notices:

 

 

 

[                    ]

 

[                    ]

 

Attn:

[                    ]

 

Tel.:

[                    ]

 

Fax:

[                    ]

 

Email:

[                    ]

 

 

[Signature Page to Intercreditor Agreement]

 




QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 23.1

        The reverse stock split described in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements has not been consummated at October 27, 2014. When it has been consummated, we expect to be in a position to furnish the following consent.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

San Jose, California

October 27, 2014


"CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM




QuickLinks

"CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM